ontarioyoga

[ontarioyoga]

Test Post from Ontario Yoga

Test Post from Ontario Yoga https://www.ontarioyoga.net

[ontarioyoga]

How Does Yoga Help You Lose Weight

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/how-does-yoga-help-you-lose-weight/

How Does Yoga Help You Lose Weight

Yoga Instructors Are Tailoring Specific Programmes To Aid Weight Loss While Promoting Healthy Habits Amongst Young Indians

Fashion strategist Jasleen Chopra, 41, used to lead a hectic life, had made poor lifestyle choices and didn’t have the best of eating habits back in 2017. That was the year when she walked up to Mumbai-based celebrity yoga instructor Abhishek Sharma with the goal of weight loss. Chopra, who now lives in Chandigarh, used to go to the gym but no matter what she did, she found it very difficult to lose weight.

Yoga Is Not Just About A Few Poses That Strengthen You It Has More Benefits To Offer Such As:

Increased flexibility

Weight reduction

Stress management

Stress can have a devastating effect on your body and mind. It can reveal itself in the form of pain, anxiety, insomnia, and the inability to concentrate. Most times, stress is the main cause of weight gain. Yoga can help you cope with . Physical benefits of Yoga, combined with stress management, help a person to lose weight and maintain good physical and mental health.

Experts Agree: Yoga Can Help You Lose Weight Especially If You Do This Type Of Practice Maggie Ryan

Losing weight through yoga sounds almost too good to be true. On the surface, yoga seems like the polar opposite of a fast-paced high-intensity interval training circuit or a weightlifting workout, the two kinds of exercise usually recommended for weight loss. A yoga class leaves your body feeling totally different: refreshed instead of wiped out, loose and flexible instead of tight. It’s even good for your mental health, helping you deal with stress and anxiety.

HIIT, weightlifting, and cardio are fun and effective for weight loss, but they’re also not for everyone. If yoga sounds more appealing and weight loss is your goal, it’s natural to wonder if your daily practice can help you shed pounds.

Yoga To Lose Weight In 10 Days: Nothing But A Yoga Mat And Your Own Body Weight

Are you thinking of starting yoga to lose weight in 10 days? Here is a scoop on the best tips to help you attain your weight loss goals with yoga in such a short space of time.

Yoga is an ancient art that has taken the fitness industry by storm. Its numerous benefits drive more and more people to give this mind-body practice a try. Additionally, it is also loved due to its relaxing effect. It is one of the best forms of exercise to engage in when you are stressed, anxious, or restless. Another reason why yoga is gaining so much momentum is due to its link to weight loss. 

There have been numerous debates about if and how yoga can help with weight loss. The truth is that yoga is considered an effective weight-loss tool. However, the problem lies in the pace of weight loss. More often than not, people want to see incredible results in too little time. For example, one may want to lose 10 pounds in 10 days or less. Is it possible with yoga? We have compiled the latest research in this post. Read on as we explore how you can use yoga to lose weight in 10 days. 

What Is Power Yoga And How Is It Different From Other Popular Styles Of Yoga

You should come to a Power Yoga class expecting not just to move, but to move quick. Power Yoga combines strength, flexibility, and cardio through quick transitions between poses which increase your heart rate and gets you sweating.

The original Power Yoga was founded by Beryl Bender Birch and was a variation of Ashtanga yoga that moved to a quicker pace. However, now, the term Power Yoga is used to describe any vigorous Vinyasa class.

Power Yoga teachers design their own sequences, so there can be much variation in your experience depending on the instructor. Some classes will add in calisthenic exercises in between postures or vinyasas, such as mountain climbers, crunches, or push-ups.

Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight The Best Types And Poses For Weight Loss

Yoga can help you lose weight when paired with a healthy diet and regular exercise routine.

Benefits of yoga include building strength, improving endurance, and cultivating mindfulness.

If you are a beginner, try going to an in-person yoga class so the instructor can modify poses.

Visit Insider’s Health Reference library for more advice.

Yoga is a practice that can help build a stronger connection between your mind and body. While there are many types of yoga, some focus more on meditation and mindfulness, and others focus on strength and endurance.

As part of a regular exercise regimen, yoga can help you lose weight because it burns calories. But perhaps the larger benefit of yoga is the potential to increase mindfulness, which can reduce stress and help you live a healthier overall lifestyle.

I Lost 85 Pounds With Nothing But A Yoga Mathere’s How It Happened I Lost 85 Pounds With Nothing But A Yoga Mat—Here’s How It Happened

The debate over whether yoga is an effective tool for weight loss has been discussed for years. Many believe that yoga is not fast-paced enough to burn the number of calories required for true weight loss. Others swear by yoga and say it’s an extremely effective way to shed pounds.

While everyone is different, I believe yoga is effective when it comes to lasting weight loss.

When I first rolled out the mat seven years ago, I was 85 pounds overweight. I was unhealthy, unhappy, and fueled by a passion for binge-drinking and pizza. When I first announced my mission to lose weight through yoga, I remember people laughing at me. “Yoga doesn’t help with weight loss! You have to bust your butt in the gym to get results,” people told me.

Less than one year after practicing yoga six to seven days per week, I lost those 85 pounds. Here’s how it happened.

The Best Power Yoga Poses For Weight Loss Include The Following:

Pawanmuktasana or the Wind releasing pose help you drop those extra fat from the stomach and the stomach region.

Trikonasana or the Intense side stretch pose helps to reduce the fat from the sides. It raises your heartbeat and burns calories.

Dhanurasana or the Bow pose helps you drop the excess fat from the arms and legs. It is very helpful to tone your body.

Garudasana or the Eagle pose is a perfect weight loss choice for those who want thinner thighs, legs, arms, and hands.

Eka Pada Adho Mukha Svanasana or One-legged downward facing dog- when combined with breathing, helps you tone your arms, hands, legs, thighs, and your abdominal muscles.

Bhujangasana or the Cobra pose is a great choice if you want to solidify your buttocks and to tone your abdominal muscles.

Navasana or the boat pose is the simplest Power Yoga pose for weight loss. It concentrates all the major muscles of your body.

Savasana or Corpse pose is the most important pose to end your Power Yoga workout session. Savasana helps your muscles relax and prevents muscle damage.

There are several other Power Yoga asanas that are very important for weight loss such as the Uttanpadasana or the Raised feet pose, Veerbhadrasana, the warrior pose, Ardha Chandrasana or the Half-moon pose, Paschimottasana or the Seated forward bend among others. Power Yoga is considered an appropriate intervention for weight loss and to prevent obesity.

The Benefits Of Yoga Transcend Toward All Areas Of Your Health

Your physical and mental health are intertwined, so when one area feels out of focus, the other area may suffer as well. A regular yoga practice is an opportunity to reduce stress and find strength from within. A good yoga instructor can help you learn how to breathe into any uncertainty or stress that may cloud your thoughts.

A yoga practice encompasses the physical, mental, and spiritual aspects of your being, and so does a holistic approach to managing your health. When you take all the areas of your life that could impact your health into consideration, such as your relationships, spiritual practice, career, and environment, you begin to understand that becoming your healthiest, happiest self is only possible when you nurture all of these areas together along with the food you put on your plate.

When you nourish these areas of your life – what we at IIN like to call primary food – you’ll have more energy, keep off excess weight more easily, and feel your best both physically and mentally.

Interested in learning more about holistic health? Try our Sample Class today to gain more knowledge on the nutrition and lifestyle changes that can improve your overall well-being.

Power Yoga Gives You The Benefit Of Yoga And More Including:

Helps burn calories, a little more than yoga for beginners

It boosts your metabolism

It boosts your general well-being

Useful to build strength, stamina, flexibility, and tone your body.

It helps increase your concentration

It helps you relax as tension and stress are considerably reduced.

The most reliable form of Power Yoga begins with Surya Namaskara or Sun Salutation. You can perform the Surya Namaskara as a warm-up before you start your Power Yoga workout session, or Surya Namaskara in itself can be done as Power Yoga. Surya Namaskara has immense benefits as it concentrates on all the core muscles of your body.

Restorative Yoga Practices Have A Place In Weight Loss Too

Yoga can help you open up, stretch and recover from intense workouts, which is also an important part of reaching your fitness goals and losing weight. “Even the less intense, more stretch-focused yoga practices can help promote active recovery if done to counteract a more strenuous other forms of movement such as running or weight lifting,” Turner says. For yoga classes with a restorative approach, Turner recommends looking for classes labeled “deep stretch,” “restorative” or Hatha yoga.

Another, often overlooked, factor in weight loss is sleep and stress. Research shows that lack of quality sleep can sabotage your weight loss goals. Yoga can help you sleep better by helping you relax, reduce tension and keep stress in check. Not to mention that reducing stress and anxiety makes it easier to follow through with your healthy commitments. 

“Yoga can have a profound impact on a person’s mental state by reducing stress and anxiety. That peace of mind can lead to making better decisions when it comes to food choices and diet, which can obviously affect your success,” Turner says.

The information contained in this article is for educational and informational purposes only and is not intended as health or medical advice. Always consult a physician or other qualified health provider regarding any questions you may have about a medical condition or health objectives.

Yoga To Lose Weight In 10 Days: Evaluating The Best Poses

There are several poses you can try to fast-track weight loss. To make sure that you lose at least several pounds within 10 days, it is best if you try the poses described below. Additionally, it is best if you incorporate these poses into a workout routine. But always remember that diet is 90% of weight loss. Without further ado, here are the best yoga poses to consider for weight loss within 10 days:

The Right Kind Of Yoga Gives You A Great Cardio Workout

Put simply, in order to burn fat, you need to be in a calorie deficit, and adding cardio into your routine can help you achieve this. But, the key here is the right of yoga. There are multiple types of yoga, but not all are the most beneficial for weight loss or building lean muscle.

In order to achieve a great cardio workout from yoga, you need to practice fast flowing types of yoga such as Vinyasa or Ashtanga that involve strength building poses. Below I will break down which types of yoga are best for weight loss.

Yoga For Weight Loss: 9 Asanas To Help You Lose Weight

A five-thousand-year-old transcription by the Indus valley civilization on fragile palm leaves has paved the way to an innovative weight loss therapy. Yoga was mentioned in the Indian collection of Vedic Sanskrit hymns, the Rigveda. Researchers have traced yoga to over a thousand years ago, and its rich history is divided into periods of innovation, practice, and development. Yoga was refined and developed by the Rishis and Brahmans who documented their training in the Upanishads. This practice was later developed over several years to what now is practiced as Yoga. The discipline has 5 basic principles:

Frequently Asked Questions

Yoga For Weight Loss Can Actually Be An Effective Tool

Along with helping you lose weight, yoga raises your awareness and the way you relate to your body.

There are many factors that contribute to maintaining a healthy weight. When people practice yoga regularly, they become more in tune with themselves on a mental and physical level, which often results in a positive ripple effect in every aspect of their lives.

This includes making healthier food and lifestyle choices to ultimately reach their goal of weight loss.

Does nothing work for you? 3 Surprising Reasons Why You May Be Having A Hard Time Losing Weight

So to answer the question does yoga help you lose weight? you have to consider all the evidence. Yoga certainly help you lose weight and if you practice effectively and train your mind along with your body, yoga can be a powerful tool in your weight-loss journey.

All included information is not intended to treat or diagnose. The views expressed are those of the author and should be attributed solely to the author. For medical questions, please consult your healthcare provider.

Know The Difference Between Weight Loss And Inch Loss:

Keeping your best friend’s wedding in your sights, you start working out a month in advance so that you are picture-perfect on the wedding day. You are happy that you lost an inch here and there and are now ready to go. Once the wedding is over, you notice that those inches are back, thanks to all the binging at the wedding.

Those looking at weight loss should chalk out a proper plan and set small achievable goals for themselves. When achieved, these goals give a lot of confidence and act as fuel to achieve the next set of goals.

Key Factors That Play A Role In Weight Loss With Yoga

So regardless of all this information you have just learned, in order to lose weight, it really comes down to 5 things:

Consistency: In order to see any type of results practicing yoga, whether it be muscle gain or weight loss, you need to be consistent. You cannot decide to practice 5 days one week then skip two weeks and expect to see results. You need to consistently train your muscles and burn calories in order to create a deficit and lose fat. 

A good starting point is practicing 3 times a week. Try to get in at least 30 minutes every time you practice and build up from there. 

This in my opinion is one of the most important factors. Even if you practicing consistently, if you are barely putting in any effort, it’s as if you aren’t practicing at all. When you practice yoga, need need to put your all into it. If you aren’t feeling your muscles activating, your heart rate increasing, or breaking a sweat, you either are

not practicing the right type of yoga

not trying hard enough

No matter what you may have heard, yoga is not easy, but it is effective if you push yourself to put the work in.

Eating Habits: That whole “80% of weight loss happens in the kitchen” is actually true. You cannot decide to eat 2,000 calories worth of junk food while practicing yoga consistently and still be surprised you are not seeing results. 

For some more needed motivation and information on losing weight with yoga, check out these articles:

It Helped Me Burn Calories While Gaining Lean Muscle

Although all types of yoga are effective when it comes to burning calories, improving flexibility and muscle tone, calming the mind, and providing a feeling of inner peace, if your goal is to lose weight, certain practices are more effective than others.

In order to burn fat and keep it off, I focused on power yoga and vinyasa flow.

These are both fast-paced flows that provide the perfect mixture of cardio and strength-training. The dual combination is a potent cocktail geared toward effective fat burning and increased lean muscle mass. These two types of yoga enable the body to burn anywhere from 400 to 600 calories per hour. This is equivalent to the number of calories burned during a typical hour in the gym!

Does Yoga Help You Lose Weight Types Poses And More

For many years, people have used yoga as an effective tool to enhance their mental, physical, and spiritual development to obtain the best version of themselves. 

No doubt, it has many health benefits. But, does yoga help you lose weight?

Fortunately, if you’re a yoga lover, we’ve got good news for you. Yoga can be an effective weight-loss strategy.

The more active forms of yoga have been found to help people shed weight, and have been backed by many experts as well. 

So, it is totally possible to slim down with yoga, based on the ways that it strengthens, stretches, and calms your body.

Without further ado, let’s break down how it can help you achieve your body goals and what are the best yoga poses for weight loss.

What Happens To Your Body When You Start Doing Yoga

A lot of things happen to your body when you start doing yoga, including: 

1. You Will Become Mindful of The Type of Food You Eat.

When you start your weight loss journey, you need to make some adjustments in your diet plan.

The newfound awareness of your body as well as the detoxing exercise of yoga, you will suddenly realize you don’t want to fill up your body with junk foods.

And, this is the first step to a healthy weight loss.

2. You Will Get in Shape.

As we have already covered, yoga can help you lose weight. The moment you start stretching you will start burning calories.

Doing it daily will make you lose weight faster and get that toned body you always desire.

Unlike other types of exercises, yoga helps and allows you to manage your weight easily. 

Daily yoga improves your metabolic system, which will increase the rate of fat burning. Thus, resulting in significant weight loss.

Yoga also promotes hormonal balance, making it easier to maintain a healthy body weight.

3. You Will Reduce Your Stress Level.

Aside from the physical benefits, one of the best benefits of yoga is how it helps a person manage stress that has many negative effects on the body and mind.

The incorporation of meditation and breathing can help improve a person’s mental well-being.

Yoga Can Help Improve Your Flexibility And Mobility

And in addition to the mental health benefits with yoga, you can also increase your flexibility, strengthen your muscles, and enhance your mobility. 

“Many regular exercisers also don’t take adequate time to stretch so adding yoga can be a great way to increase flexibility while improving balance and strengthening those smaller muscles that you are likely not focusing on in typical workouts,” says Wilson.

How Does Power Yoga Specifically Assist Weight Loss

Weight loss comes down to a simple equation: calories out must be greater than calories in. You need to be expending more calories .

Let’s look at the first part of this equation – calories out. In the simplest form, there are two processes to expend calories: 1) physical activity and 2) your Basal Metabolic Rate.

Power Yoga can burn more calories than a traditional yoga class. Why? Quicker movements, faster heart beat, more energy needed, more calories burned. In addition to these cardiovascular benefits, Power Yoga also includes muscle-strengthening exercises which can help to tone your muscles.

Did you know that just by being a living, breathing human being, your body is already burning calories? Your Basal Metabolic Rate is the rate of calories that you would burn if you just sat still all day. It’s the amount of calories it takes to keep you alive—pump your blood, inhale and exhale, and for your cells to do their daily duties.

How Much Weight Can You Lose In A Month With Yoga

You will lose around 3-4 kgs per month with yoga. Yoga is holistic affair. You need to do it long term but that does not mean that the results you will achieve will be late. The results are very fast. Also, you do not need to do all of this exercise in one day in order to learn how Yoga helps in weight loss. You can do this type of exercise every day . You can spend 30 -40 mins per day but make sure that you are consistent in the practice.And, if you do this, you will find that you will be very excited about being able to enjoy the new changes in your life and that you will not feel like you are starving yourself.

Yoga Can Help You Burn Calories And Build Muscle

One common misconception about yoga is that it’s not a “real” workout. While yoga has a reputation for helping reduce stress and tension, certain forms of yoga can be an intense workout that helps challenge your muscles and get your heart rate up. 

“Yoga can be an incredible complement in a person’s quest to lose weight. From a physiological standpoint, yoga is exercise, and certain types of yoga can have an excellent cardiovascular and strength building effect in the body,” says Turner. 

Yoga can challenge your muscles and help you build strength. 

If you’re looking for yoga classes that can help you get your heart rate up to burn calories and help strengthen your muscles, look out for specific types of yoga that focus on those areas. 

Some examples include:

Hot yoga classes are practiced in a heated room or studio. The actual temperature varies, but typically the room is heated to at least 90 degrees or more.

Power yoga:Power yoga is a fitness-based approach to practicing yoga. These classes will focus on strength and flexibility. 

Yoga sculpt, or any yoga class that includes “sculpt” in its description can vary in the exact technique, but will often include light handheld dumbbells or other tools to add resistance. Some yoga sculpt classes will also add bursts of intense cardio.

: This style of yoga follows the same set of poses in the same order. The class is usually fast-paced and physically challenging. 

But Which Type Of Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

If weight loss is the overall goal, then the type of yoga you’re doing is super important.

“A more relaxing type, such as one of the forms of Hatha, may not crank up the internal furnace that much,” says Jonathan Amato, C.S.C.S. “In comparison, Bikram or could lead to a great calorie burn over a single class.”

17 Yoga Moves That Will Help You Sculpt Abs

Bikram and hot yoga involve increasingly difficult positions that cause your heart rate to soar. Add that to the stress of a heated room, and class-goers will burn more calories. In comparison, Hatha yoga—gentle poses and stretching exercises—requires much less physical exertion, making it great for all fitness levels. Hatha is also done in a non-heated room.

You also want to look for a class that incorporates “poses that focus on large muscle groups,” Pacheco says, in order to up the calorie burn. Think: lunge-like poses such as warriors one and two.

Ask A Yogi: Can Power Yoga Help Me Lose Weight

Yoga practice cultivates a relationship between mind, body, and soul. Each piece is equally important, but the body often gets a lot of attention because it takes up physical space and is the medium through which the mind and soul operate. Every day we have to dress our bodies, move our bodies to places we need to go, and put our bodies in rooms with others to interact.

This is why it’s essential to feel comfortable and confident in our bodies so that we can walk through life with a sturdy foundation. While yoga practice teaches us to let go of attachments to end results, yoga can assist in weight loss and help you to have a more harmonious relationship with your body.

That said, many of you have asked, “can power yoga help me lose weight?” Here’s my answer, but first…

Changes To Expect As Your Yin Practice Deepens

Gradually, better joint mobility can be noticed. 

It becomes easier to move around and the chances of random injuries decrease. 

Flexible fascia also results in more springiness or bounciness. 

Basically, your body strengthens from the inside, making it more resistant to injuries caused by sudden movement.

Tension in muscles is reduced by practicing yin yoga, which paves way for other strenuous forms of exercise. A healthier body is also less prone to diseases such as arthritis, gout, etc. 

Yin yoga helps activate the parasympathetic nervous system, leading to a more relaxed state, and an improved nutrient and blood flow to different organs of the body.  

With practice, you’ll notice that whatever pose you try deepens itself. 

For example, hip stretches that might seem impossible in the beginning will start coming naturally as your flexibility increases.

How Many Calories Does Each Type Of Yoga Burn

So of course there is no way to tell exactly, as it all depends on the amount of effort you are putting in. But as a reference, below are the general calories burned from Health Status per 60 minutes of practice based on a 150 pound person:

Vinyasa Yoga: 594 calories

Bikram/ Hot Yoga: 477 calories

Ashtanga/ Power Yoga: 351 calories

Hatha Yoga: 189 calories

Please keep in mind this if if you are using your MAX EFFORT. I know there are definitely times when I go to hot vinyasa yoga and not putting my all in that day, or the class is just slower, and I definitely do not burn anywhere near this amount of calories. 

Also keep in mind your weight plays a huge role on how many calories you burn per hour. I suggest checking out healthstatus.com to use their calculator with your specific weight to check. 

Experts Answer: Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight

Each week, MyHealthNewsDaily asks the experts to answer questions about your health.

This week, we asked exercise researchers and nutrition specialists: Does yoga help with weight loss?

Beth A. Lewis, Associate Professor at the University of Minnesota School of Kinesiology in Minneapolis

“Regular yoga practice can influence weight loss, but not in the “traditional” sense of how we link physical activity to weight loss. Typically, weight loss occurs when a person’s calorie intake .

“Most individuals need to change both their energy intake and energy expenditure to lose weight.

Many yoga practices burn fewer calories than traditional exercise ; however, yoga can increase one’s mindfulness and the way one relates to their body. So, individuals will become more aware of what they are eating and make better food choices.

“Individuals may avoid foods that make them feel sluggish and lethargic . Instead,individuals will seek out foods that are healthier, which then may lead to weight loss.

“Additionally, many individuals eat more when they are feeling stressed and yoga can help combat stress, which can influence one’s energy intake.”

Dr. Lewis Maharam, fellow of the American College of Sports Medicine:

“Yes, and actually it’s become in vogue with a lot of celebrities like Madonna, Halle Berry and Jennifer Aniston. Yoga is a sophisticated tradition with physical, relaxation and breathing exercises. aerobic exercise is what helps you lose weight.

How Often Should You Do Yoga To Lose Weight

Practice yoga as often as possible in order to lose weight. You can do a more active, intense practice at least three to five times per week for at least one hour.

On the other days, balance out your practice with a more relaxing, gentle class. Hatha, yin, and restorative yoga classes are great options.

If you’re a beginner, start slowly and gradually build up your practice. This allows you to build up your strength and flexibility and prevent injuries. If you don’t have time for a full class on certain days, do a self-practice for at least 20 minutes. Allow yourself one full day of rest each week.

Combine your yoga practice with activities such as walking, cycling, or swimming for added cardiovascular benefits.

As part of your routine, avoid weighing yourself directly after a yoga class, especially if it’s a hot yoga class, since you may lose water weight during the class. Instead, weigh yourself at the same time each day.

Here are a few yoga poses you can do at home if you don’t have time for a full session.

Control Your Weight Before It Controls You:

Age plays an important role in weight loss too. If you are young, then the chances of you getting into the shape with minimal efforts are high, but it is tougher for those who are on the other side of thirty. Once you cross your thirties, special attention needs to be given to eating habits. Fats, carbohydrates, and proteins are the main contents of any meal.

Choosing them wisely over the different meals of the day will help you go a long way in achieving your goals. Complex carbohydrates and healthy fats can be a part of your breakfast but including the same for your supper might not be a great idea.

Also, tracking your diet can give you an idea of where your macronutrients are coming from. Remember to track each and everything that goes in. This will make you aware of what you are having throughout the day and will make you think twice the next time you reach out for your favorite cupcake. The more you educate yourself with food labels, the more you become cautious and make healthier choices. It’s all about awareness.

Surprising Ways Yoga Helps You Lose Weight

This post may contain affiliate links. Please read our disclosure for more info.

The practice of yoga being an effective use for weight loss has been questioned for years. Can you really lose weight with yoga? The answer is YES, and with a lot less effort than you think. In this article we will discuss the science backed effects yoga has on the body that will help you meet your weight loss goals. 

Which Type Of Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

But what about power yoga? Or Bikram yoga? Aren’t those supposed to be like cardio and yoga all in one?

While hot yoga/Bikram may feel like you’re working out intensely, most of that is due to the heated room and elevated heart rate that comes from increased blood flow. However, little research exists to support any drastic weight loss benefits from this style of practice, and shows that most people will burn about the same amount of calories as they would with a brisk 90-minute walk .

Power yoga will likely come in at slightly fewer calories, partially because most classes are 60-minutes and have no additional rise in heart rate from the room being at normal temperature.

So, what type of yoga should you do for weight loss?

Look for more vigourous styles like Vinyasa that keep you moving quickly, or even fusion classes with words like “sculpt” in the name that incorporate weights into the series for more muscle-building potential.

Keep in mind that calorie expenditure can vary greatly depending on your gender, height, weight, and level of physical fitness. For instance, a very fit 130-lb woman will burn far less calories than a 160-lb woman who hasn’t been working out, while an average 175-lb fit man will burn far more calories than the 130-lb woman.

According to HealthStatus.com, a 150-lb woman can expect to burn the following amount of calories in 60 minutes of each practice.

Bikram/Hot Yoga: 477 – A series of 26 postures performed in a room heated to 105 degrees

Learn How Yin Yoga Helps You Burn Calories

While yin yoga is best known for releasing stress and reducing anxiety levels, this gentle technique can also help you burn calories. 

A key component of weight loss is to lower cortisol levels, and it helps you achieve just that. Lower cortisol levels lead to easier melting of belly fat, a great worry for many people.

This point is also proven in studies that suggest yin yoga as a weight loss alternative for people whose BMI is over 30kg/m² or those who want to avoid intense activities. 

To simplify it further, yin yoga helps your weight loss goals indirectly by cleansing your body and improving your digestion and metabolism. 

What Type Of Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

There are various types of yoga—and some are relaxing while others are pretty intense. if you’re looking for more of a calorie-burning experience, Young recommends Vinyasa because it’s more athletic.

“It’s strenuous. It’s cardio-based. It’s literally moving constantly,” says instructor Olivia Young, founder of Box + Flow in New York.

You may have also heard this referred to as “flow” because the movements run together. Within Vinyasa, there are various other subsets, like power yoga.

In comparison, Hatha focuses on one pose at a time and includes breaks between movements.

You should become acquainted with movements like the downward dog, high plank, and low push up, commonly found in a flow sequence, says Young.

How Often Should I Do Yoga To Lose Weight

For the best weight-loss results, Liza recommended doing yoga three times a week. Continue to stay active and get your heart rate up on the other three to four days as well, whether through , weightlifting, or HIIT workouts of 45 minutes to an hour. And keep your nutrition in mind, too. “Exercise alone without dieting makes losing weight hard,” Jorianne said. “Weight loss occurs when you burn more calories than you consume.”

If you eat healthy and burn calories, though, the results will come, and yoga has a place in the process. Start with this 30-minute power flow to relax, rejuvenate, and work up a sweat.

Image Source: Getty / Thomas Barwick

Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight Answer Here

Yoga is an ancient practice that can amplify the positive connection between your mind and body. While there are many yoga styles, some focus more on strenuous movements and strength, and others focus on meditation and mental preparedness.

As part of a workout routine, yoga for weight loss is a no-brainer because it burns calories. And potentially, the most significant benefit of yoga is the opportunity to reinforce mental stability, which can relieve stress, especially in this pandemic, and introduce you to a better and healthier lifestyle.

Bottom Line

/8setu Bandha Sarvangasana Or Bridge Pose

Step 1: Lie on your back with your knees bent and feet placed firmly on the ground. Your legs should be slightly apart and arms resting by your side.

Step 2: Press the feet into the floor, inhale and lift your hips up rolling the spine off the floor.

Step 4: Press your shoulders and arms on the ground to lift your chest.

Step 5: Engage your legs and butt muscles to lift your hips higher.

Step 6: Hold this position for 4-8 breaths, then return to the starting position.

What Kind Of Yoga Helps With Weight Loss

If you’ve never done yoga before, be sure to start with beginner-level classes. You’ll burn the most calories in athletic  classes.?? These styles usually start with a fast-paced series of poses called sun salutations, followed by a flow of standing poses which will keep you moving. Once you are warmed up, deeper stretches and backbends are introduced. Vinyasa includes many popular, sweaty yoga styles, such as:

: Ashtanga yoga is a very vigorous style of practice and its practitioners are among the most dedicated of yogis. Beginners are often encouraged to sign up for a series of classes, which will help with motivation. Since Ashtanga follows the same series of poses each time, once you learn the sequence, you can practice anytime at home or join a Mysore-style group, in which there is a teacher present but each student goes at their own pace.

Power Yoga: Power yoga is extremely popular at gyms and health clubs, though it is widely available at dedicated yoga studios as well.?? Power yoga is based on building the heat and intensity of Ashtanga while dispensing with a fixed series of poses.

: Vinyasa yoga done in a hot room ups the ante by guaranteeing you’ll sweat buckets. Be aware that Bikram and hot yoga are not synonymous. Bikram is a pioneering style of hot yoga, which includes a set series of poses and, indeed, a script developed by founder Bikram Choudhury.?? These days, there are many other styles of hot yoga that make use of the hot room but not the Bikram series.

Which Practices Are Best For Weight Loss

If you’re looking for pure calorie burn, our experts agreed that fast-paced Vinyasa yoga is the practice to choose. “A good Vinyasa class will take you through a variety of movements, with a focus on integrating your core and weight-bearing on your hands and feet,” Lara explained. Imagine a classic flow from plank to triceps push-up to Upward Facing Dog — you’re getting a core burn, working your triceps, then using your arms to hold up your bodyweight as you stretch. This kind of weight-bearing move “increases heart rate and builds muscle,” Liza told POPSUGAR. The more muscle you build, the more calories you’ll burn even after you’re done exercising.

Power yoga is another good choice, Jorianne told POPSUGAR, though it’s more intense and better suited for people who are already in good shape. “In power yoga, there is less meditation and more of a focus on standing poses and faster-paced movement,” she explained. Your heart will pump even harder than in a Vinyasa class, which is good news for losing weight; Liza recommended aiming for a heart rate that’s 55 to 85 percent of your maximum to get the most calories burned out of a class.

I Teach Yoga and Do CrossFit, and These Are the 18 Core-Carving Yoga Poses I’m Obsessed With

A more gentle yoga class, such as Hatha, won’t burn as many calories. But it can benefit your mental health and decrease stress levels while helping you be more mindful, all of which have weight-loss benefits as well.

How Much Weight Can You Lose Doing Yoga

Weight loss varies by person and is dependent on a variety of factors including your beginning weight, overall activity level, and diet. The number of calories burned doing it also depends on what type of yoga you do, for how long, and what your current weight is. To have yoga help you lose weight, Young recommends practicing yoga four times a week and pairing it with extra cardio, like shadow boxing or running.

How Men Can Get Started Doing Yoga

It’s natural to want fast results, but the most successful dieters lose weight slowly. recommends losing no more than one to two pounds per week.

Thinking Of Trying Yoga For Weight Loss

If you are serious about losing weight and getting fit, you might want to implement a 60-minute power yoga and/or vinyasa flow practice at least five to six days per week. If you want to follow my example, think about coupling your practice with a whole foods diet for optimal results.

So roll out the mat. Connect with your breath. Detach from that destructive inner voice. Tune in to your spiritual nature that connects every cell of your body to the universe. Liberate the soul. And get ready to bask in the glory of all the positive changes that are coming.

Adho Mukha Svanasana Downward Dog Pose

Adho Mukha Svanasana tones your whole body with a little extra attention to specific muscles. It helps to strengthen your arms, thighs, hamstring and back. Holding this pose and concentrating on your breathing engages your muscles and tones them, as well as improves your concentration and blood circulation.

If So How Does Yoga Help To Lose Weight

There are many therapeutic to intensive yoga styles, reinforcing your central cores, including your overall muscle groups, increasing your flexibility, stability, and mobility.

Each yoga style offers unique benefits, so if your goal is to lose weight, concentrating on a fast-paced strength-based exercise is best. Yoga done in this manner has four main benefits that you should know.

Yoga strengthens your core and self-awareness.

While there is no cheat to lose weight in a day, strengthening your core is one major step to help you shed weight in the long run.

Your core is the home of all muscle groups necessary to stabilize your spine, keep your posture in the best shape, and improve your balance.

Therefore, by reinforcing your core, you are increasing your movements’ foundation to be more concise, which, in turn, makes you exercise more effectively without the risk of bodily discomforts.

Yoga is also useful in this matter because it also increases your self-awareness. You’ll learn how to use your muscles to precisely regulate your movements to achieve safer body fitness.

Yoga can help cut cravings for unhealthy foods and sugar.

One of the fantastic benefits of yoga is installing a sense of mindfulness. More mindful people are less stressed and less likely to seek comfort in food to binge eat.

Yoga can help protect yourself from stress, more-so, manage stress.

Yoga introduces you to a healthy lifestyle with better decisions.

Can Beginners Yoga Help You Lose Weight

The question of how can you loose weight with the help of yoga might arise if you are just beginning your weight loss or trying to keep it off.

If you are planning to go on a very strict weight loss program, then it might be a good idea to join a yoga class to learn more about the benefits of yoga and how to maintain a good weight loss program.

Yoga is also a great way to maintain your new weight and will help you get into better shape so that you can lose weight and look great.

If you do decide to join a class, make sure that you find a teacher that you will get along well with and who will make you feel comfortable with. Yoga is also a good way to learn new skills so that you will feel more in control of your body and can enjoy what you are doing.

If you do decide to join a class, make sure that you find a teacher that you will get along well with and who will make you feel comfortable with. Yoga is also a good way to learn new skills so that you will feel more in control of your body and can enjoy what you are doing.

Things To Take Care Of While Doing Yoga

Your should also be considered, because you need to make sure that it is healthy and balanced. If you aren’t, then you may want to talk to your doctor or dietitian to make sure that you are following a proper diet.

·2. If you’re going to start doing yoga, make sure that you choose a yoga class that is going to suit your level of physical ability. If you have a lot of experience, you might want to try classes that are a little more advanced, so that you can get the most out of the workout.

When you have lost weight with yoga, you’ll notice that your energy levels are up and your confidence is higher. Your weight will probably decrease as well, because you are burning more calories than you normally do. But, you still want to make sure that you keep up your weight loss. Even though you may have lost a few pounds, you should keep at it and never quit.

The thing to remember is that you have to maintain your weight loss. If you stop your weight loss after a few weeks, you may find yourself gaining all of the weight back. You need to continue working on it, and staying motivated.

Once you have lost weight with yoga, you can always get back on it by doing another class or trying another one. This is a great form of exercise for anyone and it really does have a lot of benefits. It has proven to be beneficial to a lot of people.

Sethu Bandha Sarvangasana Bridge Pose

Yet another asana with multiple benefits is the Sethu Bandha Sarvangasana or Bridge pose. It is excellent for glutes, thyroid as well as weight loss. The Bridge pose improves muscle tone, digestion, regulates hormones, and improves thyroid levels. It also strengthens your back muscles and reduces back pain.

How Much Weight Can You Lose With Yoga

How much weight you lose with yoga depends on a whole host of factors away from the mat – including sleep quality, stress levels, what and how much you eat, your age, your genes, and how much alcohol you drink– so you’ll need to take a holistic approach. Be sure to balance intense classes with slower yoga sessions, too.

‘If your goal is weight loss, you benefit more by focusing on your nutrition, and using yoga as a tool to develop a compassionate relationship with your body, balancing moods and increasing mental clarity, so that we make better decisions around our health – including emotional health,’ says Wilson-Leonard.

The health benefits of hot yoga

Ways To Lose Weight With Beginner Yoga

You certainly don’t need to be a long-time yogi to experience the mind and body benefits of a regular practice. If you want to take up yoga for weight loss but don’t know where to begin, follow our 5 tips to get started:

1. Join live classes

Find other like-minded yogis online. ‘Practising at home means lots of distractions, and to keep your mind focussed there is nothing like having a teacher there to give you encouragement and perhaps even push you a little,’ says Reynolds. ‘You also get a great sense of community and an exciting energy with live group classes, even if they are online.’

2. Find a teacher you connect with

After all, you can’t be expected to master mountain pose without any expert training. ‘With many teachers now just one-click away, it’s much easier to ‘shop around’ and find a teacher that really suits you,’ says Reynolds. ‘I would urge you to support your local teacher and studios where you can.’

3. Save the date

Make time for yoga, and you’ll soon turn your time on the mat into a habit. ‘Prioritise it in your diary and make it a non-negotiable part of your day or week,’ says Reynolds. ‘There are so many classes out there, both live and on-demand, you should be able to find classes that fit into your schedule.’

4. Kit yourself out

5. Ease yourself in

How to treat back pain with yoga

/8here Are 7 Yoga Asanas You Should Do

When it comes to weight loss, yoga is not favoured by many as an effective workout to shed kilos. The low-impact exercise has undoubtedly gained popularity across the globe but is known mostly to increase flexibility and calm your mind. Contrary to popular belief, yoga can help to burn tons of calories and drop a considerable amount of weight. All you need to do is choose the right kind of yoga asanas and perform it correctly. Here are 7 yoga asanas that may help you lose more weight than any intense workout.

Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight And Tone

In order to start using yoga for weight loss, you need to make sure that you are healthy enough to do it. You should always keep in mind to eat a balanced diet, get plenty of exercise and use a positive attitude.

can yoga help you lose weight and tone?YesYoga can help you get the results that you are looking for. It is an easy way to get into shape and get in good form so that you do not feel stressed out when you take your next step.

There are many things that go into learning how to lose weight. Yoga can give you the knowledge and skills that you need to have sure to lose weight. You will not feel depressed or stressed about how you look or what you feel about yourself.

can yoga help you lose weight? Weight loss is a big concern and one that many people have. The best way to lose weight is to start the right exercise.

Weight Loss Yoga For Men How It Works

If you’re overweight and desperate to lose those extra pounds, then you’ll be pleased to know that yoga can be as hard or as easy as you want it to be.

Weight loss yoga for men is something you may not currently want to admit to doing. But, once you’ve seen the results, you’ll be happy to shout it from the rooftops.

Yoga doesn’t help you to lose weight in the traditional sense by burning excessive amounts of calories.

Of course, it will burn more calories than just sitting but fewer than if you start running or complete a workout in the gym.

But, yoga does help you to build your muscle strength. This is achieved by adopting poses that push your muscles to their limits.

In the process, you’ll create tiny tears in your muscles. Your body repairs these very quickly, increasing the size of your muscle in the process.Muscle weighs the same as fat, but it burns 5 times as many calories as fat. As yoga helps to improve your muscle strength, it will increase your calorific burn.

Yoga Helps Reduce Your Sugar Cravings

Studies show that yoga helps improve insulin sensitivity. Insulin is like the key that allows your body to use the sugar in the food you eat.

If your body is resistant to insulin, it doesn’t get the energy it needs and the extra sugar stays in your blood.

This can lead to a host of health problems, including weight gain. According to research, when you do yoga, your body responds more effectively to insulin.

What’s The Best Yoga For Weight Loss

Vinyasa yoga — a type of yoga that pairs flowing posture with breath work — is typically considered the best type of yoga for weight loss, Lipsa Shah, a registered yoga teacher and certified personal trainer, tells LIVESTRONG.com.

“Vinyasa typically moves at a faster pace, which means your heart rate will stay high throughout the class,” Shah says.

For beginners, Shah recommends trying a slower vinyasa class, which is often referred to as “warm” or “slow burn” yoga. Check your local yoga studio for class listings or browse YouTube and Instagram for free classes.

Related Reading

Bikram yoga, more commonly known as , may also be helpful for weight loss, Shah says, because the room is heated. The idea is that in a heated room, your heart has to work harder to supply oxygen to all of your working muscles, which helps you burn more calories.

Hot yoga has also been said to create an “,” or a period of time following a workout during which your heart rate remains higher and you consume more oxygen than you normally would at rest.

While the scientific evidence behind these concepts as they apply to hot yoga is limited, many people feel hot yoga makes their bodies work harder than yoga in a non-heated room — in any case, you’ll get a good sweat in.

Wondering how to calculate your calories for weight loss? to do the job and help you track the calories you burn during your workouts.

How Often To Do Yoga For Weight Loss

If you’re doing yoga for weight loss, Shah recommends a minimum of three to four one-hour sessions per week.

Because yoga is typically considered low-to-moderate intensity exercise, this falls in line with — and even surpasses — the current Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans, which recommend a minimum of 150 minutes of low-to-moderate intensity exercise each week.

Here’s a sample yoga schedule you could use to lose weight:

A 7-Day Yoga Workout Plan

Vinyasa yoga, 60 minutes

Hot yoga, 60 minutes

: Vinyasa yoga, 60 minutes

Restorative yoga, 30 to 60 minutes

Hot yoga, 60 minutes

Rest or restorative yoga

Rest or restorative yoga

As long as you don’t begin to feel the effects of overtraining, you can do yoga six or seven days a week as part of a weight-loss program, especially when you incorporate gentle restorative yoga to reset your body for another vinyasa or Bikram class.

Final Thoughts Yoga For Weight Loss

Does yoga help you lose weight? YES! However, there are numerous types of yoga, each with varying levels of intensity.

The most active types of yoga are ones suitable for weight loss. Nevertheless, yoga is not as effective as cardio or gym if you are looking to lose weight fast.

Yoga has many benefits compared to gym and cardio, besides just helping you lose weight. 

If you are looking to lose weight with yoga, use one of the types we have shared earlier and tell us how it goes with you.

And if you want a detailed step-by-step yoga plan? to get the ultimate 4 week, follow-along from home yoga kick start kit for FREE!

Hot Yoga Vs Other Types Of Exercise

Burning 330 to 460 calories per day through exercise will help you create the deficit needed to burn fat. Combined with a reduced-calorie diet, you’re well on the way to creating the 500- to 1,000-calorie daily deficit needed to lose 1 to 2 pounds of fat per week. But you might burn even more calories — in less time — if you participate in other types of exercise.

The average calories burned in a 90-minute hot yoga class, according to Tracy’s findings, are about equivalent to walking at a pace of 3.5 miles per hour for the same amount of time. You can burn the same number of calories in half the time by running at a pace of 5 miles per hour or cycling at a pace of 12 to 13.9 miles per hour. Cycling at a pace of 16 to 19 miles per hour burns just about as much in 30 minutes as a 90-minute Bikram class.

Ultimately, however, the most important factor in fat loss is finding an activity you love to do that keeps you exercising day after day. If hot yoga is your favorite activity, keep on doing it. Combine it with a healthy, calorie-controlled diet and you’ll achieve fat loss success.

Best Styles Of Yoga For Weight Loss

If weight loss is your number one concern, then choosing the right yoga style is super crucial. For aspirants who have never tried yoga before, make time to consult a yogi teacher to help you select the beginner-level classes. There are yoga styles that focus on breathing, and others undergo intensive sequences that are highly useful for burning calories.

These styles mainly kicks-off with a fast-paced strength-based series of poses, also known as a salute to the sun or Sun Salutations, followed by standing positions that will keep you active. After warming up, backbends and stretches are done to prepare the deeper muscle groups.

Yoga Can Help Stabilize Blood Sugar

Sugar and insulin resistance is often responsible for weight gain. According to a 2011 study, people with type 2 diabetes lost weight and stabilized their blood sugar by doing yoga for three months.

People in the control group, who did not practice yoga, saw their weight and body mass index increase.

Can You Get In Shape By Doing Yoga

Yep! Yoga requires you to use your body weight to execute challenging poses, which can help strengthen and tone muscles.

“If all you’ve done is weight train and cardio, the addition of yoga once or twice a week will pose new challenges for your body to adapt to,” says Amato. “This adaptation is what will get you into better overall shape.”

Of course, “great shape” for one person can mean something entirely different to someone else. Amato swears by three different pillars for his shape test: strength, endurance/cardio, and mobility. “For you, yoga just may be the key to the mobility pillar,” he says. “But some forms touch on all three.”

To hit those other pillars, you might consider mixing up your routine day to day. The U.S. Department of Health recommends that adults do at least 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise for health benefits like increased cardiorespiratory fitness and muscular strength, and decreased depressive symptoms.

Learn how to nail pigeon pose with ‘Yoga Girl’ Rachel Brathen:

Which Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

Certain types of yoga are more physically challenging than others, and therefore help you develop muscle and boost your metabolism while you’re practising them. ‘Power and Ashtanga Vinyasa yoga are dynamic practices which require strength in movement, through the way in which weight is leveraged in your body by holding and transitioning through certain postures,’ says Wilson-Leonard.

To get your heart-rate up, try Rocket or Mandala Vinyasa yoga. ‘Rocket is a very fun and challenging style of yoga,’ says Reynolds. Most classes ‘play with arm balances and inversions – AKA being upside-down – so you might learn a few tricks along the way.’ Mandala Vinyasa, meanwhile, ‘is quicker paced than a standard Vinyasa class, moving with each breath almost like a dance,’ she says. ‘Each class will focus on one family of poses, such as backbends or twists, so you will be guaranteed a good stretch too.’

Generally, yoga isn’t as energy-intensive as other forms of exercise –, for example – so if you’re practising yoga for weight loss, bear that in mind. ‘Yoga is a great way to get the body moving and build strength, but don’t expect to burn loads of calories,’ says Reynolds. ‘A student of mine tracked hers during a 60-minute dynamic class of mine and she burnt around 130 calories, which is about the same as running a mile at an easy pace.’

Pilates vs yoga: which is better for you?

How Does Yoga Help You Lose Weight

Yoga, in general, can support weight loss in many different ways. Many twisting and bending yoga postures can be a form of “self massage” by rubbing limbs together or on the floor. This type of pressure can stimulate the internal organs, which in turn helps them to do their jobs better. A better-working digestive system, for example, can aid in weight loss.

Some researchers theorize that yoga stimulates vagal activity . This impacts the hypothalamus—the part of the brain that influences cortisol secretion. Cortisol is known as the stress hormone, and can cause inflammation in the body. When this happens, your body tends to hold onto excess weight. Practicing yoga can help to maintain cortisol levels and aid in maintaining a healthy weight.

On top of influencing physiological processes in the body, yoga can also influence our behaviors and cause us to live more intentionally. Yoga cultivates a deep connection between mind, body, and spirit, and when all of these pieces are aligned, we move through life with more intentionality and purpose. We are better able to tune into our bodies and understand what’s going on with ourselves.

How does this affect weight loss? Some studies have shown that mindfulness fostered in a yoga class can translate into mindful eating habits. Some yogis are able to recognize when they want to eat out of boredom, habit, or stress, and are able to say no to that.

So yoga in general can support a healthy body composition. But…

[ontarioyoga]

What Is Vipassana Meditation Experience

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/what-is-vipassana-meditation-experience/

What Is Vipassana Meditation Experience

The Back Story: How I First Learned Of Vipassana And Why I Put It Off For Years

Years ago our friend Jennie mentioned something about a silent meditation course retreat she’d taken. “It’s called Vipassana…ten days…no speaking…meditation…clear the mind…lots of traffic…it’s loud in the head…then peace.”

Those were among the tempting phrases and hooks I recall.

The term Vipassana means “to see things as they really are.” It’s a meditation method discovered by Gautama Siddhartha over 2,500 years ago.

S.N. Goenka, a Burmese man of Indian descent who one might say reintroduced Vipassana to the world in the 1970s, opened the first centers. Today, there are more than 190 Vipassana centers around the world. His instructions and lessons are played during the course, the structure of which is identical regardless of the location: 10 days of silence, meditation from 4:00 A.M. and 9:00 P.M. with breaks for meals and rest in between.

Audrey and I were both sold on the idea, but I felt I had some physical impediments to overcome, including an inability to properly sit cross-legged. I could not fold my right leg in; I always sat leaning to the right or with my right leg kicked out. Whenever I visited a Buddhist temple during my travels, I was invariably whose feet pointed in transgression at the Buddha, the altar, or the monks.

I never characterized myself as someone with chronic pain. When you have it, chronic pain is something you just learn to live with.

If I waited until I felt “ready” I’d never go.

Yes, this.

It was time.

Wait What Is The Purpose Of A Silent Meditation Retreat And Why Should I Do One

No speaking, no distractions, and a very uncomfortable living situation. Why would anyone do a 10 day meditation course under these conditions? The point of all this is to create an environment that is conducive to introspection and that will test your limits. And don’t worry, you don’t have to sleep on a straw mattress like I did.

A meditation retreat for beginners is the perfect way to kickstart your regular meditation practice. You will have the opportunity to learn a meditation technique in depth and have direct insight on how to overcome common obstacles. In any case, I recommend you get started BEFORE your retreat and start meditating at home.

Can I Take The Vipassana Course With A Spouse Partner Boyfriend Or Girlfriend

The intent of the course is to focus on oneself, so the idea that you are taking the course with someone else or you have “company” becomes irrelevant once the course begins. In fact, it may be distracting.

Ideally, you and your partner set off at the same time and attend different centers and return together with a comparable, yet personal and differentiated experience. And most importantly, a new, shared vocabulary.

What Should You Take Into Account When Choosing A Silent Meditation Retreat

A good resource to find a Vipassana meditation course near you is the dhamma.org website. Keep reading for all my tips for finding good Vipassana meditation retreats:

Don’t overthink it, if you want to do a retreat, you found one that you resonate with, and the timing is right, go for it! It will be hard in any case and will bring you way outside your comfort zone, but you won’t regret it.

I hope you enjoyed reading about my Vipassana review and mindfulness meditation course and I motivated you to do a meditation retreat! Have you done a retreat before? How did you pick it? Share your meditation retreat experience!

You can follow me on and connect with me.

Before you go, don’t forget to get the meditation mini-course!

My Exhausting Meditation Retreat: 10 Days Of Vipassana Silence And Spiders

I went to New Zealand to break my brain and put it back together, without ever having meditated before. I had no idea what I was in for

Last modified on Wed 20 Sep 2017 19.28 BST

I signed up for a Vipassana course in a moment of quiet desperation. I was coming up on close to a year of insomnia. I found myself exhausted by the anxiety of not sleeping, yet unable to find any meaningful rest. For the first time in my life I was having panic attacks. Nightly, they were triggered by the dawning realization that sleep would elude me yet again.

I was also dealing with chronic pain. A bad accident as a kid followed by a series of rib fractures and back injuries over the years generated a state of permanent hurt made worse with the lack of sleep and an excess of cortisol.

I chose this specific course, which took place in New Zealand, because despite the trendiness of meditation classes and apps, Vipassana seemed to be about equanimity, discipline and hard work – right up my alley. I am not the most woo woo of humans, and the idea of a giant drum circle of positive thinkers made me want to run away screaming.

I told my friend I wanted to break my brain and put it back together again

While descended from Buddhism, the modern-day courses are secular in nature. The father of these retreats is the late , who was raised in Myanmar and learned Vipassana from monks there.

She disagreed.

“No, it’s like running a marathon having never run before. Jodi are you doing to yourself?”

Where I Took My Course: The Dhamma Malaya Vipassana Center In Malaysia

I’m going to resist keeping this place a secret, all to myself. I thought the center and its facilities were excellent. I had my own room, for which I was grateful.

Having said all that, the center is not luxurious, nor is it supposed to be. It’s not a spa. It’s basic. Your ten days are to be lived simply.

For me, taking the course in the hot season was great. I could pack very light . Additionally, all that I achieved physically was helped along greatly by the stretching I’d done, which I find becomes much easier in the heat.

So Sober Its Psychedelic My Vipassana Meditation Retreat Experience Dec 30, 2019

I can’t remember the first time I decided I wanted to sit in a room and meditate silently for ten days. I only remember meeting people again and again who I respected and admired who spoke highly of their experiences.

Like any self-development junkie, I was eager to sample all the different strains of self work. Vipassana was attractive to me because it offered the purest base level of the human experience.

No mantras, no words, no coaches, no incantations, no self talk or weird breathing — just you and your breath and your body, silent and still for ten days.

My justification boiled down to “I’m gonna be stuck in a room with myself for the rest of my life, so I might as well see what that’s like without anyone else in it.”

The trouble was finding the time — ten days is a long time in the modern world of scant vacation days and cheap international flights. I had signed up twice in years past only to cancel a few weeks later after other plans arose.

This August, I managed to stick to my reservation during a period of unemployment which coincided with the week of Burning Man, when half my social circles were already offline anyways.

I remember reading their packing list and uneasily noticing all the things I normally packed for trips that weren’t coming this time: sunscreen, fun clothing, Kindle, computer, snacks, toys, the list went on.

Vipassana Meditation : A Candid Review Of What To Expect By Ankita S

What does the 10-days Vipassana Meditation feel like? Here’s a candid experience of what to expect from this profound spiritual retreat.

The secrets of the universe and its working has amazed me since childhood! And somehow, my gut instinct always asked me to get into meditation, though I ignored its whisper. However, I was forced to listen to it once I had some severe health complications. This finally led me to explore the hidden world of Vipassana meditation. And here’s my experience.

I don’t know why I expected some magic to see once I started meditating. Though there were moments of peace, and calm, I was looking for something else, something more maybe! And that led me to explore Vipassana through a retreat.

Do You Have To Stay Silent For 10 Days During A Meditation Retreat

Yes, you can’t speak during a silent meditation retreat, but I felt this was the best part of it! When was the last time you didn’t speak for a full day? If you can’t remember, that’s normal, we are always speaking. Afraid you won’t be able to wait to share your stories and experience during your retreat? There are often regular “office hours” with teachers and a time to share at the end. You’ll also make a LOT of eye contact with other participants.

But silent means also silent from distractions to create space for self-discovery and awareness. So no phones, computers, books, writing… Yes, no Instagram for 10 days.

I had done yoga retreats, and spent tech-free time in nature before, but never to such an extent. There are so many distractions in our everyday lives and it feels so good to have no way of checking in with the outside world. This was the perfect digital detox experience for me and since then, most of my notifications are off and I am more aware of my tech usage.

What Is Vipassana Meditation A Beginners Guide To Getting Started

A lot of people have major misconceptions about what meditation is and how it can be practiced in a way that makes you happy. I’m not talking about sitting on the floor with your legs crossed, chanting “Ommm.” I’m talking about Vipassana meditation which has been practiced for thousands of years in the Buddhist tradition.

The word “Vipassana” literally means “to see things as they truly are.” It’s a form of meditation that involves sitting cross-legged, focusing on your breath, and silencing all other distractions – no technology or reading allowed! Read more to learn about how this practice can change your life.

Ultimately Vipassana Meditation Technique Is About Seeing Reality

To see reality, we practice paccakkha, which means “perceptible to the senses”. In other words, we see things as their sensory experience. 

I personally like the explanation given by Henepola Gunaratana. He said that Vipassana is about “Looking into something with clarity and precision, seeing each component as distinct and separate”.

Think about it like this. At any given time, you have different thoughts, sensations, and feelings flowing through your mind. However, most of the time, you are likely too distracted to perceive these thoughts clearly. And so, they go on while you are largely unconscious of them.

Vipassana meditation enables us to see thoughts, sensations, and feelings for what they are, for their sensory experiences. This gives us power over them, so we are less reactive, less emotional, and more in control.

The method is currently in vogue, riding on the back of the mindfulness movement. And that’s a good thing because it is one of the best Buddhist meditations.

 Although it is a serious method, beginners can practice vipassana at home.

Are You Allowed To Exercise Or Do Yoga During A Vipassana Course

Simply put, no. We were advised not to do any other form of exercise during the course. I thought this would be difficult for me, as I am used to doing some kind of physical exercise daily. After a few days, I was fine with it. I didn’t have the energy to do anything else but walk to and from my room to the meditation hall to the dining hall. During the breaks, we were allowed to walk around the center grounds, which were actually very beautiful and peaceful. The center that I went to in Triebel, Germany had small areas blocked off where we could wander in the woods and in a small field with a pond. It was nice and refreshing to be out in nature and truly made me realize how much I was missing out on in my daily life by just blocking out all the sensations of sight and sound by wearing headphones on my way to work and other appointments. You just stop noticing everything and block out the noise, replacing it with other noise.

What Is Vipassana Meditation Top 4 Benefits + How To Practice It

February 9, 2020

Health Benefits

When it comes to meditation, there are many ways to do it. What is the Vipassana meditation technique , and how does it differ from other types?

Vipassana means “to see things as they really are.” This practice, described as an “art of living,” dates back at least 2,500 years to ancient India.

Similar to mindfulness meditation, it involves training one’s mind through completion of certain exercises in order to increase awareness of one’s own experiences.

Although this form of meditation has been practiced in the U.S. since the 1960s, in recent years the popularity of Vipassana meditation retreats and courses has skyrocketed. Thousands of people attend Vipassana classes each year in hopes of “seeing the true nature of existence,” better managing stress, and improving their focus, productivity, relationships and health.

How Were Your First And Second Course Different From One Another

Facility comparison

My first time was at Dhamma Bhumi in NSW, Australia which is an official centre and the second time in Markopoulo was a non-centre and so having one meditation room that is used exclusively for Vipassana meditation 365 days a year holds a much more powerful and supportive/ inspiring energy than a centre that is used for other activities/ purposes for most of the year.

Official centres tend to have better facilities too but in Australia, for example, there is a pagoda facility for old students to meditate in, with small individual dark rooms. Because they own the land, more can be invested in the centre and indeed, it often is.

Humble living: you will be living like a monk/ nun— on the charity of others. These ‘free’ retreats are not like your lavish 2000$ vacation retreats, you are here to live humbly, and do the work. Materialism ain’t no thing here, so leave your ego at the door and find deep gratitude for how purely this organization is run.

Food comparison

It was great at both centers, but the Aussie location .

Water comparison

We drank tap water in Australia and it tasted so bad that I could only drink tea to mask the taste. I would fill my glass water bottle with tea and drink that throughout the day hot or cold because the taste of chlorine, etc, made me yelped for joy when they announced it.

New student vs. old student: a few differences between being a new .

Are You Allowed To Write Or Journal During Vipassana Meditation

I was hoping the answer to this question would be yes, but again, it was a no. I’m still not sure why, but I think it’s mainly because you’re supposed to keep all the ideas, thoughts, and emotions in your own head. If you write them down on paper, they escape you, and it prevents you from really confronting anything. This was also difficult for me at the start, as I tend to journal pretty regularly. The adjectives I can remember now off the top of my head are pain, discomfort, progress, bliss, boredom, anger, determination, and calm.

Vipassana Meditation Technique Is All About Cultivating Insight

When you practice Vipassana meditation you are creating insight into true reality. Specifically, insight into anicca , which are the “three marks of existence” in Theravada Buddhism. Also, sunyata, which is “emptiness” in Mahayana Buddhism.

Let me explain the “three marks of existence”:

Dukkha : We all feel Dukkha. It is the idea that life doesn’t give us what we want and that everything is always changing. Because we never experience complete satisfaction, we always feel Dukkha.  

Anatta : This is the idea that there is no fixed soul, no fixed sense of self. We are always changing.  

Anicca : This is simply the observation that everything is always changing.  

What Is Vipassana The Technique The Retreats And The Philosophy

July 21, 2021

Vipassana, or insight meditation as the practice is also known, has enjoyed widespread popularity in recent years, with many people attending the gruelling ten-day courses that are available across the globe.

Like many of the popular techniques of meditation that have found their way to the west, Vipassana is a traditional Buddhist practise that has been taught in India for thousands of years, possibly since the time of Buddha.

The Vipassana technique aims to teach the meditator about the true nature of reality through direct experience of the body, feelings and mind.

Did I Have Any Magical Experiences During My Vipassana Retreat

Before I decided to book my Vipassana, I had read many blogs on it, and people talked about how they healed from backache, migraine in just 10 days.

While I did not expect my health issue to get resolved in just 10 days, I did expect ‘something’, a little magic maybe. And that happened on the third day!

In the afternoon when I was concentrating on my breath, I felt my right hand shaking. It’s easy to distinguish between a shaking due to weakness, and shaking due to something more powerful.

As I saw it, I was scared from the meditation experience. I guess fear was not needed at that moment. Because the moment I was afraid, the experience stopped! I kept feeling magical for the next many minutes.

And I can assure you that it was the latter. I experienced that ‘something more powerful’ in my right hand. When I l opened my eyes to look at what’s happening, it was still shaking, and nothing was not in my control.

When I told my teacher about that experience, she said, ‘Observe it!’

Well, her reply did not make me happy at that time, but now that I see it, that’s what Vipassana is all about. Observing.

Was it easy?? No, it was not!

Along with the few magical moments I had, there were a few painful moments too. Like on the seventh day, I could feel the heat inside my body. My stomach and lung area had some fire as if it would burn me from inside.

Why You Should Practice Vipassana Meditation Technique At Home

Many people make a huge mistake when meditating: They practise at retreats.

You are far better off learning how to do Vipassana meditation technique at home.

Why?  Because most of the stimuli that affect you are at home.

Loud voices

If you’re in the city, the constant noise

Vipassana meditation technique teaches us to be less reactive to those stimuli. But to train the mind effectively, we must meditate where those things occur.

Buddha did not isolate himself in a beautiful hall where there were no distractions and no unpleasantness. He sat in the forest, in the village, even around death. Only by exploring his mind in these everyday environments could he liberate himself.

Today we want to be free from the negative aspects of home, work, and, you know, life. If you want to truly liberate your mind, meditate in your everyday life.  

Day 0: Arriving At The Center And Meeting My Fellow Meditators

For day 0, participants were told to arrive for check-in between 2pm and 5pm before a dinner would be served at 6pm.

On my way to the meditation center, I met my first co-meditator. To my surprise, he was a completely normal guy – no long beard, no hippie glasses, no sandals, no flower necklace, no peace tattoo.

I was positively surprised and we hit it off right away. He was about my age, a serial entrepreneur, an avid reader, and an overall cool dude.

Even better, he had very little previous experience with meditation and was simply there because a friend had recommended it to him. “Phew,” I thought, “there’s no way this guy is better prepared than I am. What a relief! I won’t be the only one struggling.”

Upon arrival at the center, we were told to fill out some required paperwork and to hand in our smartphones and other non-allowed items. After that, I made my way to the room I got assigned for the next ten days. One of my three roommates was already there as I entered – another down-to-earth, intelligent, and cool dude. One roommate after the other arrived and we had a great chat before heading for the dining hall for our last dinner in ten days.

These first meetings with my co-meditators really quenched my nerves and boosted my optimism for the coming ten days. These were normal people just like me. They had no idea what to expect either. And they were just as excited/anxious as I was.

This Is What Happened After 100 Hours Of Meditation In 10 Days

Imagine, for a moment, being whisked away to a large, nondescript building amongst the rolling hills of the British countryside. Upon arrival, you are stripped of your belongings. No phone, no books, no pen, no paper. You are left with nothing but your clothes and toiletries. Then, for the next 10 days, you wake up at 4:30 a.m. and complete 10 hours of meditation, every day. You’re not allowed to talk to anyone other than your teacher, and there’s no eye contact or bodily contact allowed. 

What I’ve just described may sound like a literal hell to some, but for me, it was a welcomed escape from the hyperstimulation of my day-to-day activities. I finally had time to go completely inwards and work on overcoming the cravings and aversions of my mind. Surprisingly, tens of thousands of people across the world, from all walks of life, sign up for these 10-day vipassana meditation courses every year.

The most recent course I attended ran over the New Year’s holiday period, which, for most people, is a time when they reflect on the past year and make “resolutions” for changing their habits or behaviour during the coming year. But I feel that without going inwards, it’s pretty tricky to actually figure out what has been draining your energy and holding you back, making it impossible to know what you really need to change about yourself. This is why I went back to attend my second course. You learn more about yourself every single time. 

What Happens During A Vipassana Meditation Retreat:internally

Although the structure of the course is a set structure, what goes on is a whole other story. You are going to have your own experience, but I’ll share a few of mine because from what I hear— many people have similar experiences.

FYI this is where sesame seeds come from .

Crazy ass thoughts: Honestly I brought myself to tears of silent laughter at some of the thoughts that came up while in meditation. Things like where do sesame seeds come from? Or wondering what my arm hair looks like and how weird it is women shave their legs but not their arms. Also why does leg/arm/ eyebrow hair only grow to a certain length but hair on the head grows indefinitely? May times I imagined myself singing along to the chanting in my head and imaging myself perform in a full blown bollywood music video. Like total madness. The key is that when you catch yourself going down one of these rabbit holes, go back to your breath . It’s impossible to completely eradicate your monkey brain, but when you catch yourself don’t continue to indulge, and get back to work.

Understanding The Physical Requirements Of A Vipassana Course

If the thought of sitting cross-legged seems physically daunting and too painful to bear, there’s the possibility of using back rests or even a chair. In other words, your perceived physical limitations should not deter you from taking the course.

And know this: I did it. Sure, I was athletic and ran road races and climbed mountains. But I could barely touch my knees, let alone my toes. And you already know about my fusilli pasta spine.

Despite that, I’m glad I toughed it out on the ground on my meditation cushion, for I’m almost certain I wouldn’t have achieved the results — physical, mental, or emotional — had I done otherwise. During the course, you have 10 days to experiment and plumb the depths of what you can withstand and achieve.

What Is Vipassana Meditation Also Known As Insight Meditation

Before we get into the details of vipassana meditation, some important background about how this practice ties into the story of Headspace: In his early twenties, co-founder Andy Puddicombe left his Sports Science studies and became a Buddhist monk. For over 10 years, he studied meditation in Nepal, India, Burma, Thailand, Australia, and Russia.

After leaving the monastery with a desire to make meditation more mainstream, Andy arrived in London, which is where Headspace was first born, delivering meditations and teachings rooted in both the Burmese and Tibetan Buddhist traditions, while remaining true to the lineage that first inspired the app.

All Headspace meditation techniques incorporate elements of both “Samatha” meditation, though some of the technique names have changed from their original translation to help make them more accessible. The guided meditations in the Headspace app make meditation easy to understand and follow, even if you are completely new to the practice. Additionally, all Headspace meditations and exercises have an altruistic intention at their core, ensuring that both awareness and compassion are being trained at the same time.

You do not need to know and understand the background of Vipassana or Buddhist meditation in order to use the Headspace app to meditate. However, if you are interested in learning more about Vipassana meditation, read on.

Start your free trial

The Benefits of Vipassana aka Insight Meditation

Vipassana Meditation Technique: Everything You Need To Know

In this guide, we will look at how to do Vipassana meditation technique at home. We’ll cover the Vipassana meditation script and its benefits.  

As a meditation teacher, I personally use this method for twenty minutes every single day. And it is also one of the main methods I teach in my online meditation lessons. Spiritually speaking, it is a vital method on the pathway to enlightenment. 

From my personal experience and my experience teaching this method, I can say that it seriously helps with health and happiness. Because it gives insight into the mind, it helps us control thoughts and feelings.  

Many people learn Vipassana meditation at retreats. However, in my experience, it is better to do Vipassana at home. When you practise Vipassana meditation at home you gain insight into your mind in your day-to-day life. 

Let me show you how to do Vipassana at home. And you might like to read my awesome guide to Buddhist Meditations.

Vipassana Meditation: An Experience Of The Power Of Silence

Our world is a very noisy place, both externally and internally. Externally, the sounds of various machines, technologies, and gadgets are all around us, such as cars, radios, blenders, TVs, smartphone notifications, and you name it. Internally, our minds are in constant states of chaotic thinking and ruminating that prevent us from experiencing true peace and silence.

Noise does not need to be a negative thing, but it can be when there is no silence to balance it out. So what if we were to step away from some of this noise, if only for a bit? Would we act differently? Think differently? Experience life differently? Would we perhaps allow a deeper clarity into our life? Deeper insight? A deeper knowing?

Moving away from the noise and into more silence, which normally births more mindful thinking and awareness can be highly transformational. In our Western world, we normally think of meditation when we wish to experience such states of being. However, in other cultures periods of silence and mindful awareness are a natural part of each day that help to balance out our mind, body, and spirit.

#5 Start Meditating At Home Before You Go For The Retreat

If you are new to meditation, and you want to start by going to this retreat, you are doomed. It will be very tough, and most probably you will leave the course in between.

Until and unless you haven’t practiced any kind of meditation at home previously, I won’t advise you to go for this intense practice.

Maybe you can start practicing at home 3-6 months prior to registration. This way sitting one hour continuously for a session won’t be tough. Here are to get you started with your home practice.

A Little Reflection Vipassana Meditation: Was It Worth It

In the months and years since I took a ten-day Vipassana Meditation course in Nepal,  friends and readers have asked me to share my thoughts, now that I have distance from the experience. I jotted a few sparse notes during the course, and journaled on Day Eleven to chronicle my ten-days in a Vipassana course. Those entries shared the raw thoughts and feelings as I processed each day of meditation and course teachings. During the course, I was deep in the middle of the pain and difficulty. There was little room for reflection.

How to Apply to a Vipassana Course:

An Arachnophobe Walks Into A Vipassana Meditation Course

When I was two, a family member took me to see Raiders of the Lost Ark. I had nightmares about spiders for years, waking up screaming in the middle of the night. My arachnophobia has never waned, and I am ashamed to admit that it has dictated some of my travel plans.

Before the meditation course began I worried about the long days of silence. I did not worry about spiders. This was a mistake. The course was on a bird sanctuary outside Auckland, and I arrived only to find that spiders carpeted the wooden buildings, inside and out.

When you take a Vipassana course, you agree to abide by five precepts: no killing, no stealing, no lying, no sexual misconduct and no intoxicants. No writing, no talking, no eye contact, no communicating.

At the end of day one, I noticed a daddy longlegs struggling on the carpet but heading toward the door. I reached for the course schedule, only to realize I was about to kill something with a document that says you won’t kill anything.

Instead, I took a deep breath, skirted around the creature, and opened my door. I stood there silently cheering its departure from my room.

In the meditation hall, daddy longlegs dropped from the ceiling, feeding my anxiety. Huge black spiders dotted the corner of the room where we picked up our pillows, watching over us as we shuffled into yet another meditation session.

I fantasized about flinging off my pillows and running through the hall, screaming like a banshee

It was progress.

Day 6 To 9 Equanimity And Determination Put To The Test

On the 6th day, I woke up sick. My throat hurt, my head throbbed painfully and my nose was clogged. I had a cold and couldn’t distract myself from it. I had to meditate through it.

The meditations were very hard and paying to my sensations made them seem a worse. I had no trouble feeling sensations every part of my body, but I couldn’t maintain equanimity. My cold bothered me, especially when coughing during the group meditations. I barely managed to stay still for more than about 15 minutes during the “meditations of strong determination”.

I slowly made it through the day, but my condition wasn’t improving. I made it clear to myself that I wasn’t leaving the Vipassana course. Unpleasant sensations were not going to win!

On day 7, I was feeling even worse. Despite this, I was strangely enthusiastic at the idea of meditating through my bad feelings and saw the cold more as a challenge and opportunity than an enemy.

“Okay, I know I have a cold and stuff, but if I’m able to meditate through it without judging it, I’ll be able to go through a lot of other things, so I have to do it!”

“These are only sensations, these are only sensations…”

*Watches sensations, start perceiving them in an objective way*

“YEAH! I’m doing it, %?/* YOU, COLD!”

*Loses peace of mind, sensations become overwhelming*

“Ah, crap. Back to square one!”

When I woke up the next morning, there was absolutely no trace of my cold.

What Is Vipassana Meditation And How Can You Practice It

Affiliate disclosure: Some of the links below are affiliate links, meaning, at no additional cost to you, I will earn a commission if you click through and make a purchase. As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

You might have ever heard of  meditation. It’s a kind of meditation practice that’s often talked about amongst meditation practitioners and gaining popularity in the world.

More and more people are interested in vipassana meditation and eager to learn and try it out. That’s one of the reasons for its gaining popularity. Nowadays, vipassana retreats are conducted regularly around the world.

What is vipassana meditation? What’s so unique about it?

Those are the questions I get asked a lot.

My first vipassana retreat was back in 2009. Since then, I’ve attended several more. I’m a big fan of it. And, I’ve been practicing daily ever since.

So, in this post, I’ll share with you what I’ve been learning so far to answer those questions as best as I can, what vipassana meditation is, and how you can practice it.

Vipassana is a term often translated as insight or clear-seeing.

It is deeply rooted in the Buddhist tradition.

But, because of its universal essence, its practitioners come from many different spiritual and religious backgrounds. That’s the fact I always found in retreats I attended. A lot of the participants I met are not Buddhist.

You don’t need to be a Buddhist to practice vipassana.

We practice not clinging to and not rejecting any object.

Difference Between Vipassana & Other Forms Of Meditation

The Buddhist Meditation practices are mainly of two forms – and . While Vipassana is based on insight or clear awareness, Samatha includes concentration or mental focus.

Vipassana is insight meditation whereas Samatha is a meditation of tranquility.

The most common types of meditation are based on Samatha. In this form, the meditator will focus on types of meditative objects of meditation such as – images, chants, particular items, prayers, or a candle flame to clear the mind.

To master Vipassana it takes years of practice. The meditator achieves a state in which he is not perturbed by any external influences.

Studies have shown both of these forms help the meditator to quiet their minds and improve their mental capacity. The ultimate goal for all forms of meditation is liberation. It is the stage when the spiritual transformation is complete.

What Is It Like On The Other Side Of A Vipassana Course

The course kicked my ass. Raw feelings bubbled up throughout the intense ten days. I started the course cautious and fearful of what it would be like. Then I had anger and resentment during the middle. By the final day, I swelled with well-being and happiness.

I feel proud that I was able to complete the course. This was one of the hardest obstacles in my life to complete. Growing up I was a dilettante. And while usually that’s one of the cornerstones of being a child—experimenting, learning, and discovering new interests—changing interests so frequently impacted my personal self-views. I have always considered myself a quitter.

Back in the day, I loved synchronized swimming. I even won state and national awards. Then I quit that and moved onto tap dancing. Tap wasn’t as fun as jazz, which then gave way to pottery. Then there was that brief stint in ballet, then Irish dance, followed by several years of piano lessons. I dabbled in art, more styles of dance, and went back to competitive Irish dance in high school. All that took a backseat to theatre—the only thing I stuck with. Until I didn’t; I left my LA acting career to travel the world.

And in staying, I proved to myself that I was strong enough to honor my commitment.

Many have wondered if I kept Vipassana as a part of my life. Do I still practice the technique, which requires two hours a day of silent meditation?

Vipassana: My Experience With Serene Meditation Retreat

Jun 1, 2020·4 min read

Vipassana meditation retreat was a transformative experience of my life. In the midst of life’s struggles and personal crisis, I found this gift of meditation.

Vipassana has brought equilibrium and serenity to my cluttered mind. It has been more than a year I have been practicing meditation regularly and attended three courses so far.

Although nothing in my life has changed miraculously since I started Vipassana, I have control over the level of stress and no signs of anxiety. I struggled with migraines for a few years until I started meditating religiously. Vipassana has made migraines a rare occurrence which troubled me often before last year.

Vipassana has healed my mind and made life better. And with more meditation practice, I look for a meaningful journey ahead. It is worth emphasizing that meditation is a personal experience, and the outcomes can be unique and relative if not similar for every practitioner.

The ten day course

At Vipassana meditation center, the day starts with a wake-up bell ringing at 4 AM, and meditation begins at 4:30 AM. The day ends around 9 PM after approximately ten hours of meditation and discourse by the guru in the evening.

Anapana and Vipassana

Mind is constantly wandering in the past and future than focusing on the present. Living in the present and observing the breath is the first step to calm the mind for Vipassana. The ten-day course starts with meditation, and starts fourth day onwards.

Meditate and be happy

Why Did I Immerse Myself Into An Environment Of Silence

People attend Vipassana courses for many different reasons. I met people who looked for ways to overcome their addictions, others longed to solve their sleeping disorders. For me, I was eager to get a deeper understanding of meditation and learn more about myself. As someone who is always looking for new challenges and opportunities for growth, this seemed like the perfect environment to spend my Christmas break.

Over time, I had come across a number of people who shared their Vipassana experience with me, inspiring me to find out for myself what it is all about. So eventually, I felt the call to embark on this journey and signed up for a women’s-only retreat that took place over the Christmas period in the hinterland of the Sunshine Coast in Queensland, Australia. While I already had some experience in meditation, I didn’t really know what to expect in the upcoming 10 days, far away from civilisation.

Disclaimer: Nothing You Read Here Will Do This Justice

Both the Buddha and Goenka stress the importance of direct experience, which is a welcome change from other gurus preaching their truth as the only true way. They explicitly say “Take this and try it on and see if it works for you — but don’t believe it until you’ve lived it yourself.” There are even 3 different types of wisdom in Buddhism to relate to these — known, believed, and lived.

Vipassana and Buddhism are all about living truly present in the moment, without cravings, aversions, ignorance, memories, expectations, or future plans. So remember that everything you read here may make your meditation that much harder in the moment: “Wait, I’m not experiencing what Corey experienced!”.

If you’re anything like me though, you’ll read on anyways, as I did all the blog posts of those who came before me, and I still had a great time. So let’s go!

Did You Microdose While There Or Take Any Psychedelics

I considered it, but no, I did not and I will not. It’s a rule not to take any drugs, and although I don’t consider it a “drug” — psilocybin alter your state of consciousness. The reason I wanted to microdose while there was to lower my sensory gate perception, because mushrooms do that, and a key part of Vipassana is the ability to feel subtle sensations on the body. It no doubt help, but the more important part of Vipassana is observing life as it it, not as you wish it were. So, in weighing the pros and cons, it was quickly clear to me that using any external ‘aids’ to achieve deeper states of meditation was actually completely against the purpose and would set me back. You want to honour where you’re at in that moment, and watch your success come from doing the work.

Learn more about microdosing

Registering For The Course An Unexpected First Hurdle

I expected registration for a course to be a quick and hassle-free process. I was wrong. In the end, it took approximately 7 months from decision to do a course until actually enrolling and participating in one.

You see, Vipassana courses are popular. Much more popular than I thought. Registration to 10-day courses usually opens three months before the course starts and it’s not uncommon that courses fill up within a few days of opening up registration.

And it’s not like these courses take place 3x per month. It’s more like one course every 4-6 weeks. Long story short, I missed out on courses a couple of times until I finally managed to register on time and get accepted for the course from sep-19 to sep-30.

Why Did I Choose To Participate In A Vipassana Course

Before we get to my detailed experience of the ten-day retreat, I want to give you an understanding of why I chose to go through this in the first place. People go on such retreats for numerous different reasons. For me, the main reason was the proven scientific track record of meditation.

And by track record I mean the science-backed benefits of meditation. According to books and articles I’ve read on the topic, some of those benefits include:

Improved immune function, decreased inflammation, many other improved health markers

Decreased anxiety, depression, stress

Increased positive emotions, decreased negative emotions, more happiness

Improved relationships, increases in social connection, less feelings of loneliness

Improved focus and attention, memory, creative thinking

Improved self-control, emotion regulation, concentration, introspection

Meditation has been shown in multiple studies to physically alter the structures of your brain, increasing grey matter, growing cortical thickness, and increasing volume in areas related to self-control, emotion regulation, positive emotions, and paying attention.

If you’re interested in living a healthy, happy, successful, and fulfilling life, there’s hardly a better use of your time than meditation. I’ve said on numerous occasions that mindfulness is the #1 skill anyone can learn in life – and mindfulness is best cultivated through the practice of meditation.

Spiritual Benefits Of Vipassana Meditation Technique

Vipassana meditation has significant spiritual benefits. In fact, it is the best meditation for gaining insight into the true nature of reality. 

When we practise Vipassana meditation technique daily we gradually awaken.  

Plus, when you learn how to do Vipassana meditation , you will notice what’s going on inside your mind while you’re living your everyday life. In fact, doing Vipassana at home is better than doing it at a retreat.  When you practise at a retreat you only see what’s going on in your mind when you’re at the retreat. That’s not very useful! Contrastingly, gaining insight into your mind in your everyday life is invaluable. And that is why you’re smart for learning how to do Vipassana meditation at home.

Part 3 Of 3:overcoming Distractions While Meditating

“smallUrl”:”https:\/\/www.wikihow.com\/images\/thumb\/6\/6e\/Perform-Insight-Meditation-Step-9.jpg\/v4-460px-Perform-Insight-Meditation-Step-9.jpg”,”bigUrl”:”\/images\/thumb\/6\/6e\/Perform-Insight-Meditation-Step-9.jpg\/aid6822382-v4-728px-Perform-Insight-Meditation-Step-9.jpg”,”smallWidth”:460,”smallHeight”:345,”bigWidth”:728,”bigHeight”:546,”licensing”:”<div class=\”mw-parser-output\”><p>License: <a target=\”_blank\” rel=\”nofollow noreferrer noopener\” class=\”external text\” href=\”https:\/\/creativecommons.org\/licenses\/by-nc-sa\/3.0\/\”>Creative Commons<\/a><br>\n<\/p><p><br \/>\n<\/p><\/div>”1Focus briefly on distractions. Whenever there is an outside noise, any sort of disturbance, you should consciously and immediately focus awareness towards that sound. Just as you labeled the rising and falling of the abdomen, label the exterior sound in your mind.XResearch source

The process can be free of thought, just allowing the mind to focus on the surroundings. If you’re distracted, refocus on your breathing until you can establish a calm understanding of smaller sounds around you.

Tips On Getting Started With Vipassana Meditation:

To get started with Vipassana Meditation, you can work with me or you can begin to practice on your own, below are some tips to get you started.

– Choose a time when you’ll be able to practice consistently

– Prepare your space. Find a room in your house that can be designated for meditation only, and keep it free of distractions such as TV’s, computers, or phones

– Set a timer for 20 minutes and start!

– Sit with your legs crossed if possible. Palms one on top of the other in your lap. If you cannot sit with your legs crossed then find a position that you can sit comfortably, don’t create or further physical ailments in this process. how you sit is not as important as you might think.

– Focus on your breath or teach the abdomen, and allow yourself to be. Note the thoughts and emotions as they arise for what they are “Noting” is acknowledging what truly is within and allowing it to be recognized, this is a game-changer as your practice grows. When the thought, emotion, or feeling has passed return to the breath or the rising and falling of the abdomen.

Can You Bring Your Own Food/ Make Dietary Requests

No to bringing your own food, and to making dietary requests. Understand that if everyone did this, the courses could not exist. Distinguish between dietary requirements and dietary preferences. Do I eat gluten in real life: no. Am I allergic to gluten: also no. There are often options, and you can navigate the meals to avoid certain things, but unless you’re allergic: don’t make requests. Doing so will absolutely harm your practice, because living like a monk/ nun means living on the charity of others. If you want to truly surrender to the experience, you need to let go of your daily life neuroses. Beggars can’t be choosers, and when you accept the free food prepared by love by volunteers who are serving you selflessly and preparing food made with love, the alchemy is incredible and you will feel wonderful, I promise.

How Is It Different From Other Types Of Meditation

People often wonder what difference there is between Vipassana meditation and transcendental meditation or even mindfulness. And while some may think they are very similar, there are clear distinctions in all of them.

Vipassana meditation is about becoming insightful through self observation and enquiries of the self and life.

Transcendental meditation, on the other hand, uses a mantra to help you transcend to the source of thought.

Mindfulness meditation is about being mindful of your thoughts and feelings without interfering, mentally, and living in the present moment.

Ten Day Vipassana Meditation Course: My Experience

You can find a slightly shorter version of this post  in case you don’t want all the detail, though I’d recommend reading the full version if you have the time. If you’re thinking about taking the course, might be helpful to read too. 

I just came back from a 10-day Vipassana course. It was a unique and tough experience full of ups and downs, and very different from what I expected.

I’d been interested in meditation for a few years,  but hadn’t had the discipline to put it into practice. I chose this course because it’s a 10-day immersive course with no communication throughout. No phones, no talking to the other meditators. Not even any eye contact or gestures. I liked the idea of the lack of distraction. Other than that I have to admit I didn’t know too much about this specific course before I went, and that became apparent as soon as I got there!

Upon arrival, we made a vow to live by a number of rules, most of them not too taxing: no killing, stealing, lying, or intoxicants, and complete sexual abstinence. We also agreed not to leave before the end of the course.

Each day of the course started with a gong at 4 AM and finished with a talk at 9:30 PM, with around 11 hours of meditation in between. The rest of the time was made up of meal and rest breaks.

Ok so far. I can swallow that.

Hmm, ok. A little far fetched, but just maybe there’s a meaningful analogy there.

Some things I’ve noticed since leaving the course yesterday:

To be continued…

How Much Does A Vipassana Meditation Retreat Cost

Vipassana is technically free, in that you don’t pay anything to attend. There are many reasons for this, one of which is that it allows you to develop the P?ram? and even the teachers volunteer their time, because Dhamma is too important to set a financial restriction on

Donations are pure and are only accepted by old students, who have completed at least one 10 day Vipassana. They are based on means which is one of the fundamental pillars on which enlightenment is founded.

No Speaking For 10 Days Wtf Do You Lose Your Mind

Haha, kind of, but it’s amazing. When you live your day-to-day life constantly thinking and communicating, its near impossible to realize the madness going on in your head. We have so much stimulus that our thoughts actually jump from one thing to another without ever taking a breath. This is apparent during the first 2 days of the retreat. As you quietly observe your breath, the mind is running at 100 miles per hour like a total spas.

When we speak, we automatically start telling ourselves stories, about how we feel, what other people are doing and saying and our assumptions on their intentions and what they might be thinking. It’s an added layer of information that just crams into our internal dialogue and generates information overload. Not speaking for 10 days is so relaxing and regenerative. It allows you to focus on observing your mind as opposed to multitasking between that and navigating the outside world. It really gives you a chance to go inwards.

What Is The Cost Of A Vipassana Meditation Course

On principle, no fee for the Vipassana course is charged. Centers are instead maintained by the donations of those who have completed a meditation course. You may donate only once you have completed a course and you are free to choose the amount you wish to donate.

those who came before you support your course while your donation supports future participants. So you pay it forward.

Would I Recommend Vipassana Meditation To Others

Yes! But only when the timing is right.

A simple, non-sectarian technique for programming pervasive peace into our lives, I believe Vipassana meditation to be one of the best things I’ve ever encountered. I wouldn’t recommend rushing into a course, though. Had I attended one a year ago, I probably would have left the first day. Trying to sit still and consciously aware for ten straight days is a tremendous challenge.Sign up when you have some extra gumption to give to the experience.

Lastly, if you’ve made it this far in this lengthy article, you might be curious how much a ten-day Vipassana course cost? It’s absolutely free. The program is entirely run by volunteers and financially supported by past students .

How To Do Vipassana Meditation Technique At Home

In my opinion, it is best to do Vipassana at home because then you will gain insight into how your mind works in the place you are every day: home, which is far more valuable than doing it at a retreat.

Buddha said that it is best to do Vipassana meditation technique in a forest, sitting with the legs crossed in Lotus position. However, you can practice Vipassana meditation at home. Of course, your space should be relaxing and free of distractions. You can also do it sitting in a chair. However, do make sure you have good posture. 

When you do Vipassana at home you should be somewhere quiet and comfortable.

You can learn more about sitting positions in my guide to

My Toughest Challenge Ever Vipassana Meditation

Meditation Series – Chapter 3: Vipassana

Continuing my experiments with different forms of meditation, I had come across Vipassana around 2015. I got this sudden opportunity to join Vipassana camp. Vipassana is an old Buddhist tradition of Meditation, as was taught by Gautam Buddha himself. I had heard a lot about it and always thought of it more as an adventure than Meditation; it seemed like the toughest experience out there. Many people think that one session of Vipassana and you become a sanyasi on a yogic path like Gautam Buddha. Frankly, it is a stupid conception but about that later, first, let me elaborate on my experience with Vipassana. 

How Vipassana challenges you every minute.

Vipassana is seriously a mind-blowing experience and the toughest thing I ever did in my life. One has to dedicate oneself to the session for 10 days at a time and stay in the ashram/camp during this period. Program highlights are: Wake up every morning at 4 a.m., not talk to anyone for 10 days , and last meal at 12 noon – no dinner, only a snack in the evening… All deal breakers for me. I am not a morning person, in fact I can’t even wake up at 9 easily, forget about 4 am. The few times in life, I have been awake at 4 in the morning was when I didn’t sleep the whole night. ?

What more? Hmmm, not talking to anyone was not a deal-breaker, as I have a strange combination of chatterbox and statuesque personality. So acquiring one personality for a small period of time is not so tough.

How I Heard About Vipassana Meditation Retreats

I heard about Vipassana meditation retreats on a forum. People shared reviews of their Vipassana experiences and reported getting incredible results from the 10-day retreats offered by Vipassana centers around the world. I looked into it, fond a center close to my home in Eastern Canada and subscribed for a 10-day meditation retreat. I wasn’t sure what I was getting myself into. I read it was considered one of the most challenging meditation retreats available to westerners. I saw it as a great personal challenge and an incredible opportunity to fully focus on meditation. Besides, the retreats were free of charge; they’re solely financed by voluntary donations, so I really had nothing to lose except 10 days.

Photo credit : hckyso from flickr

In Vipassana retreats, all forms of communication with other students are forbidden . Practitioners are only allowed to bring necessities, this means nothing to read, watch, listen to or write with. Cellphones and other electronic devices are also prohibited. The rules are strict, but they are helpful and force you to fully concentrate on your meditation practice without distracting yourself when things get tough, because they will get tough, trust me.

I Keep Seeing The Word Dhamma What Does It Mean

Dhamma is part of the ‘triple gem’ which includes:

anyone who is fully enlightened

the law of nature; the teaching of an enlightened person; the way to liberation

anyone who has practiced Dhamma and has become a pure-minded, saintly person

All Pali words are explained during the course, as their relevance becomes necessary.

Schedule: A Typical Vipassana Day And Timetable

For days one through nine, participants observe a “Noble Silence” which means no talking and no charades or other non-verbal communication. You can ask the instructor questions during sessions at 12:00 P.M. and 9:00 P.M. Remaining silent during this time is not nearly as difficult as it sounds.

The schedule is the same at every Vipassana 10-day meditation course, no matter where it is being held in the world. You can see this at the bottom of the Vipassana FAQ page.

Wake up bell: 4:00 A.M.

Most mornings, for whatever reason, my body anticipated the waking bells at 4:00 A.M. I set an alarm for 4:10 A.M. just in case and never had to use it. Not because I wasn’t tired in some way, or even jet lagged a bit, but because it was clear I had something important that I must do.

After a quick wash and water and a stretch, I was out the door into the pre-dawn darkness for a walk from my room to the meditation hall. The touch of cool before the birds would come alive and the warmth of the Malaysia hot season would land was something I’ll never forget.

Meditate in the hall or in your room: 4:30-6:30 A.M.

I quickly realized after a brief conversation with the instructor that meditating in the hall for newcomers is an important discipline. I found I would go much further with the structure and discipline of the early morning in the hall, despite the fact that the morning sessions ended with a chant that typically drove me borderline crazy.

Breakfast and rest: 6:30-8:00 A.M.

Where Can I Find A Vipassana Meditation Retreat

Today, there are over 172 Vipassana meditation centers, and 134 non-centers scattered around the globe, all of which are under the instruction of current teacher S.N. Goenka , whose videotaped sessions guide the students along the course.

All Vipassana meditation centers operate strictly on a donation basis. So, the course and all its amenities are provided for free. Donations are only accepted from those who complete the full 10-days and are informed after completion of the minimum donation to cover their board and lodging.

All participants are expected to complete the full 10-days, however, there is no obligation and one can leave anytime.

www.dhamma.org

What Is Vipassana Meditation A Beginners Guide

We will all agree that often times we find ourselves overwhelmed by various negative thoughts and feelings. We get angry, disappointed, sad, discouraged and even feel completely out of harmony with ourselves. This makes us send off those negative energies to the other people around us and make them unhappy too.

Definitely, it is not something we do intentionally but the things we go through life may make us do it. But is there a way in which we can reduce all the negative thoughts, feelings and energy and be more on the positive side, feeling energized, motivated, peaceful, happy and having proper inner balance?

Vipassana meditation is a great practice that helps us become more peaceful, calm and have inner harmony through purifying the mind from the negative thoughts and feelings that make us suffer. It brings a sense of mental stillness and clarity that helps us live better lives.

How Does It Work The Precepts And Course Rules

So, how does a retreat work anyway? What are the rules? What does a typical day look like? That’s what we’ll cover next.

For starters, attendees of a Vipassana course must undertake five precepts for the duration of the course: 1) to abstain from killing any being; 2) to abstain from stealing; 3) to abstain from all sexual activity; 4) to abstain from telling lies; 5) to abstain from all intoxicants.

In addition to the precepts, attendees should also adhere to the following rules:

The rules may sound a bit strict and draconic in the beginning. After the course, however, I realize that most of them make total sense and are simply there to make life easier for the students.

I had no trouble following the rules, though I do some pushups and other bodyweight exercises from time to time. As long as you don’t distract your fellow meditators, I guess it’s fine.

[ontarioyoga]

Can We Eat Ayurvedic And English Medicine Together

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/can-we-eat-ayurvedic-and-english-medicine-together/

Can We Eat Ayurvedic And English Medicine Together

We Have The Opportunity To Reap The Benefits Of Its Ancient Nutrition Wisdom Along With The Insights And Advances Of The Modern Nutrition Science Together They Provide The Complementary Principles For Optimum Health Well

Good nutrition can be summed up as eating a wholesome and diverse diet with emphasis on plant-based foods. Ayurveda,or the ancient ‘science of life’, which originated more than 5,000 years ago in the South Asian sub-continent, also places diet and good nutrition at its centre. A fundamental belief of Ayurveda is that healthy and wholesome food nourishes the body, mind and spirit. It is this connection that has intrigued and triggered me, a public health nutritionist, to write this piece. Ayurveda is a vast discipline in itself with a lot of depths and dimensions, and I am focusing only on some of its key nutrition aspects.

With The Pandemic Threatening To Stay Longer It Is Felt That Other Medicine Systems Should Be Explored To Curb Its Spread To Help The Nation And Its People Get Back On Track Faster

Representative image

Even though Covid-19 vaccination is in full swing, the pandemic continues to affect a huge population, severely affecting the country’s economic and social fabric. There are many who recommend tapping Ayurveda, Indias ancient alternative medical system. A report in Hindustan Times last December draws attention to the praise lavished for Ayurveda by the Delhi Government Health Minister Satyendar Jain in his tweet. “Congratulations to Chaudhary Brahm Prakash Ayurved Charak Sansthan for successfully catering to 2000 Covid patients with pure Ayurvedic treatment. It is the 1st Indian Ayurvedic hospital which has treated Covid patients from ages 1month-106years. I applaud the team and staff.”

The Idea One Nation One Health System Has Already Appeared In Modi Govts New Health And Education Policies And A Committee Has Been Formed To Study Its Implementation

New Delhi: The Narendra Modi government plans to roll out a ‘One Nation, One Health System’ policy by 2030, which would integrate modern and traditional systems of medicine like allopathy, homoeopathy and Ayurveda in medical practice, education and research.

Government sources told ThePrint that the policy aims to formulate an Integrative Health System, under which patients would get treatment from any medicinal system, depending on what ails them and their current condition.

“There is a need to integrate the different forms of treatment. The government is trying to shift the focus away from the ‘-pathy’ part of medicine, which means that it should not matter if it is allopathy, homoeopathy or Ayurveda, as long as the person benefits from the treatment,” a government official said on the condition of anonymity.

“If a patient comes to a hospital, they can be given allopathic treatment if their condition is serious, but they can also be given homoeopathic or Ayurvedic treatment in the same hospital if their condition can be managed with those,” the official explained.

He added that the scheme would be recognition of the fact that in India, there are traditional forms of medicine that are not “alternative” but very integral to healthcare.

When reached for a comment on this, the Union Ministry of Health & Family Welfare spokesperson told ThePrint “this is an initiative of NITI Aayog” and the query should be directed to the government’s planning think-tank.

For Thousands Of Years Classical Chinese Medicine Has Used Nutrition To Treat Imbalances Here We Make The Practices Principles Of Energetics August 10, 2020

It wasn’t until I stood looking at my reflection in the bathroom mirror, angling my phone out in front of me, that I realized I was crossing a threshold: Of all the post-workout poses and pre-date outfit options sent to friends, the cutesy hellos and—ahem—unmentionables texted to love interests, this would be my most vulnerable selfie since smartphones rendered them commonplace.

But, I reminded myself, this was my idea. And so, after taking a deep breath and finding the best light, I stuck out my tongue, snapped a close-up of it, and hit send.

Listen to our Yoga Show podcast episode with Nathalie on food energetics and classical Chinese medicine.

What Are Potential Obstacles To Conducting Traditional Scientific Research Within The Ayurvedic System

Like all science, Ayurvedic medicine is based upon careful observations. However, a main tenant of Ayurveda is its focus on individual treatment. Each regimen is highly customized according to each patient’s needs. Ayurveda teaches that as there are no two persons alike, individuals may be treated with a different formulation, regimen or diet for the same disease. Thus, experiments measuring the outcome or effects of a single treatment on large numbers of people are impossible within the Ayurvedic system.

In short, the double-blind placebo control method of experimentation defies Ayurvedic principles and may not bring accurate results.

From Indigestion To Heart Diseases: Combining Milk With These Foods Can Cause Dangerous Side Effects

Fancy a tall glass of smoothie with berries blended with cool milk? In this hot weather, the thought alone is comforting. But could you be inviting trouble for yourself? Yes says Ayurveda. It believes in the principle Viruddha Ahar which bans the combination of certain foods that are mutually incompatible. According to Ayurvedic literature, the interaction between these foodstuffs can cause systemic disorders in the body. , , , infertility and intestinal diseases are some of the health problems caused by combining incompatible food together.

Milk is one of those food items that are notorious for causing Viruddha effects in the human body, mainly because it cannot be combined with a wide variety of ingredients. Ayurvedic expert Dr Surya Bhagwati from Dr Vaidya s New Age Ayurveda, Tardeo explains to us four milk combinations that can cause health problems.

Milk and fruits

Milk and meat

Milk and fish

Milk and salt

Ever wondered why we always drink milk with sugar and not salt? It s because salt and milk have antagonistic or opposing qualities. When milk is used for the base of various savoury curries and sauces, we are unknowingly causing great harm to our body.

The ill effects of these combinations may not immediately manifest in our system, but it may take years of bad eating for health problems to arise. So ensure that you don t combine milk with any of these foodstuffs.

Image source: Shutterstock

Recovery Among Patients Faster Compared With Those Given Only Allopathic Treatment Study Shows

An integrated therapy of modern medicine and ayurveda has benefited Covid-19 patientswith faster recovery in mild-moderate Covid-19 cases and preventing ICU admissions and deaths, according to a study by the Directorate of AYUSH-Gujarat.

The findings come at a time of heated discussion on the benefits of modern medicine over traditional medicines like ayurveda.

The study findings revealed that Covid-19 patients on combined therapy of allopathy and ayurveda, got RT-PCR negative results in average 7.85 days, as against 12.19 for those only on allopathic medicines. Also, the number of patients recovering within 0-3 days was 33 per cent in case of patients on both the therapies, as against none in the case of only allopathic treatment.

Coronil: All You Need To Know About Ayurvedic Medicine Which Claims To Cure Covid

Yoga guru Baba Ramdev on Tuesday claimed that his company Patanjali Ayurved has made the first Ayurvedic medicine for coronavirus disease Covid-19.

The medicine called will help in treating the respiratory disease, claimed Ramdev.

“The whole country and the world was waiting for medicine or vaccine for corona. We are proud to announce that the first Ayurvedic, clinically controlled trial based evidence and research-based medicine has been prepared by the combined efforts of Patanjali Research Centre and NIMS,” he said at a press conference in Haridwar.

Here is everything you need to know about the new Ayurvedic medicine for Covid-19:

• The medicine comes as part of a kit which consists of tablets named Coronil and Swasari Vati, and an oil called Anu Oil. Patanjali Ayurved tweeted to say that they have used active compounds of Ahwagandha, Giloy and Tulsi in the new Covid-19 medicine.

• Ramdev said more than 100 compounds have been used in Coronil. The entire kit will help in strengthening immunity.

• Patanjali prescribes two tablets should be consumed with hot water half an hour after each meals. This quantity is suitable for people between 15 to 80 years of age, the company says. Chilmdren between the age of 6-14 years can take this medicine, but the dosage should be half of what is prescribed for adults.

• The company said that data of the trial will be released as evidence in the next few days.

Indian Traditional Ayurvedic System Of Medicine And Nutritional Supplementation

A. K. S. Rawat

1Pharmacognosy & Ethnopharmacology Division, CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Rana Pratap Marg, Lucknow 226001, India

Food is the major source for serving the nutritional needs, but with growing modernization some traditional ways are being given up. Affluence of working population with changing lifestyles and reducing affordability of sick care, in terms of time and money involved, are some of the forces that are presently driving people towards thinking about their wellness. There has been increased global interest in traditional medicine. Efforts to monitor and regulate traditional herbal medicine are underway. Ayurveda, the traditional Indian medicine, remains the most ancient yet living traditions. Although India has been successful in promoting its therapies with more research and science-based approach, it still needs more extensive research and evidence base. Increased side effects, lack of curative treatment for several chronic diseases, high cost of new drugs, microbial resistance and emerging, diseases are some reasons for renewed public interest in complementary and alternative medicines. Numerous nutraceutical combinations have entered the international market through exploration of ethnopharmacological claims made by different traditional practices. This review gives an overview of the Ayurvedic system of medicine and its role in translational medicine in order to overcome malnutrition and related disorders.

1. Introduction

Can Ayurveda And Allopathy Go Hand In Hand Amma Addresses A Group Of Doctors

Post author

9 August 2017

8 Aug 2017, Amritapuri Ashram 

Amma met with 25 speakers from Amrita Samyogam –  the International Conference on Integrative Medicine that was recently hosted on August 6th and 7th at the Amrita Institute of Medical Sciences in Kochi.  This was the largest conference on Integrative Medicine held in India and the delegates and speakers came from many parts of the world to discuss ways whereby practitioners and researchers in the fields of modern medicine and Ayurveda could work together.  Amma spent almost two hours interacting with the doctors on this morning when they came to Amritapuri for a visit.  Amma began by saying that she was neither solely for Ayurveda nor solely for modern medicine but that she wants only is what is best for the patient.

Another doctor from Pune expressed a conflict.  He said doctors are expected to be compassionate, yet there are others who say that a doctor has to be detached.  How can we reconcile the two?  Amma said this conflict arises because we see others are different from us.  When we see unity then there is no conflict because compassion and detachment then will not be seen as different.  She said when one hand is hurt the other hand automatically caresses it yet is not attached to the other hand because both hands are part of one and the same person.

Another doctor from Lucknow expressed the feeling that this was the best ‘scientific session’ of the conference!!

-KaliCharan

Complementary Medicines Can Interact With Prescription Medicines

About one in 5 Australians take both complementary and prescription medicines. Active ingredients in these medicines can interact, increasing the risk of side effects.

Some medicines have similar active ingredients, that may act in the same way. Other complementary medicines may make the prescription medicine more or less effective.

Some combinations that can put people’s health at risk include:

Echinacea may interact with medications broken down by the liver.

Many complementary medicines .

St John’s wort increases serotonin. If taken with other medicines that increase serotonin it can cause serotonin toxicity. Serotonin toxicity can range from mild to life threatening. Symptoms include tremors, high temperature and low blood pressure.

For advice about complementary medicines, speak with your doctor or other health professional.

Is It Okay To Take Ayurvedic And Allopathic Medicines Together

Sometimes, doctors do not suggest taking both medicines together as it may affect you adversely. Both of these meds work differently.  You should consult with your doctor and discuss with him if you are planning to go with both types of treatments.  Although, Ayurvedic medicines are considered safe and do not bring any side effects, you still need to consult with the doctor before taking them together.

Ayurvedic medicines are made up of natural ingredients and mostly the popular herbs that are common ingredients in many medicines.  But, still, you want to take these medicines together then you just keep a gap of three hours between modern medicine and Ayurvedic medicines.  It will prove helpful in preventing any kind of further health issue or side effect. Drug interaction can also be avoided by keeping some gap in both medicines. For further info, search can we take ayurvedic and allopathic medicine together in hindi online. 

Also Check:Ayurvedic Treatment for High Blood Pressure

Homeopathy V/s Allopathy: Which Medical Approach Works Better

4 months ago

2 minute read

The Covid-19 pandemic has once again brought the debate between homeopathy and allopathy. Here’s a guide to help you understand both these two medical fields in more detail.

What You Should Know:

The future of Homeopathy and Allopathy

1. What is allopathy? 

Allopathic medicine or Allopathy is a term used for modern medicine or western medicine. It roughly refers to treating a symptom with something that is its opposite. For example, a laxative is used to treat constipation. Common allopathic medical treatments include prescription drugs like antibiotics, pain relievers, migraine medications and even chemotherapy, diabetic drugs and surgery. 

This is considered as a mainstream medication but it creates doubt among patients because of the side effects of the medication or treatment. The practitioners of allopathy are usually licensed medical doctors.  

2. What is homeopathy? 

Homeopathic medicine follows the principle of ‘the source which caused the problem will also cure it’. This makes it the opposite of allopathy. It also follows the theory that a lower dose of medication can be more effective than a heavier dose. Homeopathic medicines usually rely on natural substances like arnica, belladonna, marigold, lead, lavender, phosphoric acid. 

However, these medicines are not considered mainstream, and are subject to new research these days. Quite a few homeopathy practitioners are also not licensed medical doctors. 

4. The future of Homeopathy and Allopathy

Is There Good Scientific Research Around Ayurvedic Medicine

Many Ayurvedic adherents argue that the system’s incredible longevity offers a powerful argument for its success and safety. However, most of the information regarding Ayurveda’s efficacy has been passed from teacher to student. In addition to this “oral history,” the ancient books Charak Samhita and Sushruta Samhita contain observational documentations about the system’s effectiveness.

Although there is not a large body of clinical research on Ayurveda, many of the system’s principles and practices are now recognized and used in conventional medical settings. For example, the Ayurvedic tenant of the psychological and physical impact humans experience during the changing of seasons is borne out in research on SAD .

There is also medical and layperson acknowledgement of the health benefits of Ayurvedic practices, such as yoga, massage, and meditation. Herbs used in Ayurvedic medicine, such as tumeric, ginger, and neem, are now recognized as beneficial for heart health and as antioxidant-boosters. See the References and Further Reading section below for examples of research studies that are beginning to emerge on the use of specific Ayurvedic herbs.

Western knowledge of Ayurveda is still in its infancy, thus skepticism exists. As the use of Ayurvedic medicine grows, and as more practitioners share their knowledge with other healthcare providers, this wariness of Ayurveda may transform into appreciation and knowledge of the system.

Eating As An Art Of Living: What We Can Learn From Ayurveda

When it comes to health goals, the new year marks a reset point for many of us. After months of stress eating, pandemic cooking and staying indoors, many of us have ignored our bodies. Though we can’t control much external stress, we can strengthen our immune systems and minds to better face the challenges that lie ahead. One of the ways we can do this by tapping into the knowledge our ancestors have been using for thousands of years.

Ayurveda is a traditional Hindu system of medicine that’s pseudoscientific in both theory and practice. It originated on the Indian subcontinent, and its purpose is to heal, boost immunity and maintain the quality and longevity of life. Rooted in the belief that poor digestion is the cause of 90% of illnesses, ayurveda utilizes diet, lifestyle and stress management techniques to promote health. A sister science to yoga, ayurveda was originally written in Sanskrit and passed down through . Today, it’s accessible through wellness centers and health practitioners who specialize in it.

Angela Merwin, a registered dietitian nutritionist, warns her clients before starting any new diet program. “There is no one diet that works for all people. Most diets have bits and pieces of truth in them, but are usually too restrictive to be sustainable.” But she says some of the principles of ayurveda, such as eating according to one’s body constitution, can be helpful.

/7ayurveda: You Should Not Combine Curd With These 5 Foods

A bowl of fresh and creamy curd topped with some chopped fruits is one the simplest joys of life. Apart from being a perfect meal accompaniment, curd also has a whole lot of health benefits. Loaded with calcium, vitamin B-2, vitamin B-12, magnesium and potassium, it’s also easy to digest.

But not many people know that curd should not be paired with certain food items. Pairing curd with the wrong food item can be harmful to your health. Here’s a list of 5 foods items curd should not be consumed with.

Can I Take Ayurvedic Medicine Along With Modern Medicine

Dr. Jagdev Singh

Can I take ayurvedic medicine along with modern medicine? This is the most common question asked by many people. If we take ayurvedic and allopathic medicine together, then what will be drug interactions and adverse effects? What should you do if you have to take both types of medicines together?

In my opinion, taking ayurvedicmedicine along with allopathic medicine is notrecommendable. Not because they caninteract, but because they work in differentways.

Ayurvedic practitioners prescribeayurvedic medicines based on Tridosha Theory. Your allopathicmedicines can affect dosha in your body in a differentway. Because allopathic doctor prescribesmedicine according to disease, not for thepatient. But in ayurveda, we recommend medicines as per the dominance of a specific dosha.

For example, most pain killers usedin modern medicine increase Pitta Dosha. If youare taking pain killers and getting ayurvedic treatment for any disease in which we needto pacify Pitta Dosha then ourtreatment may be less effective.

Does Ayurvedic Medicine Interact with Modern Medicine?

Most of the ayurvedic medicines contain natural ingredients. Sometimes,the same ingredients are also present in the foodthat you eat on a daily basis.

Does your food interact with allopathic medicine or not?

Not all foodstuff interacts with modern medicine. but afew may have interactions.

Similarly, some herbal extracts mayinteract with modern medicine. So, you should use themwith precaution.

Risks Of Buying Herbal Medicines Online Or By Mail Order

The risks of obtaining fake, substandard, unlicensed or contaminated medicines are increased by buying medicines online or by mail order.

Unlicensed herbal medicines manufactured outside the UK may not be subject to regulation.

They may be copies of licensed medicines, but made in unlicensed factories with no quality control.

Some websites may appear to be legitimate, but are fronted by bogus doctors or pharmacists. 

Herbal products sold online may also contain banned ingredients and toxic substances.

You can find a list of banned and restricted herbal ingredients on the GOV.UK website.

Herbal slimming products and sexual health products, for example, are best avoided because they have been found to contain dangerous ingredients, including pharmaceutical ingredients, that aren’t stated on the label.

Can We Take Ayurvedic And Allopathic Medicines Together

Every medicine interacts differently and works in a different manner. It has its own pathway of action. Your case may be different and you may take different medicines. You should consult with your Ayurvedic doctor before taking both medicines in your case. He will suggest you the right way that will help prevent the possible side effect or drug interaction when you ask can we take ayurvedic and allopathic medicines together. 

Is Ayurveda Recognized By The World Health Organization

The WHO recognizes Ayurveda as a traditional system of medicine. In fact, the Organization adapted its formal definition of health from Ayurvedic teachings.

Kathaware, R.S. .

Dhanasekaran, M., Tharakan, B., Holcomb, L. A., Hitt, A. R., Young, K. A., & Manyam, B. V. , 965-969.

Gupta, P., Akanksha, Siripurapu, K. B., Ahmad, A., Palit, G., Arora, A., et al. , 771-775.

Krishnamurthy, M. N., & Telles, S. , 17-23.

Pandey, M. M., Rastogi, S., & Rawat, A. K. , 379-390.

Rasool, M., & Sabina, E. P. , 889-894.

Vasudevan, M., & Parle, M. , 46-54.

Xiao, D., & Singh, S. V. , 171-180.

What Is The Ayurvedic Diet Benefits Downsides And More

Bottom line

The Ayurvedic diet is an eating pattern that’s been around for thousands of years.

It’s based on the principles of Ayurvedic medicine and focuses on balancing different types of energy within your body, which is said to improve health.

Unlike many other diets, the Ayurvedic diet provides personalized recommendations about which foods to eat and avoid based on your body type.

It’s also popular because it’s not only said to promote better health for your body but also your mind.

This article reviews all you need to know about the Ayurvedic diet, including its benefits, downsides, and foods to eat and avoid.

Can We Eat Ayurvedic And English Medicine Together

There are so many natural remedies, herbal remedies and Ayurvedic remedies that are totally based on natural science. You will find them effective when asking can we eat ayurvedic and english medicine together. It uses natural ingredients, herbs, plants and extracts.  It seems completely safe. They are safer than modern medicines that are made in labs and bring many side effects. These side effects may be severe or mild. Ayurvedic medicines are designed with natural ingredients, so people easily rely on them. The ingredients of these medicines do not cause any adverse effects. 

Ayurvedic medicines are not just providing the solution of the ailment, but it targets the main cause and stimulates your immune system. It eradicates the problem and you may not face it again. This is more about maintaining good health and boosts the immune system. It is all about trying holistic approach to maintain your good health. It takes the best approach and tries to find out the actual health issue by looking at your Doshas.  You may face health issues due to many other factors. This is a cheaper treatment option as compared to allopathy. Isn’t it enough to understand can ayurveda and allopathy be taken together? 

Also Check:Best Ayurvedic Doctors in Delhi

There are some modern hospitals that are planning to develop a unique and most effective treatment technique by combining allopath and Ayurveda. A combination of both may work for many severe diseases. 

Time Gap Between Ayurvedic And Allopathic Medicine

Can ayurveda and allopathy be taken together? Allopath and Ayurveda, both are popular approaches to cure any health issue. Ayurveda is based on natural science and it is considered as a safe and effective approach to find out the root cause of the issue and cure it permanently. Allopath medicines are made using modern techniques and they can bring instant relief by targeting the symptoms rather than the root cause. People try to use both the medicines together, but sometimes it may be risky. You should take advice of your doctor on the time gap between ayurvedic and allopathic medicine especially if you are planning to take allopath and Ayurveda medicines together. You should keep three hours gap in taking both meds otherwise you may face side effects or drug interaction. You can also search on Google can we take ayurvedic and allopathic medicine together in hindi for more results. You are not alone, who ask can we use both allopathy and ayurveda together. In fact, most people ask for can we use both allopathy and ayurveda together. And the answer is yes because integration of ayurveda and allopathy is wonderful. 

Alcohol Used With Medicines Can Cause Side Effects

Drinking  with some medicines can also cause unwanted side effects. For example:

Alcohol can cause drowsiness or  when taken with antihistamines, antidepressants, sleeping tablets or medicines for .

Alcohol can affect medicines for high blood pressure and travel sickness.

When alcohol is mixed with strong prescription medicines like opioid pain medicines, the combination can increase the chances of . Alcohol with opioids can slow down a person’s breathing rate and lead to drowsiness and loss of consciousness.

Some antibiotics interact negatively with alcohol and some can cause a severe reaction. Symptoms can include upset stomach, skin flushing, , a fast or irregular heartbeat, drowsiness or dizziness.

Remember that alcohol can stay in your system for several hours after your last drink, so it is important to be aware that interactions can occur long after you stop drinking.

Talk to your doctor or other health professional for advice about your medication and drinking alcohol.

Complementary Medicines Also Cause Side Effects

About 60% of Australians use complementary medicines at least once a year. Many people believe that they are safer because they come from natural sources. This isn’t always true.

Some herbal remedies act on the body as powerfully as any conventional medicine, and unwanted side effects can occur.Some examples of complementary medicines that can cause side effects include:

Echinacea – more than 20 different types of reactions have been reported. Some include asthma attacks, , swelling, aching muscles and gastrointestinal upsets.

Feverfew – pregnant women should not use this herb, as it can trigger uterine contractions. In animal experiments, feverfew triggered spontaneous abortions .

What To Look For When Buying A Herbal Medicine

If you want to try a herbal medicine, look out for a traditional herbal registration marking on the product packaging.

This means the medicine complies with quality standards relating to safety and manufacturing, and it provides information about how and when to use it.

But you should be aware that:

THR products are intended for conditions that can be self-medicated and don’t require medical supervision, such as ,  or general aches and pains

using THR products for more serious conditions could be harmful, especially if you delay seeking medical advice

claims made for THR products are based on traditional usage and not on evidence of the product’s effectiveness

a THR mark doesn’t mean the product is completely safe for everyone to take

You can find THR-registered products in your local health shop, pharmacy or supermarket.

Lopinavir/ritonavir And Other Antiretrovirals

The Food and Drug Administration , USA, recommended and certified lopinavir/ritonavir, an oral drug for HIV, with in vitro activity against other novel coronaviruses through the control of 3-chymotrypsin-like protease . There is no in vitro study data for lopinavir/ritonavir against SARS-CoV-2 but a review on lopinavir/ritonavir was assessed for the treatment of SARS and MERS which showed clinical observations and analysis of SARS with less mortality rate and incubation rates, along with experimental research. The studies revealed that drugs should be used during the early stages of viral replication, i.e., beginning 7–10 days; otherwise, late initiation with lopinavir/ritonavir had no effect on clinical outcomes .

Prescription Medicines Can Cause Side Effects

All medicines can cause unwanted side effects. For example, some antibiotics can cause allergic reactions in around 5% of the population. Skin rashes are a common reaction. But, it is not always easy to tell if the reaction is caused by the medicine or the illness.

Interactions between other medicines the person may be taking is a further complication. Interactions can happen between prescription, over-the-counter and complementary medicines.

Possible Side Effects Of Ayurvedic Medicine

You might have some side effects depending on which treatments you have. Herbal treatments, diets and bowel cleansing can have harmful side effects.

bowel inflammation

salt and other mineral imbalances in the body

Never use enemas or laxatives to clear your bowel if you have abdominal pain, vomiting or feel sick. Always ask your doctor first.

Other cleansing methods include drawing blood from the body and forced vomiting. These methods can be harmful. Most therapists don’t use them.

Bloodletting can be dangerous for anyone, but especially for people with cancer. You might already have low levels of blood cells because of cancer or your treatment.

Low blood cell counts can cause tiredness , breathlessness and other symptoms. Removing blood will make these symptoms worse.

Forced vomiting is unhealthy and can upset the levels of salt and minerals in your body.

We advise anyone with cancer not to rely entirely on Ayurvedic medicine. Talk to your doctor if you are thinking of giving up conventional medical treatment.

Ayurvedic Medicines Vs Allopathy Medicines

Let’s get into ayurvedic and allopathy medicine guide before you understand can ayurveda and allopathy be taken together. Ayurvedic medicines have been playing a great role in managing many ailments are the thyroid, common cold, chronic diseases, fever and more.  It has also proved promising in managing many diseases and stimulating the immune system. This is an affordable approach. Allopath is associated with modern techniques and medicines that get you relief in a short span of time. These meds can bring many side effects but still people can experience a better result. This can be a bit more expensive than Ayurveda. Integration of Ayurveda and Allopathy can work wonders and many people will get the chance to get benefits offered by both the options of treating any disease.

Also Read:Can Ayurveda Medicine Cure the Thyroid? 

What Should I Avoid While Taking Dandelion

Follow your healthcare provider’s instructions about any restrictions on food, beverages, or activity.

Avoid using dandelion together with other herbal/health supplements that can also affect blood-clotting. This includes angelica , capsicum, clove, danshen, garlic, , , horse chestnut, panax , poplar, red clover, saw palmetto, , and willow.

The Importance Of Timing Meals In Ayurveda

Eating three meals a day with no snacks in between gives the body ample time to rest and rejuvenate. According to ayurveda, a warm breakfast should be eaten between 6 to 8 a.m., and a nourishing lunch between 11 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. “At lunch time, our digestive fire is at its peak, so we need to give it the most fuel,” Rossi said. She says to carve out at least 20 minutes to sit down and slowly chew your food, rather than a grab-and-go lunch.

A light supper should be had no later than 7 p.m. Rossi clarifies that it is OK to indulge in a late weekend meal, an occasional sweet treat or an alcoholic beverage. While you will feel the positive effects of ayurveda the longer you practice it, you don’t have to be regimental about it. Most ayurveda practitioners say that if you even observe it four out of seven days a week, you will notice positive changes in your health.

Stevenson shares a similar position when it comes to timing meals. He recommends fasting for at least 12 hours to allow the body to channel its resources toward rejuvenation rather than digestion, though he is not strict about eating three square meals a day. Fasting for 12 hours a day is essentially intermittent fasting, whose potential benefits include weight loss, increased muscle mass and increased energy levels.

“We should do what serves our own interest. For some people dinner is the main meal, and that is fine too,” he said.

Upcoming Programs Workshops And Trainings

Explore all of Kripalu’s online programs, workshops, and trainings.

Learn more

Know your dosha. Different mind-body types react to coffee differently, says Larissa, so it’s important to determine your Ayurvedic constitution and make choices accordingly. According to Ayurveda, our constitution is comprised of three doshas, or subtle energies vata, pitta, and kapha,although one is typically dominant.

“Coffee can balance out folks who have a lot of kapha in their constitution”—the mind-body principle related to the elements of earth and water, says Larissa. Signs of excess kapha include water retention, weight gain, sinus congestion, a lack of motivation, and “a general feeling of being foggy-headed,” she says. If you fit the bill, drink one cup daily. Coffee’s hot, dry, stimulating qualities will counterbalance your dominant dosha’s heavy, wet, sluggish qualities.

People with high pitta in their constitutions, on the other hand, should be more cautious. “The rule in Ayurveda is that ‘like increases like,’” Larissa explains. “For example, if someone with high pitta is already overheating, emotionally or physically, the hot, pungent qualities of coffee will make them even hotter.”

Avoid coffee if…

…you have signs of a imbalance, such as indigestion, heartburn, acid reflux, or skin rashes, or if you’re often agitated, irritated, hypercritical, judgmental, or angry.

Follow these rules for your dosha:

What To Do If You Experience Side Effects

If you experience side effects when taking medication:

In an emergency, always call triple zero .

Note the side effects and consult your doctor or pharmacist if you have any concerns. They may need to adjust the dose or type of medicine you use.

Tel. [phone] for advice. These phoneline services allow consumers to report or receive advice on side effects. They are not emergency services.

Five Ayurvedic Rules For Coffee Drinkers

Coffee: Is it good for you or bad for you? The evidence is stacking up in favor of that morning cup o’ joe. A study published in the journal Annals of Internal Medicine found that people who drank one cup of coffee daily were 12 percent less likely than non–coffee drinkers to die from cancer, stroke, and diabetes, or heart, kidney, or respiratory disease. And the benefits increased with the amount they drank: Those who downed three cups of java a day were 18 percent less likely to die from those diseases. 

“We cannot say drinking coffee will prolong your life, but we see an association,” said study author Veronica W. Setiawan, of the University of Southern California, which conducted the research in collaboration with the University of Hawaii Cancer Center and the National Cancer Institute. “If you like to drink coffee, drink up! If you’re not a coffee drinker, then you need to consider if you should start.”

Another study examined 520,000 people in 10 European countries over a 16-year period, and found that coffee consumption lowered the risk for mortality, especially from digestive and circulatory diseases. This effect was consistent in every country.

Can I Take Giloy Ghanvati With Sugar Tab www.drmongaclinic.com

Didn’t find the answer you are looking for?

Talk to experienced doctor online and get your health questions answered in just 5 minutes.

Coimbatore

Internet is not a doctor

Consult with real doctors online

Private consultation

The question asked on this page is a free question. You can ask a free health question by downloading the

Role Of Homeopathy And Ayurveda In Covid

From the last 200 years in the late 1700s, a German physician named Dr. Samuel Hahnemann founded the homeopathy as a therapeutic medicine which helped to treat many epidemics, fearful, and severe diseases like cholera, fever, chikungunya, hepatitis, and malaria. The preventive measures of homeopathy are eminent and undeniable; as homeopathic medicines act remarkably on a health condition and cure the diseases. The scientific literature related to homeopathy is highly witnessed . There are numerous confirmations that in the year 1918–1919, when Spanish flu emerged, homeopathy had shown amazing results, during which around about 21 million patients died around the world and about 5,00,000 in the USA alone. A study revealed that there was a difference in the mortality rate among the patients which were treated by homeopathy and physicians, i.e., 1–2% appeared differently as they were treated by homeopathy as compare to 50–60% of patients who were treated by allopathic . In homeopathic treatment, every patient after being fully diagnosed and analyzed received medicines. The medical grounds of homeopathy have a clear protocol of sanitation, antibiotics, and vaccinations to control the infections .

Full size table

What Other Drugs Will Affect Dandelion

Other drugs may interact with dandelion, including prescription and over-the-counter medicines, , and herbal products. Tell each of your health care providers about all medicines you use now and any medicine you start or stop using.

Do not take dandelion without medical advice if you are using any of the following medications:

an antibiotic, such as , , , Noroxin, and others;

a blood thinner or medicine to treat or prevent blood clots;

a diuretic or “water pill”;

heart or blood pressure medication; or

a sedative such as .

This list is not complete. Other drugs may interact with dandelion, including prescription and over-the-counter medicines, , and herbal products. Not all possible interactions are listed in this product guide.

How To Reduce The Risk Of Side Effects

To reduce your risk of experiencing side-effects:

Take all medicines as prescribed by your doctor.

Don’t take anyone else’s medicines.

Learn about your medication. All prescription medicines have an information leaflet called Consumer Medicine Information . This gives detailed information on the medicine in plain English, including how to use it, side effects and precautions. Your pharmacist can also give you the CMI for your medicine.

Speak to your pharmacist if you buy over-the-counter or complementary medicines. They can advise you about side effects and interactions with other medicines you are taking. Be aware that medicines you buy in the supermarket can also cause side effects.

Tell your doctor about all the medicines you take, including prescription, over-the-counter and complementary medicines.

Have an annual review of all the medicines you take. This is important for older people as they are more likely to experience side effects. A review can take place in a pharmacy or at home. Ask your doctor for more information about medication reviews.

Other things you can do to reduce your risk of side effects from medicines include:

Anorexia Indigestion & Flatulence

Due to appetite stimulant, digestive and carminative properties,Kalonji helps in anorexia, indigestion andflatulence.

It improves the secretionof digestive juices and improves liver functions, which ultimately improvesappetite in cases of anorexia. The similar mechanism appears in case ofindigestion.

It prevents the formation of intestinal gas and aids inreleasing the wind. So, it helps in flatulence, abdominal distension andabdominal pain occurring due to gas formation.

How to Use

In these cases, you can chew ½ teaspoon of Kalonji seeds justbefore eating foods.

Finding An Ayurvedic Practitioner

No single professional organisation regulates Ayurvedic medicine in the UK. Therapists and practitioners can join several associations. There is no law to say that they have to.

Always choose a trained and qualified practitioner. Contact the Ayurvedic Practitioners Association first.

Aurvedic practitioners are qualified to diagnose diseases and conditions from an Ayurvedic perspective. They can prescribe and give Ayurvedic remedies and treatments. They can also give nutrition and lifestyle advice.

Ayurvedic therapists are not trained as practitioners. They do not have to finish any specific training. They can give Ayurvedic nutrition and lifestyle advice. They can also give hands-on treatment such as massage. But they can’t diagnose conditions or prescribe Ayurvedic remedies.

There are several places that people can train to become Ayurveda practitioners. There are also different levels of training. Many practitioners go to India to study as there are more than 180 Ayurveda training schools there. Some of the training in India can take up to 5 years to complete.

Some practitioners train in a specific treatment. It might be in massage or meditation, but not in others such as herbal treatments.

The Safety Of Ayurvedic Medicines

Yoga, relaxation techniques and massage are generally safe. But, other remedies that you ingest need more attention.

Most Ayurvedic medicines are made from different herbs. There has been no research to test many of them.

Some herbal medicines might interact with cancer drugs or radiotherapy. Or, some might contain harmful substances.

In 2012 US researchers found that six people had lead poisoning. The lead came from Ayurvedic medicines bought from India. Previous research had similar results. It found that over the counter Ayurvedic medicines had harmful ingredients. These included mercury, lead and arsenic. All the remedies were from South Asia.

How unlicensed traditional Chinese or Ayurvedic medicines are made can vary. Some contain illegal substances and toxic herbs. These may not appear on the packaging. The amount of active ingredient can also vary widely between products.

Companies that make over the counter herbal products have to meet quality standards. They need to provide information about their product. It has to include what it contains, the dose and how safe it is.

Only use registered herbal products. That means registered under the Traditional Herbal Remedies scheme. Registered remedies have a THR mark and symbol on the packaging. THR products have been tested for quality and safety.

To be safe, only buy plant remedies from a trained and qualified herbal practitioner. They can trace the origin of their herbs and plants.

Research Into Ayurvedic Treatment

Researchers have found that some Ayurvedic treatments can help relieve cancer symptoms. It can also improve quality of life.

For example, massage can lower stress and help you to relax. Meditation can reduce anxiety, lower blood pressure, and boost general wellbeing.

Studies have shown that yoga helps lymphoma patients sleep better. It also reduces stress in people with breast or prostate cancer.

Ayurvedic medicine uses more than 200 herbs and plants. Researchers have looked at some compounds used in Ayurvedic medicine in the laboratory. They tested them on animals.

They found that some might help to slow the growth of cancer in animals. But, there is no evidence that Ayurvedic medicine can prevent, treat or cure cancer in humans.

We won’t know until we carry out large randomised clinical trials.

The Basic Principles Of Ayurveda

“The first and most important thing to know about ayurveda is that it’s not a one-size-fits-all solution,” said Kimberly Rossi, director of business development and wellness at Art of Living Retreat Center and Shankara Ayurveda Wellness in Boone, North Carolina. She explains that according to ayurvedic beliefs, each individual has a different constitution, based on five elements: space, air, fire, water and earth. The interplay of each of those elements manifest into three types of energies or , namely vata, kapha and

The main goal of an ayurvedic diet is to keep the digestive fire at the optimal temperature to regulate vitality, energy, enthusiasm, hormones, the mind and chronic illnesses, and return the body to balance. To do this, ayurveda suggests you eat according to your age, , health, season and location.

Why People With Cancer Use It

People with cancer often use touch therapies such as massage and aromatherapy. Many people say these therapies help them to cope better with cancer and its treatment.

Research is looking into whether some herbs or plant treatments used in Ayurvedic medicine could help to prevent or treat cancer.

But, we still don’t know much about some of the treatments that are part of Ayurvedic medicine. These include treatments like special diets and herbal remedies.

These treatments could be harmful to your health or interfere with conventional treatment such as cancer drugs and radiotherapy.

More About The Solstice Diet:

Food of the Yogis: An Ayurvedic Perspective on the Solstice Diet

Ayurveda is not just a form of medicine that originated in ancient India, nor should it be thought of as simply a way of eating or utilizing herbs. Ayurveda cannot be boiled down to any one thing. Rather, it is a complete yogic system of living—the purpose of which is to optimize the body and mind for the heightening of consciousness. Healing is a natural byproduct of this process.

From time immemorial the yogis have known that the secret to creating a body that is strong, youthful and able to carry great amounts of prana, is based on the digestive force of the fire tattva, known in this context as Agni. For the yogi, Agni is a very important concept to understand. The Latin word ‘ignis,’ from which the English word ‘ignite’ is derived, comes from the same Sanskrit root as the word ‘agni. Agni means that which ignites, which is fire.

All of life is based on this elementary fire. The agni of the mineral realm is the volcanic fire of the earth. The agni of the plant is the fire of photosynthesis, which transforms sunlight into prana—life. The digestive fire of the body is the agni of the animal realm which transforms the pranic life force into the body’s tissues. It is then the job of the human being to transform the body and mind into consciousness through the fire of sadhana. It is through sadhana that we experience the most subtle and desirable aspect of agni, the radiant body.

Herbal Medicines And Surgery

It’s important to tell your doctor if you take any herbal medicines before undergoing surgery.

This is because:

some herbal medicines might interfere with anaesthesia and other medicines used before, during or after procedures

some herbal medicines may interfere with blood clotting and blood pressure, which may increase the risk of bleeding during or after surgery

Your doctor may therefore advise you to stop taking any herbal medicines during the weeks leading up to your operation.

May Feel Overly Restrictive

On the Ayurvedic diet, there are extensive lists of foods that you are advised to eat or avoid depending on your dosha.

This can mean cutting out healthy, whole foods or entire food groups that are thought to aggravate specific doshas.

Other ingredients like red meat or processed foods are also left out, which may require you to make significant modifications to your current diet.

This can feel overly restrictive and less flexible than other meal plans and may make it difficult to stick to the diet long term.

Before Taking This Medicine

Ask a doctor, pharmacist, or other healthcare provider if it is safe for you to use this product if you have:

allergies to plants such as ragweed, daisies, chrysanthemums, or marigolds.

It is not known whether dandelion will harm an unborn baby. Do not use this product without medical advice if you are pregnant.

It is not known whether dandelion passes into breast milk or if it could harm a nursing baby. Do not use this product without medical advice if you are breast-feeding a baby.

Do not give any herbal/health supplement to a child without medical advice.

Putting The Puzzle Together

The first part of a food’s profile that Basile considers is temperature—whether something will be warming, cooling, or neutral to the body, specifically to the spleen, which rules digestion and dictates weight plateaus. Going back to those organ personality types, the spleen prefers warmth and aridity, so it follows that cold and raw foods tax its performance. When the spleen is challenged, critical functions such as digestion, blood production, and energy yields are at risk, Basile says: “Those essential activities start in the middle, the earth element. That’s the spleen and stomach.”

Avoiding raw foods is counterintuitive to many patients in the West, who link “healthy” with salads and smoothies—a big no-no in Chinese medicine. Remember that office building? If an employee is most productive and comfortable when the temperature is kept at 73 degrees, but one of their colleagues blasts the AC down to 60 every day, their work and its quality are going to decline. The same goes for your digestive health. That doesn’t mean you have to swear off ice cream and carrot sticks altogether. The key to enjoying anything, Basile says, is moderation.

“It’s like a game,” Basile says. “There are so many different ingredients to use, all pieces of this fun puzzle made up of foods that jibe with the person’s taste buds and also energetically support the work that we’re doing.”

Role Of Allopathic In Covid

In the allopathic approach, treatment in coronavirus included intravenous infusion of fluid, oxygen therapy, and life support system in critical cases. It was advisable if anyone prevails symptoms of the virus like flu, fever, and breathlessness, they should contact the doctor immediately. This virus is similar to the human immunodeficiency virus in terms of virus replication and proteins. Different administrating drugs were found to clear and handle in vitro action against SARS-CoV and MERS-CoV .

What Is The Ayurvedic Diet

Ayurveda is a form of holistic medicine that’s focused on promoting balance between your body and mind.

According to Ayurveda, five elements make up the universe — vayu .

These elements are believed to form three different doshas, which are defined as types of energy that circulate within your body. Each dosha is responsible for specific physiological functions.

For example, the pitta dosha controls hunger, thirst, and body temperature. Meanwhile, the vata dosha maintains electrolyte balance and movement, while the kapha dosha promotes joint function .

The Ayurvedic diet is a component of Ayurveda and has been practiced for thousands of years. It’s based on determining your dominant dosha and eating specific foods to promote balance between all three doshas.

Is Ayurvedic Medicine Safe

More Ayurveda resources

The ancient practice of Ayurvedic medicine has clearly helped millions of people create healthier lives. However, like any other medical system, Ayurvedic therapies have contraindications and the potential for adverse effects or side effects. This is of particular concern when therapies are used incorrectly, are abused or administered improperly, or are prescribed by unqualified practitioners.

Thus, consumers must take responsibility when seeking Ayurvedic therapies. It is imperative to check all practitioners’ credentials, training, and experience.

Consumers must also communicate, both with their conventional and Ayurvedic practitioners. Patients must practice full disclosure about the therapies they are using, and the effects they are experiencing, to avoid potentially dangerous herbal or other therapeutic interactions.

Because many Ayurvedic therapies involve herbal elements, it is important to note that the United States Food and Drug Administrationdoes not regulate herbs or dietary supplements. The International Society for Ayurveda and Health , a professional society of Ayurveda in the United States, recommends Ayurvedic therapeutic herbal use only when prescribed and properly supervised by a trained practitioner.

Some frequently asked questions about Ayurveda’s safety include:

Foods That Give Life Force

In ayurveda, or pure diet, means eating foods that are considered to have higher frequencies and are full of life force. It is no surprise then, that ayurvedic food is based on , vegetables, fruits, spices, herbs, legumes and grains are consumed in their original forms. Dairy is limited based on an individual’s body constitution. Refined sugar, caffeine and alcohol are avoided.

Water is an important component of the ayurvedic diet, acting as a stream that keeps things in motion and moves toxins out of the body. Ayurveda recommends drinking half of your body weight in ounces of water every day and consuming approximately one cup every hour in the summer and half a cup each hour in the winter. One should avoid drinking copious amounts of water before, during or after a meal.

Drinking ice water is not considered good for the digestive system, according to ayurveda. You should only sip on warm water in winter, and room temperature water in the summer.

Could Promote Weight Loss

Given that the Ayurvedic diet emphasizes nutrient-rich whole foods, it might boost weight loss.

While limited research is available on the Ayurvedic diet and weight loss, some studies have found that it may be effective in this regard.

For example, one study in 200 people with pitta or kapha doshas showed that following the Ayurvedic diet for three months led to significant weight loss. These people supposedly tend to be heavier than those with vata doshas .

Another small study found that following an Ayurveda-based lifestyle modification program, which included dietary changes and yoga classes, resulted in an average weight loss of 13 pounds .

That said, large, high-quality studies are needed to evaluate the effectiveness of the Ayurvedic diet for weight loss in the general population.

What Is Ayurveda Used For

Some people use ayurvedic practices to maintain health, reduce stress, and improve flexibility, strength, and stamina. Practices like yoga and meditation can be helpful for people with diseases such as , high blood pressure, and .

Ayurveda stresses proper diet for maintaining good health and treating disease. Herbal medicines are prescribed based on the person’s dosha type.

Working Groups To Be Made

While the ‘One Nation, One Health System’ policy is expected to be rolled out by 2030, four working groups will be made now in the core areas of education, research, clinical practice, and public health and administration.

These groups would study how countries all over the world — particularly the USA, China and European nations — have translated integrative medicine into their health system.

The groups will also study India’s own experience of integration of AYUSH and modern medicine, and also the legal aspects in the implementation of integrative medicine.

Implementing an integrative system would mean there will be a need for health professionals trained in such a system, according to a presentation shared at the 8 September meeting. So, the committee headed by Paul will also examine reforms in nursing education and regulation.

This report has been updated to include the health ministry’s response.  

Subscribe to our channels on &

Why news media is in crisis & How you can fix it

India needs free, fair, non-hyphenated and questioning journalism even more as it faces multiple crises.

But the news media is in a crisis of its own. There have been brutal layoffs and pay-cuts. The best of journalism is shrinking, yielding to crude prime-time spectacle.

ThePrint has the finest young reporters, columnists and editors working for it. Sustaining journalism of this quality needs smart and thinking people like you to pay for it. Whether you live in India or overseas, you can do it .

Kalonji Benefits & Uses

From the aboveindications, we can understand that Kalonji mainly benefits in fat disorderslike obesity, high cholesterol, high triglycerides or dyslipidemia. It mainlyacts on stomach, lungs & airways, uterus, skin, hair, liver and kidneys.Because it reduces Kapha Dosha and pacifies Vata Dosha, so it should help inalmost all diseases with an increase in kapha and vata dosha related to theseorgans. Let’s discuss Kalonji Benefits and its uses in detail.

Kalonji For Weight Loss

Now, we will discuss how to use kalonji for weight loss. Accordingto Ayurveda, it acts as Lekhaniya medicine. Lekhaniya means anti-obesity and antihyperlipidemic.It reduces fats in the body and makes you thin by inch-loss.

The research studies alsosuggested that kalonji supplementation reduces body weight and body mass index

How to Use Kalonji For Weight Loss

In ayurveda, Kalonji is not a primary herb used for weightloss. It can act as a supportive herb. To get the best results, the patient requires other herbs too. The followingformulation provides good results in reducing excess fat and waist circumstance.

Kalonji Seed Powder 12.5 grams

How toPrepare: Mix all ingredients in the aboveratio.

How to Take: You can use it in a dosage of 3 grams twice daily. It should givethe best results when you take it with warm water and 45 minutes or 2 hoursafter taking a meal.

The Diet Of Patanjali

Admittedly, extending your yoga practice to the dinner table is not an easy task, mostly because the classic yogic texts such as Patanjali’s Yoga Sutra and the Bhagavad Gita don’t list any specific foods for following a “yogic diet.” And even if they did, it’s highly unlikely that the foods prescribed in India thousands of years ago would be appropriate today for each and every one of us.

But while there is no prescribed menu for yogis, there is a yogic diet, says Gary Kraftsow, the founder of the American Viniyoga Institute. “These are ingredients that enhance clarity and lightness, keeping the body light and nourished and the mind clear,” he explains. In other words, a diet that offers your body a great basis for practice—or encourages the same effects as practice—makes for a great yogic diet.

In the Ayurvedic tradition, foods that are considered include most vegetables, ghee , Kraftsow says. “Both need to be considered,” he adds.

In this way of thinking about nourishment, what you need as an individual may be very different from what someone else needs. And what you need at this moment in your life may be very different from what you needed five years ago or will need five years from now. Perhaps the ancient sages were relying on wisdom when they chose not to lay down a yogic diet for all to follow. Just as you learn to listen to your body on the mat, so you must listen to your body at the table.

What Is A Side Effect

A side effect is an unwanted symptom caused by medical treatment. All medicines can cause side effects, including prescription, over-the-counter and complementary medicines. Complementary medicines include herbal preparations, , and some products dispensed by naturopaths and other practitioners of complementary medicine.

Around 230,000 Australians are admitted to hospital every year because of problems with their medicines, including side effects. While most side effects can be managed, some can be very serious and may even cause death.It is in your best interests to manage your medicines wisely. See your  or pharmacist for further information and advice.

What Is Dandelion

Dandelion is an herb also known as Blowball, Cankerwort, Cochet, Couronne de Moine, Délice Printanier, Dent-de-Lion, Diente de Leon, Dudal, Endive Sauvage, Fausse Chicorée, Florin d’Or, Florion d’Or, Herba Taraxaci, Laitue de Chien, Leontodon taraxacum, Lion’s Tooth, Pisse au Lit, Pissenlit, Priest’s Crown, Pu Gong Ying, Salade de Taupe, Swine Snout, Taraxaci Herba, Taraxacum, Tête de Moine, Wild Endive and other names.

Dandelion has been used in alternative medicine to treat tonsillitis, bladder infections, upset stomach, constipation, arthritis pain, and other conditions. However, these uses have not been proven with research.

It is not certain whether dandelion is effective in treating any medical condition. Medicinal use of this product has not been approved by the FDA. Dandelion should not be used in place of medication prescribed for you by your doctor.

Dandelion is often sold as an herbal supplement. There are no regulated manufacturing standards in place for many herbal compounds and some marketed supplements have been found to be contaminated with toxic metals or other drugs. Herbal/health supplements should be purchased from a reliable source to minimize the risk of contamination.

Dandelion may also be used for purposes not listed in this product guide.

How Much It Costs

The cost will depend on the treatments that you have.

Some Ayurvedic clinics encourage overnight or longer stays for intensive detoxification treatments. These can be very expensive.

Make sure you get full information about treatment costs before agreeing to have it. Check with your cancer doctor first to make sure the treatments are safe for you.

Read more about the cost of complementary and alternative therapies.

How Does It Work

The Ayurvedic diet is a type of eating plan that sets guidelines for when, how, and what you should eat based on your dosha, or body type.

Here are some of the main characteristics for each dosha to help you determine which type matches you best:

Intelligent, hard-working, and decisive. This dosha generally has a medium physical build, short temper, and may suffer from conditions like indigestion, heart disease, or high blood pressure.

Creative, energetic, and lively. People with this dosha are usually thin with a light frame and may struggle with digestive issues, fatigue, or anxiety when out of balance.

Naturally calm, grounded, and loyal. Those with a kapha dosha often have a sturdier frame and may have issues with weight gain, asthma, depression, or diabetes.

According to this diet, your dosha determines which foods you should eat to promote inner balance.

For example, the pitta dosha focuses on cooling, energizing foods and limits spices, nuts, and seeds.

Meanwhile, the vata dosha favors warm, moist, and grounding foods while restricting dried fruits, bitter herbs, and raw veggies.

Finally, the kapha dosha limits heavy foods like nuts, seeds, and oils in favor of fruits, veggies, and legumes.

Red meat, artificial sweeteners, and processed ingredients are limited for all three doshas. Instead, the Ayurvedic diet encourages eating healthy whole foods.

Here are a few of the potential benefits of the Ayurvedic Diet.

[ontarioyoga]

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/how-long-does-it-take-for-face-yoga-to-work/

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

Do Facial Exercises Work To Reduce Wrinkles And Sagging Skin 5 Firming Exercises & Best Program

Do facial exercises actually work or make your wrinkles worse?

There is plenty of information about face exercises, but is there any scientific evidence that exercises for the face are really effective?

No, as far as I know all we have is the testimonials of many people who believe they work.

 A small study carried out by Jama Dermatology found that women who practised facial exercises for 20 weeks looked 3 years younger. You can read the article in The New York Times.

There Are Five Aspects To The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method And Here Is How They Work:

Face Exercise: just as your body needs regular exercise to stay toned and firm, the 57 muscles in the face and neck also need to be exercised. As they become stronger through exercise they are lifted and firmed and the skin attached to the muscles is also lifted and tautened, therefore reducing lines and wrinkles. As the muscles are much smaller than those in the body, it takes a lot less time for them to increase in strength and tone.

Face Massage: by regularly massaging the face using the techniques from The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method, you will increase the circulation, lymph flow and remove toxins. This will reduce poor skin tone, puffiness and dark circles and allow the skin to look healthier and more youthful. The massage techniques will also increase the collagen and elastin, the natural plumping agents which will mean a firmer and healthier complexion.

Acupressure:this age-old technique worksby pressing on certain points on the face. This can increase the flow of the subtle energy or prana in the face. This therefore reduces tension, increases circulation and gives a healthy glow to the skin.

Relaxation: by learning to relax tension in the face this will help to reduce and prevent the deep sets lines and wrinkles caused by stress, squinting or grimacing. The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method allows you to relax the face correctly giving it a more open, youthful look.

How easy is Face Yoga?

How Long Will It Take To See Results From The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method

You will see and feel some difference straight away. Your muscles may feel they have had a good workout , you will see and feel less tension in the face and you will have a rosy glow.

Everyone has different faces so the time it takes to see changes varies from person to person. As a general rule you will start to see more of a long term improvement in your face and neck after 2 weeks. After 2-4 months, you will notice you have less fine lines and less tension and people will notice you look healthier and more energised. Within 6-9 months people have reported that they look and feel many years younger and feel more relaxed within themselves.

Remember that taking 20 minutes for yourself to do this every day will also do wonders for your overall wellbeing and stress levels. This time to relax, do something for you, and knowing you will look and feel better as a result may mean you also notice yourself feeling calmer and happier.

Many thanks to Danielle for sharing 3 of  her face yoga exercises with Fabafterfifty readers –  I could feel the muscles in my cheeks working the very first time I tried them!

About Danielle Collins:

Danielle Collins is the World leading Face Yoga Expert and a renowned authority in Yoga, Pilates and Wellbeing.

Discover Your Skin Type & Get Bespoke Skin Analysis With Nivea Routine Builder

Whether you have any perfect imperfections or skin concerns that really bother you, try our routine builder for a genuinely bespoke, helpful skincare routine. All you need to do is answer a few simple questions about your skin concerns and lifestyle. Our tool then analyses your unique skin features and constructs a personalised routine adapted to your needs.

What you’ll get from NIVEA Routine Builder:

Bespoke skincare routine for your skin type

Tailored product suggestions

I Did 10 Minutes Of Yoga Every Day For A Month And This Is What Happened

For nearly 6 months, all I talked about was doing yoga. “My back hurts when I wake up,” I’d say. Or “God, my posture is terrible!” These exclamations were inevitably followed by “I’m going to try yoga—maybe that’ll help.”

But I didn’t. Sure, I talked about doing yoga every day. I even took the opportunity to snag a yoga mat and a few from a coworker who was cleaning out her office, but I didn’t actually yoga.

After getting off work at 6:00 PM, taking the hour-and-a-half-long subway ride home, making dinner, eating dinner, doing dishes, and getting myself ready for work the next day, I’d glance at my yoga mat gathering dust in the corner and flop into bed to watch Netflix instead.

Eventually, I got tired of saying the same thing over and over again . So to make myself accountable, I told my editor I’d volunteer to do a whole month of yoga, at least 10 minutes every day, and write about it. I found some online yoga classes to stream and diligently followed along. Here’s what I learned.

I went into this ready for my muscles to scream at me and for my body to yell, “I just can’t bend that way!” Which, to be honest, it sometimes did. But it came as a total shock to me that the hardest part wasn’t trying to stand on one leg while I held my ankle in one hand and pointed toward the wall with the other

But my bed wasn’t the only unconventional place I got my om on. Every Friday night, I head to the bar with three of my good friends. I talk, I drink

Can Face Yoga Really Work Before And After Transformations And Results

The best way to find out if a method can really work is by looking at the reviews that people have posted about it.

Considering this, we went through different face yoga before and after reviews to make sure that the method is effective and well trusted.

While searching for our answers to “does face yoga work before and after pictures and reviews” we came across the following results that the exercises offer:

Toned facial muscles 

Sculpted face line than before

Less nasolabial folds

Toned cheeks

You can also see such results in some of the pictures that people have posted after following the face yoga method on a regular basis!

Now, with these results, many of you would be wondering if there are any side effects of face yoga or is there anything that’s not good about yoga!

In simple words, you might already know the pros, but the mind still wanders towards the cons!

Thus, in our next section, we bring out a detailed take on the pros and cons of face yoga to help you get clarity.

Scientists Are Investigating Facial Exercises To Make You Look Younger FIONA MACDONALD

When it comes to ageing, many of us would like to look younger, but most anti-ageing remedies not only aren’t back up by science, they’re also prohibitively expensive, or painful. Or both.

Now, scientists have found early evidence that a free and non-invasive technique can actually make people’s faces look visibly younger in just 20 weeks – facial yoga.

Don’t laugh, because we fully appreciate how ridiculous that sounds. But researchers from Northwestern University in Illinois were able to show that by spending 30 minutes a day exercising the muscles in your face, it’s possible to tighten and lift the cheek areas to look more youthful.

People have been doing these types of facial exercises, or facial yoga, for years, but this is the first study to look into whether it actually works.

“Now there is some evidence that facial exercises may improve facial appearance and reduce some visible signs of ageing,” said lead author Murad Alam, a dermatologist from Northwestern University.

“The exercises enlarge and strengthen the facial muscles, so the face becomes firmer and more toned and shaped like a younger face.”

To be clear, this was a proof-of-concept study and only involved a small sample size of 16 people who completed the full 20-week program. So before we get too excited, this research needs to be replicated in a much larger group.

But it does offer some hope that we don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars on our faces in order to make them look younger.

Does Extreme Heat From Hot Yoga Make Fillers Fade Faster Than Normal

I have Juvederm and Radiesse dermal fillers. Will taking hot yoga classes cause my fillers to fade faster than normal?

In my experience, some individuals may notice that their fillers are not staying as “plump” or lasting as long. This may be caused by dehydration. If you are doing a lot of hot yoga and not drinking enough water, then yes, your fillers may fade faster. I would recommend a good topical hydrating serum to prolong the effects of your fillers and water, water, water.

In my experience, some individuals may notice that their fillers are not staying as “plump” or lasting as long. This may be caused by dehydration. If you are doing a lot of hot yoga and not drinking enough water, then yes, your fillers may fade faster. I would recommend a good topical hydrating serum to prolong the effects of your fillers and water, water, water.

I don’t believe hot yoga will have any effect on your fillers.

I don’t believe hot yoga will have any effect on your fillers.

There is no way to know the answer to this as it has not been clinically studied. Some patients that are active believe that they metabolize the product more quickly, but this has not been our experience.

There is no way to know the answer to this as it has not been clinically studied. Some patients that are active believe that they metabolize the product more quickly, but this has not been our experience.

What Is Facial Yoga Experts Say It Really Can Make You Look Younger

If you want to get toned, defined Michelle Obama arms, you might try pushups and . For six-pack abs, add some bicycle crunches to your gym circuit. So it makes sense that if you want to define and tone the contours of your face, you’re going to need to work those muscles, too, right?

Exactly, says Gary Sikorski, founder of Happy Face Yoga, a program designed to stimulate and work out the 57 muscles that hold up our face, neck and scalp.

“You’re strengthening your muscles and moving them back into place,” Sikorski tells NBC News BETTER about the face workout. “So the skin naturally follows and starts to smooth.”

It may sound like a futile time-suck for people with way too much time on their hands , but dermatologists at Northwestern University recently published a study that shows Sikorski’s facial exercise program might work.

The data suggest the exercises do help the face look younger . But following the program will cost you — a chunk of time out of your schedule, that is. The women in the study spent 30 minutes daily for eight weeks, and 30 minutes every other day for 12 weeks after that, doing the exercises.

How Long Do I Need To Do The Exercises Before I See Results

Facial Exercises are Not a Quick Fix

You can see some obvious improvement after two weeks. That tired look we sometimes get as we age, goes first. In another three months, people usually start to tell you how good you look. Within six to nine months you can look five to ten years younger than you were before and a year later people may start to ask you, ” What are you doing to look so young?” Of course, the younger you are the faster results. The wrinkles are deeper the older you are and the skin may be less firm. It takes a bit longer to bring it back with facial exercises.

Consistency Brings Good Results

Here’s a letter from one of my clients who has been doing facial exercises for 11 months:

Another client of mine, age 69 had been exercising her face and neck for 6 months. She visited a clothing store she hadn’t been to for almost a year. The clerk remembered her well from the past and couldn’t get over how much younger she was looking. The clerk asked her if she had a facelift! So, while the results are individual, you can truly realize results within half a year. Consistency with doing the exercises, three to five times a week is a key to getting the results you want.

Youth Jumps

Pros And Cons Of Face Yoga Is Facial Exercise Good Or Bad

Every coin has two sides!

Similarly, any method can have a good side as well as a bad side.

Though, it’s on us whether we choose to stick with the positive numbers of pros or go ahead with that one con.

Considering this, here we have the pros as well as the cons of face yoga that might want you to rethink your decision.

How Often Do You Need To Practice Face Yoga To See Results

“Ideally every single day, if you want to see good results,” says Hayashi. Wizemann agrees that consistency is the only key to success: “If you like a challenge and can stick to a 30-minute daily beauty routine for at least five months, you could possibly look a couple of years younger.” But Wizemann adds that these exercises shouldn’t replace the proven efficacy of anti-aging skin care and sun protection.

Face Yoga Easy Guide: 8 Face Yoga Exercises You Should Try

Trending Now

Most of us are familiar with yoga. We probably all have friends who can stand on their hands or twist their bodies into weird and wonderful shapes, and we know all the benefits of it. However, did you know that there is a thing called face yoga?!

Face yoga is a pretty new phenomenon in the health and beauty world, but it is fast becoming a part of many people’s daily routines. But what is the hype, and does it actually work?

In this article, we will discuss the benefits of face yoga and the best methods and exercises that will keep you looking amazing!

Ok Im In What Are Some Face Yoga Moves I Can Try At Home

Just as there are many different ways to work out your core , there are many different moves for targeting your face muscles as well. However, for the sake of simplicity, let’s focus on a few of the key moves that were prescribed in the study.

1. The Cheek Lifter

Open your mouth wide into the shape of an O. Suck your upper lip in so it covers your front teeth and smile to lift your cheek muscles. Now place your index fingers on top of your cheeks, directly underneath your eyes. Relax your cheek muscles, then smile again to push your cheeks back up. Repeat the lifting and releasing 10 times, making sure to hold your smile for 20 seconds on the last rep. That’s one set; you’ll want to do three sets total.

2. The Brow Lifter

Take your index, middle and ring fingers and press them under each of your brows, as if you were forcing your eyes open. Now smile as you try to lower your brows against your fingers. Hold this pose for 20 seconds; release and repeat three more times.

3. The Neck Releaser

Keeping your shoulders down and relaxed, tilt your chin up to the ceiling until you feel a nice stretch in your neck. Next, open your mouth and fold your lower lip in as you push your lower jaw forward. While keeping this position, slowly scoop your jaw up, one inch at a time. As you scoop up, open and close your mouth, tilting your head backward each time. By your 10th scoop, your chin should be pointing up at the ceiling. Hold this pose for 20 seconds; repeat three times.

Which Specific Areas Can Doing Face Yoga Exercises Help

Depending on your concerns and goals, Collins says you can use face yoga to target any area of your face. Tension tends to build in your forehead, brows, and jaw. If you have tightness in any of these areas, build your routine around these places. Wrinkles are common around the forehead, eyes, and mouth.

To reduce the appearance of wrinkles in certain areas, choose massages and exercises that target these places. Or you can choose exercises designed to alleviate specific concerns such as headache, insomnia, or sinus infection.

Exercising After Breast Augmentation: Mind Those Pecs

Let’s move away from the belly for a bit and focus on breast enhancement procedures. Here we discuss breast augmentation and breast lifts together, as the recovery process is nearly identical.

The main concern when it comes to exercising after breast procedures is the danger of overworking your pecs. This is especially true following breast implant surgery, since the implants are usually inserted under muscles. Working out the pectoral muscles can interfere with healing around the surgical site — be mindful of this when attempting any new exercises or stretches after surgery.

Nevertheless, exercise is important. Getting your blood flowing will reduce inflammation and oxygenate bruised muscles, helping them heal faster.

Why The Exercises May Actually Change How You Look

One concern about the exercises was that they might actually create more wrinkles, frown lines and crow’s feet than they were getting rid of, says the study’s lead author Murad Alam, MD, Vice Chair and Chief of Cutaneous and Aesthetic Surgery in the Department of Dermatology at Northwestern Medicine’s Feinberg School of Medicine. “But this didn’t happen in any of the participants,” he tells NBC News BETTER.

The muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger.

The opposite happened. And the most marked area of improvement for the women in this study was fuller cheeks. That’s because the muscles you’re working grow in size . And that muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger, Alam explains. “It’s like blowing up a deflated beachball.”

The exercises work because they’re based on the same principles as resistance training, Sikorski adds. In most cases that force of resistance your face muscles are working against comes from your fingers, so you actually strengthen and tone those muscles.

You’ll know you’re doing it right because your face muscles will feel it, he adds — similar to that muscle “burn” you feel after doing a particularly taxing workout for your abs.

Breast Augmentation Recovery: Recommended Products

Wearing a compression bra promotes healing, while silicone sheeting and gels help minimize the appearance of scars. Here are a few products that plastic surgeons frequently recommend.

Check Price

These silicone gel sheets are specifically designed to minimize and fade scarring on the areola. Biodermis’ thin design makes the circles cling closely to the body, allowing them to be comfortably worn under clothing. They can also be trimmed to the right diameter.

Which Types Of Yoga Might Be Better For Your Face

Noting the benefits of yoga asana, traditional ways of sitting during yoga, Collins explains: “Forward folds bring fresh blood and oxygen to the skin, which promotes a healthy glow. Backbending poses tone and firm the front neck muscles, while twists firm the side of the face and release neck tension.”

Slower types of yoga that involve holding poses for extended periods may give you more of an opportunity to bring this awareness to your facial muscles. This includes Hatha, Yin, or restorative yoga. You can also work on relaxing your face muscles during your mediation, pranayama, or yoga nidra practice.

Work on bringing awareness to your face during traditional yoga postures. Observe if you’re holding onto any tension or making facial expressions. Notice if you’re concentrating on relaxing your face so intently that you end up furrowing your brow or lifting your eyebrows.

Some teachers cue the Buddha smile or Mona Lisa smile to indicate a relaxed face with the corners of your mouth turned upward slightly.

What Happens If You Exercise Too Soon After Botox

You probably have heard about the skin tightening, rejuvenating effects of . It is a popular nonsurgical facial injection that temporarily reduces aging skin effects for up to 3 – 4 months. This safe and effective neurotoxin blocks facial nerve impulses to relax the muscles that cause facial aging. Patients leave this quick aesthetic appointment, often called the “lunch hour” treatment, looking refreshed with smoother-looking skin. However, many patients often wonder how long after having BOTOX can you exercise?

Read on to learn more about BOTOX’s restorative power and what protocol you should follow after your treatment to get optimal results. If you’d like more information after facial injectables or other popular aesthetic treatments, JEM Medspa in Elmhurst or Orland Park, IL, to schedule a consultation at the location nearest you.

Exercising After Tummy Tuck Surgery: Take It Slow

A tummy tuck, or abdominoplasty, involves removing excess fat and skin from your abdomen below the belly button. In doing so, the surgeon tightens the connective tissue in that area and recenters your belly button. The result is a flatter, smoother tummy.

While it may take some time before your body is ready for rigorous exercise, developing and easing into an effective exercise regimen is essential. The right amount of movement at the right time will aid in the recovery process. More importantly, a healthy and consistent exercise routine will help you enhance and maintain your new look.

Basically, it’s all well and good to cut out fat, but that won’t stop it from coming back. Keeping the fat at bay is up to you.

When Do Exercises Help And When Might They Hurt

For certain motivated patients, Dr. Khetarpal says facial exercises could be beneficial. In particular, she might recommend an exercise that helps create a better cheekbone shape.

But getting good results requires consistency and time.

“You have to do facial exercises consistently six to seven days a week for 20-30 minutes per day. It takes at least three to four weeks before you start to notice results,” she says.

And you should consult your dermatologist before tackling a facial exercise regimen. These exercises won’t work for everyone.

They’re not a good idea if you’ve previously had cosmetic injectables, such as dermal fillers, for instance. “Facial exercises may cause the dermal fillers not to last as long,” Dr. Khetarpal says.

And for others, facial exercises could make signs of aging more noticeable.

Advertising Policy

“We know that repeated muscle contraction of the upper face can cause those lines to become more etched and deeper over time,” she says. “So we’re cautious about the proper technique in performing these facial exercises.”

Face Yoga Exercises And The Science Behind Them

Face yoga has become a popular form of self-care, as a potential alternative to expensive and invasive facial cosmetic treatment. The theory is that they work by targeting your facial muscles, skin, and lymphatics. But do these exercises work? The science is inconclusive—some people think face yoga is a natural way to make your face look slimmer and more youthful, while others find the data lacking. Studies have shown that face exercises may help with other conditions such as TMJ problems, hemifacial spasm, and Bell’s palsy.

Testimonials From Real Happy Face Yoga Clients

My girlfriend started you program last year when she turned 73. Since I do not see her that often I noticed changes after about 3-4 months. Well it has been just over a year since religiously started. We got together last week. . . Wow. . I could not believe it. Her face looked like she was in her 50’s.

I must admit, for a long time I was But I’ve change my mind and in a big way since I tried Happy Face Yoga.

The thing I like about this program is that Gary shows things the way they are, he doesn’t care about choosing young models like Tal R., for example. This facial exercise program is the most intense out of all the other DVD programs listed. A program like that would probably be very effective to tone your face. Very well explained.

I have well received the dvd, on tuesday, and watched it today. Your comments, explanations and demonstration are very clear. I now have to discipline myself and learn the exercises!

I was in the gym the other day and a lady I’ve known for years pulled me aside and asked who did my surgery! I told her it was all Happy Face Yoga. Gary, your program is terrific!

Thank You for creating Happy Face Yoga. I can hear your sincere belief in the visualization steps. Your program is excellent. I have tried 3 other facial exercise programs and yours is without a doubt the best. Thank You.

Excerpts from Written Letter

Featured in Woman’s World Magazine

Internet Review

Website Review

Tips For Doing Facial Exercises The Right Way

Performing facial exercises lying down is the most effective.

Ensure your hands are clean before touching your face.

Try to do your facial fitness routine at the same time every day so you don’t forget.

Never pull or tug on the skin aggressively – this may accentuate wrinkles.

Combine facial exercises with cardiovascular exercise to give your complexion the best possible boost.

Facial Exercises: How Soon Will I See Results

You know that old saying. A Watched Pot Never Boils … Facial exercises do work, but I need to warn you not to watch  closely. Many women have, with a zealous and discerning eye, looked so closely at their faces once they began my Rawsome Flex program, that they start to see things that they had never noticed before.

Incorporate Face Yoga Into Your Daily Routine

We love face yoga and we hope you do too. We never thought that we could actually work out our faces in order to look thinner, stronger, and younger. Plus, facial exercises really make the skin glow as we are working the muscles and stretching the skin, allowing more blood to flow.

There are also more ways than just yoga that can give your face a workout. Have you heard of jawline exercisers?! Check out our recent article about jawline exercises and what they can do for you.

Let us know how you are getting on with your face yoga routine, and what your favorite exercises are in the comments below, we’d love to hear from you!

Exercising After Facial Procedures: No Cardio

We know what you’re thinking: “Of course you can exercise after a facial procedure, after all, it’s not like you’re lifting the barbell with your teeth.” Well, think again. Your face is part of your body, and it’s not immune to the effects of exercise.

Facial rejuvenation procedures encompass the surgical . While the procedures themselves vary widely, the rules regarding exercise are more or less the same — namely, that you should refrain from any kind of exercise that’s going to increase your heart rate or blood pressure.

Ever notice that cuts on the face and head bleed more than cuts on other parts of your body? This is because your face and head are filled with tiny blood vessels that bleed profusely when damaged. Any surgical facial rejuvenation will disrupt these vessels, making them more prone to bleeding during the healing process.

If you increase your blood pressure and elevate your heart-rate, you will encourage bleeding. It may even cause a hematoma to form under the skin. This can lead to more serious complications and impact the outcome of your surgery.

If your facial rejuvenation was non-surgical, you should still be careful. Increased blood flow to the face could result in additional swelling and interfere with the healing process.

How Long After Having Botox Can You Exercise

As a basic rule, patients should avoid any exercising or strenuous activity for at least 24 hours and applying any pressure to the face, like wiping away sweat or wearing goggles while swimming. There needs to be enough downtime to allow for the BOTOX injections to settle into place and take effect properly. If blood flow increases with exercising, the neurotoxin serum proteins will metabolize more rapidly, altering any skin tightening results. Exercising also temporarily raises a person’s blood pressure, which can increase swelling in areas that have been recently injected. If a patient is susceptible to bruising after BOTOX injections, then exercising too soon can increase the risk for this possible side effect. Although it is generally advised to avoid exercising for 24 hours, it can be best to wait a full week.

How Long Does Face Yoga Take To See Results

For best results, you’ll want to practice face yoga every single day for a minimum of 20 to 30 minutes a day for five months. So yeah, we’re talking serious dedication and patience here. Just like exercising your body, consistency is key to success with face yoga.

And lest you think we arbitrarily pulled those numbers from some TikTok video, they’re actually from one of very few studies conducted by Northwestern University on the impact of facial exercise. The 2018 study tracked participants between the ages of 40 and 65, who were instructed to do facial exercises for 30 minutes every day for the first eight weeks of the study, and then every other day for the remaining 12 weeks. After the 20 weeks were up, the women and the dermatologists involved in the study noted a slight increase in cheek fullness, thereby giving off a more youthful appearance overall.

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

A lot of people who practice face yoga claim that they have seen the benefits of it within a month! This sounds exciting, but remember that according to the study we discussed earlier, it might take up to eight weeks. However, this really is no time at all when we are wanting to look younger and get rid of wrinkles.

Face Yoga For The Lips And Nasolabial Fold

Kiss Me, You Fool

Pucker your lips and tap your middle and index finger on your mouth 50 times .

I’m not convinced this doesn’t have more than a temporary effect, but you never know.

Press on the nasolabial folds with your middle and index fingers, then smile without wrinkling your eyes. Smile 50 times, then hold for 50 seconds.

This differs from The Hummer because the focus is on the muscles beside the mouth as opposed to in the cheeks.

Hold your thumbs on the nasolabial lines while gently pressing your brow muscles with your index fingers. Use only the muscles on the upper lip and around the nose to lift the upper lip 50 times, then hold for 50 seconds.

I had a hard time not involving my eyebrows, but would do it as much as I could without using my index fingers to press on the muscles.

Dont Beat Yourself Up After A Presentation

We are the hardest on ourselves and it’s good to be. But when you finish delivering your speech or presentation, give yourself some recognition and a pat on the back.

You managed to finish whatever you had to do and did not give up. You did not let your fears and insecurities get to you. Take a little more pride in your work and believe in yourself.

What Is Face Yoga And Does It Really Work Holly Riddle

This article may contain affiliate links. We may receive a commission for purchases made through these links. Privacy Policy.

Did you know that there are nearly 60 different muscles working in your face at any given moment? They help you smile, frown, scowl, chew and make that humorous expression you only make when you’re putting on your mascara in the mirror.

But, over time, all of those muscles experience the same degradation that the rest of our muscles experience. And, while you can spend hours in the gym toning up your tummy or working out your rear, there isn’t really any gym equipment that’s made to address your facial muscles specifically.

Enter face yoga.

Are The Results Worth The Time Commitment

If you think your face is going to be slimmer because you’re working out those facial muscles, think again. Face yoga is shown to actually increase the size of some of your facial muscles — particularly those in your cheeks. Rounder, fuller cheeks are the result of facial muscles increasing in size, just like any muscle you might work on in the gym.

While you might not automatically think that rounder, fuller cheeks are your ultimate goal, think about what those increased muscle sizes do for the rest of your skin. The larger size pulls your skin up and over, for more definition, less drooping and an overall younger appearance.

Other benefits include increased blood flow to the face, which can improve your complexion, brighten your skin and decrease under-eye dark circles and puffiness.

Lesley Reynolds, Co-Founder of The Harley Street Skin Clinic shares, “Since facial aging is in part due to muscle loss, exercise can strengthen these muscles if you can commit to a routine, making your face look stronger and more youthful It is a really natural solution for you to regain your young appearance and a good alternative to Botox and plastic surgery.”

As with most exercises, though, these results aren’t guaranteed. Other lifestyle factors come into play and impact your results, such as diet, fitness, sun and wind exposure and genetics.

Check out these face yoga moves from Brett Larkin, Online Yoga Instructor and Personal Trainer.

Prepare Yourself Mentally And Physically

According to experts, we’re built to display anxiety and to recognize it in others. If your body and mind are anxious, your audience will notice. Hence, it’s important to prepare yourself before the big show so that you arrive on stage confident, collected and ready.

“Your outside world is a reflection of your inside world. What goes on in the inside, shows on the outside.”– Bob Proctor

Exercising lightly before a presentation helps get your blood circulating and sends oxygen to the brain. Mental exercises, on the other hand, can help calm the mind and nerves. Here are some useful ways to calm your racing heart when you start to feel the butterflies in your stomach:

How To Do Facial Yoga For Best Results

If you want to avoid creases and wrinkles when performing facial exercises you need to stretch the skin with your hands and work the muscles underneath .

If facial expressions give us fine lines and wrinkles over time, the same could happen with the exercises in which you have to adopt a wrinkled expression.

At first, you should start with a few repetitions, and as you get used to and the facial muscles become stronger, increase the repetitions.

The goal is to increase the number of repetitions until the facial muscles tired.

More and more people are experiencing the benefits of facial exercises but the results will vary from person to person.

For me, facial exercises form part of my daily skin care routine and I practice them twice a day.

You need to be constant to get all the benefits.

If you are consistent I’m sure you will soon see great results!

There are many exercises you can do but I’m a follower of Cynthia Rowland and her facial exercise program. This program is really effective and one of the best I have ever tried.  If you are ready to prevent, delay & reduce wrinkles, as well as sagging skin, check Facial Magic.

Have a look a this video by Cynthia Rowland teaching how to perform face exercises.

You only need to look at her face to see the benefits of these exercises.

If you don’t have access to the seminar the best next thing is to learn the exercises through her effective program

What’s The Purpose Of Facial Exercises

Your face contains over 50 different muscles and unlike most of the rest of the body, a lot of these facial muscles are rarely used. By carrying out regular facial exercises, you promote the circulation of blood to the different areas of the face, thus replenishing the oxygen supply in the muscles and the skin. This will result in a bright complexion and beautiful healthy glow.

Performing face thinning and toning exercises frequently will keep your face looking fit in the long term. Furthermore, regular facial muscles exercises improve the blood flow and, thus, supply your skin cells with nutrients leading to a stimulation of skin cell regeneration and prevention of wrinkles.

What Are The 3 Most Popular Exercises

1. The ‘V’: to reduce lines and wrinkles around the eyes and to make the eyes more open and energized.

Put both your middle fingers together between your eyebrows then apply pressure to the outer corners of your eyes with your index fingers. Look up and start to move the lower eyelids upwards, making a strong squint. Then relax and repeat 6 more times. To finish squeeze your eyes shut for 10 seconds then relax.

2. Smile Smoother: to reduce lines around the mouth and to lift and firm the cheeks and jaw.

Hide your teeth with your lips and make an ‘O’ shape with the mouth. Then, smile as wide as you can and keep hiding the teeth. Repeat 6 times. Next, hold the smile shape and place one index finger on the chin. Then start to move your jaw up and down as you tilt your head back. Relax and repeat twice more.

3. Giraffe: to tone and lift the neck area.

Looking straight ahead place your finger tips on the top of your neck and pull the skin down as you tilt your head back. Bring your head back down and repeat twice more. Then jut your lower lip out as far as possible, place your fingers on your collarbone and point your chin upwards, pulling the corners of your mouth down. Hold for 4 deep breaths.

How often should you do it and for how long per session?

20 minutes per day, 6 days a week.

Should anyone avoid it and why?

It’s never too late to start improving the health of your face!

Does The Face Yoga Method Really Work

Many people might wonder if doing all those facial exercises will actually bring in some changes in how their face looks or how it feels!

The answer is YES!

The method definitely works when followed daily as facial aging is because of muscle loss. And when you follow a routine of exercising daily, you only strengthen these muscles.

Thus, with regular exercise, you make your facial muscles stronger and help them stay intact, giving you a more youthful look!

Here, we also got some research that claims regular exercising has a deep impact on your facial glow and skin.

Let us present you with the proof to help you understand the link between face yoga and your facial skin deeper.

#1.  According to research conducted back in 2018 at Northwestern University, people who followed regular face yoga for 20 weeks showed firmer facial skin with fuller upper and lower cheeks.

The study involved following the routine for 30 minutes a day for the first 8 weeks, then every other day afterward.

It saw a participation of 16 women aged between 45 to 60 who wished to see fuller cheeks and look 3 years younger.

The results were positive and the study was pretty successful.

#2. In another study which was held for two months, 30 minutes of regular face yoga proved to yield an increase in fullness of cheeks and the skin appeared pretty younger.

Altogether, these different pieces of evidence pointed towards yoga being an effective natural solution to rejuvenating your facial skin.

How Often Should I Practice Face Yoga

We recommend doing the exercises every day. Try to put half an hour a day aside for you to practice the face yoga poses. This means that you will really gain the benefits of it! In just a few weeks you’ll look younger and will have tighter skin without any medical treatments.

What we love about face yoga is that you can do it whilst working, watching TV, or listening to music. You don’t need to put your gym gear on or buy special equipment. All you need is you!

Shortly After Surgery: Sit Stand Walk

There are a few things you can do shortly after surgery to prevent some surgical complications and promote a smooth recovery. You will be bed-bound for some time after your tummy tuck. Exactly how long you should remain immobile is between you and your doctor.

However, you’ll soon be instructed to practice standing. This may not sound like much in the way of “exercise,” but it is essential for stimulating circulation and preventing blood clots. It will also help you work weakened muscle groups.

When you stand for the first time, make sure that you have someone present, be they your medical professional or a loved one. Start by lifting yourself into a sitting position. Then slowly get out of bed. Attempt this multiple times and listen to your body before you go forward. Remember not to work your core. Rely on your arms and legs to support you.

Next, it’s time to start walking. No, we don’t mean a brisk walk outdoors — just shuffle a few feet or take short walks around the house. Your first walk will likely be to the bathroom. Again, have someone present before attempting this for the first time. Go as slow as you need to and support yourself using walls.

Walking will feel uncomfortable, and it’s tempting to stay in bed until you feel better. The truth is that you won’t feel better if you don’t start working your muscles to get your blood flowing. Like standing, walking will improve circulation, prevent blood clots, and reduce swelling.

How Long Does Face Yoga Take To Work

While searching through the internet, you might find very negative responses to questions like do face yoga method work or can face exercises reverse signs of aging.

This is because of the half-knowledge of the time taken by exercises to show results.

For gaining results from a particular facial workout, you must spare at least 30 minutes of your time daily for 6-7 weeks.

Moreover, you should also have a constant check with your dermatologist before taking up any facial exercise as some exercises don’t work for everyone.

Apart from this, make sure you follow the right technique as the wrong techniques might etch deeper wrinkles.

Your Face Yoga Journey: The Takeaway

Starting your Face Yoga journey couldn’t be easier. Practicing facial exercises at least once a day will allow you to start seeing results. If you have a problem area you could begin practicing Face Yoga for that area once a day six days a week.

Scheduling your Face Yoga into your day is always a perfect way to bring it into your routine, it could be first thing in the morning while lying in bed, or last thing at night when you remove your makeup.

Choose the perfect time and place, where you can be calm and relaxed to take care of your skin.

It is highly recommended to work 1:1 with a teacher in order to make sure you are doing the exercises correctly and to learn any modifications that you may need due to areas of complaint or skin conditions.

Please always consult a doctor before performing any exercises if you have any health concerns and always listen to your own body and intuition.

If you are keen to start your Face Yoga journey straight away then why not start with this Face Yoga massages that not only stimulate circulation but boost collagen and increases relaxation. Practice this Face Yoga massage once a day to see glowing results.

Essential Exercise After Liposuction

Liposuction can be performed on different parts of the body. However, it is most commonly done in the midsection area, and acts as a fast track to a flatter tummy. During a liposuction procedure, a surgeon literally sucks the fat cells from your body. No excess skin is removed.

Neither liposuction nor abdominoplasty should be seen as miracle cures for excess fat. Since liposuction removes whole fat cells, it may prevent fat from appearing in certain areas of the body. However, it won’t prevent fat from reappearing in non-treated areas. This redistributed “compensatory” fat, can be unhealthy. Developing an exercise routine to keep it at bay is important.

As for easing back into movement and exercise, liposuction targeting the abdomen is similar to a tummy tuck. You’ll want to gradually start moving around early on to promote circulation and prevent blood clots .

How Long Does It Take To See Results

Unlike plastic surgery, fillers or botox, Face Yoga is not an over night fix. Just like any exercise regimen it takes commitment and consistency to see results.

 If you practice consistently and make face yoga a part of your daily routine, you will start to see changes within 2- 4 weeks.

Just like working out your body, the more you take care of it, the more you see and feel results.

Even skin tone & Glowing complexion

Smoother more youthful looking skin

A renewed sense of self

Self esteem from taking the care of your face into your own hands

Face Firming Exercises For Wrinkles

These simple anti ageing exercises work very well to achieve a youthful look at home and prevent sagging skin. They will benefit those with younger skin .

Practice them as often as you can if you want to see an improvement in your skin’s appearance. It will only take few minutes of your time, so there is no excuse to be lazy.

You could even practice them when watching television, listening to music or preparing dinner once you get used to.

Remember that if you are constant and perform the exercises in the right way you will see results, maybe not immediately, but don’t forget that this is a longer and cheaper investment for your face.1. Reduce forehead wrinkles

Place the index fingers just above the eyebrows.

Pull the skin down with your fingers, making sure that there is not creases between the eyes.

Raise the eyebrows while pressing down with the fingers, opposing to the movement.

Repeat thirty times, then relax and repeat twice more.

2. Get rid of a double chin and jowls

Relax the shoulders and raise your chin.

Place your closed hand underneath your chin.

In this position move the chin muscles forward, hold it and count until ten.

Relax and repeat ten times.

3. Get more cheek!

This a similar cheek exercise. To prevent wrinkles in the lower part of the face, stretch the skin with the thumb at the same time you practice the exercise.

4. Eye exercise for eye bags

5. Lift your eyelids

Other related articles:

Face Yoga Exercises You Can Try Now

Face yoga doesn’t require any special equipment, and it is easy to start doing right in your own home. While you may want to check out some of the YouTube videos dedicated to the practice for some visual aid, most practitioners find that face yoga is pretty straightforward and easy to learn without much guidance.

Just remember, much like regular yoga, don’t forget about taking deep breaths when dedicating time to your face muscles.

Ready To Try Face Yoga For Yourself

If you think facial yoga sounds like the easiest answer ever to your fine lines and wrinkles, give it a go and see how well this growing practice works for you.

Just remember — it can take months of consistent work to see results. The great thing is that once you have the moves down and memorized, you can do these face exercises anywhere, anytime, from during a daily routine to while you’re watching your favorite TV show.

Health & Wellness

Holly Riddle

Wtf Is Face Yoga And Does It Work

Lucy AitkenRead takes it up to smooth out The Smartphone Scowl

The Smartphone Scowl. It’s everywhere. The glow of that screen would probably be quite flattering if it wasn’t shining on a face lit up by its own fierce frown.

Let’s face it – there is a lot to scowl at. Misogynists on Twitter. Friends on Facebook posting memes about how the universe will only make people’s dreams happen if you give a thumbs up on that terrible photo of a pink mountain with an even worse font.

It’s angry making and naturally furrows your forehead.

Even the stuff that isn’t striking fury across your face knits your brows together in concentration – checking out that eyebrow tutorial or searching for the punch line in your Uncle’s jokey status so you can drop an encouraging laughing emoji in the comments.

I used to think that deep crack between my eyebrows was simply aging. Now I know it is Apple’s fault. I shall be writing them a complaint letter.

Aside from pointing the figure, is there anything to do about frown lines?

I recently heard about facial yoga and it really appealed to me. I like to think of myself as a bit of a yogi, because for about three months two years ago I did it EVERY SINGLE DAY. I know! I had the Yoga Studio App and really got into it. So the idea of getting back into yoga, without all the faff of having to roll out your mat and wearing stretchy clothing and things feels immensely do-able.

What Are The Benefits Of Face Yoga

According to Fumiko Takastu, who is the founder of The Face Yoga Method, it’s a completely natural alternative to anti-aging remedies that not only tone your facial muscles, but also increases circulation and blood flow, which results in a more youthful and radiant complexion.

And if that all sounds like it’s a little too good to be true, consider the other benefit of practicing face yoga: releasing any tension that’s held in our faces throughout any given day.

There’s also the self-care component of intentionally setting aside some time to make funny faces into a mirror. We dare you not to smile while blowing out raspberries repeatedly or moving your mouth from side to side in an exaggerated motion a la Jim Carey in .

In fact, one common face yoga move involves actually smiling widely, which is supposed to help lift your jawline; though there is limited research behind that particular claim, studies have shown that the simple act of smiling can trick your mind into thinking that you are happier than you actually are.

How Old Am I And Have I Had Botox

No not if you do it in the correct way. Wrinkles are caused by repeated expressions and we aren’t doing that. We are doing controlled exercise with resistance using all 3 layers of skin together. We do gently massage and relaxation too. Studies show that Face Yoga reduces wrinkles and doesn’t cause them but make sure you learn techniques from a qualified professional online or in person.

What Exercise After Botox Is Safe

If you want to get back to your workout routine, what exercises can you do? BOTOX injections can technically take 3 – 7 days to take full effect. Raising your blood pressure during a strenuous workout, or even doing a downward dog in yoga, can lead to additional swelling in the injection areas. Doing too much too soon can lead to painful bruising and swelling, and even alter your BOTOX results. So, take a week off and if you must do something, go for a walk. By playing it safe, you can assure your BOTOX recovery will go smoothly, and your results will be fully set to enjoy.

Can Facial Exercises Tighten Skin

There is, in fact, some research suggesting facial exercises can help with skin fullness. According to a study published by JAMA Dermatology, participants in a study on face yoga saw improvement in upper and lower cheek fullness after 20 weeks of regularly doing facial exercises. Still, the Cleveland Clinic states that more research needs to be done before face yoga can really be recommended as an anti-aging solution.

Facial Yoga Exercise #4: Surprise

You know that facial expression every movie character ever has made when they’ve been shocked or surprised? That’s what you’re going to do for this face yoga exercise! All you have to do is widen your eyes as big as you can for your best surprised face. Hold this expression as long as you can—even until your eyes start to water! After, relax your face and repeat.

Facial Exercises: Are They Bogus

While the human face is a thing of beauty, maintaining taut, smooth skin often becomes a source of stress as we age. If you’ve ever searched for a natural solution to sagging skin, you may be familiar with facial exercises.

Fitness celebrities have long endorsed facial workouts designed to slim the face and reverse the aging process — from Jack LaLanne in the 1960s to soccer star Cristiano Ronaldo in 2014. But do these exercises actually work?

Countless books, websites, and product reviews promise miraculous results, but any evidence that suggests facial exercises are effective for slimming cheeks or reducing wrinkles is largely anecdotal.

There’s little clinical research on the efficacy of facial exercises. Experts like Dr. Jeffrey Spiegel, chief of facial plastic and reconstructive surgery at Boston University School of Medicine, believe that these muscle-blasting facial workouts are a total bust.

However, a small study conducted by Dr. Murad Alam, vice chair and professor of dermatology at Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine and a Northwestern Medicine dermatologist, shows some promise of the possibility of improvement with facial exercises. Assuming that a larger study supports the same results, it may not be time yet to give up on facial exercises.

Convert Negativity To Positivity

There are two sides constantly battling inside of us – one is filled with strength and courage while the other is doubt and insecurities. Which one will you feed?

‘What if I mess up this speech? What if I’m not funny enough? What if I forget what to say?’

It’s no wonder why many of us are uncomfortable giving a presentation. All we do is bring ourselves down before we got a chance to prove ourselves. This is also known as a self-fulfilling prophecy – a belief that comes true because we are acting as if it already is. If you think you’re incompetent, then it will eventually become true.

Motivational coaches tout that positive mantras and affirmations tend to boost your confidents for the moments that matter most. Say to yourself: “I’ll ace this speech and I can do it!”

Take advantage of your adrenaline rush to encourage positive outcome rather than thinking of the negative ‘what ifs’.

Here’s a video of Psychologist Kelly McGonigal who encourages her audience to turn stress into something positive as well as provide methods on how to cope with it:

Benefits Of The Face Yoga Method

Some people use the face yoga method in the hopes of achieving a slimmer-looking face. There is not much research about face yoga’s effectiveness for improving fine lines, decreasing double chins, or firming up your jawline, but since the practice is becoming more widespread, let’s look at the science behind the benefits of face yoga.  

One study looked at a small group of middle-aged women who were instructed to perform facial exercises every day for 30 minutes. After eight weeks, they dropped their facial yoga practice to every other day. The researchers took before and after photos and analyzed them.  When compared to their baseline photos, the women showed improvement in their upper cheek fullness. The study also had people rating each woman’s estimated age, both before and after performing the facial exercises. The raters dropped their average age estimates by over two years by the end of the study . 

Researchers in 2014 looked at several clinical trials about facial exercises and determined that the benefits of facial exercises were inconclusive . 

In addition to potentially slimming/toning your face and improving facial aging, other possible benefits of the face yoga method include:

Treating pain from temporomandibular joint

Bell’s palsy

Facial muscle thickness

Do Facial Exercises Really Work

The latest skincare trend is fitness, but for your face.

We labor over our bodies in the gym, flexing and lifting and tensing to muscles to keep them firm and strong. Should our faces be any different? Believers in facial exercise—sometimes referred to as face yoga—believe that stimulating and building the muscles in the face can help maintain contours and elasticity, and even make us look years younger. Even cheekbone-blessed royal Meghan Markle has revealed that she does at-home facial exercises to keep her face sculpted and radiant. But does it really work?

Will Face Yoga Give Me Wrinkles

I like things that are proven by science! In January 2018 a key study done at Northwestern University showed that 20 weeks of Face Yoga, 30 minutes day can make the face look 3 years younger. Also, a BBC study of two twin doctors showed that the doctor that did my Face Yoga for 1 month looked 1 year younger. There have also been multiple studies of the benefits of massage, acupressure, deep breathing and relaxation which all form a key part of my method.

What Is The Right Age For Botox

It is not uncommon for women and men between the ages of 35 – 55 to consider BOTOX or other cosmetic injectables to reduce facial lines and wrinkles. Today, even younger adults in their 20s receive BOTOX injections as a preventative measure to deter aging skin signs. The results from a single BOTOX injection can temporarily treat or prevent wrinkles on the upper face or forehead, fine lines around the eyes , and those annoying lines between the brows. In most cases, one treatment could last 3 – 4 months before patients should return for touch-up sessions. Here are some helpful tips on how to maintain that rejuvenated look, including when it is permissible to exercise.

Whats The Verdict On Face Yoga

So, does face yoga offer all some promise it does? Well, the jury is still out. Some think it helps; others aren’t convinced. While these exercises probably won’t replace a , they may help overall face muscle tone. More research is needed in this area before face yoga becomes more popular among dermatologists and other healthcare professionals. 

Does Face Yoga Cause Wrinkles

Face yoga is all about stretching the skin and changing the face poses that are your default. It is these default face poses, such as a furrowed brow, that can cause wrinkles. With facial exercises, you are working out the muscles in order to relax the wrinkles.

It is really important that you are doing the exercises correctly. Make sure there are no wrinkles or folds when you are practicing the exercises and do the poses slow and controlled.

How To Do Face Yoga Exercises

There are many face yoga exercises, each claiming to help with different parts of your face. Here are a few examples illustrating how to do face yoga exercises that may potentially help you achieve a slimmer, more youthful look. It’s probably best to practice these in front of a mirror in the privacy of your home, since they may feel a bit silly to practice in public. When you perform the exercises, keep the rest of your face, neck, and shoulders relaxed. Keep your eyes on your reflection so that you make sure not to press or massage so forcefully that you are folding your skin on itself . 

[ontarioyoga]

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/how-long-does-it-take-for-face-yoga-to-work/

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

Do Facial Exercises Work To Reduce Wrinkles And Sagging Skin 5 Firming Exercises & Best Program

Do facial exercises actually work or make your wrinkles worse?

There is plenty of information about face exercises, but is there any scientific evidence that exercises for the face are really effective?

No, as far as I know all we have is the testimonials of many people who believe they work.

 A small study carried out by Jama Dermatology found that women who practised facial exercises for 20 weeks looked 3 years younger. You can read the article in The New York Times.

There Are Five Aspects To The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method And Here Is How They Work:

Face Exercise: just as your body needs regular exercise to stay toned and firm, the 57 muscles in the face and neck also need to be exercised. As they become stronger through exercise they are lifted and firmed and the skin attached to the muscles is also lifted and tautened, therefore reducing lines and wrinkles. As the muscles are much smaller than those in the body, it takes a lot less time for them to increase in strength and tone.

Face Massage: by regularly massaging the face using the techniques from The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method, you will increase the circulation, lymph flow and remove toxins. This will reduce poor skin tone, puffiness and dark circles and allow the skin to look healthier and more youthful. The massage techniques will also increase the collagen and elastin, the natural plumping agents which will mean a firmer and healthier complexion.

Acupressure:this age-old technique worksby pressing on certain points on the face. This can increase the flow of the subtle energy or prana in the face. This therefore reduces tension, increases circulation and gives a healthy glow to the skin.

Relaxation: by learning to relax tension in the face this will help to reduce and prevent the deep sets lines and wrinkles caused by stress, squinting or grimacing. The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method allows you to relax the face correctly giving it a more open, youthful look.

How easy is Face Yoga?

How Long Will It Take To See Results From The Danielle Collins Face Yoga Method

You will see and feel some difference straight away. Your muscles may feel they have had a good workout , you will see and feel less tension in the face and you will have a rosy glow.

Everyone has different faces so the time it takes to see changes varies from person to person. As a general rule you will start to see more of a long term improvement in your face and neck after 2 weeks. After 2-4 months, you will notice you have less fine lines and less tension and people will notice you look healthier and more energised. Within 6-9 months people have reported that they look and feel many years younger and feel more relaxed within themselves.

Remember that taking 20 minutes for yourself to do this every day will also do wonders for your overall wellbeing and stress levels. This time to relax, do something for you, and knowing you will look and feel better as a result may mean you also notice yourself feeling calmer and happier.

Many thanks to Danielle for sharing 3 of  her face yoga exercises with Fabafterfifty readers –  I could feel the muscles in my cheeks working the very first time I tried them!

About Danielle Collins:

Danielle Collins is the World leading Face Yoga Expert and a renowned authority in Yoga, Pilates and Wellbeing.

Discover Your Skin Type & Get Bespoke Skin Analysis With Nivea Routine Builder

Whether you have any perfect imperfections or skin concerns that really bother you, try our routine builder for a genuinely bespoke, helpful skincare routine. All you need to do is answer a few simple questions about your skin concerns and lifestyle. Our tool then analyses your unique skin features and constructs a personalised routine adapted to your needs.

What you’ll get from NIVEA Routine Builder:

Bespoke skincare routine for your skin type

Tailored product suggestions

I Did 10 Minutes Of Yoga Every Day For A Month And This Is What Happened

For nearly 6 months, all I talked about was doing yoga. “My back hurts when I wake up,” I’d say. Or “God, my posture is terrible!” These exclamations were inevitably followed by “I’m going to try yoga—maybe that’ll help.”

But I didn’t. Sure, I talked about doing yoga every day. I even took the opportunity to snag a yoga mat and a few from a coworker who was cleaning out her office, but I didn’t actually yoga.

After getting off work at 6:00 PM, taking the hour-and-a-half-long subway ride home, making dinner, eating dinner, doing dishes, and getting myself ready for work the next day, I’d glance at my yoga mat gathering dust in the corner and flop into bed to watch Netflix instead.

Eventually, I got tired of saying the same thing over and over again . So to make myself accountable, I told my editor I’d volunteer to do a whole month of yoga, at least 10 minutes every day, and write about it. I found some online yoga classes to stream and diligently followed along. Here’s what I learned.

I went into this ready for my muscles to scream at me and for my body to yell, “I just can’t bend that way!” Which, to be honest, it sometimes did. But it came as a total shock to me that the hardest part wasn’t trying to stand on one leg while I held my ankle in one hand and pointed toward the wall with the other

But my bed wasn’t the only unconventional place I got my om on. Every Friday night, I head to the bar with three of my good friends. I talk, I drink

Can Face Yoga Really Work Before And After Transformations And Results

The best way to find out if a method can really work is by looking at the reviews that people have posted about it.

Considering this, we went through different face yoga before and after reviews to make sure that the method is effective and well trusted.

While searching for our answers to “does face yoga work before and after pictures and reviews” we came across the following results that the exercises offer:

Toned facial muscles 

Sculpted face line than before

Less nasolabial folds

Toned cheeks

You can also see such results in some of the pictures that people have posted after following the face yoga method on a regular basis!

Now, with these results, many of you would be wondering if there are any side effects of face yoga or is there anything that’s not good about yoga!

In simple words, you might already know the pros, but the mind still wanders towards the cons!

Thus, in our next section, we bring out a detailed take on the pros and cons of face yoga to help you get clarity.

Scientists Are Investigating Facial Exercises To Make You Look Younger FIONA MACDONALD

When it comes to ageing, many of us would like to look younger, but most anti-ageing remedies not only aren’t back up by science, they’re also prohibitively expensive, or painful. Or both.

Now, scientists have found early evidence that a free and non-invasive technique can actually make people’s faces look visibly younger in just 20 weeks – facial yoga.

Don’t laugh, because we fully appreciate how ridiculous that sounds. But researchers from Northwestern University in Illinois were able to show that by spending 30 minutes a day exercising the muscles in your face, it’s possible to tighten and lift the cheek areas to look more youthful.

People have been doing these types of facial exercises, or facial yoga, for years, but this is the first study to look into whether it actually works.

“Now there is some evidence that facial exercises may improve facial appearance and reduce some visible signs of ageing,” said lead author Murad Alam, a dermatologist from Northwestern University.

“The exercises enlarge and strengthen the facial muscles, so the face becomes firmer and more toned and shaped like a younger face.”

To be clear, this was a proof-of-concept study and only involved a small sample size of 16 people who completed the full 20-week program. So before we get too excited, this research needs to be replicated in a much larger group.

But it does offer some hope that we don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars on our faces in order to make them look younger.

Does Extreme Heat From Hot Yoga Make Fillers Fade Faster Than Normal

I have Juvederm and Radiesse dermal fillers. Will taking hot yoga classes cause my fillers to fade faster than normal?

In my experience, some individuals may notice that their fillers are not staying as “plump” or lasting as long. This may be caused by dehydration. If you are doing a lot of hot yoga and not drinking enough water, then yes, your fillers may fade faster. I would recommend a good topical hydrating serum to prolong the effects of your fillers and water, water, water.

In my experience, some individuals may notice that their fillers are not staying as “plump” or lasting as long. This may be caused by dehydration. If you are doing a lot of hot yoga and not drinking enough water, then yes, your fillers may fade faster. I would recommend a good topical hydrating serum to prolong the effects of your fillers and water, water, water.

I don’t believe hot yoga will have any effect on your fillers.

I don’t believe hot yoga will have any effect on your fillers.

There is no way to know the answer to this as it has not been clinically studied. Some patients that are active believe that they metabolize the product more quickly, but this has not been our experience.

There is no way to know the answer to this as it has not been clinically studied. Some patients that are active believe that they metabolize the product more quickly, but this has not been our experience.

What Is Facial Yoga Experts Say It Really Can Make You Look Younger

If you want to get toned, defined Michelle Obama arms, you might try pushups and . For six-pack abs, add some bicycle crunches to your gym circuit. So it makes sense that if you want to define and tone the contours of your face, you’re going to need to work those muscles, too, right?

Exactly, says Gary Sikorski, founder of Happy Face Yoga, a program designed to stimulate and work out the 57 muscles that hold up our face, neck and scalp.

“You’re strengthening your muscles and moving them back into place,” Sikorski tells NBC News BETTER about the face workout. “So the skin naturally follows and starts to smooth.”

It may sound like a futile time-suck for people with way too much time on their hands , but dermatologists at Northwestern University recently published a study that shows Sikorski’s facial exercise program might work.

The data suggest the exercises do help the face look younger . But following the program will cost you — a chunk of time out of your schedule, that is. The women in the study spent 30 minutes daily for eight weeks, and 30 minutes every other day for 12 weeks after that, doing the exercises.

How Long Do I Need To Do The Exercises Before I See Results

Facial Exercises are Not a Quick Fix

You can see some obvious improvement after two weeks. That tired look we sometimes get as we age, goes first. In another three months, people usually start to tell you how good you look. Within six to nine months you can look five to ten years younger than you were before and a year later people may start to ask you, ” What are you doing to look so young?” Of course, the younger you are the faster results. The wrinkles are deeper the older you are and the skin may be less firm. It takes a bit longer to bring it back with facial exercises.

Consistency Brings Good Results

Here’s a letter from one of my clients who has been doing facial exercises for 11 months:

Another client of mine, age 69 had been exercising her face and neck for 6 months. She visited a clothing store she hadn’t been to for almost a year. The clerk remembered her well from the past and couldn’t get over how much younger she was looking. The clerk asked her if she had a facelift! So, while the results are individual, you can truly realize results within half a year. Consistency with doing the exercises, three to five times a week is a key to getting the results you want.

Youth Jumps

Pros And Cons Of Face Yoga Is Facial Exercise Good Or Bad

Every coin has two sides!

Similarly, any method can have a good side as well as a bad side.

Though, it’s on us whether we choose to stick with the positive numbers of pros or go ahead with that one con.

Considering this, here we have the pros as well as the cons of face yoga that might want you to rethink your decision.

How Often Do You Need To Practice Face Yoga To See Results

“Ideally every single day, if you want to see good results,” says Hayashi. Wizemann agrees that consistency is the only key to success: “If you like a challenge and can stick to a 30-minute daily beauty routine for at least five months, you could possibly look a couple of years younger.” But Wizemann adds that these exercises shouldn’t replace the proven efficacy of anti-aging skin care and sun protection.

Face Yoga Easy Guide: 8 Face Yoga Exercises You Should Try

Trending Now

Most of us are familiar with yoga. We probably all have friends who can stand on their hands or twist their bodies into weird and wonderful shapes, and we know all the benefits of it. However, did you know that there is a thing called face yoga?!

Face yoga is a pretty new phenomenon in the health and beauty world, but it is fast becoming a part of many people’s daily routines. But what is the hype, and does it actually work?

In this article, we will discuss the benefits of face yoga and the best methods and exercises that will keep you looking amazing!

Ok Im In What Are Some Face Yoga Moves I Can Try At Home

Just as there are many different ways to work out your core , there are many different moves for targeting your face muscles as well. However, for the sake of simplicity, let’s focus on a few of the key moves that were prescribed in the study.

1. The Cheek Lifter

Open your mouth wide into the shape of an O. Suck your upper lip in so it covers your front teeth and smile to lift your cheek muscles. Now place your index fingers on top of your cheeks, directly underneath your eyes. Relax your cheek muscles, then smile again to push your cheeks back up. Repeat the lifting and releasing 10 times, making sure to hold your smile for 20 seconds on the last rep. That’s one set; you’ll want to do three sets total.

2. The Brow Lifter

Take your index, middle and ring fingers and press them under each of your brows, as if you were forcing your eyes open. Now smile as you try to lower your brows against your fingers. Hold this pose for 20 seconds; release and repeat three more times.

3. The Neck Releaser

Keeping your shoulders down and relaxed, tilt your chin up to the ceiling until you feel a nice stretch in your neck. Next, open your mouth and fold your lower lip in as you push your lower jaw forward. While keeping this position, slowly scoop your jaw up, one inch at a time. As you scoop up, open and close your mouth, tilting your head backward each time. By your 10th scoop, your chin should be pointing up at the ceiling. Hold this pose for 20 seconds; repeat three times.

Which Specific Areas Can Doing Face Yoga Exercises Help

Depending on your concerns and goals, Collins says you can use face yoga to target any area of your face. Tension tends to build in your forehead, brows, and jaw. If you have tightness in any of these areas, build your routine around these places. Wrinkles are common around the forehead, eyes, and mouth.

To reduce the appearance of wrinkles in certain areas, choose massages and exercises that target these places. Or you can choose exercises designed to alleviate specific concerns such as headache, insomnia, or sinus infection.

Exercising After Breast Augmentation: Mind Those Pecs

Let’s move away from the belly for a bit and focus on breast enhancement procedures. Here we discuss breast augmentation and breast lifts together, as the recovery process is nearly identical.

The main concern when it comes to exercising after breast procedures is the danger of overworking your pecs. This is especially true following breast implant surgery, since the implants are usually inserted under muscles. Working out the pectoral muscles can interfere with healing around the surgical site — be mindful of this when attempting any new exercises or stretches after surgery.

Nevertheless, exercise is important. Getting your blood flowing will reduce inflammation and oxygenate bruised muscles, helping them heal faster.

Why The Exercises May Actually Change How You Look

One concern about the exercises was that they might actually create more wrinkles, frown lines and crow’s feet than they were getting rid of, says the study’s lead author Murad Alam, MD, Vice Chair and Chief of Cutaneous and Aesthetic Surgery in the Department of Dermatology at Northwestern Medicine’s Feinberg School of Medicine. “But this didn’t happen in any of the participants,” he tells NBC News BETTER.

The muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger.

The opposite happened. And the most marked area of improvement for the women in this study was fuller cheeks. That’s because the muscles you’re working grow in size . And that muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger, Alam explains. “It’s like blowing up a deflated beachball.”

The exercises work because they’re based on the same principles as resistance training, Sikorski adds. In most cases that force of resistance your face muscles are working against comes from your fingers, so you actually strengthen and tone those muscles.

You’ll know you’re doing it right because your face muscles will feel it, he adds — similar to that muscle “burn” you feel after doing a particularly taxing workout for your abs.

Breast Augmentation Recovery: Recommended Products

Wearing a compression bra promotes healing, while silicone sheeting and gels help minimize the appearance of scars. Here are a few products that plastic surgeons frequently recommend.

Check Price

These silicone gel sheets are specifically designed to minimize and fade scarring on the areola. Biodermis’ thin design makes the circles cling closely to the body, allowing them to be comfortably worn under clothing. They can also be trimmed to the right diameter.

Which Types Of Yoga Might Be Better For Your Face

Noting the benefits of yoga asana, traditional ways of sitting during yoga, Collins explains: “Forward folds bring fresh blood and oxygen to the skin, which promotes a healthy glow. Backbending poses tone and firm the front neck muscles, while twists firm the side of the face and release neck tension.”

Slower types of yoga that involve holding poses for extended periods may give you more of an opportunity to bring this awareness to your facial muscles. This includes Hatha, Yin, or restorative yoga. You can also work on relaxing your face muscles during your mediation, pranayama, or yoga nidra practice.

Work on bringing awareness to your face during traditional yoga postures. Observe if you’re holding onto any tension or making facial expressions. Notice if you’re concentrating on relaxing your face so intently that you end up furrowing your brow or lifting your eyebrows.

Some teachers cue the Buddha smile or Mona Lisa smile to indicate a relaxed face with the corners of your mouth turned upward slightly.

What Happens If You Exercise Too Soon After Botox

You probably have heard about the skin tightening, rejuvenating effects of . It is a popular nonsurgical facial injection that temporarily reduces aging skin effects for up to 3 – 4 months. This safe and effective neurotoxin blocks facial nerve impulses to relax the muscles that cause facial aging. Patients leave this quick aesthetic appointment, often called the “lunch hour” treatment, looking refreshed with smoother-looking skin. However, many patients often wonder how long after having BOTOX can you exercise?

Read on to learn more about BOTOX’s restorative power and what protocol you should follow after your treatment to get optimal results. If you’d like more information after facial injectables or other popular aesthetic treatments, JEM Medspa in Elmhurst or Orland Park, IL, to schedule a consultation at the location nearest you.

Exercising After Tummy Tuck Surgery: Take It Slow

A tummy tuck, or abdominoplasty, involves removing excess fat and skin from your abdomen below the belly button. In doing so, the surgeon tightens the connective tissue in that area and recenters your belly button. The result is a flatter, smoother tummy.

While it may take some time before your body is ready for rigorous exercise, developing and easing into an effective exercise regimen is essential. The right amount of movement at the right time will aid in the recovery process. More importantly, a healthy and consistent exercise routine will help you enhance and maintain your new look.

Basically, it’s all well and good to cut out fat, but that won’t stop it from coming back. Keeping the fat at bay is up to you.

When Do Exercises Help And When Might They Hurt

For certain motivated patients, Dr. Khetarpal says facial exercises could be beneficial. In particular, she might recommend an exercise that helps create a better cheekbone shape.

But getting good results requires consistency and time.

“You have to do facial exercises consistently six to seven days a week for 20-30 minutes per day. It takes at least three to four weeks before you start to notice results,” she says.

And you should consult your dermatologist before tackling a facial exercise regimen. These exercises won’t work for everyone.

They’re not a good idea if you’ve previously had cosmetic injectables, such as dermal fillers, for instance. “Facial exercises may cause the dermal fillers not to last as long,” Dr. Khetarpal says.

And for others, facial exercises could make signs of aging more noticeable.

Advertising Policy

“We know that repeated muscle contraction of the upper face can cause those lines to become more etched and deeper over time,” she says. “So we’re cautious about the proper technique in performing these facial exercises.”

Face Yoga Exercises And The Science Behind Them

Face yoga has become a popular form of self-care, as a potential alternative to expensive and invasive facial cosmetic treatment. The theory is that they work by targeting your facial muscles, skin, and lymphatics. But do these exercises work? The science is inconclusive—some people think face yoga is a natural way to make your face look slimmer and more youthful, while others find the data lacking. Studies have shown that face exercises may help with other conditions such as TMJ problems, hemifacial spasm, and Bell’s palsy.

Testimonials From Real Happy Face Yoga Clients

My girlfriend started you program last year when she turned 73. Since I do not see her that often I noticed changes after about 3-4 months. Well it has been just over a year since religiously started. We got together last week. . . Wow. . I could not believe it. Her face looked like she was in her 50’s.

I must admit, for a long time I was But I’ve change my mind and in a big way since I tried Happy Face Yoga.

The thing I like about this program is that Gary shows things the way they are, he doesn’t care about choosing young models like Tal R., for example. This facial exercise program is the most intense out of all the other DVD programs listed. A program like that would probably be very effective to tone your face. Very well explained.

I have well received the dvd, on tuesday, and watched it today. Your comments, explanations and demonstration are very clear. I now have to discipline myself and learn the exercises!

I was in the gym the other day and a lady I’ve known for years pulled me aside and asked who did my surgery! I told her it was all Happy Face Yoga. Gary, your program is terrific!

Thank You for creating Happy Face Yoga. I can hear your sincere belief in the visualization steps. Your program is excellent. I have tried 3 other facial exercise programs and yours is without a doubt the best. Thank You.

Excerpts from Written Letter

Featured in Woman’s World Magazine

Internet Review

Website Review

Tips For Doing Facial Exercises The Right Way

Performing facial exercises lying down is the most effective.

Ensure your hands are clean before touching your face.

Try to do your facial fitness routine at the same time every day so you don’t forget.

Never pull or tug on the skin aggressively – this may accentuate wrinkles.

Combine facial exercises with cardiovascular exercise to give your complexion the best possible boost.

Facial Exercises: How Soon Will I See Results

You know that old saying. A Watched Pot Never Boils … Facial exercises do work, but I need to warn you not to watch  closely. Many women have, with a zealous and discerning eye, looked so closely at their faces once they began my Rawsome Flex program, that they start to see things that they had never noticed before.

Incorporate Face Yoga Into Your Daily Routine

We love face yoga and we hope you do too. We never thought that we could actually work out our faces in order to look thinner, stronger, and younger. Plus, facial exercises really make the skin glow as we are working the muscles and stretching the skin, allowing more blood to flow.

There are also more ways than just yoga that can give your face a workout. Have you heard of jawline exercisers?! Check out our recent article about jawline exercises and what they can do for you.

Let us know how you are getting on with your face yoga routine, and what your favorite exercises are in the comments below, we’d love to hear from you!

Exercising After Facial Procedures: No Cardio

We know what you’re thinking: “Of course you can exercise after a facial procedure, after all, it’s not like you’re lifting the barbell with your teeth.” Well, think again. Your face is part of your body, and it’s not immune to the effects of exercise.

Facial rejuvenation procedures encompass the surgical . While the procedures themselves vary widely, the rules regarding exercise are more or less the same — namely, that you should refrain from any kind of exercise that’s going to increase your heart rate or blood pressure.

Ever notice that cuts on the face and head bleed more than cuts on other parts of your body? This is because your face and head are filled with tiny blood vessels that bleed profusely when damaged. Any surgical facial rejuvenation will disrupt these vessels, making them more prone to bleeding during the healing process.

If you increase your blood pressure and elevate your heart-rate, you will encourage bleeding. It may even cause a hematoma to form under the skin. This can lead to more serious complications and impact the outcome of your surgery.

If your facial rejuvenation was non-surgical, you should still be careful. Increased blood flow to the face could result in additional swelling and interfere with the healing process.

How Long After Having Botox Can You Exercise

As a basic rule, patients should avoid any exercising or strenuous activity for at least 24 hours and applying any pressure to the face, like wiping away sweat or wearing goggles while swimming. There needs to be enough downtime to allow for the BOTOX injections to settle into place and take effect properly. If blood flow increases with exercising, the neurotoxin serum proteins will metabolize more rapidly, altering any skin tightening results. Exercising also temporarily raises a person’s blood pressure, which can increase swelling in areas that have been recently injected. If a patient is susceptible to bruising after BOTOX injections, then exercising too soon can increase the risk for this possible side effect. Although it is generally advised to avoid exercising for 24 hours, it can be best to wait a full week.

How Long Does Face Yoga Take To See Results

For best results, you’ll want to practice face yoga every single day for a minimum of 20 to 30 minutes a day for five months. So yeah, we’re talking serious dedication and patience here. Just like exercising your body, consistency is key to success with face yoga.

And lest you think we arbitrarily pulled those numbers from some TikTok video, they’re actually from one of very few studies conducted by Northwestern University on the impact of facial exercise. The 2018 study tracked participants between the ages of 40 and 65, who were instructed to do facial exercises for 30 minutes every day for the first eight weeks of the study, and then every other day for the remaining 12 weeks. After the 20 weeks were up, the women and the dermatologists involved in the study noted a slight increase in cheek fullness, thereby giving off a more youthful appearance overall.

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

A lot of people who practice face yoga claim that they have seen the benefits of it within a month! This sounds exciting, but remember that according to the study we discussed earlier, it might take up to eight weeks. However, this really is no time at all when we are wanting to look younger and get rid of wrinkles.

Face Yoga For The Lips And Nasolabial Fold

Kiss Me, You Fool

Pucker your lips and tap your middle and index finger on your mouth 50 times .

I’m not convinced this doesn’t have more than a temporary effect, but you never know.

Press on the nasolabial folds with your middle and index fingers, then smile without wrinkling your eyes. Smile 50 times, then hold for 50 seconds.

This differs from The Hummer because the focus is on the muscles beside the mouth as opposed to in the cheeks.

Hold your thumbs on the nasolabial lines while gently pressing your brow muscles with your index fingers. Use only the muscles on the upper lip and around the nose to lift the upper lip 50 times, then hold for 50 seconds.

I had a hard time not involving my eyebrows, but would do it as much as I could without using my index fingers to press on the muscles.

Dont Beat Yourself Up After A Presentation

We are the hardest on ourselves and it’s good to be. But when you finish delivering your speech or presentation, give yourself some recognition and a pat on the back.

You managed to finish whatever you had to do and did not give up. You did not let your fears and insecurities get to you. Take a little more pride in your work and believe in yourself.

What Is Face Yoga And Does It Really Work Holly Riddle

This article may contain affiliate links. We may receive a commission for purchases made through these links. Privacy Policy.

Did you know that there are nearly 60 different muscles working in your face at any given moment? They help you smile, frown, scowl, chew and make that humorous expression you only make when you’re putting on your mascara in the mirror.

But, over time, all of those muscles experience the same degradation that the rest of our muscles experience. And, while you can spend hours in the gym toning up your tummy or working out your rear, there isn’t really any gym equipment that’s made to address your facial muscles specifically.

Enter face yoga.

Are The Results Worth The Time Commitment

If you think your face is going to be slimmer because you’re working out those facial muscles, think again. Face yoga is shown to actually increase the size of some of your facial muscles — particularly those in your cheeks. Rounder, fuller cheeks are the result of facial muscles increasing in size, just like any muscle you might work on in the gym.

While you might not automatically think that rounder, fuller cheeks are your ultimate goal, think about what those increased muscle sizes do for the rest of your skin. The larger size pulls your skin up and over, for more definition, less drooping and an overall younger appearance.

Other benefits include increased blood flow to the face, which can improve your complexion, brighten your skin and decrease under-eye dark circles and puffiness.

Lesley Reynolds, Co-Founder of The Harley Street Skin Clinic shares, “Since facial aging is in part due to muscle loss, exercise can strengthen these muscles if you can commit to a routine, making your face look stronger and more youthful It is a really natural solution for you to regain your young appearance and a good alternative to Botox and plastic surgery.”

As with most exercises, though, these results aren’t guaranteed. Other lifestyle factors come into play and impact your results, such as diet, fitness, sun and wind exposure and genetics.

Check out these face yoga moves from Brett Larkin, Online Yoga Instructor and Personal Trainer.

Prepare Yourself Mentally And Physically

According to experts, we’re built to display anxiety and to recognize it in others. If your body and mind are anxious, your audience will notice. Hence, it’s important to prepare yourself before the big show so that you arrive on stage confident, collected and ready.

“Your outside world is a reflection of your inside world. What goes on in the inside, shows on the outside.”– Bob Proctor

Exercising lightly before a presentation helps get your blood circulating and sends oxygen to the brain. Mental exercises, on the other hand, can help calm the mind and nerves. Here are some useful ways to calm your racing heart when you start to feel the butterflies in your stomach:

How To Do Facial Yoga For Best Results

If you want to avoid creases and wrinkles when performing facial exercises you need to stretch the skin with your hands and work the muscles underneath .

If facial expressions give us fine lines and wrinkles over time, the same could happen with the exercises in which you have to adopt a wrinkled expression.

At first, you should start with a few repetitions, and as you get used to and the facial muscles become stronger, increase the repetitions.

The goal is to increase the number of repetitions until the facial muscles tired.

More and more people are experiencing the benefits of facial exercises but the results will vary from person to person.

For me, facial exercises form part of my daily skin care routine and I practice them twice a day.

You need to be constant to get all the benefits.

If you are consistent I’m sure you will soon see great results!

There are many exercises you can do but I’m a follower of Cynthia Rowland and her facial exercise program. This program is really effective and one of the best I have ever tried.  If you are ready to prevent, delay & reduce wrinkles, as well as sagging skin, check Facial Magic.

Have a look a this video by Cynthia Rowland teaching how to perform face exercises.

You only need to look at her face to see the benefits of these exercises.

If you don’t have access to the seminar the best next thing is to learn the exercises through her effective program

What’s The Purpose Of Facial Exercises

Your face contains over 50 different muscles and unlike most of the rest of the body, a lot of these facial muscles are rarely used. By carrying out regular facial exercises, you promote the circulation of blood to the different areas of the face, thus replenishing the oxygen supply in the muscles and the skin. This will result in a bright complexion and beautiful healthy glow.

Performing face thinning and toning exercises frequently will keep your face looking fit in the long term. Furthermore, regular facial muscles exercises improve the blood flow and, thus, supply your skin cells with nutrients leading to a stimulation of skin cell regeneration and prevention of wrinkles.

What Are The 3 Most Popular Exercises

1. The ‘V’: to reduce lines and wrinkles around the eyes and to make the eyes more open and energized.

Put both your middle fingers together between your eyebrows then apply pressure to the outer corners of your eyes with your index fingers. Look up and start to move the lower eyelids upwards, making a strong squint. Then relax and repeat 6 more times. To finish squeeze your eyes shut for 10 seconds then relax.

2. Smile Smoother: to reduce lines around the mouth and to lift and firm the cheeks and jaw.

Hide your teeth with your lips and make an ‘O’ shape with the mouth. Then, smile as wide as you can and keep hiding the teeth. Repeat 6 times. Next, hold the smile shape and place one index finger on the chin. Then start to move your jaw up and down as you tilt your head back. Relax and repeat twice more.

3. Giraffe: to tone and lift the neck area.

Looking straight ahead place your finger tips on the top of your neck and pull the skin down as you tilt your head back. Bring your head back down and repeat twice more. Then jut your lower lip out as far as possible, place your fingers on your collarbone and point your chin upwards, pulling the corners of your mouth down. Hold for 4 deep breaths.

How often should you do it and for how long per session?

20 minutes per day, 6 days a week.

Should anyone avoid it and why?

It’s never too late to start improving the health of your face!

Does The Face Yoga Method Really Work

Many people might wonder if doing all those facial exercises will actually bring in some changes in how their face looks or how it feels!

The answer is YES!

The method definitely works when followed daily as facial aging is because of muscle loss. And when you follow a routine of exercising daily, you only strengthen these muscles.

Thus, with regular exercise, you make your facial muscles stronger and help them stay intact, giving you a more youthful look!

Here, we also got some research that claims regular exercising has a deep impact on your facial glow and skin.

Let us present you with the proof to help you understand the link between face yoga and your facial skin deeper.

#1.  According to research conducted back in 2018 at Northwestern University, people who followed regular face yoga for 20 weeks showed firmer facial skin with fuller upper and lower cheeks.

The study involved following the routine for 30 minutes a day for the first 8 weeks, then every other day afterward.

It saw a participation of 16 women aged between 45 to 60 who wished to see fuller cheeks and look 3 years younger.

The results were positive and the study was pretty successful.

#2. In another study which was held for two months, 30 minutes of regular face yoga proved to yield an increase in fullness of cheeks and the skin appeared pretty younger.

Altogether, these different pieces of evidence pointed towards yoga being an effective natural solution to rejuvenating your facial skin.

How Often Should I Practice Face Yoga

We recommend doing the exercises every day. Try to put half an hour a day aside for you to practice the face yoga poses. This means that you will really gain the benefits of it! In just a few weeks you’ll look younger and will have tighter skin without any medical treatments.

What we love about face yoga is that you can do it whilst working, watching TV, or listening to music. You don’t need to put your gym gear on or buy special equipment. All you need is you!

Shortly After Surgery: Sit Stand Walk

There are a few things you can do shortly after surgery to prevent some surgical complications and promote a smooth recovery. You will be bed-bound for some time after your tummy tuck. Exactly how long you should remain immobile is between you and your doctor.

However, you’ll soon be instructed to practice standing. This may not sound like much in the way of “exercise,” but it is essential for stimulating circulation and preventing blood clots. It will also help you work weakened muscle groups.

When you stand for the first time, make sure that you have someone present, be they your medical professional or a loved one. Start by lifting yourself into a sitting position. Then slowly get out of bed. Attempt this multiple times and listen to your body before you go forward. Remember not to work your core. Rely on your arms and legs to support you.

Next, it’s time to start walking. No, we don’t mean a brisk walk outdoors — just shuffle a few feet or take short walks around the house. Your first walk will likely be to the bathroom. Again, have someone present before attempting this for the first time. Go as slow as you need to and support yourself using walls.

Walking will feel uncomfortable, and it’s tempting to stay in bed until you feel better. The truth is that you won’t feel better if you don’t start working your muscles to get your blood flowing. Like standing, walking will improve circulation, prevent blood clots, and reduce swelling.

How Long Does Face Yoga Take To Work

While searching through the internet, you might find very negative responses to questions like do face yoga method work or can face exercises reverse signs of aging.

This is because of the half-knowledge of the time taken by exercises to show results.

For gaining results from a particular facial workout, you must spare at least 30 minutes of your time daily for 6-7 weeks.

Moreover, you should also have a constant check with your dermatologist before taking up any facial exercise as some exercises don’t work for everyone.

Apart from this, make sure you follow the right technique as the wrong techniques might etch deeper wrinkles.

Your Face Yoga Journey: The Takeaway

Starting your Face Yoga journey couldn’t be easier. Practicing facial exercises at least once a day will allow you to start seeing results. If you have a problem area you could begin practicing Face Yoga for that area once a day six days a week.

Scheduling your Face Yoga into your day is always a perfect way to bring it into your routine, it could be first thing in the morning while lying in bed, or last thing at night when you remove your makeup.

Choose the perfect time and place, where you can be calm and relaxed to take care of your skin.

It is highly recommended to work 1:1 with a teacher in order to make sure you are doing the exercises correctly and to learn any modifications that you may need due to areas of complaint or skin conditions.

Please always consult a doctor before performing any exercises if you have any health concerns and always listen to your own body and intuition.

If you are keen to start your Face Yoga journey straight away then why not start with this Face Yoga massages that not only stimulate circulation but boost collagen and increases relaxation. Practice this Face Yoga massage once a day to see glowing results.

Essential Exercise After Liposuction

Liposuction can be performed on different parts of the body. However, it is most commonly done in the midsection area, and acts as a fast track to a flatter tummy. During a liposuction procedure, a surgeon literally sucks the fat cells from your body. No excess skin is removed.

Neither liposuction nor abdominoplasty should be seen as miracle cures for excess fat. Since liposuction removes whole fat cells, it may prevent fat from appearing in certain areas of the body. However, it won’t prevent fat from reappearing in non-treated areas. This redistributed “compensatory” fat, can be unhealthy. Developing an exercise routine to keep it at bay is important.

As for easing back into movement and exercise, liposuction targeting the abdomen is similar to a tummy tuck. You’ll want to gradually start moving around early on to promote circulation and prevent blood clots .

How Long Does It Take To See Results

Unlike plastic surgery, fillers or botox, Face Yoga is not an over night fix. Just like any exercise regimen it takes commitment and consistency to see results.

 If you practice consistently and make face yoga a part of your daily routine, you will start to see changes within 2- 4 weeks.

Just like working out your body, the more you take care of it, the more you see and feel results.

Even skin tone & Glowing complexion

Smoother more youthful looking skin

A renewed sense of self

Self esteem from taking the care of your face into your own hands

Face Firming Exercises For Wrinkles

These simple anti ageing exercises work very well to achieve a youthful look at home and prevent sagging skin. They will benefit those with younger skin .

Practice them as often as you can if you want to see an improvement in your skin’s appearance. It will only take few minutes of your time, so there is no excuse to be lazy.

You could even practice them when watching television, listening to music or preparing dinner once you get used to.

Remember that if you are constant and perform the exercises in the right way you will see results, maybe not immediately, but don’t forget that this is a longer and cheaper investment for your face.1. Reduce forehead wrinkles

Place the index fingers just above the eyebrows.

Pull the skin down with your fingers, making sure that there is not creases between the eyes.

Raise the eyebrows while pressing down with the fingers, opposing to the movement.

Repeat thirty times, then relax and repeat twice more.

2. Get rid of a double chin and jowls

Relax the shoulders and raise your chin.

Place your closed hand underneath your chin.

In this position move the chin muscles forward, hold it and count until ten.

Relax and repeat ten times.

3. Get more cheek!

This a similar cheek exercise. To prevent wrinkles in the lower part of the face, stretch the skin with the thumb at the same time you practice the exercise.

4. Eye exercise for eye bags

5. Lift your eyelids

Other related articles:

Face Yoga Exercises You Can Try Now

Face yoga doesn’t require any special equipment, and it is easy to start doing right in your own home. While you may want to check out some of the YouTube videos dedicated to the practice for some visual aid, most practitioners find that face yoga is pretty straightforward and easy to learn without much guidance.

Just remember, much like regular yoga, don’t forget about taking deep breaths when dedicating time to your face muscles.

Ready To Try Face Yoga For Yourself

If you think facial yoga sounds like the easiest answer ever to your fine lines and wrinkles, give it a go and see how well this growing practice works for you.

Just remember — it can take months of consistent work to see results. The great thing is that once you have the moves down and memorized, you can do these face exercises anywhere, anytime, from during a daily routine to while you’re watching your favorite TV show.

Health & Wellness

Holly Riddle

Wtf Is Face Yoga And Does It Work

Lucy AitkenRead takes it up to smooth out The Smartphone Scowl

The Smartphone Scowl. It’s everywhere. The glow of that screen would probably be quite flattering if it wasn’t shining on a face lit up by its own fierce frown.

Let’s face it – there is a lot to scowl at. Misogynists on Twitter. Friends on Facebook posting memes about how the universe will only make people’s dreams happen if you give a thumbs up on that terrible photo of a pink mountain with an even worse font.

It’s angry making and naturally furrows your forehead.

Even the stuff that isn’t striking fury across your face knits your brows together in concentration – checking out that eyebrow tutorial or searching for the punch line in your Uncle’s jokey status so you can drop an encouraging laughing emoji in the comments.

I used to think that deep crack between my eyebrows was simply aging. Now I know it is Apple’s fault. I shall be writing them a complaint letter.

Aside from pointing the figure, is there anything to do about frown lines?

I recently heard about facial yoga and it really appealed to me. I like to think of myself as a bit of a yogi, because for about three months two years ago I did it EVERY SINGLE DAY. I know! I had the Yoga Studio App and really got into it. So the idea of getting back into yoga, without all the faff of having to roll out your mat and wearing stretchy clothing and things feels immensely do-able.

What Are The Benefits Of Face Yoga

According to Fumiko Takastu, who is the founder of The Face Yoga Method, it’s a completely natural alternative to anti-aging remedies that not only tone your facial muscles, but also increases circulation and blood flow, which results in a more youthful and radiant complexion.

And if that all sounds like it’s a little too good to be true, consider the other benefit of practicing face yoga: releasing any tension that’s held in our faces throughout any given day.

There’s also the self-care component of intentionally setting aside some time to make funny faces into a mirror. We dare you not to smile while blowing out raspberries repeatedly or moving your mouth from side to side in an exaggerated motion a la Jim Carey in .

In fact, one common face yoga move involves actually smiling widely, which is supposed to help lift your jawline; though there is limited research behind that particular claim, studies have shown that the simple act of smiling can trick your mind into thinking that you are happier than you actually are.

How Old Am I And Have I Had Botox

No not if you do it in the correct way. Wrinkles are caused by repeated expressions and we aren’t doing that. We are doing controlled exercise with resistance using all 3 layers of skin together. We do gently massage and relaxation too. Studies show that Face Yoga reduces wrinkles and doesn’t cause them but make sure you learn techniques from a qualified professional online or in person.

What Exercise After Botox Is Safe

If you want to get back to your workout routine, what exercises can you do? BOTOX injections can technically take 3 – 7 days to take full effect. Raising your blood pressure during a strenuous workout, or even doing a downward dog in yoga, can lead to additional swelling in the injection areas. Doing too much too soon can lead to painful bruising and swelling, and even alter your BOTOX results. So, take a week off and if you must do something, go for a walk. By playing it safe, you can assure your BOTOX recovery will go smoothly, and your results will be fully set to enjoy.

Can Facial Exercises Tighten Skin

There is, in fact, some research suggesting facial exercises can help with skin fullness. According to a study published by JAMA Dermatology, participants in a study on face yoga saw improvement in upper and lower cheek fullness after 20 weeks of regularly doing facial exercises. Still, the Cleveland Clinic states that more research needs to be done before face yoga can really be recommended as an anti-aging solution.

Facial Yoga Exercise #4: Surprise

You know that facial expression every movie character ever has made when they’ve been shocked or surprised? That’s what you’re going to do for this face yoga exercise! All you have to do is widen your eyes as big as you can for your best surprised face. Hold this expression as long as you can—even until your eyes start to water! After, relax your face and repeat.

Facial Exercises: Are They Bogus

While the human face is a thing of beauty, maintaining taut, smooth skin often becomes a source of stress as we age. If you’ve ever searched for a natural solution to sagging skin, you may be familiar with facial exercises.

Fitness celebrities have long endorsed facial workouts designed to slim the face and reverse the aging process — from Jack LaLanne in the 1960s to soccer star Cristiano Ronaldo in 2014. But do these exercises actually work?

Countless books, websites, and product reviews promise miraculous results, but any evidence that suggests facial exercises are effective for slimming cheeks or reducing wrinkles is largely anecdotal.

There’s little clinical research on the efficacy of facial exercises. Experts like Dr. Jeffrey Spiegel, chief of facial plastic and reconstructive surgery at Boston University School of Medicine, believe that these muscle-blasting facial workouts are a total bust.

However, a small study conducted by Dr. Murad Alam, vice chair and professor of dermatology at Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine and a Northwestern Medicine dermatologist, shows some promise of the possibility of improvement with facial exercises. Assuming that a larger study supports the same results, it may not be time yet to give up on facial exercises.

Convert Negativity To Positivity

There are two sides constantly battling inside of us – one is filled with strength and courage while the other is doubt and insecurities. Which one will you feed?

‘What if I mess up this speech? What if I’m not funny enough? What if I forget what to say?’

It’s no wonder why many of us are uncomfortable giving a presentation. All we do is bring ourselves down before we got a chance to prove ourselves. This is also known as a self-fulfilling prophecy – a belief that comes true because we are acting as if it already is. If you think you’re incompetent, then it will eventually become true.

Motivational coaches tout that positive mantras and affirmations tend to boost your confidents for the moments that matter most. Say to yourself: “I’ll ace this speech and I can do it!”

Take advantage of your adrenaline rush to encourage positive outcome rather than thinking of the negative ‘what ifs’.

Here’s a video of Psychologist Kelly McGonigal who encourages her audience to turn stress into something positive as well as provide methods on how to cope with it:

Benefits Of The Face Yoga Method

Some people use the face yoga method in the hopes of achieving a slimmer-looking face. There is not much research about face yoga’s effectiveness for improving fine lines, decreasing double chins, or firming up your jawline, but since the practice is becoming more widespread, let’s look at the science behind the benefits of face yoga.  

One study looked at a small group of middle-aged women who were instructed to perform facial exercises every day for 30 minutes. After eight weeks, they dropped their facial yoga practice to every other day. The researchers took before and after photos and analyzed them.  When compared to their baseline photos, the women showed improvement in their upper cheek fullness. The study also had people rating each woman’s estimated age, both before and after performing the facial exercises. The raters dropped their average age estimates by over two years by the end of the study . 

Researchers in 2014 looked at several clinical trials about facial exercises and determined that the benefits of facial exercises were inconclusive . 

In addition to potentially slimming/toning your face and improving facial aging, other possible benefits of the face yoga method include:

Treating pain from temporomandibular joint

Bell’s palsy

Facial muscle thickness

Do Facial Exercises Really Work

The latest skincare trend is fitness, but for your face.

We labor over our bodies in the gym, flexing and lifting and tensing to muscles to keep them firm and strong. Should our faces be any different? Believers in facial exercise—sometimes referred to as face yoga—believe that stimulating and building the muscles in the face can help maintain contours and elasticity, and even make us look years younger. Even cheekbone-blessed royal Meghan Markle has revealed that she does at-home facial exercises to keep her face sculpted and radiant. But does it really work?

Will Face Yoga Give Me Wrinkles

I like things that are proven by science! In January 2018 a key study done at Northwestern University showed that 20 weeks of Face Yoga, 30 minutes day can make the face look 3 years younger. Also, a BBC study of two twin doctors showed that the doctor that did my Face Yoga for 1 month looked 1 year younger. There have also been multiple studies of the benefits of massage, acupressure, deep breathing and relaxation which all form a key part of my method.

What Is The Right Age For Botox

It is not uncommon for women and men between the ages of 35 – 55 to consider BOTOX or other cosmetic injectables to reduce facial lines and wrinkles. Today, even younger adults in their 20s receive BOTOX injections as a preventative measure to deter aging skin signs. The results from a single BOTOX injection can temporarily treat or prevent wrinkles on the upper face or forehead, fine lines around the eyes , and those annoying lines between the brows. In most cases, one treatment could last 3 – 4 months before patients should return for touch-up sessions. Here are some helpful tips on how to maintain that rejuvenated look, including when it is permissible to exercise.

Whats The Verdict On Face Yoga

So, does face yoga offer all some promise it does? Well, the jury is still out. Some think it helps; others aren’t convinced. While these exercises probably won’t replace a , they may help overall face muscle tone. More research is needed in this area before face yoga becomes more popular among dermatologists and other healthcare professionals. 

Does Face Yoga Cause Wrinkles

Face yoga is all about stretching the skin and changing the face poses that are your default. It is these default face poses, such as a furrowed brow, that can cause wrinkles. With facial exercises, you are working out the muscles in order to relax the wrinkles.

It is really important that you are doing the exercises correctly. Make sure there are no wrinkles or folds when you are practicing the exercises and do the poses slow and controlled.

How To Do Face Yoga Exercises

There are many face yoga exercises, each claiming to help with different parts of your face. Here are a few examples illustrating how to do face yoga exercises that may potentially help you achieve a slimmer, more youthful look. It’s probably best to practice these in front of a mirror in the privacy of your home, since they may feel a bit silly to practice in public. When you perform the exercises, keep the rest of your face, neck, and shoulders relaxed. Keep your eyes on your reflection so that you make sure not to press or massage so forcefully that you are folding your skin on itself . 

[ontarioyoga]

Is Face Yoga Bad

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/is-face-yoga-bad/

Is Face Yoga Bad

Facial Exercises Are Being Touted As A Way To Reverse Signs Of Aging A Workout Can’t Hurt And Might Even Help But There’s Little Evidence Of Benefit

It used to be that women’s magazines only gave fitness advice for your body. But today when you open the pages of many publications, you’ll see advice on exercising not only your body, but your face, too. Articles tout strengthening exercises for the facial muscles — and even face yoga — as a way to slim and tone facial structures and help fight signs of aging.

Sounds great. But is it true? Should your workouts extend above the neck as well as below? And will those exercises really do anything for those wrinkles, sagging jowls, or double chin?

“The first thing to know is that there really aren’t any good, rigorous, scientific studies that verify claims that face workouts are effective,” says Suzanne Olbricht, an associate professor of dermatology at Harvard Medical School. And at first glance, at least some of the claims appear a little dubious, she says. In one article, for example, accompanying photographs show a woman who claims to have benefited from facial exercises. In this case, the changes to her appearance show improvements to the surface of her skin — mostly to her skin texture — which would be unlikely to result from exercising the underlying muscle, says Dr. Olbricht. Changes like this would be expected if she’d undergone a cosmetic treatment that targeted the surface of the skin, such as microneedling or a chemical peel, but would be unlikely to result from face workouts.

Is It True That Facial Exercises Can Actually Cause Wrinkles And Expression Lines

Apart from environmental factors like pollution and the sun, stress causes ageing at the cellular level and this shows in the face especially.

Also, we all know that the facial expressions used by stressed people e.g. frowning, uses a lot less muscles than smiling.

Strong emotions, like anger, physically damages the tissue in the body. Not only do the specific exercises make the skin more flexible, it also decreases stress.

Read more: How areola nipple tattooing is done

Can Face Yoga Really Work Before And After Transformations And Results

The best way to find out if a method can really work is by looking at the reviews that people have posted about it.

Considering this, we went through different face yoga before and after reviews to make sure that the method is effective and well trusted.

While searching for our answers to “does face yoga work before and after pictures and reviews” we came across the following results that the exercises offer:

Toned facial muscles 

Sculpted face line than before

Less nasolabial folds

Toned cheeks

You can also see such results in some of the pictures that people have posted after following the face yoga method on a regular basis!

Now, with these results, many of you would be wondering if there are any side effects of face yoga or is there anything that’s not good about yoga!

In simple words, you might already know the pros, but the mind still wanders towards the cons!

Thus, in our next section, we bring out a detailed take on the pros and cons of face yoga to help you get clarity.

Scientists Are Investigating Facial Exercises To Make You Look Younger FIONA MACDONALD

When it comes to ageing, many of us would like to look younger, but most anti-ageing remedies not only aren’t back up by science, they’re also prohibitively expensive, or painful. Or both.

Now, scientists have found early evidence that a free and non-invasive technique can actually make people’s faces look visibly younger in just 20 weeks – facial yoga.

Don’t laugh, because we fully appreciate how ridiculous that sounds. But researchers from Northwestern University in Illinois were able to show that by spending 30 minutes a day exercising the muscles in your face, it’s possible to tighten and lift the cheek areas to look more youthful.

People have been doing these types of facial exercises, or facial yoga, for years, but this is the first study to look into whether it actually works.

“Now there is some evidence that facial exercises may improve facial appearance and reduce some visible signs of ageing,” said lead author Murad Alam, a dermatologist from Northwestern University.

“The exercises enlarge and strengthen the facial muscles, so the face becomes firmer and more toned and shaped like a younger face.”

To be clear, this was a proof-of-concept study and only involved a small sample size of 16 people who completed the full 20-week program. So before we get too excited, this research needs to be replicated in a much larger group.

But it does offer some hope that we don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars on our faces in order to make them look younger.

What Is Facial Yoga Experts Say It Really Can Make You Look Younger

If you want to get toned, defined Michelle Obama arms, you might try pushups and . For six-pack abs, add some bicycle crunches to your gym circuit. So it makes sense that if you want to define and tone the contours of your face, you’re going to need to work those muscles, too, right?

Exactly, says Gary Sikorski, founder of Happy Face Yoga, a program designed to stimulate and work out the 57 muscles that hold up our face, neck and scalp.

“You’re strengthening your muscles and moving them back into place,” Sikorski tells NBC News BETTER about the face workout. “So the skin naturally follows and starts to smooth.”

It may sound like a futile time-suck for people with way too much time on their hands , but dermatologists at Northwestern University recently published a study that shows Sikorski’s facial exercise program might work.

The data suggest the exercises do help the face look younger . But following the program will cost you — a chunk of time out of your schedule, that is. The women in the study spent 30 minutes daily for eight weeks, and 30 minutes every other day for 12 weeks after that, doing the exercises.

The Study Found That Face Yoga Does Indeed Change Your Appearance

The change in the participants’ faces was documented by photographs, and at the end of the study, dermatologists studied those photographs using a standardized facial aging scale. After studying the before and after pictures, they found that the patients rated to be 50.8 years on average had dropped to the average age of 48.1 after doing the exercises for 20 weeks. According to Alam, that is almost a three-year decrease in age appearance, all from just doing face yoga for 20 weeks. She added that the biggest changes could be spotted in the participants’ upper and lower cheek fullness.

It is believed that by doing face yoga and strengthening the muscles in the face like you do your body with normal yoga will lead to your face becoming more firm and toned, just like your body does when you exercise it regularly. It’s simple and pretty easy. It almost seems too good to be true, but those who conducted the study are positive that a larger study will confirm the smaller one’s findings. Now you really don’t have an excuse not to try it for yourself.

Lesson #5: Opt For Natural Solutions Before Resorting To Surgery

There’s nothing wrong with plastic surgery—it has its benefits and, when done right, it can address and even fix many concerns. That said, there’s no point in getting plastic surgery on rocky foundations.

“Both surgery and face yoga have their limits, so they’re good partners for one another. You should start with face yoga because it’s free, but if it doesn’t work after some time then you can consider surgery. In general, I think fixing the fundamental issue is more important than surgery.

“For instance, if you get a surgery to fix facial asymmetry, you’re only fixing the surface issue. In 5–10 years, your body will return to its asymmetrical state because you haven’t changed any of the habits nor the bad body posture that caused your initial asymmetry in the first place. If, however, you fix your fundamentals then do the surgery, your results will last forever.”

Koko Hayashi will be hosting her signature Koko Face Yoga workshop through Zoom, on Sunday 16 August, 2020 at 11am. Find the details .

For more on face yoga, check out Koko Hayashi’s , or follow her on , and for more.

Pros And Cons Of Face Yoga Is Facial Exercise Good Or Bad

Every coin has two sides!

Similarly, any method can have a good side as well as a bad side.

Though, it’s on us whether we choose to stick with the positive numbers of pros or go ahead with that one con.

Considering this, here we have the pros as well as the cons of face yoga that might want you to rethink your decision.

How Often Do You Need To Practice Face Yoga To See Results

“Ideally every single day, if you want to see good results,” says Hayashi. Wizemann agrees that consistency is the only key to success: “If you like a challenge and can stick to a 30-minute daily beauty routine for at least five months, you could possibly look a couple of years younger.” But Wizemann adds that these exercises shouldn’t replace the proven efficacy of anti-aging skin care and sun protection.

Face Yoga: What Is It Benefits And 5 Poses You Should Try

If you have heard of face yoga before now, this is the time for you to take advantage of it.

What if we made you aware that you could gain all of the slimming, face-firming, and -tightening benefits without needing to go under the knife, would you take us seriously?

It may sound too good to be true, but there new techniques that are touted by skincare brands, gyms, and spas, for the face claims that repeating specific facial exercises can boost circulation and tighten or lift the skin over time.

Facial Exercise: Why Is It Bad For A Youthful Complexion

May 23 2018

Many people are turning to facial exercise as a means of keeping their faces “in shape.” After all, jogging and jumping jacks help keep your body looking young – shouldn’t facial exercise keep your face looking young? It certainly seems logical, but the reality is, facial toning exercises are bad for the skin. Surprised?

How 10 Minutes Of Facial Yoga A Day Can Change Your Skin

Facial yoga is not new in the beauty field. In fact, also dubbed ‘facercise’, it has had a presence in traditional Chinese medicine for centuries where people’s faces were studied to diagnose personality and wellbeing, notes the Guardian.

Certain exercises that scrunch the face are also known to release emotional tension and are powerful tools in delaying the signs of ageing.

This article by Reader’s Digest indicates that if done correctly, it can possibly be a substitute to cosmetic surgery. Hmm… 

The practice of toning the facial contours through this method of exercise is said to stimulate blood circulation and help firm sagging muscles.

Could facial yoga be the secret behind Jennifer Aniston’s glow? After all, she’s been to be a facial yoga enthusiast.

We chatted to the Art of Living‘s advanced yoga, breathing and meditation teacher, Mukesh Vassen about how it works.

Why The Exercises May Actually Change How You Look

One concern about the exercises was that they might actually create more wrinkles, frown lines and crow’s feet than they were getting rid of, says the study’s lead author Murad Alam, MD, Vice Chair and Chief of Cutaneous and Aesthetic Surgery in the Department of Dermatology at Northwestern Medicine’s Feinberg School of Medicine. “But this didn’t happen in any of the participants,” he tells NBC News BETTER.

The muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger.

The opposite happened. And the most marked area of improvement for the women in this study was fuller cheeks. That’s because the muscles you’re working grow in size . And that muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger, Alam explains. “It’s like blowing up a deflated beachball.”

The exercises work because they’re based on the same principles as resistance training, Sikorski adds. In most cases that force of resistance your face muscles are working against comes from your fingers, so you actually strengthen and tone those muscles.

You’ll know you’re doing it right because your face muscles will feel it, he adds — similar to that muscle “burn” you feel after doing a particularly taxing workout for your abs.

This Is What Hot Yoga Is Really Doing To Your Skin

We can all agree that getting hot and steamy is one of winter’s little luxuries. But at what price to your skin?

There’s only one thing better than staying in your nice, warm bed on a cold winter day – and that’s the promise of the all-consuming, feel-good heat you’ll find in a hot yoga class, or your gym’s sauna or steam room.

Within seconds of stepping into one of the heated rooms, your body temperature rises and the blustery weather outside feels like a distant memory. We can all agree it’s one of winter’s little luxuries, and the pros say it’s great for your body, too. But at what price to your skin?

If you’re going to brave the wildly elevated temps in a steam-intensive environment – which can be upward of 105°F in a hot yoga class, 110° in a steam room, and 212° in a sauna – it’s important to understand the impact they can have on your complexion before kicking off your sneakers and going for a good, old-fashioned winter sweat-fest. Why? Fly too close to the sun heater and you could be looking at dehydration, breakouts, irritation, and possibly even brown spots. You read that right: Brown spots have been to excessive heat.To get the scoop, we consulted two skin pros: board-certified dermatologist , M.D., and one of our own resident skin experts, celebrity aesthetician Renée Rouleau. But before you panic, don’t worry, this isn’t a steam takedown article. For many skin types, steam can be incredibly beneficial, but there’s still a lot you need to know.

Why Bodybuilder Or Athletes Looks Old Before Time

Friends, you know the person who does a full-time gym or who is an athlete.

Their faces become loose or old before time. Why so

I will tell you the reason for this, there are 2 main reasons for this.

The first reason is that athletes burn too many calories because they do athletic practice from morning to night, due to which their high amount of calories is burnt.

This is the reason that their facial skin starts to lose and those people start looking old.

The second main reason is when bodybuilders and runners exercise, then they do heavy weight or heavy workout so that they do more repeated expressions on their faces.

Repeated expression causes permanent wrinkles and loose skin.

A Natural Way To Protect The Elastin In Your Skin

Collagen and elastin are the two main proteins responsible for keeping your skin looking young.

Collagen is responsible for your skin’s firmness and suppleness, while elastin is what allows it to stretch and bounce back.

So, how can you protect these proteins as you age?

Researchers at Kingston University did a study to find which plants are most protective of the structural proteins of the skin.

The results blew them away…

They discovered that out of all the plants tested, white tea had considerably the most benefits.

Results showed white tea actually the breakdown of elastin and collagen, supporting the body’s natural elasticity. “We were testing very small amounts, far less than you would find in a drink,” Professor Naughton said.

In other words, drinking white tea regularly could the elastin in your face, and prevent further sagging.

And if all that weren’t enough, white tea is rich in EGCG — an anti-aging antioxidant known to increase cell turnover and fight wrinkles.

To gain the health benefits, make sure to drink at least 1-3 cups per day.

Here’s how you can incorporate white tea into your busy schedule..

1.Mid-day boost

Instead of reaching for a second cup of coffee at 2pm, opt for white tea. It has less caffeine than green and black, but still manages to give you a lift in the middle of the day.

If you’re in need of an extra boost, I suggest doing a combination of half green tea and half white tea — so you’re still getting the benefits!

2.Make ahead of time

Reverse Aging By Breaking These 5 Everyday Habits

Fumiko Takatsu Face Yoga Method Lifestyle

Oftentimes when we think about reversing aging, we jump to conclusions that special creams and serums are the solution. And while, yes, high quality skin care is essential, our daily habits are actually what contributes to much of our premature aging and unhealthy skin conditions.

While that may sound daunting, there’s really good news: 

Yes, it can be that simple! 

What Does The Science Says About Facial Exercise

This is the frustrating part. Science isn’t saying anything about facial exercise, yet. So, both these theories

Facial exercise is good because it tones up the muscles

Facial exercise is bad because it causes wrinkles through repeated movements

are just that, theories. Until there’s a study that proves one of them, what should we believe and do?

Personally, I believe the truth, as is often the case, lies somewhere in the middle. I agree with Dr Bergfeld: facial exercise may help in controlled situations, but, if you do it alone, without proper supervision and control, you may do your skin more harm than good.

When Do Exercises Help And When Might They Hurt

For certain motivated patients, Dr. Khetarpal says facial exercises could be beneficial. In particular, she might recommend an exercise that helps create a better cheekbone shape.

But getting good results requires consistency and time.

“You have to do facial exercises consistently six to seven days a week for 20-30 minutes per day. It takes at least three to four weeks before you start to notice results,” she says.

And you should consult your dermatologist before tackling a facial exercise regimen. These exercises won’t work for everyone.

They’re not a good idea if you’ve previously had cosmetic injectables, such as dermal fillers, for instance. “Facial exercises may cause the dermal fillers not to last as long,” Dr. Khetarpal says.

And for others, facial exercises could make signs of aging more noticeable.

Advertising Policy

“We know that repeated muscle contraction of the upper face can cause those lines to become more etched and deeper over time,” she says. “So we’re cautious about the proper technique in performing these facial exercises.”

Understanding The Power Of Our Daily Habits

Our day to day actions, no matter how small, have long term effects on both our body and mind. This is why bringing awareness and transforming habits into conscious decisions are the essential steps to reverse the aging process. 

Repeated subconscious actions create patterns, and just as in life, these repeated actions also affect the appearance of our skin and face.

What Exercises Make Your Face Look Younger

Index fingers should be under your lashes, while your little fingers are just under cheekbones. Press your hands on the surface of the skin to hold muscles in place. Squint your eyes while squeezing cheeks up toward eyes—like making a squishy sour face. Hold for five counts and repeat three to five times.

Face Exercise Regular Basis Is Good Or Bad

Do you know that face workouts are beneficial for women as well as for men?

The only difference is that men’s skin is slightly rough, so a man has to exercise at high frequency.

Friends, our today topic is, face exercise regular basis is good or bad.

We should understand this thing in detail because all things have some advantages, so there are also some disadvantages.

For example, if we do something on a daily basis, it can give us benefits as well as losses.

Therefore it is very important to understand how much and when we should do face exercise.

Let us now try to understand this topic in detail.

Why High Heat & Steam Have Their Drawbacks

Exposing skin to any mixture of heat and moisture can have its benefits. However, if you don’t lock that just-gained hydration into the skin using a moisturizer immediately after you steam, it could actually your skin. “Dry air draws moisture from wherever it can get it, and this includes your skin, so if a lotion isn’t applied topically to keep the moisture in the skin, it will evaporate out, and the skin will be more dehydrated than even before in the steam room,” Rouleau says.

Bacteria and sweating can also cause issues for breakout-prone skin – so always wash, or at least rinse with clean water, before putting on your moisturizer. Both experts agree that anyone with sensitive skin should skip any kind of intense heat. “Those with rosacea or sensitive skin should avoid steam rooms because it could promote or exacerbate flushing through the dilation of capillaries, which can be quite reactive,” Dr. Engelman says. In fact, a 2010 found that 56 percent of rosacea sufferers studied had adverse reactions to high heat and steam.

Dr. Engelman notes that anyone prone to eczema, or any kind of inflammatory skin condition, should avoid potentially irritating the skin with high heat. “There are mixed reports on this, but I think the risks for eczema flares or infection outweigh the benefits,” she says.

More from Refinery29:

Lesson #3: Watch Your Subconscious Habits

Want to avoid getting wrinkles? Follow these steps:

Sleep on your back to prevent your pillow from rubbing and tugging on your sensitive facial skin as you sleep

Don’t wrinkle and scrunch your nose when you laugh to prevent laugh lines. : Keep your eyes slightly open when you laugh to prevent scrunching

Don’t rub your eyes, rubbing will stretch your skin and lead to wrinkles

Try to show as little of your lower teeth as possible when you talk as it prevents sagging and wrinkles

Don’t wrap your lips or smack them—stretching your philtrum will cause it to age faster, making you look older

What Is Face Yoga And Does It Really Work

Holly Riddle

This article may contain affiliate links. We may receive a commission for purchases made through these links. Privacy Policy.

Did you know that there are nearly 60 different muscles working in your face at any given moment? They help you smile, frown, scowl, chew and make that humorous expression you only make when you’re putting on your mascara in the mirror.

But, over time, all of those muscles experience the same degradation that the rest of our muscles experience. And, while you can spend hours in the gym toning up your tummy or working out your rear, there isn’t really any gym equipment that’s made to address your facial muscles specifically.

Enter face yoga.

Are The Results Worth The Time Commitment

If you think your face is going to be slimmer because you’re working out those facial muscles, think again. Face yoga is shown to actually increase the size of some of your facial muscles — particularly those in your cheeks. Rounder, fuller cheeks are the result of facial muscles increasing in size, just like any muscle you might work on in the gym.

While you might not automatically think that rounder, fuller cheeks are your ultimate goal, think about what those increased muscle sizes do for the rest of your skin. The larger size pulls your skin up and over, for more definition, less drooping and an overall younger appearance.

Other benefits include increased blood flow to the face, which can improve your complexion, brighten your skin and decrease under-eye dark circles and puffiness.

Lesley Reynolds, Co-Founder of The Harley Street Skin Clinic shares, “Since facial aging is in part due to muscle loss, exercise can strengthen these muscles if you can commit to a routine, making your face look stronger and more youthful It is a really natural solution for you to regain your young appearance and a good alternative to Botox and plastic surgery.”

As with most exercises, though, these results aren’t guaranteed. Other lifestyle factors come into play and impact your results, such as diet, fitness, sun and wind exposure and genetics.

Check out these face yoga moves from Brett Larkin, Online Yoga Instructor and Personal Trainer.

Should We Really Be Exercising Our Faces

February 17th 2017 / Anna Hunter /

You’ve mastered crow pose and you’ve got ‘scissors’ down, but can you really apply yoga and exercise principles to your face?

Whether you spend your weekends downward dogging or could do Hundreds for days, most of us have dabbled in a bit of yoga or pilates, but of late exercises inspired by those carried out on the mat have been migrating to the face. Holding facial expressions in the style of yoga poses and adopting Pilates inspired facial massage moves are becoming increasingly popular in the skincare arena, with masterclasses held via Skype and spas framing facial treatments in a ‘warm-up’, ‘workout’ and ‘stretch’ context. Is facial stretching, kneading and posing the next step in an altogether more relaxed skincare regime , or could facial ‘exercising’ be causing unnecessary wear and tear? We weigh up benefits and drawbacks of getting physical with your face…

What Is Face Yoga And Should You Try It Kate Bayless

I’m standing in front of a mirror with my fingers on my cheekbones, pressing down as I smile, release, and repeat — just doing my nightly “cheek lifter” push-ups.

While you’ve probably done your fair share of downward dog and cobra pose, you may not have tried a different form of yoga gaining popularity: face yoga.

Curious? I was — so I gave face yoga a try.

Best Face Yoga Exercises And Their Anti

July 18, 2020

Risks and Side Effects

There’s no shortage of different yoga styles to choose from, but here’s an emerging type you may have never heard of: face yoga.

In addition to potentially having anti-aging effects, yoga for your face might help you relax and relieve tension, such as in the muscles around your temples and in between your eyes.

And that’s not all.

Lesson #4: Be Patient With The Results

Face yoga isn’t an ‘instant gratification’ type deal—results will take time, as do all good things. In general, results can take a few weeks to a few months to show. Plus, they are also heavily dependent on the place you’re starting from.

“In general, the saggier you are, the bigger the result. It’s the same with weight loss, if you’re bigger, it’s easier to see changes,” says Hayashi. “My main audience is around their teens to early twenties, so it’s likely that they won’t see a huge difference. In their case, the exercises are more of a preventative measure against ageing.”

“The reason I got into face yoga in the first place is because I had a terrible chin implant done when I was 27. The implant went off to one side, and I didn’t have the money to surgically fix it,” she shares. “So, I picked up face yoga, which is both easy and free. It took a few years, but my chin evened out and I’m happy with it now. The best part is once you learn the exercises, you can keep doing it and keep the results. It’s a non-invasive, natural, and free technique, so what do you have to lose?”

Face Yoga: What Is It And Does It Work

Have you ever tried face yoga? If you haven’t, you’re not alone: most people have no idea that you can do yoga for your face. A few days ago you could have added us to that list because we had no idea either.

Naturally, the question that immediately springs to mind is… er, why would you? But then we remembered ! Facercise, if you’ve never heard of it before, is an exercise program for your face, which originally came out in the mid-nineties .

In fact, you may be surprised to discover that facial yoga is nothing new – even the late, great Jack LaLanne used to do it :

We love a 1950’s flashback.

So facial yoga is about looking younger. And there’s nothing wrong with that; after all, isn’t that also part of the reason why people eat healthy and work out anyway?

Does The Face Yoga Method Really Work

Many people might wonder if doing all those facial exercises will actually bring in some changes in how their face looks or how it feels!

The answer is YES!

The method definitely works when followed daily as facial aging is because of muscle loss. And when you follow a routine of exercising daily, you only strengthen these muscles.

Thus, with regular exercise, you make your facial muscles stronger and help them stay intact, giving you a more youthful look!

Here, we also got some research that claims regular exercising has a deep impact on your facial glow and skin.

Let us present you with the proof to help you understand the link between face yoga and your facial skin deeper.

#1.  According to research conducted back in 2018 at Northwestern University, people who followed regular face yoga for 20 weeks showed firmer facial skin with fuller upper and lower cheeks.

The study involved following the routine for 30 minutes a day for the first 8 weeks, then every other day afterward.

It saw a participation of 16 women aged between 45 to 60 who wished to see fuller cheeks and look 3 years younger.

The results were positive and the study was pretty successful.

#2. In another study which was held for two months, 30 minutes of regular face yoga proved to yield an increase in fullness of cheeks and the skin appeared pretty younger.

Altogether, these different pieces of evidence pointed towards yoga being an effective natural solution to rejuvenating your facial skin.

Ten Reasons Yoga Might Be Bad For You

Ten Reasons Yoga Might Be Bad For You

Ten reasons yoga might be bad for you isn’t a list of reasons not to do yoga. It is intended to encourage people to do yoga consciously, with a specific eye on what their body needs in the moment, but also, possibly more importantly, what the body needs to age well. I often say in classes that I teach that what your body can get away with in your 20’s, 30’s and 40’s might come back to haunt you in your 60’s, 70’s and 80’s.

While I love yoga for the workout it provides, it should be more about building a vessel that accepts and cultivates the breath in pursuit of a long healthy life. From my perspective you need to approach your practice as a means to change, rather than reinforce, long held conditioned patterns. Certainly, exercising is better than not exercising – and very important for everybody –  if you are doing it incorrectly it will not be good for you.

1.            Forward Head Posture And Headstand

2.          A Tucked Pelvis And Tadasana

It is essential to our pelvises.

3.            Having Excessively Loose Joints

4.            Carpal Tunnel Syndrome And Downward Dog

If you are doing downward dog with heel of the palm flat on the floor, rather than creating a tunnel for clear passage of the median nerve to travel through to the hand, you can actually make the problem worse. shares an affective technique for creating space in the carpal tunnel.

5.         Weak Core Muscles And Wheel

6.            The Shoulders And Chaturanga

8.            Opening the Chest and Breathing Abdominally

Here’s Why High Heat & Steam Are Good

Thanks to varied levels of moisture in the air , each of these high heat/steam environments can be a great way to hydrate your skin- you follow a few skin-care rules. “Skin cells need water to live, so steam can be very beneficial for keeping surface layers feeling moist and looking healthy,” Rouleau explains.

“Just 15 minutes in the steam room…stimulates circulation, increases perspiration, and eliminates toxins,” Dr. Engelman says. All of these are great, but it’s circulation that’s the most exciting: “When the skin gets warm, the capillaries and vessels dilate, causing nutrient-rich blood and oxygen to be brought to the cells,” Rouleau says. “Blood circulation is what feeds the skin and its cells and keeps them acting healthy, while giving the skin a glow from within.” Translation: Steam can be good in moderation.

Many skin types can benefit from it: “I recommend either saunas or steam baths for acneic or oily skin to…detoxify the skin,” Dr. Engelman says. “I have read that steam rooms are a little better for acne-prone skin because they help balance oil production, but I haven’t seen any studies to support this .”

Facial Yoga Actually Causes Wrinkles

Repeated muscle movements over time weaken your skin’s elasticity. This results in expression wrinkles – like crow’s feet, laugh lines, and forehead creases

And that’s exactly what facial yoga is: repeatedly stretching your facial muscles!

Dr. Jeffrey Spiegel, chief of facial plastic and reconstructive surgery at Boston University School of Medicine, states: “The truth is that many of our facial wrinkles come from excess muscle activity,” Spiegel says.

Dr. Mayoral, like many dermatologists, agrees and suggests that “excessive muscle activity is known to contribute to wrinkling of facial skin.”

Not to mention, participants have reported painful cramps and locked jaw after just one session of facial yoga.

Clearly, the ‘cons’ outweigh the ‘pros’ with facial yoga… and, as a skincare specialist, I don’t recommend it.

If you’re interested in doing everything you can to help your skin stay firm and youthful, there’s an alternative.

It helps by addressing the REASON your skin gets saggy in the first place.

How Long Does Face Yoga Take To Work

While searching through the internet, you might find very negative responses to questions like do face yoga method work or can face exercises reverse signs of aging.

This is because of the half-knowledge of the time taken by exercises to show results.

For gaining results from a particular facial workout, you must spare at least 30 minutes of your time daily for 6-7 weeks.

Moreover, you should also have a constant check with your dermatologist before taking up any facial exercise as some exercises don’t work for everyone.

Apart from this, make sure you follow the right technique as the wrong techniques might etch deeper wrinkles.

Why Facial Exercise Is Bad For Skin

If you’re not familiar with “facial exercise”, here’s a quick rundown…

Facial exercise — also known as facial “toning” — is the practice of “working out” the muscles under the skin in an attempt to recreate a more taut, youthful appearance. Facial exercise might include repetitive facial movements, or you might use pressure from your fingers to manipulate and stretch your skin. One facial exercise involves applying pressure to the corners of your eyes and then squinting repeatedly. Another involves jutting out your chin while putting pressure on your collarbone with your hands, stretching the skin on your neck.

Does any of that raise red flags for you? It should.

While facial exercise is meant to strengthen certain muscles, it puts a major amount of stress on your skin.

Think about it: Those small, repetitive muscle contractions pull on your skin, over and over. And that’s just not good.

Years of scientific evidence suggests putting this kind of repetitive stress on your face can result in both superficial and deep wrinkles.1 And, keep in mind, aging skin is actually thinner and less elastic, so it may show the effects of these muscle contractions even more.2

Relaxing those expression lines — as opposed to stimulating them — is a more effective and scientifically proven way to reduce the appearance of lines and wrinkles.4

Face Yoga Exercises You Can Try Now

Face yoga doesn’t require any special equipment, and it is easy to start doing right in your own home. While you may want to check out some of the YouTube videos dedicated to the practice for some visual aid, most practitioners find that face yoga is pretty straightforward and easy to learn without much guidance.

Just remember, much like regular yoga, don’t forget about taking deep breaths when dedicating time to your face muscles.

Ready To Try Face Yoga For Yourself

If you think facial yoga sounds like the easiest answer ever to your fine lines and wrinkles, give it a go and see how well this growing practice works for you.

Just remember — it can take months of consistent work to see results. The great thing is that once you have the moves down and memorized, you can do these face exercises anywhere, anytime, from during a daily routine to while you’re watching your favorite TV show.

Health & Wellness

Holly Riddle

How Can I Lose My Double Chin Fast

Decreasing a double chin through diet and exercise

Eat four servings of vegetables daily.

Eat three servings of fruits daily.

Replace refined grains with whole grains.

Avoid processed foods.

Eat lean protein, such as poultry and fish.

Eat healthy fats, such as olive oil, avocados, and nuts.

Avoid fried foods.

IT IS INTERESTING: Do muscle relaxers put you to sleep?

Wtf Is Face Yoga And Does It Work

Lucy AitkenRead takes it up to smooth out The Smartphone Scowl

The Smartphone Scowl. It’s everywhere. The glow of that screen would probably be quite flattering if it wasn’t shining on a face lit up by its own fierce frown.

Let’s face it – there is a lot to scowl at. Misogynists on Twitter. Friends on Facebook posting memes about how the universe will only make people’s dreams happen if you give a thumbs up on that terrible photo of a pink mountain with an even worse font.

It’s angry making and naturally furrows your forehead.

Even the stuff that isn’t striking fury across your face knits your brows together in concentration – checking out that eyebrow tutorial or searching for the punch line in your Uncle’s jokey status so you can drop an encouraging laughing emoji in the comments.

I used to think that deep crack between my eyebrows was simply aging. Now I know it is Apple’s fault. I shall be writing them a complaint letter.

Aside from pointing the figure, is there anything to do about frown lines?

I recently heard about facial yoga and it really appealed to me. I like to think of myself as a bit of a yogi, because for about three months two years ago I did it EVERY SINGLE DAY. I know! I had the Yoga Studio App and really got into it. So the idea of getting back into yoga, without all the faff of having to roll out your mat and wearing stretchy clothing and things feels immensely do-able.

Do Facial Exercises Actually Work

But do these exercises actually work? Countless books, websites, and product reviews promise miraculous results, but any evidence that suggests facial exercises are effective for slimming cheeks or reducing wrinkles is largely anecdotal. There’s little clinical research on the efficacy of facial exercises.

Disadvantages Of Facial Exercises

1) The first disadvantage is that if you target a single muscle for a long time and exercise, then there are chances of getting tired of that muscle, that muscle leaves its shape. Which makes us look old.

2) Your face muscles get used to the same exercise every day, due to which the effect of exercise on your face starts to decrease later.

3) Your face skin starts to loosen gradually as repeated action eliminates its elasticity.

4) Your face texture also changes

5) You start to look old before your age.

Fight Eye Wrinkles And Crows Feet

How you should do the exercise: Keep your shoulders back and leave them relaxed, then point your chin down towards your chest and form an oval with your mouth. At the same time, ensure that you look upward with just your eyes. Try not to move your shoulders or head; you will feel some form of stretching underneath the eye.

Hold this for three seconds, and then do well to tuck your upper lip inside your mouth to create an “ahh” face. This circuit has to give you a deep stretch in your face so that the wrinkles don’t stay.

How often should you do it: do it only once a day, and no more.

Surprise Me Blinking Eye Exercise

Widen your eyes, trying to expose as much of the whites in your eyes as you can. Then, squeeze your eyes tight. Open wide, and squeeze again. Keep doing this rapidly, till your eyes seem to start watering. Now close your eyes and relax. Do this eye exercise for 3 to 4 minutes.

How does it work?

You exercise the muscles around your eyes and your forehead. This facial exerciseimproves your eyesight. It may reduce the necessity of wearing spectacles over a period of time.

Habit #3: The Sun Protection Myth

Collectively we agree that Vitamin D is an essential vitamin for bone and immune health, and while we encourage everyone to get their healthy daily dose of Vitamin D, sun protection is imperative for healthy skin. 

So, how can you combine Vitamin D with sun protection? 

You can get Vitamin D from food and supplements, but our body naturally produces Vitamin D with the help of sunlight and more specifically UVB rays! UVB rays are also the ones that cause sunburn, which is our body’s way of warning us that we have had too much sun exposure. 

UVB rays contribute to skin’s cell damage but it is the UVA rays that cause much deeper penetration into the skin, and result in more harmful and permanent damage. These damages can cause cancer and a process called photo-aging. 

This is why sun protection is an essential habit to get into to keep your skin healthy!

As always, we recommend finding a solution that works for you, but we encourage a healthy relationship with the sun including getting a dose of Vitamin D. The best practice we recommend is to get your sun in the early morning hours . 

All of the other times, especially when you are directly exposed to the sun, we recommend proper sun protection.

Alternatives To Facial Exercise

If you were hoping to take off a few years with a new facial exercise regimen, sorry to burst your bubble… it’s a bad idea. But not having to perform facial yoga and gymnastics every day will certainly save you a lot of time! Plus, there are other foolproof ways you can get gorgeous “in-shape” skin. Here’s how:

Is Facial Exercise Bad For Skin

See what I highlighted above? Repetition of facial movement causes wrinkles. And, when you’re exercising your face, you’re repeating the same movements over and over again. The experts agree.

, in one of her articles about facial exercise, quotes Dr Wilma Bergfeld, Head of Clinical Research, Department of Dermatology at The Cleveland Clinic: “Though I don’t recommend them I do believe they could work in some controlled situations. However, you would never want to do anything that moves the facial skin, especially as it ages, or overmanipulate the skin, because it would create more wrinkling, increasing the loss of elasticity in the skin.”

Dr Oz and Dr Michael F. Roizen in their You: Being Beautiful book, agree: “Exercising the facial muscles is a sure way to increase wrinkles. The facial muscles pull on the skin to give you facial expressions. And the repetitive movements of the skin, over the years, combined with the normal thinning of the collagen and elastin of the dermis, will eventually crack the skin, causing wrinkles. Botox is the reverse of exercise; it paralyzes muscles and lessens wrinkles.”

This makes a lot of sense. Think about it: what are the areas of your face that have more fine lines and wrinkles? The forehead, and the areas around the eyes and mouth.

Why? Because you move them a lot. When you smile. When you frown. When you squint your eyes. When you purse your lips. Is it really wise to increase these repeated movements on purpose? Mmmm….

Slim Your Tech Neck Double Chin

How do you do this exercise? Make sure that you keep your shoulders down and fully relaxed, then tip your chin up towards the ceiling until you feel like there is a good stretch in the upper part of your neck and chin area. Then, you have to alternate, making duck lips and also to stick out your tongue. Do well to hold each “pose” for not less than 5 seconds each. Do well to repeat this three times.

Make sure that you keep your chin extended and also keep your neck taut the entire time. Note that this should feel very strenuous as it is most effective when you get tired.

How often you should do it: 1-2 times every day

Habit #4: Stress / Lack Of Self

Scientists have named stress as the modern day leading cause of disease. 

Stress is a chain reaction, or a response. And while this is a natural defense mechanism in all species, today, humans are in this state for greater amounts of time. When we experience chronic levels of stress, high amounts of cortisol build up in our brain, which leads to disease, and can affect the brain’s ability to function. Stress also impacts our cognitive function. 

Skin is the largest organ on our body, and just like stress can impact our other bodily functions, it can also age our skin. 

But, the good news is, we can recover and reduce stress with Face Yoga! ?

At the Face Yoga Method we spread the mission that is the least selfish thing you can do! 

How To Correct Your Aging Habit

Now that we identified the Top 5 Daily Aging Habits, do you find yourself resonating with any of them? 

More than likely, you haven’t given these habits much thought before, but we assure you, when you start to pay attention to them and change them, you will see changes you are proud of! 

At the Face Yoga Method we love to overdeliver, so we created a specifically formulated to help you not only determine and identity your #1 Aging Habit, but give you a Face Yoga Method recommended solution! 

We can’t wait to support your Journey! Click the button below to see how Face Yoga can help YOU.

Do Facial Exercises Really Work

The latest skincare trend is fitness, but for your face.

We labor over our bodies in the gym, flexing and lifting and tensing to muscles to keep them firm and strong. Should our faces be any different? Believers in facial exercise—sometimes referred to as face yoga—believe that stimulating and building the muscles in the face can help maintain contours and elasticity, and even make us look years younger. Even cheekbone-blessed royal Meghan Markle has revealed that she does at-home facial exercises to keep her face sculpted and radiant. But does it really work?

It Can Cause Physical Problems

I’ve had clients get facial cramps, lose contact lenses, and even get their jaws locked up from trying to do bizarre face poses.

Now, perhaps those minor side effects would be worth it if facial yoga really

But the likelihood of getting “facelift-like results” from tensing your facial muscles over and over, is very low.

So what CAN you do to get a firmer, more lifted look, in the comfort of your own home?

Gently massaging or tapping skin each morning can leave your skin rosy, tight, and glowing.

Is Facial Exercise Good Or Bad

Friends, we will now try to understand this by some facts and examples.

Do really face exercises is good or bad.

Let’s try to understand now.

Friends, I will try to explain this fact from the example of a workout in the gym.

Suppose you are exercising biceps from today to the next 30 days.

So you tell me will your biceps change. Surely your biceps will change.

But I have a simple question, will you be able to do biceps workouts for 30 days.

My answer is no because doing the same workout continuously will increase your chances of getting hurt your biceps or you will hurt.

Its main scientific reason is not getting Rest because our muscles grow when they get Proper rest.

If you do not give them rest, then they will lose their elasticity and you will get a sudden injury.

The same concept is also with your face, if you do the same type of workout every day, then you have chances of losing elasticity from the face and you become old very soon.

Advantages Of Facial Exercises

If you target face muscles through planning and a fixed routine, you also get a lot of benefits.

1) It helps you to create a perfect jawline, which makes you look beautiful and attractive.

2) It helps in removing extra fat from your face which we also call double chin.

3) It also helps to remove unnecessary and premature wrinkles from your face.

Eat Foods With Phytoestrogens

As women age, they tend to experience a drop in estrogen. Interestingly, this drop in estrogen is associated with a decrease in collagen production.12 And when estrogen is re-introduced to the body, it may actually help slow down or reverse collagen loss.13

If you want to try to increase collagen production through what you eat, try foods that contain phytoestrogens, which are compounds that mimic the effects of estrogen. Here are some foods to experiment with: kale, broccoli, red wine, chocolate, and green tea.14

How Do Face Yoga Classes Work

The cool thing about face yoga classes is that it doesn’t usually include the instructor touching your face. For people who hate it when other people touch them, this is the perfect kind of class to take. Hayashi says that she would occasionally massage a specific part of a client’s face if it is a one-on-one session, but this kind of yoga really requires you to do all of the work by yourself. What’s even cooler is that a face yoga class typically “flows” through movements much like a normal yoga class – there’s a warm-up after which the stretching of the muscles take place.

You won’t easily get bored with these kinds of classes either – there are dozens of movements to try out, just like in typical yoga. Hayashi uses movements like raising the eyebrows, puckering the lips, sticking out the tongue, and puffing up the cheeks. She custom-designs classes for the specific areas her clients want to fix on their faces, but there are tons of movements you can try out for free on her YouTube channel.

Science Actually Backs It Up

You’re probably wondering if there’s any science to back up this miracle worker. Well, as it turns out, there is. According to Science Alert, a small study has been done on face yoga by the Northern University in Illinois. The study showed that by doing face yoga for 30 minutes a day, it is indeed possible to lift the cheek areas and make you look younger. Lead author Murad Alam, who is a dermatologist from Northern University, says that the exercises face yoga consists of help to enlarge and strengthen the facial muscles. This means that the face becomes firmer and more toned, which in turn changes the shape a bit to make you look younger.

Even though this was a proof-of-concept study consisting of only 16 people who completed a full 20-week program, all the participants showed some results. To fully prove that this works, however, a larger and more controlled study needs to be done. The 16 participants in the small study underwent two face-to-face training sessions of 90 minutes. In the 20 weeks that followed, they continued the exercises at home. For the first eight weeks, they did the exercises every day for 30 minutes. After that, they did the exercises every other day.

Not All Classes Are The Same

Hayashi says not to be fooled by what she taught the Kardashians on their show – she was showing off some of the extra dramatic moves with them for TV purposes. She would, for example, not usually ask people to make sounds while doing the movements in a one-on-one session. She does, however, tend to do so when she is teaching a bigger group of people. Making noises is more fun when you’re in a group setting and it also helps to create bigger movements, thus giving those muscles an extra stretch.

Face yoga. Cause those wrinkles gotta go ? pic.twitter.com/f4NuEEsVT4

Touted Benefits Of Face Yoga

Facial yoga is said to help counter those effects. According to two popular programs, Happy Face Yoga and Face Yoga Method, face yoga helps to:

Release tension, which can minimize the appearance of stress lines

Strengthen and tone facial muscles to ultimately widen eyes, raise cheeks, and firm up the jawline

Increase circulation and blood flow to the skin, which makes the skin glow

Counter the effects of gravity

Reduce the appearance of scars

Some dermatologists say there’s some truth to these claims. “The goal of face yoga is to increase the blood and oxygen supply to your skin, which improves the life of the cell,” says Deborah Longwill, DO, a board-certified dermatologist at Miami Center for Dermatology in Florida and cofounder of Doctor’s Daughter Skincare. “This leads to glowing and rejuvenated skin.”

, MD, a board-certified dermatologist with Riverchase Dermatology in Miami, also says you could reduce visible signs of aging by toning the muscles through specific facial exercise training.

You shouldn’t expect drastic changes, though. The JAMA Dermatology study authors noted that their participant sample was small and the results were modest. And keep in mind that face exercises won’t alter the texture of your skin, according to Harvard Health, though moving and stretching scarred skin through face yoga can lessen the appearance of scars.

6 Yoga Poses for Glowing Skin

Potential Risks Of Face Yoga

Leaning on face yoga as your go-to anti-aging regimen may backfire, too. Some experts say contorting your face in these ways can actually lead to wrinkles.

“Many facial wrinkles — for example, crow’s-feet, laugh lines, and forehead wrinkles — result from repetitive facial muscle activity such as frowning or smiling,” Dr. Chen says. “Some question whether routinely pulling your face and exercising those muscles could create wrinkles and fine lines.”

Think of , which works by “freezing” the muscles in the face in order to minimize the appearance of wrinkles. With face yoga, you’re doing just the opposite, and if done too aggressively or incorrectly, Chen says facial yoga may actually accelerate signs of aging.

Not to mention, sweaty hands carry dirt, oil, and bacteria that can clog pores and cause breakouts. In fact, the American Academy of Dermatology Association recommends not touching your face to help prevent acne.

The New Guide to Botox: Which Type Is Best for You?

It Can Make Your Face Bulky

Yes, The entire idea behind facial yoga is to build muscle, giving the skin on top of the muscle a “lift”…

But for that to work, those muscles would have to get . So big, in fact, they’d actually show through your skin.

That could create a very chiseled, masculine look — including a stronger jaw, thicker neck, lumpy face, and even visible veins.

It’s a great look for bodybuilders, but it’s NOT what most women want to see in the mirror!

Facial yoga can actually give you an older, “bulkier” look… instead of the youthful look you want.

Other Ways To Address Aging

While we’re always looking for ways to reduce wrinkles and other signs of aging, most people want the immediate results that fillers provide, Dr. Khetarpal says.

“Many people don’t want to wait a month or longer to see results,” she says.

She says that more studies are needed before dermatologists can recommend facial exercises as a viable anti-aging remedy. Future studies need to include a much larger pool of participants, and a control group, she adds.

“Also, it would be interesting to see how long the results of these facial exercises lasted once the patients stopped performing them,” she says.

What The Heck Is Face Yoga

Face yoga is not entirely new, but the world was reintroduced to it when the Kardashians tried it on their show back in May. And usually, when the Kardashians try something, the rest of the world follow suit. You’re probably wondering what exactly face yoga is. According to , it’s pretty simple – it basically consists of making a series of faces to help tone and relax the muscles and create a slimmer, younger complexion. Think of the faces you used to make at your siblings when they annoyed you – it’s pretty much the same.

Does Face Yoga Really Work

The benefits of face yoga are threefold, Sikorski says.

Facial exercises increase blood circulation in the face, creating a healthier, more vibrant complexion. Face yoga also strengthens the muscles in the face, which can weaken as we age. And, in theory at least, face yoga may reduce the appearance of fine lines on the face.

That last claim has been the subject of debate. For starters, wrinkles are caused by the decreased production of collagen and elastin . Collagen and elastin are proteins in the skin’s connective tissue that help fight gravity and give skin its youthful tautness — and face yoga won’t replenish either of them.

But it’s possible strengthening the muscles beneath the skin’s dermal layers could help reduce the appearance of wrinkles, Alam says — “like re-inflating a deflated beach ball.”

Still, skeptics question whether you can really build your facial muscles enough to make a visible difference. And some dermatologists have expressed concern that contorting your face into “yoga poses” may actually cause wrinkles — though Alam says you probably don’t need to worry about that.

“Each of the exercises is performed for just a minute or so a day,” Alam says. “We develop frown lines and smile lines from scowling or grinning for a day. I believe the exercises are too brief to cause wrinkles. Indeed, in our study, we did not observe any new wrinkles caused by the exercises.”

Face Yoga Exercises To Try

I’ve only been practicing face yoga for a few weeks, so I can’t say for sure whether I’ll see dramatic results from doing facial exercises. But here’s what I’ve found so far: While facial exercises felt silly at first, they quickly became just another part of my nighttime routine.

And I did appreciate the deliberate downtime face yoga provided — it was nice to swap 20 minutes of mindless online scrolling for a scented candle and a face workout. Face yoga also put me in touch with my skin — literally. I could tell right away when I needed a charcoal mask or an exfoliating scrub.

Ready to try it out? Sikorski recommends these facial exercises to start with — aiming for about 15 minutes of facial exercises per day.

Habit #1: Sleeping Posture

Yes, you read that right, our sleeping posture shows up on our face. 

You might have noticed that lines, wrinkles, or nasolabial folds are deeper on one side of your face, over the other, and in the morning your face may be puffy. This is especially true if you are a side or stomach sleeper, because your face remains compressed on one side for the majority of the night. Over time, this compression causes the skin to form lines and deep creases like crows feet and nasolabial folds. 

Even if you are a back sleeper, your pillow could be a big problem and be causing a double-chin and turkey neck. 

To help you prevent more damage and wrinkles on the sides of your face and neck, we recommend investing in the right pillow to help you form a NEW Habit of sleeping on your back, or eliminate face compression if you remain a side or stomach sleeper.

After years of personal-studies and research, these are our top picks:3) Sleep and Glow Pillow

[ontarioyoga]

Is Ayurvedic Medicine Good For Health

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/is-ayurvedic-medicine-good-for-health/

Is Ayurvedic Medicine Good For Health

Ayurveda Firmly Believes That Good Health Starts With Proper Metabolism Of Food And Good Robust Digestion It Is Based On The Premise That Food When Consumed According To Our Personal Physiological Needs Acts Like A Medicine Balancing Our Metabolism And Promoting Vitality

Dr. Rupali Datta

Ayurveda, our ancient system of medicine, is a science for life

We get the maximum nutrients from seasonal locally grown foods

Colour your plate deep blue, purple, red, green, or orange

Recognising that we are a part of nature, this system describes three basic energies that drive our inner and outer environment- . These are present in each one of us in unique proportions, so our dietary needs are also guided by them. Ayurveda does not believe that one size fits all.

Some tips for appropriate diets for the :

Hot, Spicy foods, sour foods, deepfried foods, fermented foods such as yogurt and vinegar. Dairy, meat, cheese, nuts, wheat and rice

1. Eat Food That Nourishes: Eating fresh is the best. We get the maximum nutrients from seasonal locally grown foods and our bodies are also made to process natural whole foods rather than processed foods. Choose whole grains over refined ones, whole fruits and lots of seasonal vegetables. Go organic for the maximum benefits. 

Eating fresh is the best?2. Balanced Diet: A simple formula for this- include the six Ayurvedic tastes or Rasas: sweet, sour, salty, bitter, pungent, and astringent in every meal. It is believed that including all six tastes in every meal will ensure a balanced meal and a feeling of satisfaction preventing snacking and overeating.

The key is to keep yourself hydrated and energised with water?

When A Problem Occurs And Doctors Cannot Diagnose The Problem Right Away Or Prescribe Medicines For The Treatment They Often Resort To Prescribing Drugs Called Uppers That Reduce The Severity Or Prolong The Pain And Discomfort Of The Problem

Though there are many types of medicines available in the market, most of them fall under two major groups-those medicines that are given orally and those that are taken orally. Taking medicines orally has many advantages over the other alternative; it is much faster in action and there are fewer side effects. Doctors usually prescribe medicines to patients who need fast action to get relief from pain and discomfort. If you are looking forward to take a pain reliever medication, make sure you consult your doctor rivotril cena .

The Change To Home Grown And Normal Medication Has Been A Long And Moderate Interaction Anyway The Populace All In All Has Shown A Shift From Customary Medication With Remedies And Awful Results To Characteristic Natural Items

With increasingly more medical care professionals elevating more common approaches to soothe indications, home grown medication is making its authority debut into present day medication. Why hold back to go see a specialist to get a remedy that costs silly measures of cash that could cause them extra side effects? Regular home grown cures can be purchased at the neighborhood store or you may as of now have it in your kitchen cupboard. So why not attempt a characteristic natural solution for treat your concern? It might change the way you carry on with your life.

The Western Culture Has Been Utilizing Home Grown Medication For Millennia Making Herbalism Probably The Most Established Type Of Medication

Also it is potentially quite possibly the most broad prescriptions with about 80% of the universes populace actually utilizing home grown medication. Home grown medication not at all like traditional medication isn’t just utilized for treatment of side effects or conditions. Natural medication forestalls infections and sicknesses, keeps up appropriate day by day body working and upgrades mental demeanor, appearance and execution. Home grown cures can be utilized to help in territories like assimilation, respiratory, flow, insusceptible, endocrine, sensory system, detoxification, and remotely for the skin, hair and nails. Natural experimentation has been the reason for both Indian home grown medication known as Ayurvedic and Chinese natural medication kopa Nolvadex utan recept @ Sverige.

Indian Home Grown Medication Otherwise Called Ayurvedic Medication And Is The Most Seasoned Coordinated Arrangement Of Medication

Today we characterize it as an integral and elective medication however to Indians is known as the heavenly medication because of its long history. Ayurvedic is grounded in the agreement that the universe and the body are made out of five incredible components: Earth, Water, Fire, Air and Ether. Furthermore Ayurveda focuses on the significance of equilibrium through three basic energies. Everybody has these energies or doshas as they are known. These doshas are significant in light of the fact that when they are adjusted inside the body, at that point you are sound, however when they become imbalanced the body has infections. Ayurveda focuses on the significance of a solid metabolic framework, legitimate absorption, and appropriate discharge to prompt imperativeness. Also work out, yoga, contemplation and back rub keep up the outside body. In this manner, Ayurvedic medication tends to the body, brain and soul all in all for amazing wellbeing.

Chinese Natural Medication Reflects Chinese Conviction That The Universe Is Comprised Of Energy Called Chi

Furthermore individuals have a natural relationship with the world and climate encompassing them through chi; the human body is a little universe inside itself comprised of complex frameworks of energy and matter that attempts to keep up soundness of body and psyche. Chinese natural medication is the essential helpful methodology for interior medication in China. This is utilized related to outside modalities like needle therapy, pressure point massage, rub, yoga, reflection, dermabrasion and food treatment. With more than 500 Chinese spices, Traditional Chinese Medicine joins spices to make explicit recipes to fit the individual patient, osta olanzapine ilman reseptia @ Drugsline.FI

What Are Potential Obstacles To Conducting Traditional Scientific Research Within The Ayurvedic System

Like all science, Ayurvedic medicine is based upon careful observations. However, a main tenant of Ayurveda is its focus on individual treatment. Each regimen is highly customized according to each patient’s needs. Ayurveda teaches that as there are no two persons alike, individuals may be treated with a different formulation, regimen or diet for the same disease. Thus, experiments measuring the outcome or effects of a single treatment on large numbers of people are impossible within the Ayurvedic system.

In short, the double-blind placebo control method of experimentation defies Ayurvedic principles and may not bring accurate results.

The Best Medical Options In Pennsylvania To Allow Patients To Take More Control Over Their Healthcare

Managed care plans offer the broadest range of medical services possible without sacrificing physician time or financial stability. Rather than being forced into the decision by insurance companies, patients can rely on independent, patient-centered physicians who treat their every need as well as providing the best medical options available. This approach allows patients the ability to choose the physician and hospital they prefer to receive healthcare services. The shared responsibility of this comprehensive coverage keeps healthcare costs low while providing the highest level of care cómo comprar cialis sin receta en chile.

Its Easy To Make The Wrong Decision When It Comes To The Best Medical Options In Pennsylvania

But instead of deciding from a limited list of providers, patients must research each health care plan and select the one that fits their individual needs best. By providing primary care physicians with the information they need to provide their patients with the best medical treatment possible, managed care plans to ensure that every patient gets the best possible medical treatment. It’s up to patients today to ensure that they receive the very best medical treatment, including the financial stability that comes with it. This comprehensive healthcare coverage option makes it easy to find the best medical service in the health care tadalafil hinta.

Medicines Are Divided Into Two Broad Categories Namely Primary And Secondary Medications

Primary medications are chemically-synthesized substances that can be administered directly to a problem area or to the whole body to relieve or treat the disease; while the secondary drugs are substances in the form of capsules, tablet, ointment or suppository that must be taken orally. Secondary medicines can also be in the form of suppositories, aerosol and oral tablets.

In the case of surgery, primary and secondary medications are intravenous preparations containing anesthesia, anesthetics and blood-clotting factor; while for treating diseases in the immunodeficiency-wise children, primary medicines are antirabies drugs, measles tablets, rubella tablets, etc. On the other hand, primary medicines are not recommended for children who have abnormalities like congenital heart disease, brain damage, and abnormal xenical sin receta @ UPC.com

Natural Medication Regardless Of Where It Is Being Utilized Gets From The Worlds Plants

A characteristic cure can utilize any piece of that plant, the root, the stem, the blossom, the seeds, even the fluid inside the plant. This is the reason there are such countless spices that exist on the grounds that from each plant there can be a few distinct spices removed and a few unique uses too. Home grown cures come in a wide range of structures like a pill, case, gel, salve, cream, fluid, oil, or tea. Numerous normal home grown cures can be discovered directly in front of us in our own special kitchens. Like garlic, cinnamon, ginger, peppermint, tumeric, and chamomile tea. Home grown enhancements can be taken independently or combined as one to accomplish a particular outcome. Regular conditions that have discovered help through natural cures incorporate angina, joint pain, healthy skin, thyroid, urinary lot contaminations and some more. New items are coming out that help for extra issues like smoking end, eliminating undesirable hair, and killing wrinkles when you use koupit spironolactone lekarskeho predpisu.

Indian Traditional Ayurvedic System Of Medicine And Nutritional Supplementation A. K. S. Rawat

1Pharmacognosy & Ethnopharmacology Division, CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Rana Pratap Marg, Lucknow 226001, India

Food is the major source for serving the nutritional needs, but with growing modernization some traditional ways are being given up. Affluence of working population with changing lifestyles and reducing affordability of sick care, in terms of time and money involved, are some of the forces that are presently driving people towards thinking about their wellness. There has been increased global interest in traditional medicine. Efforts to monitor and regulate traditional herbal medicine are underway. Ayurveda, the traditional Indian medicine, remains the most ancient yet living traditions. Although India has been successful in promoting its therapies with more research and science-based approach, it still needs more extensive research and evidence base. Increased side effects, lack of curative treatment for several chronic diseases, high cost of new drugs, microbial resistance and emerging, diseases are some reasons for renewed public interest in complementary and alternative medicines. Numerous nutraceutical combinations have entered the international market through exploration of ethnopharmacological claims made by different traditional practices. This review gives an overview of the Ayurvedic system of medicine and its role in translational medicine in order to overcome malnutrition and related disorders.

1. Introduction

Herbal Remedies Are Good For You Except For The Ones That Injure Your Liver

Tinospora cordifolia, a plant used in Ayurvedic medicine, is a widely grown glabrous, deciduous climbing shrub which has been described in traditional medicine texts to have a long list of health benefits. It contains diverse phytochemicals, including alkaloids, phytosterols, glycosides. Preparations utilize the stem and root of the plant which is consumed in the form of capsules, powder, or juice or in an unprocessed form. Its benefits are said to include anti-inflammatory, anti-pyretic properties, anti-viral and anti-cancer, and immune-boosting properties. The latter alleged activity made it popular during the pandemic. Indian researchers recently reported 6 patients who presented with liver injuries after taking Tinospora cordifolia.

Are Ayurvedic Remedies Really Safe New Report Says Herbal Could Be Deadly

Still confused about the efficacy of ayurvedic remedies? Here’s something to help you take a call. While many believe that “herbal” is synonymous with “safe,” it turns out ayurvedic medicines can in fact be deadly.

A 26-year-old student developed lead poisoning from taking Indian ayurvedic herbal medicine, write doctors in the online journal BMJ Case Reports. During a trip to India, he took the herbal medications to treat his low back pain. On returning to the USA, he began to use them regularly, but developed pain in the upper central region of his abdomen, weight loss, dark stools, nausea and vomiting. A blood test showed he was suffering from anaemia and a high level of lead in his blood.

Read: Best yoga retreats for an enriching experience

No other source of lead exposure was evident, so doctors advised him to discontinue use of his four different types of ayurvedic medications. He was given morphine and medications for nausea and vomiting. Treatment to remove excess iron, known as chelation therapy, was initiated, and within months the patient’s symptoms resolved.

Read: Here’s how to stay safe and healthy during monsoon

Reasons Why Ayurveda Is The Best Medical System For Your Overall Health

Ayurveda is 5000 years medicinal practice with its own multifaceted philosophy involving individual’s mind, body and soul. The practice, primarily based on disease prevention and treatment, is a blend of proper diet, healthy lifestyle, every routines, natural remedies, detoxifying therapies as well as herbal medication to promote a healthy life.Ayurveda, which means ‘the science of life’ in Sanskrit, is the art and science of living in harmony with the environment around us and our individual body constitutions, making it particularly pertinent in modern life. Here are 10 strong reasons to choose Ayurveda for your overall health.

Fda Warns Against Use Of Ayurvedic Medicine Because Of High Lead Levels We were unable to process your request. Please try again later. If you continue to have this issue please contact [email protected].

The FDA has issued a safety alert that an Ayurvedic medicine — intended to treat rickets, cough and cold, worm infections and teething among infants — has been linked to two cases of lead poisoning.

Alternately labeled as Balguti Kesaria, or Kesaria Balguti, this herbal remedy has not been evaluated or approved by the FDA for safety and efficacy but is instead manufactured by a variety of companies in India and sold online in the United States.

“Exposure to lead can cause serious damage to the central nervous system, the kidneys and the immune system,” the FDA stated in the alert. “In children, chronic exposure to lead — even at low levels — is associated with impaired cognitive function, including reduced IQ, behavioral difficulties, and other problems. Anyone who is using this product or giving it to a child should stop immediately and consult a health care professional.”

“Health care providers should ask patients, especially foreign-born or pregnant patients, about any use of foreign health products, supplements, and remedies such as Ayurvedic medications,”Eden V. Wells, MD, MPH, chief medical executive for the Michigan Department of Health and Human Services, said in a press release. “These products can be contaminated with mercury and as well as lead. There are many documented cases of poisoning from metals in these products.”

Ayurvedic Medicine Benefits Include Lowering Stress And Blood Pressure

April 10, 2019

Is Ayurvedic Medicine Safe?

The primary goal of Ayurvedic medicine is to help people live long, healthy and balanced lives without the need for prescription drugs, complicated surgeries or suffering through painful conditions. In fact, the very word Ayurveda itself means something in Sanskrit similar to “lifespan build on knowledge” or “science of life.”

Although people living in India have relied on traditional Ayurvedic medicine practices to heal everything from infertility to digestive issues for centuries,  luckily in recent years — as complementary and alternative health practices have become more and more popular across the world — Ayurveda has been enjoying a major worldwide resurgence and is still practiced effectively today.

Top Selling Ayurvedic Medicines For Heart Diseases And Health In India

As the body ages, our heart becomes weak! One needs to keep up with natural ways to prevent heart disease. Ayurvedic medicines are the best ways to keep your heart healthy and young year after year. These supplements help in preventing cardiovascular diseases from occurring and recurring. Here are the top ayurvedic medicines for heart health:

Acid Reflux Fennel Seeds Holy Basil And Other Spices May Do The Trick

“Pop some , or a spice like clove in your mouth and chew slowly,” suggests Amrita Rana, a food blogger who conducts workshops on Ayurvedic food.

“Anything that increases saliva in the mouth can help balance the stomach’s acidity,” says Rana.

She recommends freshly made drinks like coconut water with bits of tender coconut or buttermilk that’s been homemade by churning water and plain yogurt together.

According to Ayurveda, buttermilk soothes the stomach, aids digestion, and reduces irritation in the stomach lining that causes acid reflux.

Lower Blood Pressure Cholesterol And Symptoms Of Illness And Diseases

Researchers suggest that Ayurvedic diets and relaxation techniques help reduce plaque buildup. Plaque is a result of the formation of cholesterol and fats in the inner lining of the arteries. This condition is called atherosclerosis and is the root cause of heart attacks and strokes.

Ayurvedic medicine offers a multitude of herbs, vitamins, minerals, and proteins. These are mixed together at an appropriate dosage and administered at an optimal time to prevent and combat immunity related disorders.

Ayurvedic herbs and essential oils help increase blood flow, compliment blood circulation, and draws out toxins from the body through the skin.

“Abhyanga massage� with herbal oils is highly used for massages.

Try These Ayurvedic Home Remedies Tips For Good Gut Health By Expert

According to ancient Ayurveda, the key to good vibrant health is a healthy gut. Ayurveda has always focussed on a good lifestyle, diet, physical activities, and natural herbal supplements that would help prevent different ailments and it has always justified the significance of having a healthy gut to lead a longer, fit and beautiful life. It is extremely important to have a nutritious gut that contains healthy bacteria and immune cells that ward off infectious bacteria, viruses, and fungi.

Dr.Smita Naram, Co-Founder, Ayushakti told HerZindagi that “intake of probiotics may help in producing bacterias but may not completely help in maintaining the gut, it can only be done by building a robust digestive system through various changes in one’s lifestyle. An imbalance in the gut can be caused due to digestive discomfort, constant fatigue, food intolerances, and mood swings. Regular habits like consumption of heavy and unhealthy junk food, spicy food, and stress create indigestion, therefore, having an adverse effect on one’s body.

“The half-digested food molecules start decaying and create toxic substances leading tosymptoms like colic, acid reflux, gas, bloating, constipation, diarrhea and heartburn. These unattended symptoms finally create weight changes, sleep disturbances or constant fatigue, skin allergies, pre-diabetic, food intolerance or autoimmune conditions, and severe other ailments.

Here are some tips and regime suggested by her for a healthy gut.

What The Science Says About The Effectiveness Of Ayurvedic Medicine

Few well-designed clinical trials and systematic research reviews suggest that Ayurvedic approaches are effective.

Results from a 2013 clinical trial compared two Ayurvedic formulations of plant extracts against the natural productglucosamine sulfate and the drug celecoxib in 440 people with knee osteoarthritis. All four products provided similar reductions in pain and improvements in function.

A preliminary and small NCCIH-funded 2011 pilot study with 43 people found that conventional and Ayurvedic treatments for rheumatoid arthritis were similarly effective. The conventional drug tested was methotrexate and the Ayurvedic treatment included 40 herbal compounds.

Outcomes from a small short-term clinical trial with 89 men and women suggested that a formulation of five Ayurvedic herbs may help people with type 2 diabetes. However, other researchers said inadequate study designs haven’t allowed researchers to develop firm conclusions about Ayurveda for diabetes.

Turmeric, an often used in Ayurvedic preparations, may help with ulcerative colitis, but the two studies reporting this were small—one, published in 2005, included 10 people while the other, published in 2006, had 89.

The Best Medicine Youve Ever Tasted: Ginger And Pineapple Anti

Does the word “medicine” conjure up images of viscous syrups and pills that leave a bad taste in your mouth? Good news! We have a recipe that is both delicious AND medicinal. Jill Stansbury’s anti-inflammatory smoothie uses natural ingredients to help reduce inflammation caused by any number of circumstances. Turns out, you DON’T need a spoonful of sugar to help the medicine go down.

What The Science Says About The Safety Of Ayurvedic Medicine

Some Ayurvedic preparations include metals, minerals, or gems. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration warns that the presence of metals in some Ayurvedic products makes them potentially harmful.

A 2015 published survey of people who use Ayurvedic preparations showed that 40 percent had elevated blood levels of lead and some had elevated blood levels of mercury. About one in four of the supplements tested had high levels of lead and almost half of them had high levels of mercury.

A 2015 case report published in the Center for Disease Control’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report linked elevated blood lead levels in a 64-year-old woman with Ayurvedic preparations purchased on the Internet.

Although rare, Ayurvedic products may cause arsenic poisoning.

Gaia Herbs Turmeric Supreme Heart 60 Vegetarian Liquid Phyto

Ayurvedic supplement, Turmeric Supreme Heart has the benefits of Haldi or turmeric. It supports the cardiac health and prevents cardiovascular diseases in the body. The presence of curcumin in supplement supports healthy heart functioning and vitality.

The supplement contains the benefits of hawthorn, Coleus and Resveratrol etc. They help in strengthening the vascular and cardiac health.

The availability of black pepper increases the power of curcumin for better absorption.

It is 100% vegan and has alcohol-free liquid Phyto-Caps.

It can be taken by those who are allergic to dairy or gluten.

The supplement does not contain any heavy metal toxicity.

Nature’s Way, HeartCare, Hawthorn Extract

The natural extract of hawthorn is one of the best herbs for the heart and circulation in the body. HeartCare is the best amongst them. The supplement is an effective brand when it comes to cardiovascular ayurvedic medicines in India. Here look at the benefits:

It helps improve heart muscle metabolism.

Efficient in delivering better energy, nutrient and oxygen flow to the heart muscle.

It is clinically tested and is safe to use for all.

Ayurvedic supplements are safe to use for all ages. It is still advised to consult a doctor in case you are in middle of a treatment. Use the supplement as per directions. Jam it up with a couple of healthy habits like a balanced diet and exercise. It helps in improving the heart health.

Is There Good Scientific Research Around Ayurvedic Medicine

Many Ayurvedic adherents argue that the system’s incredible longevity offers a powerful argument for its success and safety. However, most of the information regarding Ayurveda’s efficacy has been passed from teacher to student. In addition to this “oral history,” the ancient books Charak Samhita and Sushruta Samhita contain observational documentations about the system’s effectiveness.

Although there is not a large body of clinical research on Ayurveda, many of the system’s principles and practices are now recognized and used in conventional medical settings. For example, the Ayurvedic tenant of the psychological and physical impact humans experience during the changing of seasons is borne out in research on SAD .

There is also medical and layperson acknowledgement of the health benefits of Ayurvedic practices, such as yoga, massage, and meditation. Herbs used in Ayurvedic medicine, such as tumeric, ginger, and neem, are now recognized as beneficial for heart health and as antioxidant-boosters. See the References and Further Reading section below for examples of research studies that are beginning to emerge on the use of specific Ayurvedic herbs.

Western knowledge of Ayurveda is still in its infancy, thus skepticism exists. As the use of Ayurvedic medicine grows, and as more practitioners share their knowledge with other healthcare providers, this wariness of Ayurveda may transform into appreciation and knowledge of the system.

Powerful Ayurvedic Herbs And Spices With Health Benefits Alina Petre, MS, RD Kathy W. Warwick, R.D., CDE

Ayurveda is a traditional Indian system of medicine. It aims to preserve health and wellness by keeping the mind, body, and spirit in balance and preventing disease rather than treating it.

To do so, it employs a holistic approach that combines diet, exercise, and lifestyle changes .

Ayurvedic herbs and spices are also an important component of this approach. They’re thought to protect your body from disease and offer a variety of health benefits, including improved digestion and mental health.

Here are 12 Ayurvedic herbs and spices with science-backed health benefits.

It’s considered an adaptogen, which means that it’s believed to help your body manage stress more effectively. Research has shown that it reduces levels of cortisol, a hormone that your adrenal glands produce in response to stress .

There’s also evidence linking ashwagandha to lower levels of anxiety and improved sleep in people with stress and anxiety disorders .

Moreover, research shows that ashwagandha may enhance muscle growth, memory, and male fertility, as well as lower blood sugar levels. However, larger studies are needed to confirm these benefits .

Finally, there’s evidence that it may help reduce inflammation and boost your immune system, though more studies are needed .

Is Ayurveda Recognized By The World Health Organization

The WHO recognizes Ayurveda as a traditional system of medicine. In fact, the Organization adapted its formal definition of health from Ayurvedic teachings.

Kathaware, R.S. .

Dhanasekaran, M., Tharakan, B., Holcomb, L. A., Hitt, A. R., Young, K. A., & Manyam, B. V. , 965-969.

Gupta, P., Akanksha, Siripurapu, K. B., Ahmad, A., Palit, G., Arora, A., et al. , 771-775.

Krishnamurthy, M. N., & Telles, S. , 17-23.

Pandey, M. M., Rastogi, S., & Rawat, A. K. , 379-390.

Rasool, M., & Sabina, E. P. , 889-894.

Vasudevan, M., & Parle, M. , 46-54.

Xiao, D., & Singh, S. V. , 171-180.

Using Ayurveda To Complement Western Care: A Case Study

Denise was a 58-year old female diagnosed with Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. She was undergoing chemotherapy, and her oncologist recommended seeking Ayurvedic advice on effective ways to deal with her side effects. After an exhaustive examination, Denise’s Ayurvedic practitioner created a tailored diet and herbal treatment for her.

After following this regimen, Denise’s nausea abated and her energy increased, giving her the ability to once again enjoy her everyday routines and responsibilities.

Sharma, H.R. .

Sharma, H., Chandola, H. M., Singh, G., & Basisht, G. , 1011-1020.

Sharma, H., Chandola, H. M., Singh, G., & Basisht, G. , 1135-1150.

Singh, A. . Healthy living with ayurveda. New Delhi: Lustre Press/Roli Books.

Start Your Own Medicinal Herb Garden With These 3 Herbs

Are you looking to start your own medicinal herb garden? Then you’ve come to the right place! These three herbs – passionflower, lemon balm, and goldenseal – are not only jam-packed with medicinal qualities and uses, but are easy to grow in the majority of climates. With information on the proper growing conditions, medicinal uses, and harvesting and drying tips, this guide will have you harvesting herbs in no time!

Herbal Hills Chologuardhills For Good Heart Management

One of the best Ayurvedic supplement for heart health is Chologuardhills. It is a unique blend of essential herbs which are good for heart health and their diseases. One can buy the whole kit of heart care by Herbal Hills for best results. It contains Chologuardhills tablet, Ashwagandhahills capsule and Arjunahills capsule.

The supplement Chologuardhills is a blend of herbs like Triphala, Arjuna, guggul, bhringraj etc.

IOt helps in strengthening the cardiac muscles as well as blood vessels.

The anti-lipidemic property lowers cholesterol and also prevents plaque formation.

The antioxidant properties protect the heart from free radical damage and stress build up.

It is economic at Rs 257 for 60 tablets.

Ayurveda Emphasizes On Both Prevention As Well As Cure

Ayurveda believes that “Prevention is better than cure” and gives immense importance to the same. It teaches a range daily routines for complete control and balance of doshas and ensure optimum health.  Ayurveda also lays down innumerous methods, medicines and measures to permanently cure diseases and prevent future reoccurrence.

Ayurvedic Remedies For Skin Allergies Or Skin Diseases

Having 1 or 2 gms of Ajwain with water daily is good for the skin. 

For wounds or skin diseases, apply Haldi paste with coconut oil or ghee to the affected areas. 

Skin diseases can be healed with powder of roasted jeera with milk twice a day. 

Bitter gourd juice on an empty stomach helps in improving the quality of the skin and so does applying honey to the face. 

The above basic information on Ayurvedic remedies helps you to overcome a lot of day to day health conditions that you or your family members may face. Surprisingly, your kitchen is also the mini Ayurvedic Studio. HOW? Well, it provides you with various kinds of herbs that are beneficial for treating minor health ailments. 

To know more, let’s walk through the aisle in your kitchen. 

Indigestion Cooked Veggies And Soupy Dishes May Help

If your stomach is upset, check to see what you’ve eaten over the last 24 to 48 hours and “find a counterbalance,” suggests Rana.

If afflicted with indigestion, she suggests avoiding dairy or big grains , raw vegetables, and anything that makes the stomach work hard to digest it.

“Have cooked vegetables that are steamed or stir fried, and only add spices that aid in digestion like ginger, cinnamon, black pepper. For meals, soupy and liquid-like dishes help,” Rana says.

Juices are useful too, says Dr. Lineesha. Take equal quantities of onion juice and honey or a glass of buttermilk mixed with a 1/4 teaspoon of garlic paste for relief.

If you have acid reflux, heartburn, or inflammation in the digestive tract, garlic and onion may aggravate it further. Be mindful of what foods work best with your specific body and needs.

Here are a few suggestions to follow, according to Ayurveda:

Incorporate spices like turmeric, cumin, fennel seeds, coriander, and in your diet.

Drink ginger or cumin tea once a day.

Avoid ice-cold drinks or food.

Don’t drink ice water as it slows agni and digestion.

Don’t snack, if not hungry.

Take small sips of warm water during a meal to aid digestion and absorption of food.

Avoid contradicting food combinations, such as very hot and cold food or raw and cooked food together.

The Future Of Herbal Medicines Within Modern Society

“Herbalism is a customary therapeutic or society medication practice dependent on the utilization of plants and plant extricates. Herbalism is otherwise called natural medication, clinical herbalism, home grown medication, herbology, and phytotherapy.” 1 These prescriptions use plant-based materials for the treatment of explicit manifestations or sicknesses with numerous spices and natural definitions having been utilized for quite a long time inside various societies for example India and köpa receptbelagda läkemedel utan recept.

Powerful Ayurvedic Herbs With Their Great Benefits

Ayurveda is an ancient Indian medicinal system. Ayurveda means the science and knowledge of life where – Ayur meaning life and Veda means science or knowledge. The ayurvedic practice is five thousand years old and works on three basic three principles or doshas .

Ayurvedic treatment can holistically heal you. It not only treat your illness but also protect you. According to Ayurveda, each person has their Doshas that should be balanced to treat that person.

Ayurveda practice is based on three main books named – Charaka Samhita, the Sushruta Samhita, and the Astanga Hridaya that were written in Sanskrit over 2,000 years ago and are known as the Great Trilogy.

Bloated Try Warm Water And Fennel Seeds Or Ginger

Basically anything taken with warm water can help bloating, according to Dr. Lineesha.

She especially recommends fennel seeds with a glass of warm water. But you could also consider ginger with a drop of honey.

If you don’t want to prepare a hot drink, chewing on fennel seed after eating can aid the digestion process and reduce gas and bloating.

If you’re a tea drinker, reach for mint tea for fennel tea to help with bloat.

Ayurveda Cures The Root Problem Not Just Symptoms

Ayurveda is not a healing system that provides instant relief from symptoms. The holistic medicine aims to restore health by understanding the underlying causes of the diseases. It strives to attack the root causes and detoxifying, cleansing, strengthening body tissues and balancing bodily doshas, ensuring complete cure.

How To Get Ayurvedic Medicine For Health In Hindi 69 ave pillpeter the penisED Products Ayurvedic Medicine For Health In Hindi

Ayurvedic Medicine For Health In Hindi You Will Be Ready For The Next Sex Round As Soon As You Finish The First One, Ayurvedic Medicine For Health In Hindi how to prolong an erection Intensifies Penile Blood Circulation Ayurvedic Medicine For Health In Hindi.

Herbal Remedies For Burns Bites Stings And Wounds

There are a number of herbs and herbal treatments that can help reduce the discomfort and aid skin repair. Herbal remedies can soothe the pain of a burn, help fight infection, aid in the repair of the skin, and help prevent the formation of scar tissue. Each formula is supplemented with descriptions of how and why each herb works, making this guide useful to anyone from students to professionals in the realm of herbalism.

Herbal Formulas For Migraines And Other Headaches

Suffering from frequent headaches is miserable and immobilizing. If you haven’t had luck treating and preventing your headaches, skip the manufactured, over the counter approach and prepare a natural remedy for future use! At the end of this post, you’ll find a few of the many herbal therapies Jill Stansbury lists in her book. If you don’t see what you’re looking for here, check out her books for a multitude of remedies for headaches and more!

Ayurveda Improves The Quality Of Your Daily Life

Ayurveda is a choice of lifestyle, which when adopted in its entirety, brings a wave of general well-being to your daily life.

Exercising, having an active lifestyle, adequate sun exposure, appropriate treatments and emotional well-being help to cleanse the mind and spirit. This leaves you with a healthy mind and glowing skin.

Ayurveda works in perfect harmony with alternative medicine so it is practical for everyday use.

Ayurveda helps reclaim health with balanced dietary guidelines, effective sleep patterns, home remedies, daily and seasonal routines, yoga, and exercise patterns.

Heightened concentration levels through yoga, meditation, herbal intake, and adequate sleep helps re-calibrate mental and goal-based settings in your daily life.

Ayurvedic treatments improve digestion and increase appetite and immunity.

The basic principles of Ayurveda constitute the following disciplines – don’t skip breakfast, eat a light dinner, avoid sleeping and waking up late, drink water, eat organic produce, avoid smoking and drinking, and maintain an active lifestyle.

Ayurvedic Herbs For A Healthy Respiratory System

, the energy from breathing, is preeminent in Ayurvedic and Yogic thinking. The breath, along with food, supplies almost all of the energy to run the body, and without prana, nothing happens. Prana, a of vata, flows inward, but, of course, that inward breath must be balanced with exhalation. Our body wisdom takes care of this pretty well, and we pay it no mind—until something goes wrong. Then it’s a crisis. The respiratory tree is high priority tissue, so the body spares no energy expense to keep it pumping. Drenched in blood and oxygen, this tissue is the fastest healing in the body, and it usually heals quickly and easily. Plus, the respiratory system is really just a tube and a couple of bags, so it is conceptually pretty simple to manage.

The lungs, along with the heart, can never take a vacation, and they are on the move 24/7, so they need a lot of lubrication. Enter kapha dosha, which has its main home in the upper trunk. Most respiratory issues involve regulating water across the membrane of the lungs between the inside of the body and the outside environment . Vata can cause dryness and crunchy blockages, and pitta can bring inflammation. As is common with life-or-death organs, all three doshas are usually involved by the time they have relocated, manifested, and diversified to the lungs and express as an overt disease.

Ayurvedic Remedies For Urine Infection In Female

The symptoms of UTI are because of Pitha being dominant. The causative factors related to UTI show it being related to pitta, and it has a quality to impair the Vatha factor as well. In a nutshell, impairing all the three doshas or ayurvedic body types Vata, Pitta, and Kapha can cause UTI. The treatment plan that is curated is as per the dosha that was imbalanced that led to UTI 

Ayurveda For Mild As Well As Chronic Diseases

The science of Ayurveda is based on the very compounds that make and run your body. It tries to treat the underlying causes of the problem rather than an organ or part of the body that is affected. This way Ayurveda can be highly effective in healing mild as well as chronic diseases, binging back the body equilibrium.

B Registered Customary Home Grown Medications

On the 30th October 2005 another plan the “Customary Herbal Medicines Registration Scheme” was presented inside the UK which is likewise a prerequisite of the European Directive on Traditional Herbal Medicinal Products . This is an improved on enrollment plot where cures are needed to fulfill guidelines of wellbeing and quality yet not really a similar degree of adequacy with respect to a completely authorized tramal precisa de receita .

Ayurveda Understanding Of Metabolic Diseases

is a comprehensive, personalized and sustainable health system based on logical principles. The nature of logic in differs from the modern medicine’s reductionist approach. Unlike ethnopharmacology, is the “science of life” .19,20 Detailed information on is available in the mentioned references or NCBI book database, or in recent reviews by Nanda and Sharma 21–23 There is a need to create evidence base to so that it could be accepted freely by modern medicine. Integrated approaches of ethnopharmacology and modern medicine are being undertaken to generate mechanistic understanding of .24–26

Patricia Ammon MD, inIntegrative Medicine , 2007

Ayurveda: The Good The Bad And The Expensive

13 March 2007

For those who find acupuncture and traditional Chinese medicine oh-so 1990s, India might have what you crave: its ancient healing system called ayurveda. The powerhouse of the Asian subcontinent is preparing for a major boom in health tourism.

Hotels spas such as Taj Wellington Mews in Mumbai offer aromatherapy messages, body scrubs and generous showers of flower petals, marketed toward Western clientele. With scented candles and mineral baths, you’ll be treated to ayurveda-light, which is a good thing.

Bad Medicine

Bad Medicine appears each Tuesday on LiveScience. Previous columns: Phony Cancer Scares DebunkedThe Myth of the Fat Gene

Like traditional Chinese medicine, ayurveda is a complex and sometimes insightful regimen for healthy living developed thousands of years ago. But perhaps even more so than its Asian rival, ayurveda can border on the bizarre, for it is deeply rooted in astrology and outdated beliefs.

Light-years ahead of the West

While Europe was a backwater in the immediate centuries after the birth of Jesus, India was developing an advanced civilization. Doctors there knew how to sew wounds, drain fluids, remove kidney stones and perform basic surgery, even nose jobs. This is documented in the Susrutha Samhita, the oldest known surgical text.

Largely divorced from the knowledge of diseases that plagued our ancestors, Americans are increasingly turning to ancient cures like those found in the ayurvedic system.

Celebrity-based medicine

Possible Side Effects Of Ayurvedic Medicine

You might have some side effects depending on which treatments you have. Herbal treatments, diets and bowel cleansing can have harmful side effects.

bowel inflammation

salt and other mineral imbalances in the body

Never use enemas or laxatives to clear your bowel if you have abdominal pain, vomiting or feel sick. Always ask your doctor first.

Other cleansing methods include drawing blood from the body and forced vomiting. These methods can be harmful. Most therapists don’t use them.

Bloodletting can be dangerous for anyone, but especially for people with cancer. You might already have low levels of blood cells because of cancer or your treatment.

Low blood cell counts can cause tiredness , breathlessness and other symptoms. Removing blood will make these symptoms worse.

Forced vomiting is unhealthy and can upset the levels of salt and minerals in your body.

We advise anyone with cancer not to rely entirely on Ayurvedic medicine. Talk to your doctor if you are thinking of giving up conventional medical treatment.

Common Terms And Concepts Used In Ayurveda

Ayurveda is dealt with in more detail because it has influenced the other Asian systems of medicine and remains the philosophical base for them. It is becoming increasingly popular in the West, although the term ‘Ayurveda’ is often misused. For example, recent newspaper headlines in the US included statements such as:

Ayurveda continues to grow rapidly as one of the most important systems of mind–body medicine, natural healing and traditional medicine as the need for natural therapies, disease prevention and a more spiritual approach to life becomes ever more important in this ecological age.

before going on to calculate the success of this ‘eco-friendly science’ in material terms—in 2007 the ‘global herbal market’ was worth US$120 billion, with Ayurvedic treatments and products accounting for 50% of the total . There can be no argument about the increasing popularity of Ayurveda—clinics and treatment centres exist thousands of miles from India, and the term ‘Ayurvedic tourism’ is now recognized in many holiday resorts. Unfortunately, the high-class beauty and pampering packages offered in such places are centuries away from the ‘real’ Ayurveda, and disappoint professional , who consider the use of a holistic system of medicine, meant to diagnose and treat a whole person, being reduced to superficial treatments intended to focus on a single part of the body as a travesty.

Table 36.1. The effect of the on body function.

Other Countries On The Indian Subcontinent

About 75%-80% of the population of Nepal use Ayurveda, and it is the most practiced form of medicine in the country.

The Sri Lankan tradition of Ayurveda is similar to the Indian tradition. Practitioners of Ayurveda in Sri Lanka refer to Sanskrit texts which are common to both countries. However, they do differ in some aspects, particularly in the herbs used.

In 1980, the Sri Lankan government established a Ministry of Indigenous Medicine to revive and regulate Ayurveda. The Institute of Indigenous Medicine in 2010. In total, there are about 20,000 registered practitioners of Ayurveda in the country.

According to the , an ancient chronicle of royalty from the sixth century C.E., King Pandukabhaya of Sri Lanka built in various parts of the country. This is the earliest documented evidence available of institutions dedicated specifically to the care of the sick anywhere in the world. Hospital is the oldest in the world.

Ayurveda: Facts About Ayurvedic Medicine

Ayurveda is an ancient health care tradition that has been practiced in India for at least 5,000 years. The word comes from the Sanskrit terms  .

Though Ayurveda, or Ayurvedic medicine, was documented in the sacred historical texts known as the Vedas many centuries ago, Ayurveda has evolved over the years and is now integrated with other traditional practices, including yoga.

Ayurveda is widely practiced on the Indian subcontinent — more than 90 percent of Indians use some form of Ayurvedic medicine, according to the University of Minnesota’s Center for Spirituality & Healing — and the tradition has gained popularity in the Western world, though it’s still considered an alternative medical treatment. 

Best Ayurvedic Herbs For Sexual Strength

Are you facing unsatisfactory performance at bed? Premature ejaculation, semen infection, erectile dysfunction, reduced sex drives, and infertility etc are issues which are related to sexual drives. Ayurved asks you to know your nature problems and their solutions. Before jumping to medicines and supplement, we have listed some herbs which will help cure your issue. They are as follows:

Ashwagandha: The aphrodisiac herb is known to be great for sexual problems.This herb lowers stress levels, stimulates the nitric oxide. This simulation provides better blood circulation to your genitals which help increase sexual desires.

: It is the ideal solution for infertility. Shatavari is an aphrodisiac herb which helps in sperm production in terms of quantity and quality. It is good for women as well as men. Shatavar regulates the hormones levels in the body which govern sexual desires. The beneficial effects on reproductive system’s functions make it a good choice for females.

: It is a good remedy for premature ejaculation as it improves the viscosity of semen. If your semen is thin and watery, then Kaunch can help you eradicate it. You can be energetic for longer durations.

Talmakhana: Semen anomalies and ejaculating prematurely are treated by this aphrodisiac herb. It helps in proper circulation of blood in the genital areas and improves the sperm quality. This will help you perform better and make your sex life a rollercoaster.

Ayurveda: A Brief Introduction And Guide

Ayurveda is considered by many scholars to be the oldest healing science. In Sanskrit, Ayurveda means “The Science of Life.” Ayurvedic knowledge originated in India more than 5,000 years ago and is often called the “Mother of All Healing.” It stems from the ancient Vedic culture and was taught for many thousands of years in an oral tradition from accomplished masters to their disciples. Some of this knowledge was set to print a few thousand years ago, but much of it is inaccessible. The principles of many of the natural healing systems now familiar in the West have their roots in Ayurveda, including Homeopathy and Polarity Therapy.

What Are The Types Of Medicines For Pain

Medicines are the chemical formulas used to treat diseases and injuries and their physiological processes. They are used to manage or heal health problems and to prevent or cure them. The scope of medicines is enormous. It encompasses all areas of the human body from simple diseases of the muscular and skeletal systems to cardiovascular systems and infectious diseases. The use of medicines is widespread throughout the world and in the development of new medicines and technologies, the scope of medicines widens .

Your Constitution And Its Inner Balance

Ayurveda places great emphasis on prevention and encourages the maintenance of health through close attention to balance in one’s life, right thinking, diet, lifestyle and the use of herbs. Knowledge of Ayurveda enables one to understand how to create this balance of body, mind and consciousness according to one’s own individual constitution and how to make lifestyle changes to bring about and maintain this balance.

Just as everyone has a unique fingerprint, each person has a particular pattern of energy—an individual combination of physical, mental and emotional characteristics—which comprises their own constitution. This constitution is determined at conception by a number of factors and remains the same throughout one’s life.

Balancing the Three Principle Energies of the Body

Ayurveda identifies three basic types of energy or functional principles that are present in everyone and everything. Since there are no single words in English that convey these concepts, we use the original Sanskrit words vata, pitta and kapha. These principles can be related to the basic biology of the body.

Vata is the subtle energy associated with movement— composed of Space and Air. It governs breathing, blinking, muscle and tissue movement, pulsation of the heart, and all movements in the cytoplasm and cell membranes. In balance, vata promotes creativity and flexibility. Out of balance, vata produces fear and anxiety.

Ayurveda as a Complementary System of Healing

Choosing The Best Medical Options In Pa

Health Insurance plans in Pennsylvania are managed care plans that cover healthcare services from start to finish. This approach requires patients to be responsible for their own medical care, and primary care physicians to develop deep, patient-centric relationships with patients by providing not only primary health care but also comprehensive coverage for every possible health-related need. But how do you know which plan is best for you? How do you know if a managed care plan is the right choice for your clomid precisa de receita?

Top 10 Best Ayurvedic Herbs For Health

Ayurvedic herbs all have a specific action, as well as a therapeutic action that affects one or all of the three doshas . You’ll find that Ayurvedic herbs are generally sold in formulas. This is because they’re usually most effective when taken in combination with each other. Certain herbs harmonize or promote the actions of others. It’s also important to note that the herbs are most effective when taken consistently over the longer term, to enable them to properly balance the body.

These 10 herbs are some of the most well known and best Ayurvedic herbs for health.

Diarrhea Eat Gourds And Keep Hydrating

“Bottle gourd is excellent for diarrhea. You can turn it into a soup, a curry made with tomatoes, or a stew, and eat it with rice,” says dietitian Sheela Tanna, who prescribes Ayurvedic remedies for her patients.

“ has a lot of fiber and water content, and is easy to digest, low in calories, and light on the stomach,” Tanna notes.

It’s important to avoid dehydration when you have diarrhea, so drink a lot of fluids, more than you normally would.

Plain water is best, but you can also try buttermilk or fruit juice — especially apple and pomegranate — or ginger tea. Ginger that rehydrate the body and replenish lost nutrients.

Ginger is a great remedy for healing diarrhea.

“According to Ayurveda, if someone has diarrhea it’s not good to stop it immediately by giving medicines,” says Dr. Lineesha. Instead, she recommends taking ginger to ensure the toxins, and the diarrhea, leave the body naturally.

Ayurveda Helps You Understand Yourself

Ayurveda is not just a diet or an exercise program. On the contrary, it is a time-tested body of immense wisdom that helps you understand and love yourself. Ayurveda considers this vital to your health and happiness and an Ayurveda physician can help you understand your bodily doshas, physical, mental and emotional qualities and what works for you.

Ayurveda Involves More Than Just Herbs

Ayurveda treatments and medicines involves not only herbs but also numerous other substances such as honey, milk, ghee, butter, oils, minerals to ashes. Herbs are a major component in Ayurveda medicines and therapies. However, numerous other natural components are also used equally depending on individual’s body constitution, disease and treatments.

Ayurveda Treatments Are Cost Effective

Ayurveda, the traditional Indian medicine, may be the most ancient but it is also the most effective, safest, cost-effective treatment of all. Ayurveda medicines are reasonable compared to expensive western drugs. Some of the Ayurvedic medicines can be even made at home from herbs and ingredients in your kitchen making it easy and convenient.

Ayurveda And Network Ethnopharmacology

Ayurveda, the Indian traditional medicine, offers many sophisticated formulations that have been used for hundreds of years. The Traditional Knowledge Digital Library .

In this chapter, we demonstrate the application of NP in understanding and exploring the traditional wisdom with Triphala as a model.

P. Rammanohar, inToxicology in Antiquity , 2019

The Energy Of Digestion And Metabolism

General Description

Pitta types have many of the qualities of fire. Fire is hot, penetrating, sharp and agitating. Similarly, pitta people have warm bodies, penetrating ideas and sharp intelligence. When out of balance, they can become very agitated and short-tempered. The pitta body type is one of medium height and build, with ruddy or coppery skin. They may have many moles and freckles. Their skin is warm and less wrinkled than vata skin. Their hair tends to be silky and they often experience premature graying or hair loss. Their eyes are of medium size and the conjunctiva is moist. The nose is sharp and the tip tends to be reddish.

Those with pitta-dominant constitutions have a strong metabolism, good digestion and strong appetites. They like plenty of food and liquids and tend to love hot spices and cold drinks. However, their constitution is balanced by sweet, bitter and astringent tastes. Pitta people’s sleep is sound and of medium duration. They produce large quantities of urine and feces, which tend to be yellowish, soft and plentiful. They perspire easily and their hands and feet stay warm. Pitta people have a lower tolerance for sunlight, heat and hard physical work.

Dietary Considerations

Animal foods, especially seafood and eggs, should only be taken in moderation by pitta types. Chicken, turkey, rabbit and venison are all right. All legumes except red and yellow lentils are good in small amounts, with black lentils, chickpeas and mung beans being the best.

Herbal Remedies To Improve Your Health

Herbal remedies are a great way to naturally support overall bodily health! Our authors have tips on everything from starting your own herb garden at home to remedies for any number of everyday ailments. Start Your Own Medicinal Herb Garden with These 3 Herbs Are you looking to start your own medicinal herb garden? Then…

Ayurvedic Home Remedies For Back Pain

A few natural home remedies to cure back pain effectively are as below:

Consume Spiced Tea on a regular basis to get rid of back pain naturally. 

Make this spiced tea by adding 5 cloves, peppercorn, and a gram of dry ginger powder to your regular tea.

Regular massage with a hot pack or an ice pack helps ease the pain instantly.

Massaging with Garlic oil is also very beneficial for back pain. 

Oil Massages with warm coconut oil or a convocation of mint oil with camphor powder and dry ginger and garlic powder helps relieve back pain. 

Other oils that are effective for back pain are turpentine oil, mustard oil, or eucalyptus oil

Is There A Cure For Mental Depression

The answer is clearly “NO” there is no permanent cure possible for mental depression it can only be controlled by restoring the mental health and overall health, but only to some extent, it may be helpful. The question always arises to this issue, what is mental health and what is the overall health in particular.

Ayurvedic Medicines For Heart Health Pooja KanwarHeart CareBest Ayurevdic Medicines For Cardiac Health in IndiaList of best Ayurvedic Medicines For Heart Health

Ayurvedic Medicines For Heart Health – Looking for top Ayurvedic supplements for cardiac health? Want the best ayurvedic herbal medicines for cardiovascular health? Home remedies and allopathic medicines are a suggestive way to strengthen your heart health. Pick on reversing heart failure naturally by adopting Ayurveda for better cardiac or heart health solutions. In this post, we have listed the best ayurvedic medicines for heart health in India.

Catnip Good For Cats Good For Humans

Many know the effects of catnip on our feline friends, but few realize that catnip has medicinal effects for humans. From stomach aches to reducing fevers, catnip is a versatile herb with many benefits. The next time you grow this plant for your cat you may end up taking a few cuttings for yourself!

Ayurvedic Remedies For Cold And Flu

is a superstar plant that helps with many diseases and infections. It helps the cough stick out of the mucus and has cough relieving properties. 

is another one on the list which helps to melt the thick mucus and cough it out of the body.

reduces congestion and eases the cough. Even multi-thins down the mucus in the pipeline. 

because of its antidepressant properties helps loosens the mucus to spit it out. Thus being able to breathe freely. 

is another herb that is an ayurvedic remedy for nasal block, cold, and flu 

Patanjali Divya Ashwshila Capsules

Patanjali by Baba Ramdev is a popular ayurvedic brand offering a good solution for sex-related issues. Ashwshila is a combination of Ashwagandha and Shilajit making it a good remedy for sexual issues. It helps reduce stress and fatigue by strengthening immunity and drives the sexual desires for better satisfaction. You can buy at for Rs 60 from the nearest chemist store.

Sexual wellness is an important aspect as it helps to make life easy and relationship stronger. The above brands are helpful in many ways. It helps in enhancing sexual wellness as well as helps in improving health condition by making your immune system stronger. The above mentioned Ayurvedic medicines for sex also contains some herbal products for sexually long time. Which helps in increasing your stamina and provide you best results without any side effects.

Ayurvedic Remedies For Sore Throat

Sore throat is a pinprick in the throat that comes as a part and parcel during a common cold. The doshas that are responsible for this are Vata and Kapha.

has anti-inflammatory properties which help with a sore throat. Sonth is dry ginger, along with the dry one, raw ginger has also proven to be good with a sore throat as ginger has antioxidants and anti-inflammatory properties. 

Garlic helps in building immunity to fight against the virus which causes cold and sore throat. Garlic has antimicrobial and antiviral properties as well. 

Peppermint can be consumed in the form of tea or you can add it to your steam bath. This herb helps soothe the throat and melt the mucus.

Ayurvedic Remedies For Healthy Gut

believes that a healthy gut is key to good overall body function. The gut is the first part where digestion begins, making it absolutely important. The gut is filled with abundant bacteria which makes it vital to keep it a healthy environment for proper digestion. Below are a few ayurvedic ways to keep the gut functioning well.

Follow the above steps and get more helpful ayurvedic tips from an experienced professional at .

The Best Herbs To Improve Eyesight

Ayurvedic medicine has been used for millennia to treat and prevent conditions that affect the eyes, with one of the earliest surgical procedures for cataract being described by the Indian physician Sushruta, over 2000 years ago! Of course, Ayurveda is dominated by less invasive and completely natural treatments that include the use of herbs. This wealth of information on herbs for eyesight is what is most useful to us. Some of the most popular Ayurvedic herbal eye care solutions include the following.

Unived Ovegha Dha Max Vegan Omega

An all vegan solution for ayurvedic medicine for heart diseases in India is Ovegha DHA Max by Unived. The supplement has the benefits of omega fatty acids and omega 3 DHA. The Ayurvedic supplementary brand is widely known for its good results for heart and body health.

The supplement is safe for pregnant women and breastfeeding women.

It is instrumental in conducting healthy heart tissues.

Helps maintain normal cholesterol and triglycerides levels.

It is good for those experiencing Tachycardia and Palpitations i.e. abnormal heart rate.

Diabetic also can also take it for normalizing blood pressure.

Healthy And Glowing Skin And Hair

Need a perfect glow and shiny hair? Ayurveda claims that you can ditch the expensive clinical treatments and go for the organic and natural ways to achieve a glow without spending too much money. A balanced meal, toning exercises, and Ayurvedic supplements are enough to promote a healthy skin and scalp.

General dietary guidelines in Ayurveda focus on consumption of fresh food taking into account your dosha type, medical history, regional produce, customs, and traditions.

The focus is more on high-antioxidant foods, herbs, teas, vegetables, protein, and healthy fats.  

[ontarioyoga]

What Does Yoga Do To Your Face

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/what-does-yoga-do-to-your-face/

What Does Yoga Do To Your Face

If You Want To Detoxify Your Skin Your Body Tone Your Muscles And Find Relief From Too Much Stress Its Time To Do Yoga

While it is still sometimes regarded as a holistic approach to achieving a healthier mind and body, it actually does more than that. Furthermore, the practice of yoga also has a crucial role in improving your beauty routine.

While it won’t directly treat your skin problems, yoga can help in detoxification. Therefore, making it a part of your beauty regimen can help you achieve a healthier and glowing complexion, as well as prevent breakouts.

Below are the 7 beauty benefits that you can achieve through the practice and perfect execution of asanas, pranayamas, and vinyasa flows.

Yoga Day 2021: This Yoga Day Get Glowing With These Easy Yet Useful Facial Yoga Techniques

These facial yoga techniques are a must in your daily routine

We consciously find ways to tone and maintain our well sculpted figures often forgetting about our faces. Face has muscles too that needs strengthening and massaging to improve skin health and circulation in the skin. Face yoga helps in preventing sagging and deeply nourishes the skin with increased circulation. Facial yoga is the practice of doing face exercises for glowing skin, accelerated circulation and collagen boost. All you need to know are the right points and techniques to do it. This International Yoga Day, we get you the best expert-suggested facial yoga exercises to glow up this summer naturally.

Face Yoga Can Tone Your Muscles For Firm Radiant Skin: Benefits + 5 Poses To Try Face Yoga Can Tone Your Muscles For Firm, Radiant Skin: Benefits + 5 Poses To Try

Did you know you can “tone” your face muscles? It’s true: In the hunt for youthful and healthy-looking skin, many swear by a daily face yoga practice to carve the cheekbones, similar to how a round of squats can strengthen those glutes. Plus, the exercise can give you a plump, radiant complexion, to boot; picture that post-workout glow, only it lingers way longer than your typical hot yoga class. 

It sounds too good to pass up. That’s why we tapped Fumiko Takatsu, face yoga instructor and founder of the Face Yoga Method, to break down all the details of the facial exercise . Because your jawline deserves a little toning, too. 

Discover Your Skin Type & Get Bespoke Skin Analysis With Nivea Routine Builder

Whether you have any perfect imperfections or skin concerns that really bother you, try our routine builder for a genuinely bespoke, helpful skincare routine. All you need to do is answer a few simple questions about your skin concerns and lifestyle. Our tool then analyses your unique skin features and constructs a personalised routine adapted to your needs.

What you’ll get from NIVEA Routine Builder:

Bespoke skincare routine for your skin type

Tailored product suggestions

Practice These Asanas To Make Your Skin Clear Of Toxins And Pollution

1. Sarvangasanashoulder standYoga for glowing skin: Famously known as the Triangle pose, it is indeed the best yoga asana7. BhujangasanaYoga for glowing skin: Though it’s a relaxing cobra pose that helps to reduce tension8. Ustrasana9.Pavanamuktasanaconstipation10.TadasnaMountain PoseYoga for glowing skin: Getting in more oxygen through controlled breathingDisclaimer:

The opinions expressed within this article are the personal opinions of the author. NDTV is not responsible for the accuracy, completeness, suitability, or validity of any information on this article. All information is provided on an as-is basis. The information, facts or opinions appearing in the article do not reflect the views of NDTV and NDTV does not assume any responsibility or liability for the same

What Is Facial Yoga Experts Say It Really Can Make You Look Younger

If you want to get toned, defined Michelle Obama arms, you might try pushups and . For six-pack abs, add some bicycle crunches to your gym circuit. So it makes sense that if you want to define and tone the contours of your face, you’re going to need to work those muscles, too, right?

Exactly, says Gary Sikorski, founder of Happy Face Yoga, a program designed to stimulate and work out the 57 muscles that hold up our face, neck and scalp.

“You’re strengthening your muscles and moving them back into place,” Sikorski tells NBC News BETTER about the face workout. “So the skin naturally follows and starts to smooth.”

It may sound like a futile time-suck for people with way too much time on their hands , but dermatologists at Northwestern University recently published a study that shows Sikorski’s facial exercise program might work.

The data suggest the exercises do help the face look younger . But following the program will cost you — a chunk of time out of your schedule, that is. The women in the study spent 30 minutes daily for eight weeks, and 30 minutes every other day for 12 weeks after that, doing the exercises.

Ok Im In What Are Some Face Yoga Strikes I Can Attempt At Dwelling

Simply as there are lots of other ways to work out your core , there are lots of totally different strikes for focusing on your face muscle tissues as properly. Nonetheless, for the sake of simplicity, let’s deal with a couple of of the important thing strikes that had been prescribed within the research.

1. The Cheek Lifter

Open your mouth large into the form of an O. Suck your higher lip in so it covers your entrance tooth and smile to raise your cheek muscle tissues. Now place your index fingers on prime of your cheeks, immediately beneath your eyes. Calm down your cheek muscle tissues, then smile once more to push your cheeks again up. Repeat the lifting and releasing 10 occasions, ensuring to carry your smile for 20 seconds on the final rep. That’s one set; you’ll need to do three units complete.

2. The Forehead Lifter

Take your index, center and ring fingers and press them beneath every of your brows, as in case you had been forcing your eyes open. Now smile as you attempt to decrease your brows towards your fingers. Maintain this pose for 20 seconds; launch and repeat three extra occasions.

3. The Neck Releaser

4. The Cheek Sculptor

5. The Temple Relaxer

A ultimate phrase on face yoga:

OK, in case you want us, we’ll be training “the cheek lifter” in our rest room.

The 7 Finest Gua Sha Instruments for a Sculpted Jawline, In keeping with Magnificence Consultants

Tones Facial And Neck Muscles While Maintaining A Relaxed Look

Essentially, facial yoga is a form of exercise, which means it and your face. As you exercise these muscles, you’re drawing blood, oxygen and extra circulation to this delicate skin, which can stimulate collagen production and emulates youth. Bring. It. On. And unlike the frozen look of botox or the red scarring of other procedures , facial yoga gives you a natural glow and relaxed look. It is also meant to follow in traditional yoga’s footsteps with assisting to clear the mind of stress and turmoil.

Yoga For Flexibility: 9 Best Yoga Poses To Be More Flexible

Flexibility could easily be described as both yoga’s blessing and its curse. On the blessing side, increased flexibility is an enormous benefit: it promotes the range of motion and joint health that help prevent back pain, repetitive-use damage, and sports injuries.

However, yoga is a lot more than flexibility. In fact, people that come to yoga with a lot of flexibility must be careful not to rush into advanced poses just because they can. Often, they need to work on their strength to compliment all that bendiness, build support muscles, and make sure that they are practising safe .

Fear of flexibility, or, more specifically, a lack of flexibility, also keeps a lot of people out of the yogasphere . It’s a common misconception that you need to be naturally flexible to even attempt to do yoga. So let’s dispel that myth right now. Shout this from the rooftops: Yoga is not reserved for people who are already very flexible.

If you have tight hips, hamstrings, calves, shoulders, whatever, yoga is exactly what you need. Flexibility is not a prerequisite; it’s a result. The person touching their nose to their knees does not win .

How Often Do You Need To Practice Face Yoga To See Results

“Ideally every single day, if you want to see good results,” says Hayashi. Wizemann agrees that consistency is the only key to success: “If you like a challenge and can stick to a 30-minute daily beauty routine for at least five months, you could possibly look a couple of years younger.” But Wizemann adds that these exercises shouldn’t replace the proven efficacy of anti-aging skin care and sun protection.

How To Fix Droopy Eyelids Without Surgery All The Secrets

Medically reviewed and approved by Nataniel Josue Alvarez M.D.

How to lift droopy eyelids without surgery? The eyes are one of our face’s most prominent facial features, but a face with drooping eyelids gives a tired and aged look to the eyes, being one of the most worrying signs of age.

Various aesthetic treatments improve drooping eyelids: exercises that help lift the eyelid muscle and apply natural remedies. It would also be best to visit a specialist to get the best medical advice for the problem and adapt the treatment in each case.

A post shared by Buildyourbody Magazine on Aug 22, 2020 at 2:35am PDT

This widespread problem affects many people, either by heredity, disease, aging, or lifestyle. Next, we will explain in-depth:

Exercises to lift your eyelids.

You will be able to perform techniques without having to go to the operating room to have surgery.

Besides, you will learn how to elaborate on several natural remedies to improve this problem.

8 Conclusion

Which Specific Areas Can Doing Face Yoga Exercises Help

Depending on your concerns and goals, Collins says you can use face yoga to target any area of your face. Tension tends to build in your forehead, brows, and jaw. If you have tightness in any of these areas, build your routine around these places. Wrinkles are common around the forehead, eyes, and mouth.

To reduce the appearance of wrinkles in certain areas, choose massages and exercises that target these places. Or you can choose exercises designed to alleviate specific concerns such as headache, insomnia, or sinus infection.

It Reduces The Inflammation Of Both The Mind And Body

Acne is considered an inflammation of the skin caused by a lot of factors including stress, food, and environment. People going through puberty and adulthood experience it.

There are yoga poses, such as sun salutations, which can help reduce this inflammation. Other than improving your overall immune system function, it makes you physically and mentally stronger, too.

Skin, especially on the face, is often the very first thing we notice. Because of this, it becomes natural for us to want our skin to look healthy and smooth. Unfortunately, with bad food choices and poor stress management, achieving healthy skin can be quite difficult.

With regular yoga practice, however, you’ll get lots of skin benefits that can take you one step closer towards getting the skin you’ve always wanted.

How 30 Days Of Yoga Gave Me The Best Skin Of My Life

When it comes to the claims around the positive effects of yoga on the body, there are simply too many to count. For me, what started as a complement to regular blasts of cardio evolved into a means of stripping daily stresses in exchange for blissful strength, length, and mental calm. And there was one other unexpected side effect—I discovered the “yoga glow.”

This past summer was a particularly wicked time in my life. An apartment move, financial stress, and the rigors of a 55-hour weekly work schedule created a physical and mental discomfort I can only describe as acidic. I was in need of something more than the occasional downward-facing dog. After losing 77 pounds over the past few years, I stalled out. Some of my old habits were starting to creep up again. I was substituting mental calm for a bag of potato chips, and ice cream had become a reward for meeting deadlines.

I reached out to my yogi, Stefanie Eris of , and we decided on a 30-day challenge: one class, every single day, regardless of vigor or length. Flow, Vinyasa, or Chill, I had to show up on the mat and dive deeply within, hopefully dislodging the stressors that caused mindless eating, sleepless nights, and the inability to vocalize discomfort.

Dr. Engelman does have one caveat when it comes to yoga and the skin: hot yoga isn’s right for every complexion. “Bikram or hot yoga should be avoided by those prone to rosacea and/or facial flushing, as it can make the condition worse.”

Lift Your Facial Skin Back To Fabulous Facial Yoga

Our faces tend to drop down and start sagging over time, so this little lifter exercise has been created to combat that and get them back up. Here is a step-by-step overview of how to do it:

1. Open your mouth and make a “long O” shape. Make sure that both your lips are covering your teeth.

2. Raise the corners of your mouth into a smile and firmly draw up your cheek muscles.

3. Now close your eyes. Roll them towards the ceiling . Keep “looking” up and readjust the shape of your mouth. You want to make your “O” as small as possible. Do another smile to make sure your cheek muscles are tightened up all the way and slowly tilt your head back.

4. Tighten your buttocks and abdomen, lift your chest, and slowly raise your hands up and over your head. Take long, deep breaths, and imagine all your facial muscles striving for the ceiling.

5. Hold tight in this position for thirty seconds. Exhale while lowering your hands and letting your head drop down towards the floor, then slowly roll back up.

Do this twice a day.

Why The Exercises May Actually Change How You Look

One concern about the exercises was that they might actually create more wrinkles, frown lines and crow’s feet than they were getting rid of, says the study’s lead author Murad Alam, MD, Vice Chair and Chief of Cutaneous and Aesthetic Surgery in the Department of Dermatology at Northwestern Medicine’s Feinberg School of Medicine. “But this didn’t happen in any of the participants,” he tells NBC News BETTER.

The muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger.

The opposite happened. And the most marked area of improvement for the women in this study was fuller cheeks. That’s because the muscles you’re working grow in size . And that muscle growth is enough to add more definition to the cheeks and counteract the drooping and sliding of the skin and fat tissue in the face, making it look younger, Alam explains. “It’s like blowing up a deflated beachball.”

The exercises work because they’re based on the same principles as resistance training, Sikorski adds. In most cases that force of resistance your face muscles are working against comes from your fingers, so you actually strengthen and tone those muscles.

You’ll know you’re doing it right because your face muscles will feel it, he adds — similar to that muscle “burn” you feel after doing a particularly taxing workout for your abs.

The Skin Benefits Of Yoga: Achieving An Inner Glow

The go-to resource for planning your yoga retreats & holidays. Find all you need to know about destinations and take your practice to the next level.Discover Yoga Retreats now

Do you practice yoga? Paraphrasing a famous saying, one yoga practice a day keeps the dermatologist away! Or are you one of those people who love the idea of it but never seem to get around to actually do it 

Whatever the case may be, I won’t judge; I’m here to tell you of some lesser-known benefits of yoga you might not even be aware of.

Of course, we all know yoga will help you improve your posture and strength, increases your physical health, drop your blood pressure, or ease aches and pains. There are enough studies to prove these health benefits that yoga brings with regular practice. But did you know it will also benefit your skin tone and complexion? 

https://www.bookyogaretreats.com/all/c/yoga-massage

I can already see a healthy dose of skepticism building up within you; you’re saying “This can’t be true!” But if you stick around long enough, I’ll show you exactly why and how practicing yoga leads to a healthier, more radiant skin. Lately, the connection between yoga and a beautiful skin isn’t even that much of a secret anymore, since more and more celebs are coming to the forefront with it. The most inspirational figure behind this trend is, of course, the gorgeous and amazing Meghan Markle, but I digress. The point is that yoga can really do wonders for your skin.

Which Types Of Yoga Might Be Better For Your Face

Noting the benefits of yoga asana, traditional ways of sitting during yoga, Collins explains: “Forward folds bring fresh blood and oxygen to the skin, which promotes a healthy glow. Backbending poses tone and firm the front neck muscles, while twists firm the side of the face and release neck tension.”

Slower types of yoga that involve holding poses for extended periods may give you more of an opportunity to bring this awareness to your facial muscles. This includes Hatha, Yin, or restorative yoga. You can also work on relaxing your face muscles during your mediation, pranayama, or yoga nidra practice.

Work on bringing awareness to your face during traditional yoga postures. Observe if you’re holding onto any tension or making facial expressions. Notice if you’re concentrating on relaxing your face so intently that you end up furrowing your brow or lifting your eyebrows.

Some teachers cue the Buddha smile or Mona Lisa smile to indicate a relaxed face with the corners of your mouth turned upward slightly.

Is It Safe To Use Facial Tools For Better Results

“Some people like to use jade rollers. You roll them on your skin and they massage, stimulate the area,” explains Debra Jaliman, MD, is a board-certified dermatologist with a private practice in New York. “Also quite popular is the gua sha tool. It does not roll. Usually made of smooth jade or rose quartz stone and it can be lightly scraped/glided over the skin in upward strokes. You are applying pressure and moving the tool with your own pressure.”

So What Kind Of Yoga Should You Do For Your Skin

Since yoga is an ancient system, and since it keeps steadily gaining in its wild popularity, it naturally developed many variations over time, and these can seem a bit confusing to a new practitioner.

Luckily, if you mold your practice around one particular goal, keeping your face youthful, you can pick and choose the exercises that suit your needs the best.

A great option to start is which consists of exercises that are meant to work all the layers of your skin.

When Do Exercises Help And When Might They Hurt

For certain motivated patients, Dr. Khetarpal says facial exercises could be beneficial. In particular, she might recommend an exercise that helps create a better cheekbone shape.

But getting good results requires consistency and time.

“You have to do facial exercises consistently six to seven days a week for 20-30 minutes per day. It takes at least three to four weeks before you start to notice results,” she says.

And you should consult your dermatologist before tackling a facial exercise regimen. These exercises won’t work for everyone.

They’re not a good idea if you’ve previously had cosmetic injectables, such as dermal fillers, for instance. “Facial exercises may cause the dermal fillers not to last as long,” Dr. Khetarpal says.

And for others, facial exercises could make signs of aging more noticeable.

Advertising Policy

“We know that repeated muscle contraction of the upper face can cause those lines to become more etched and deeper over time,” she says. “So we’re cautious about the proper technique in performing these facial exercises.”

Create A Comfortable Spot For Your Yoga Practice

If you have an extra room that you can devote to your yoga, great! Having your yoga mat unrolled and out all the time is certainly inviting.

Most of us, however, have to be more flexible and create a space when we want to practise. Try and find a spot where it’s peaceful and quiet, with as much space around you as possible. An empty piece of wall can be handy too since the wall is a great prop. If you like, it can be nice and even helpful to create some atmosphere with a candle or an incense stick.

Things like candles and incense are just extras, and by no means necessary to practise yoga. You can do yoga anywhere as long as you have enough space around you without the risk of bumping into tables, chairs, etc. I’ve practised in the living room with my husband there, having his breakfast and reading the paper, even commenting now and then. Not ideal, but I still got my practice in, which is the most important message of this article.

So be creative and get on your mat no matter what! Create the best space you can and enjoy your practice!

Join us for unlimited online yoga and meditation classes and programs

Try for free

Remedy #1: Homemade Cream To Firm Up The Eyelids

 Ingredients:

Four tablespoons of natural yogurt.

Two tablespoons of oatmeal.

Four tablespoons aloe vera gel.

Five slices of cucumber without skin.

 Preparation: 

Put in a container the oats spoonfuls, the spoonfuls of natural yogurt, the spoonfuls of aloe vera gel, and the cucumber slices. 

Mash all the ingredients until you get a homogeneous cream.

Then apply this cream on the eyelids, leaving it on for 20 minutes and rinsing it with abundant cold water.

How Lengthy Does Face Yoga Take To See Outcomes

For finest outcomes, you’ll need to apply face yoga each single day for at least 20 to half-hour a day for 5 months. So yeah, we’re speaking critical dedication and endurance right here. Similar to exercising your physique, consistency is essential to success with face yoga.

And lest you assume we arbitrarily pulled these numbers from some TikTok video, they’re truly from certainly one of only a few research performed by Northwestern College on the influence of facial train. The 2018 research tracked individuals between the ages of 40 and 65, who had been instructed to do facial workouts for half-hour each day for the primary eight weeks of the research, after which each different day for the remaining 12 weeks. After the 20 weeks had been up, the ladies and the dermatologists concerned within the research famous a slight improve in cheek fullness, thereby giving off a younger look general.

Face Yoga Exercises And The Science Behind Them

Face yoga has become a popular form of self-care, as a potential alternative to expensive and invasive facial cosmetic treatment. The theory is that they work by targeting your facial muscles, skin, and lymphatics. But do these exercises work? The science is inconclusive—some people think face yoga is a natural way to make your face look slimmer and more youthful, while others find the data lacking. Studies have shown that face exercises may help with other conditions such as TMJ problems, hemifacial spasm, and Bell’s palsy.

Fractionated Co2 Laser Or Laser Blepharoplasty

What is the ? Doctors recommend this treatment for mild cases of Ptosis. 

Blepharoplasty is a fractionated technique where they use CO2 laser to immediately tighten the eyelid skin, eliminating a percentage of the skin in a controlled manner. 

It also introduces deep heat into the dermis, which generates new collagen over the following months resulting in smooth eyelid skin.

Advantages:

Fast, outpatient treatment that does not require cutting does not use general anesthesia.

It has no risk or complications of traditional surgery.

When are the results seen?

You can start noticing the results from the first session, but it takes 3 to 4 weeks to repair the collagen well.

Improves Blood Circulation And Flow Of Oxygen LululemomThe Reversible Mat 5mm

“By raising your heart rate, you’re improving blood circulation to the skin, which allows your blood to deliver more oxygen and nutrients to your skin so that it’s healthier and a little more glowy,” says Leah Jacob, MD, assistant professor of dermatology at Tulane University.

Inversions are the best poses to promote good skin. Hill explains, “Anything that puts your heart over your head will help bring circulation up to your head and therefore your face. This is key for maintaining elasticity, recovering from scarring, and bringing out that healthy glowing skin. So think standing forward folds or any inversion where your hips are up over your heart.”

Tips For Doing Facial Exercises The Right Way

Performing facial exercises lying down is the most effective.

Ensure your hands are clean before touching your face.

Try to do your facial fitness routine at the same time every day so you don’t forget.

Never pull or tug on the skin aggressively – this may accentuate wrinkles.

Combine facial exercises with cardiovascular exercise to give your complexion the best possible boost.

How Long Does It Take To Become More Flexible

What’s the big hurry? As with all of yoga’s benefits, positive results come over time with consistent practice of a wide variety of postures. The sooner you start, the sooner you’ll see improvement, but we hate to put any kind of timeline on it because there are too many variables. It depends on where you begin and what other things you do. How frequently you do yoga, what kind of yoga you do, your own unique physique, and so many other things also come into play. We can tell you this: Do yoga regularly and you will improve your flexibility. If you never start, you’ll never get results.

Yoga classes are the ideal place to work on flexibility because you’ll receive expert instruction on the safest ways to incrementally boost flexibility and how to use props when necessary. If you know you lack flexibility, you may feel some trepidation about attending a public class, perhaps wondering if you’ll be the least flexible person in the room. Here’s the thing: no one cares. No one is going to call you out and if they do, find another class.

The Connection Between Yoga And Healthy Skin

Everyone’s signed up for a yoga class at least once in their life, that’s for sure. But whether everyone made it to their first, third or sixth 6 AM session is debatable. Well… we don’t blame you. Shavasana while lying cozy under a blanket is just such a hard pose to get out of, right? While we empathize completely, we have to break it to you—bunking your yoga sesh might mean missing out on an hour of fitness for your body as well as your skin!Confused? Let us explain.

What Are The Best Yoga Poses For Flexibility

The best yoga poses for flexibility are those that are done regularly. We’ve already mentioned some of the major muscle groups where many people experience tightness. Hamstrings, hips, and shoulders tend to top the list so the following poses address those areas. Since yoga poses don’t usually work one area in isolation, however, you’ll also get the benefit of stretching the calves, quads, intercostals, and pectorals, just to name a few. When appropriate, we’ve included details on how to adapt the poses with props to make them more accessible and also how to amplify for a deeper stretch. Each pose is described individually but they are sequenced so you can also join them together to make a flow.

What Is Face Yoga And Does It Actually Work

July 27, 2021

Jade rollers, microcurrent gadgets and buccal massages: We’ve tried all of it within the quest for firmer, tauter pores and skin. And face yoga is not any totally different. As soon as we received wind of its reputation amongst celebs throughout awards season we had been curious. Does face yoga truly work and, extra importantly, does it contain holding tree pose?

Routine Maintenance Of The Lymphatic System

Yoga poses that invert the legs and allow gravity to act on the lymphatic channels are particularly helpful to keeping the system flowing and functioning optimally. In addition to these type of poses, any dynamic postures that build heat and keep the body moving are also beneficial. For these yoga postures to be the most productive, focus more on your breath than perfecting the postures. Below are some sample poses to get you started:

Downward Facing DogAdho Mukha Svanasana

A classic pose, but did you know that it builds strength throughout the body and improves the functioning of your immune system? To attempt this pose, firmly plant your feet at the bottom of your mat, then place your hands at the top of your mat so that your body forms an upside V. If you are already under-the-weather when you try this, have a block nearby to rest your head.

–Bitilasana

Sun Salutations are a great way to build strength and increase circulation throughout the body.

Standing Forward Bend–Uttanasana

Gather two blocks before planting your feet firmly on the back of your mat. Spread your feet a little wider than hip-widths apart and then rest your head on top of the bricks. Stay here for several deep breaths.

Other Practices To Improve Lymphatic System

Water, water and more water. Drinking plenty of fluids is far and away the best method for improving and maintaining all of the systems in your body.

Go for a brisk walk. Keep your arms and legs moving and walk faster than normal. This will jumpstart your lymphatic system and get all the good stuff flowing.

In addition to the restorative yoga and low-intensity positions, there are other types of yoga for when you are sick, including specially tailored to the winter cold and flu season.

How Long Does It Take For Face Yoga To Work

You may be aware of some changes straight away in the way the muscles feel in the face, less tension and puffiness, along with a lovely glow to the skin. But everyone’s face is unique, and it is different for every person.

Long-term improvements start to become visible after about two weeks, and from there, it just gets better and better. To obtain good results, you have to do face yoga consistently. It should become part of your daily routine.

“The way everyone gets results is by doing it every day. I can’t say enough. It’s the regularity of practice which plays the biggest roll in seeing a smoother, firmer and healthier face.” Danielle Collins,  

Reduce Nasolabial Folds And Firm The Cheeks

Also known as “smile lines,” nasolabial folds are expression lines that go from the sides of the nose down to the corners of the lips. This exercise helps to smooth these lines while also working on the cheeks, for a firming effect.

Fill your cheeks with air and hold the position for five seconds. Then transfer the air from one cheek to the other, holding it for five seconds each time. To work on smile lines, move the air to the upper mouth and puff out your upper lip, then puff out your lower lip. Repeat this exercise five times, holding each position for five seconds.

To avoid puckering the lips during this exercise , you can place one finger on your mouth to hold it still.

Can Face Yoga Help In Reduce Signs Of Aging

Yoga poses and postures can help you alleviate some of the symptoms of aging. Your skin loses elasticity as you age, and this means that you may not be able to move as freely as you once could. These poses will help you tone your muscles and smooth out wrinkles. They also allow your face to be free of the fine lines and wrinkles that often develop as you age. By practicing yoga poses and postures regularly, you can actually look younger than you really are.

Face Yoga For The Lips And Nasolabial Fold

Kiss Me, You Fool

Pucker your lips and tap your middle and index finger on your mouth 50 times .

I’m not convinced this doesn’t have more than a temporary effect, but you never know.

Press on the nasolabial folds with your middle and index fingers, then smile without wrinkling your eyes. Smile 50 times, then hold for 50 seconds.

This differs from The Hummer because the focus is on the muscles beside the mouth as opposed to in the cheeks.

Hold your thumbs on the nasolabial lines while gently pressing your brow muscles with your index fingers. Use only the muscles on the upper lip and around the nose to lift the upper lip 50 times, then hold for 50 seconds.

I had a hard time not involving my eyebrows, but would do it as much as I could without using my index fingers to press on the muscles.

What Family Doctor Melinda Ratini Md Says:

There are many types of yoga, from the peaceful hatha to the high-intensity power yoga. All types take your workout to a level of mind-body connection. It can help you relax and focus while gaining flexibility and strength. Yoga can also boost your mood.

Even though there are many instructional books and DVDs on yoga, it is well worth it to invest in some classes with a good instructor who can show you how to do the postures.

Chances are, there’s a type of yoga that suits your needs and fitness level. It’s a great choice if you want a holistic approach to mind and body strength.

Yoga is not for you if you like a fast-moving, competitive workout. Be open-minded, since there are physical and mental benefits you can gain by adding some yoga into your fitness plan, even if it isn’t your main workout.

Is It Good for Me If I Have a Health Condition?

Yoga is a great activity for you if you have , high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or heart disease. It gives you strength, flexibility, and mind-body awareness. You’ll also need to do something aerobic if you’re not doing a fast-moving type of yoga.

If you have high blood pressure, , or problems, ask your doctor what you can do. You may need to avoid certain postures, like those in which you’re upside down or that demand more balance than you have right now. A very gentle program of yoga, coupled with a light aerobic activity like walking or , may be the best way to start.

Tyler Wheeler, MD

On The Mat: 5 Yoga Poses For Healthy Skin

Yoga benefits for the skin start on the mat. Dendy Engelman, MD tells : “Yoga causes vasodilation , which leads to increased blood flow to the skin, providing it with more oxygen and nutrients, lending itself to a cutaneous flushing or ‘glow’.” Whether you practice at home or in the studio, here are five yoga poses for a glowing complexion.

Do You Know These Benefits Of Facial Yoga

When it comes to facial yoga, I believe everyone is familiar with it. Facial exercises are the perfect complement to your daily skin care.

So what is facial yoga? Facial Yoga maintains healthy skin and tones facial muscles through a combination of facial exercises, massage, acupressure and relaxation. It is a safe and natural way to make you look younger and promote overall health.

There are 57 muscles in the face and neck; just like the muscles that we exercise through yoga or the gym, the facial muscles also need to be exercised to stay strong, firm, and lifted. The muscles of the face are much smaller than the muscles of the body, so the time required to become fit and firm is much shorter.

Facial skin is much more delicate than body skin and is mainly divided into three layers. The first layer is the epidermis, which is the outer layer of skin composed of cells. The second layer of the skin is the dermis composed of connective tissue, and the nerve endings composed of elastin and collagen. The bottom layer is the subcutaneous tissue, which is mainly composed of adipose tissue and muscle.

In facial yoga, we exercise all three layers of the skin. Exercising all skin layers will increase blood circulation, enhance oxygen supply, and stimulate collagen and elastin, thereby making the skin firmer and smoother.

What Are The Benefits Of Facial Exercises

Lindh says there are a number of benefits to daily facial exercise, the main one being tighter, fuller, plumper skin. “When you do facial exercises, you’re contouring your face and shaping it up,” she says. “Doing them consistently will also increase blood circulation, and therefore increase your glow.” Others claim facial exercise can release tension, reduce lines, and rejuvenate skin.

Jackson notes, though, that what facial exercises will do is thicken the skin. “We all have muscles that contract and allow movement in one direction, along with an opposing group of muscles that allow movement in the opposite direction. Strengthening of one muscle group with repetitive exercise allows that muscle to thicken, get larger, and more defined,” she says. “However, muscles of the face are generally very thin and unlikely to get appreciably larger from exercise as they are not intended to do the heavy lifting that our large muscle groups are.” She adds that there are no clinical trials that show a significant benefit of facial exercises.

What Is Face Yoga And Does It Really Work Holly Riddle

This article may contain affiliate links. We may receive a commission for purchases made through these links. Privacy Policy.

Did you know that there are nearly 60 different muscles working in your face at any given moment? They help you smile, frown, scowl, chew and make that humorous expression you only make when you’re putting on your mascara in the mirror.

But, over time, all of those muscles experience the same degradation that the rest of our muscles experience. And, while you can spend hours in the gym toning up your tummy or working out your rear, there isn’t really any gym equipment that’s made to address your facial muscles specifically.

Enter face yoga.

Are The Results Worth The Time Commitment

If you think your face is going to be slimmer because you’re working out those facial muscles, think again. Face yoga is shown to actually increase the size of some of your facial muscles — particularly those in your cheeks. Rounder, fuller cheeks are the result of facial muscles increasing in size, just like any muscle you might work on in the gym.

While you might not automatically think that rounder, fuller cheeks are your ultimate goal, think about what those increased muscle sizes do for the rest of your skin. The larger size pulls your skin up and over, for more definition, less drooping and an overall younger appearance.

Other benefits include increased blood flow to the face, which can improve your complexion, brighten your skin and decrease under-eye dark circles and puffiness.

Lesley Reynolds, Co-Founder of The Harley Street Skin Clinic shares, “Since facial aging is in part due to muscle loss, exercise can strengthen these muscles if you can commit to a routine, making your face look stronger and more youthful It is a really natural solution for you to regain your young appearance and a good alternative to Botox and plastic surgery.”

As with most exercises, though, these results aren’t guaranteed. Other lifestyle factors come into play and impact your results, such as diet, fitness, sun and wind exposure and genetics.

Check out these face yoga moves from Brett Larkin, Online Yoga Instructor and Personal Trainer.

What Is Face Yoga And Should You Try It

Kate Bayless

I’m standing in front of a mirror with my fingers on my cheekbones, pressing down as I smile, release, and repeat — just doing my nightly “cheek lifter” push-ups.

While you’ve probably done your fair share of downward dog and cobra pose, you may not have tried a different form of yoga gaining popularity: face yoga.

Curious? I was — so I gave face yoga a try.

Off The Mat: Healthy Body Healthy Skin

Clearly exercise is crucial for a healthy body, healthy mind and glowing skin. There are a few more ways that you can reach these goals for optimal results. In addition to enjoying a yoga session, our Lead Skin Care trainer, Natalie Pergar, believes a scalp massage or a holistic skin care routine also offer relaxation benefits. Watch this In The Mix video to learn about the benefits of different wellness activities for your wellbeing.

Tip 2: Wind Down With A Skin Care Mask

Regular facial masking will keep your skin soft and supple, and they treat any type of skin issue you may have: aging skin, oily skin, dehydrated skin, problem skin, uneven skin – never fear, there’s a mask for it. With so many options out there, it might seem overwhelming to choose the right face mask. That’s why we’ve collated a face mask guide to narrow down the options for your specific complexion. We suggest including a face mask in your self care routine once or twice a week, perhaps while meditating or during a gentle yoga session. Masking should occur after cleansing, toning and applying an essence. These steps ensure you have clean skin before locking in the nutrients from a mask. 

When masking, it’s also fun to play around with mixologies that layer and blend a variety of treatments. Our face mask guide provides recommendations on how to mix and match your masks depending on your concerns. So, unroll your mat, get into the lotus position and let your skin absorb the benefits of a mask.

Tip 4: Skin Rejuvenating Product Ideas

Equally important to your health is treating your skin from the outside in. Genieve tells us: “We need products that are packed with nutrients and made with natural ingredients, like plants. Our skin recognizes elements from nature, not synthetics.” Natural and organic products filled with vitamins, minerals and antioxidant-rich ingredients are extremely beneficial for a healthy and youthful-looking complexion. 

Yoga Journal’s beauty experts recommend our Rosehip & Lemongrass Lip Balm, Firm Skin Acai Exfoliating Peel and Facial Recovery Oil to keep your skin looking healthy and youthful. The Rosehip & Lemongrass Lip balm is an all natural SPF15 formula that defends dry lips against harmful UV exposure. The Firm Skin Acai Exfoliating Peel is packed with antioxidants sourced from acai berry, grapefruit and goji, which result in firmer looking skin. To complete your mini stress-relieving skin care routine, soothe and nourish your skin with the Facial Recovery Oil. Adding two to three drops to the face and neck will keep your skin hydrated and firm. 

Do you have any favorite mask mixologies or products to enhance your wellness and reveal your healthiest skin? We’d love to hear them! Share them with us in the comments below and join the conversation on social media. 

This article was originally written by Alisha Whitley in August 2018.

What’s The Purpose Of Facial Exercises

Your face contains over 50 different muscles and unlike most of the rest of the body, a lot of these facial muscles are rarely used. By carrying out regular facial exercises, you promote the circulation of blood to the different areas of the face, thus replenishing the oxygen supply in the muscles and the skin. This will result in a bright complexion and beautiful healthy glow.

Performing face thinning and toning exercises frequently will keep your face looking fit in the long term. Furthermore, regular facial muscles exercises improve the blood flow and, thus, supply your skin cells with nutrients leading to a stimulation of skin cell regeneration and prevention of wrinkles.

How Does Yoga Help Improve Flexibility

Yoga is different from “just” stretching by virtue of its emphasis on safe form and the duration and variety of stretches that address both major muscle groups and deep-seated stealth muscles you might not even know you have . The yoga difference can be described with three As: alignment, attention, and awareness.

Alignment is the precise way that each pose is done to maximise its benefits and minimise the risk of injury. This may include using props to support tight areas as they begin to open up. Practising with the insight of alignment helps ensure that you aren’t compromising one area of the body in an attempt to focus on another area. The experience of a good teacher helps bring alignment to the fore.

Attention means you are not zoning out or just going through the motions but rather feeling each pose to the fullest. This helps cultivate the body awareness to distinguish between the discomfort that may arise in using your body in a new way and the pain that is the body’s signal to back off. No one else is in your body so only you can make that call.

Awareness means that you remain completely focused on the present moment throughout your practice. Often the physicality of yoga asana practice is enough to keep us anchored in the now. We also learn to use the breath to return to the body in the present again and again. Awareness is one of yoga’s greatest tools because it takes us out of our monkey mind and allows us to reset, reducing stress and anxiety.

Does The Face Yoga Method Really Work

Yes,undoubtedly. The first thing that people who practice regular face yoga will notice is that their breathing is deeper and calmer. Many people find that their minds are clearer and that they are able to enjoy more concentration. When you exercise the body, the benefits of a strong heart become apparent.

What Types Of Poses Are Good For Face

Some of the best yoga poses that you can use to improve your appearance are ones that are designed to be performed while you are sitting. The benefit from is strengthening the muscles of your body. When you’re sitting, your muscles get the maximum workout possible, which helps them stay strong and healthy.Postures that you can do while you’re sitting include the simple ones like standing and squatting. These are very effective in toning your muscles and helping your body to burn fat. You’ll also be able to strengthen your back and legs while you’re sitting.

How To Fix Droopy Eyelids With Makeup

First, I want to tell you that makeup enhances the look, besides giving dimension and depth to the eye. 

To enhance the eyelid area with makeup, you should use warm-colored shadows in the following way:

Draw the external of the eye.

Blend upwards.

Then raise the eyebrows with beige tones in the arch of the eyebrows and the teardrop.

If you do this, they will look more prominent.

What Are The Advantages Of Face Yoga

In keeping with Fumiko Takastu, who’s the founding father of The Face Yoga Technique, it’s a very pure various to anti-aging cures that not solely tone your facial muscle tissues, but additionally will increase circulation and blood move, which leads to a younger and radiant complexion.

And if that each one sounds prefer it’s just a little too good to be true, take into account the opposite advantage of training face yoga: releasing any stress that’s held in our faces all through any given day.

There’s additionally the self-care part of deliberately setting apart a while to make humorous faces right into a mirror. We dare you to not smile whereas blowing out raspberries repeatedly or shifting your mouth back and forth in an exaggerated movement a la Jim Carey in .

The truth is, one widespread face yoga transfer entails truly smiling broadly, which is meant to assist raise your jawline; although there may be restricted analysis behind that individual declare, research have proven that the easy act of smiling can trick your thoughts into pondering that you’re happier than you truly are.

How Practicing Yoga Affects Our Skin

First off, there is the bane of every teenager’s existence: the zits. Even adults have their fair share of pimples popping up every now and again, and believe it or not; yoga can help you wage war on the little pests.

Although pimples and zits can pop up for various reasons, the two most common ones are increased toxin levels and a disturbed hormonal balance. Things like alcohol, tobacco, caffeine, junk food, the high levels of stress and anxiety, and all the weird snack combinations that girls and women tend to eat while PMS-ing are all shiny roads right into Pimpleville.

So go ahead and twist it out!

A challenging yoga session will increase your sweat production levels, which may sound gross, but is an excellent way of ejecting all the residue toxins from your body. Our skin is our largest organ, and it plays a significant role in keeping us safe and balanced.

Not only does sweating regulate our body temperature, but it also opens up the pores and allows for much better detoxification. Moreover, yoga is widely famous for helping us calm down, and when we’re relaxed, the blood flows more freely and can nourish all the organs better – including the skin.

Enhanced blood flow makes sure that the skin receives all the oxygen it needs, which in turn helps it remain elastic, supple, and evenly toned. Also, the relaxing effect of yoga reduces the level of the stress hormone cortisol, which is known to cause acne outbreaks.

How Long Does It Take To See Results

Lindh swears that her natural, filler-free technique will plump up volume loss. She recommends doing these three exercises all in a row every day. According to Lindh, you’ll start seeing results in as little as three days, but three weeks will yield noticeable results. “I tell my model clients to do these exercises before they go on the runway,” Lindh says. “It wakes your skin up instantly!”

If you’re concerned about facial exercises causing wrinkles, Lindh argues that you aren’t holding these positions long enough to cause more wrinkles than you’d get from, say, drinking from a straw. “That’s why you need to focus on relaxing your eyes,” she says. “Relax everywhere else in your face, and just focus on the muscles on your cheeks. It might take a few days, but you’ll notice which muscle you’re supposed to be working.”

What You Need To Know About Hot Yoga

MaaHoo Studio/Stocksy

Room temperature is a frequent topic of yoga conversations. Some people love ; others don’t. But Hill thinks a heated environment does wonders for skin. “Heated yoga, in particular, is good for healthy, glowing skin because of the sweat detoxification,” she explains. “Even those of us who eat well and stay hydrated have toxins that our body needs to get rid of, so sweat is a natural and efficient way to do that.”

But there are some things you need to be aware of when you’re heading to a hot yoga session.

MobotBig Bertha 40-Ounce Foam Roller Water Bottle

Your best friend in a heated yoga session is without a doubt your water bottle. “Being hydrated is super important,” Jacob says. “You’re going to be at an increased risk of getting dehydrated because of the amount you’re sweating. You certainly want to maintain your hydration. Dehydrated skin is going to look dull, tired, and dry.”

Alo YogaChakra Yoga Mat

Keeping clean is another concern with hot yoga. Jacob advises you to take extra steps to ensure that  isn’t a breeding ground for germs. “Hygiene is an issue with hot yoga. When there’s increased sweating on the mat, you want to make sure you’re cleaning your mat, taking a shower immediately afterward, and washing your face,” she says. “These are important to reduce the incidents of infection.”

The Surprising Skin Benefits Of Yoga

It’s a common misconception that yoga is an exercise only for flexible, bendy people. Some even think that yoga involves tiny people twisting themselves up into little pretzel knots.

The reality, however, is far from this perception. Anyone who can breathe can definitely practice yoga.

This exercise can do a lot to improve your overall physical health. A research from doctors at the HMO Group Health Cooperative in Seattle discovered that yoga can help control diabetes, heart diseases, and even chronic pain. In general, yoga works by building muscles and increasing endurance.

It can help shrink your midline as well.

Yoga also offers lots of benefits for your skin tone and complexion. It helps in the elimination of toxins and in the management of stress and anxiety that can set off acne and breakouts.

A lot of people, however, aren’t familiar with these yoga benefits. If this is the first time you’re trying this exercise out for clearer skin, here are five must-know skin benefits of yoga.

What Is The Afterlife Of Buddhism?

Your Face Yoga Journey: The Takeaway

Starting your Face Yoga journey couldn’t be easier. Practicing facial exercises at least once a day will allow you to start seeing results. If you have a problem area you could begin practicing Face Yoga for that area once a day six days a week.

Scheduling your Face Yoga into your day is always a perfect way to bring it into your routine, it could be first thing in the morning while lying in bed, or last thing at night when you remove your makeup.

Choose the perfect time and place, where you can be calm and relaxed to take care of your skin.

It is highly recommended to work 1:1 with a teacher in order to make sure you are doing the exercises correctly and to learn any modifications that you may need due to areas of complaint or skin conditions.

Please always consult a doctor before performing any exercises if you have any health concerns and always listen to your own body and intuition.

If you are keen to start your Face Yoga journey straight away then why not start with this Face Yoga massages that not only stimulate circulation but boost collagen and increases relaxation. Practice this Face Yoga massage once a day to see glowing results.

Face Yoga Exercises You Can Try Now

Face yoga doesn’t require any special equipment, and it is easy to start doing right in your own home. While you may want to check out some of the YouTube videos dedicated to the practice for some visual aid, most practitioners find that face yoga is pretty straightforward and easy to learn without much guidance.

Just remember, much like regular yoga, don’t forget about taking deep breaths when dedicating time to your face muscles.

Ready To Try Face Yoga For Yourself

If you think facial yoga sounds like the easiest answer ever to your fine lines and wrinkles, give it a go and see how well this growing practice works for you.

Just remember — it can take months of consistent work to see results. The great thing is that once you have the moves down and memorized, you can do these face exercises anywhere, anytime, from during a daily routine to while you’re watching your favorite TV show.

Health & Wellness

Holly Riddle

Asanas Your Skin Will Thank You For

While yoga boosts overall health of the body there are certain asanas that are particularly good for your skin. Regular practice of these can help rid the skin of toxins and restore it to its healthiest version.

Some of the most difficult asanas like the shirshasan also known as the King of all asanas, have the maximum pay off—it is known to increase blood circulation to the face , get rid of toxins and even improve your mood.

The downward facing shishuasana or the child pose facilitates circulation in the facial region, relieves stress and enhances the overall health of your skin.

The matsyasana or fish pose is known to balance hormones and relax muscles. When practiced regularly, this can help retain the elasticity of your skin as you age.

And it’s not just the poses that help. The breathing techniques in yoga aka the pranayams—sheetali and sheetkari—have a cooling effect on the body and can help reduce acne. Additionally, techniques like jalneeti and shankh prakshalan are said to play a role in detoxifying the body, and in the long run, help in the pursuit of healthy skin.

Since these asanas exercise your muscles, balance hormones and boost blood circulation, keep at ’em and you’ll notice definitive results in your skin.

Supplement With A Healthy Lifestyle

Of course, only making it to your yoga class doesn’t mean you’ll end up with taut, healthy skin This needs to be balanced with a healthy lifestyle—we’re talking about 8 hours of rest and a diet that’s filled with greens, juicy fruits and minimal junk. Fruits are a powerhouse of antioxidants which are critical to the natural restorative process of the body. Similarly, drinking 3 litres of water a day is going to ensure your skin is hydrated and your body is getting the daily detox it requires.

Reduce Frown Lines Between The Eyes

These vertical frown lines are formed by repeated contractions of the muscles between the eyebrows. To soften them, begin by stretching the eyebrows with deep smoothing movements, starting from the middle of the face and working outward. Repeat ten times.

Next, apply even pressure with the palm of your hand on the frown lines, while breathing in and out deeply. Repeat this exercise five times.

Yoga For Beautiful And Glowing Skin

Swati Chaturvedi

With International Yoga Day just gone by, let’s take a moment to recognise the positive effects of this holistic practice that is most visible: Skin. It’s a known fact that facial yoga does wonders to your face. It relaxes, tones and gives a natural boost to the skin, while simultaneously resetting your facial muscles. TV personality, actress and influencer Ritwika Gupta swears by yoga for glowing skin. She says, “A basic pranayama daily can help to firm up and tighten the skin. It can also boost collagen and reduce the appearance of fine lines. Most importantly, yoga provides the mental peace and emotional balance which are important to radiate beauty from within.”

Yoga mudra for a beautiful face

All of us dream of having that perfect skin without having to spend on expensive facials and chemically laden creams.  The yoga benefits for skin are manifold. Abhishek Otwal, Yoga Expert recommends the Trikonasana asana, as it opens up the lungs, chest and heart. He says, ”The asana supplies more oxygen to your skin and hence the skin automatically feels refreshed and rejuvenated.”

Paschimottanasana or the seated Forward Bend Pose involves intense stretching. And Otwal believes that this pose is not only beneficial in keeping stress and anxiety at bay but also helps in purifying the blood, thus improving skin complexion and reducing the appearance of wrinkles.

Do try these poses for that glowing skin and healthy hair.

Yoga benefits for skin

Clear complexion

How To Do A Standing Forward Fold:

Stand in Mountain Pose with your hands resting on your hips

Slowly exhale and bend forward from your hips

Bend your knees as much as you need to relieve tension from your lower back

Allow your head to hang heavy

If possible, bring your palms to rest on the floor or against the back of your ankles; if not, cross your arms in front of you, holding your elbows

With each inhalation, slightly lift and lengthen your torso; be mindful to avoid rounding your back

Inhale and exhale deeply for 5 breaths

[ontarioyoga]

What Are The Benefits Of Zen Meditation

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/what-are-the-benefits-of-zen-meditation/

What Are The Benefits Of Zen Meditation

Zen Meditation Neutralizes Emotional Evaluation But Not Implicit Affective Processing Of Words

Roles Conceptualization, Investigation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing

Affiliation Department of Psychology, University of Wuppertal, Wuppertal, Germany

Roles Conceptualization, Writing – review & editing

Affiliation Methods and Evaluation, International Psychoanalytic University, Berlin, Germany

Roles Conceptualization, Data curation, Formal analysis, Funding acquisition, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing

Affiliation Department of Psychology, University of Wuppertal, Wuppertal, Germany

Zen Meditation: This Spiritual Practice Has Many Physical And Mental Health Benefits

If you feel arrested with unnecessary thoughts, set your mind free with the help of zen meditation. Learn more about this spiritual practice.

Chanchal Sengar

Life has become a race these days where we all of us are running to win. If you are also living a fast-paced life, stop for a moment and analyze if you are satisfied with the quality of life. The most common answer would be a ‘NO’. There is a huge difference between living and quality living. You might have all the luxuries you dreamt of but do you have peace of mind? This is a fine line that separates life and living. In between the rat race, you search for a peaceful corner to sit for a while and review your life. For that stillness, peace and focus, try Zen meditation. A centuries-old practice that can bring tranquility to your life.

Benefits Of Zen Meditation: The Enlightenment To Make Your Life Better

Zen meditation also termed Zazen Buddhism. Zazen is very beneficial for human health. It promotes the physical and mental growth of an individual as well as enhances the spiritual raising of one’s soul.

Huge number of people all over the globe get benefitted by the practice of it. Meditation helps by lifting them up to the plane of divine spirituality and mindfulness.

Fitting Yoga Meditation & Mindfulness Into Your School Schedule

For many students, the “college experience” conjures up images of late-night parties, the dreaded freshman 15, lack of sleep andhangovers. However, nobody said it has to be this way, and many students use college as an opportunity to explore new, healthy ways ofliving they may not have been exposed to at home. Those who are already accustomed to healthy living can use their increased independenceto tailor their healthy practices to their specific needs. College is the perfect time for students to foster physical and emotional calmness and well-being; in other words, to find their Zen. Technically, Zen is a specific mind-body practice that stems from Chinese Buddhism, but because of its emphasis on meditation, personal insight and expression, Zen is often used as a blanket term to describe a general sense of physical and mental balance. This guide breaks down some Zen practices students can try, including different styles of meditation, mindful movement and eating, and holistic health techniques.

How To Do Zen Meditation Techniques And What Are Its Benefits

Manish Sharma February 27, 2021

Zen Meditation is actually an ancient Buddhist tradition that dates back to the 7th century, corresponding to the Tang dynasty. From its origins in China, it spread to Japan, Korea, and other Asian regions where it thrived continuously.

The Japanese term Zen is actually a derivative of Ch’an which is a Chinese word, and it translates to which is an Indian term.

It means meditation or concentration. It is a traditional Buddhist practice and discipline that is practiced by both beginners and seasoned meditators.

One of the major benefits of this particular form of meditation is that it offers insight into how actually the mind works. Like other forms of Buddhist meditation, its practice can benefit people in a plethora of ways that includes coping with depression as well as anxiety issues.

Its deepest purpose is spiritual since the Zen meditation practice uncovers the workability as well as innate clarity of the mind.

Quit Letting Your Thoughts Control You & Control Them Instead

Meditation is a sure-fire way to help you get there. Begin practicing it daily. This is the best way to make changes in your life with it.

If zen meditation isn’t exactly your thing, there are so many different types of meditation that it’s worth finding one that works for you. The benefits speak for themselves.

Proven Benefits Of Zazen Meditation For Your Mental Health ? Scientific Checked

Post author Scientific review: Dr Heben’s Team

Zazen is a discipline of meditation that is most associated with Zen Buddhism. In the meantime, the name “zazen meditation” literally means seated meditation. Despite the practicing method of zazen meditation may vary in between schools and institutions, however all of them share the same objective which is an insight into the nature of existence.

One only aims to sit, while removing all forms of negative and judgmental thinking and allowing words, ideas, images or thoughts pass by the mind without getting too involved in it. Here are more information about zazen meditation and also the benefits of zazen meditation.

Brief History of Zazen Meditation

Zazen meditation, or Zen meditation in a larger scope is a Buddhist traditional meditation that dates to the 7th century China, precisely during the Tang dynasty. Due to its Chinese origins, it is originally known as “Ch’an,” only then it is known as “Zen” after it had been introduced to neighbouring Japan and Korea.

In the meantime, the word “Zen” is a Japanese variety of the Chinese term above. But then on top of all those, the terms “Ch’an” and “Zen” has its bigger roots on the Indian term “Dhyana” which means meditation or concentration.

Methods of Zazen Meditation

Burmese Position

Half Lotus Position

Full Lotus Position

Seiza Position

Chair Position

What are its Health Benefits?

Zazen Meditation Explores the Inner Self Deeply

Zen 12 Cost Discount Voucher And Level 1 Free Download

Well, you get an amazing deal here. the program goes for $87, but you won’t pay that. If you buy it today, you will get a discount voucher, giving you $50 discount and allow you to get the whole program for just $37.

On the bottom right corner of the sales page, you will see the discount voucher with a bright visible color. Just copy the discount code and paste it in the discount section on the checkout page and you will get the discount immediately.

BuytheWholeZen12ProgramHereForJust$37Today

you are getting zen 12 meditation program level 1 for free. You can listen to any of the styles for a whole 12 minutes, to see the kind of quality you are getting. From level 2 all the way to level 12 , you will have to purchase to experience the benefits. But the first level is more than enough to see the greatness of it.

You get the free download of level 1 in Zen 12 member’s area. To get the style you want, just tap on the style you want and then go ahead and listen to it on the video or download it.

GetLevel1HereForFree

There you have it folks. That is all about the best meditation program I know.

If you have any questions or aspects of the system you will want more explanation for, just leave your comment below and I will be more than happy to give you a hand. ?

Move With Purpose: Practice Yoga And Mindful Movement

When students think of mind-body exercise, they may initially think of more traditionally “Zen” activities like yoga, tai chi or qi gong, but activities like dancing, Pilates and various forms of martial arts can be good alternative forms of mind-body exercise. All of these activities involve mental discipline and connecting the mind with the body through deliberate thought and motion.

Students who engage in mindful movement activities can see a multitude of benefits, including increased strength and energy, better posture, reduced stress and improved attentiveness, self-confidence, self-awareness and self-care habits. Mind-body exercises also provide ways to build and strengthen relationships with others and add structure to an often hectic and fluid college life.

There are benefits to attending yoga classes, however, and many students may prefer the structure and social nature of face-to-face yoga classes. Students who take yoga classes in person get to ask questions, build community and have a trained instructor make sure they are doing movements correctly and not setting themselves up for injury. Furthermore, classes assure that students have a quiet space and designated time to practice.

Resources, Apps & Tools for Mindful Moving

Campus rec centers often have yoga rooms and free or cheap yoga classes for students.

Yome has videos and articles to help students practice yoga and learn about different poses and routines for specific issues.

Heres How A Month Of Zen Meditation Changed My Life

On a trip to Japan last year, one of the places I visited was Kyoto, home to over 2,000 Buddhist temples and Shinto shrines. During one of my daily walks exploring the city and its forested borders, I came across the Ry?an-ji temple, one of the most beautiful Buddhist temples in the world. As you would expect, the temple grounds were full of tourists and locals enjoying the cool May breeze. There were also a handful of Buddhist monks actively engaged in Zen meditation. While meditating, these robed monks seemed impervious to any distraction, a huge feat considering the number of people on the grounds that day. Impressive, yes, but no doubt a mastery gained because, well, what else are monks going to do all day?

But then as I continued roaming the temple grounds, I came across a Japanese woman decked out in a clearly expensive business suit sitting cross-legged on the ground, with her heels and purse placed at her side. She too was meditating exactly as the monks were—eyes closed, effortless breathing, seemingly impervious to the noise of the people around her. I watched her for 10 minutes, and she didn’t open her eyes once, nor move much at all. Then finally she opened her eyes, smiled at me, and got up, where a smartly dressed assistant who I hadn’t noticed before bowed and then led her to a black luxury car where a driver was likely waiting to take her off to some business meeting.

Thilo Hilberer

How To Work Meditation Into Your Daily Life

About the author

Zen Meditation And How It Affects The Unconscious

There’s also been tons of curiosity about whether Zen meditation can allow practitioners to access their unconscious minds. It’s thought that the conscious mind can only specialize in one thing at a time—like your grocery list or a book that you’re reading.

But, experts suspect the unconscious mind is vast. Many researchers believe that knowing the way to access unconscious processes could foster greater creativity and help people become more conscious of what they have to try to do to succeed in their goals.

Research in 2012 studied whether Zen meditation helped professionals get better access to their unconscious minds. All the participants were experienced Zen meditators. A group of people was asked to meditate for 20 minutes. The other group was asked to read magazines. These groups were then compared on the basis of their experience.

They also were asked to type the solution as fast as possible. The individuals who meditated before the test were ready to complete the task faster, which demonstrated that they had better access to their unconscious minds.

Another research asked one group to meditate for 20 minutes while the control group was told to relax. The volunteers were then asked a series of 20 questions, each with three or four correct responses. They’ll be asked to identify one of the four seasons, for example. However, a potential response like “Season” blinked for 16 milliseconds just before seeing the question on the computer screen.

All About Zen Meditation & Why You Should Try It Krista Bugden

Zen meditation isn’t anything new. In China, it’s been around since the 7th century. Considering it’s an age-old practice, there’s got to be something to it.

Rooted in , zen meditation basically helps you think about not thinking. In a way, it’s the purest form of meditation. In reality, gardening, running, yoga, and other activities are meditative but not in the same way. With zen meditation, it’s all about clearing the mind.

Let me explain this one a bit further. Who knows? Maybe by the end of this article, you’ll become convinced that zen meditation is the exact type of practice you need as part of your regular health and wellness routine .

Is this something that could benefit you? How do you even start? What should you know?

We post daily guided meditations that help soothe your soul, calm your mind, and guide your day with intention.

Study: Zen Meditation Really Does Clear The Mind

The seemingly nonsensical Zen practice of “thinking about not thinking” could help free the mind of distractions, new brain scans reveal.

This suggests Zen meditation could help treat attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder , obsessive-compulsive disorder, anxiety disorder, major depression and other disorders marked by distracting thoughts.

In the last decade, there has been a resurgence of scientific research into meditation, due in part to the wide availability and increasing sophistication of brain-scanning techniques. For instance, scientists recently found that months of intense training in meditation can sharpen a person’s brain enough to help them notice details they might otherwise miss.

“It is important that this type of research be conducted with high scientific standards because it carries a long-standing stigma — perhaps well-deserved? — of being wishy-washy,” said researcher Giuseppe Pagnoni, a neuroscientist at Emory University in Atlanta. “Constructive skepticism should always be welcomed as a great sparring partner.”

Pagnoni and his colleagues investigated Zen meditation, which Pagnoni himself has practiced while studying for his doctorate in Italy.

The Zen of Zen

To see what effects Zen meditation might have on the brain, scientists compared 12 people from the Atlanta area with more than three years of daily practice in Zen meditation with 12 novices who had never practiced meditation.

Posturing the findings

Zen Meditation Techniques Beginners Need To Know

In this guide to Zen meditation techniques, beginners will learn how to do Zazen meditation and other methods.

We will also look at the benefits of Zen meditation. And for beginners, we will discuss posture and hand positions.   

Each of the different types of Zen meditation has various benefits. That’s why it is worth trying all of them.  

What Is Zen Meditation And How Can You Learn It

There are many different ways to meditate. Zen meditation is one of the best known of these. However, before we look at the specific technique and meaning, it makes sense to first explain the term meditation in general. This refers to a series of concentration and mindfulness exercises. The aim of meditation is to bring about a state of inner peace.

Normally we are always thinking about something. If you meditate, you achieve a thoughtless consciousness. You are awake, but your attention turns inward and becomes insensitive to external stimuli. You let go of all your worries for a moment. This has a relaxing and anxiety-relieving effect. Meditating helps you to gather new strength.

Benefits Of Following A Zen Lifestyle In School

Increased Academic SuccessStudies have shown that students who meditate or have designated quiet time have better academic performance.

Improved Mental HealthThe combination of greater physical health, more confidence and increased empathy that students get from engaging in Zen practices can lead to better mental health overall.

Possible Decreased Substance Abuse and AddictionZen living often focuses on self-care, which increases feelings of self-worth for some students and may lead to less dependency on or compulsion toward addictive substances.

Increased ConfidenceGood physical and mental health, along with engaging in mindful practices such as meditation, can lead to greater self-appreciation. Better Sleep

Eating right, moving your body with purpose and having the ability to calm and center yourself in healthy ways all lead to a better night’s sleep.

Greater EfficiencyStudents who maintain a Zen lifestyle have the benefit of increased energy and more self-assuredness to help them plow through assignments and tasks quickly and efficiently.

Improved Physical HealthMaybe it’s obvious the eating well and exercising improve physical health, but stress, anxiety and depression can have negative physical effects. Meditative and mind-body practices can help students reduce negative emotions and their physical effects.

It Improves The Ability To Prioritize And Plan

Can you think beyond your to-do list? When was the last time you had the focus and attention to prioritize your time and create a short or long-term plan for yourself? Along with the increased focus from meditation comes more clarity. With this clarity, it becomes much easier to envision how to work more efficiently, thereby improving your productivity and performance.

It Fosters A More Positive Attitude About Work

The more stressed you are, the more negative you become about your job, your colleagues and your company. It truly becomes difficult to see anything positive about your life and career. This negativity can become a downward spiral that leads to actual depression. Meditation changes all that. With increased mindfulness, you can push aside negative thoughts and focus on what’s important.

Even in a difficult work situation, meditation helps you become more productive and assists in defining a clear path for yourself and your career. That positivity will be your new mindset and future challenges will be put in perspective. That’s a true recipe for success.

Bonnie Marcus, M.Ed, is an executive coach, author and keynote speaker focused on women’s advancement in the workplace. A former corporate executive and CEO, Bonnie is the author of The Politics of : How High Achieving Women Get Ahead and Stay Ahead, and co-author of Lost Leaders in the Pipeline: Capitalizing on Women’s Ambition to Offset the Future Leadership Shortage.

Step 1: Provide A Calm And Relaxed Environment

To meditate, you need silence. So make sure that you are not disturbed. A good option would be, for example, to directly to meditate in the morning after getting up. At this time of day you are not yet stressed and have no appointments. Alternatively, if you don’t want to get up early, you can meditate in the evening before you go to bed, when the day’s errands are behind you.

When meditating, create an atmosphere of well-being. Chaos around you disturbs the relaxation. So tidy up beforehand and make yourself comfortable. If you like, you can light some candles and turn on some meditation music . But of course this is not a must. In the end, all that matters is that you feel comfortable. Switch your mobile phone to silent and turn off the phone.

Ways To Practice Gratitude & Build Your Beauty

Please &  Thank You

Take the time to express your thanks to those around you.  This makes you happier and nurtures your relationships.  A simple verbal thank you is powerful.  A written thank you note is even better.

Count Your Blessings

Take the time each day to mentally, or better yet speaking aloud when alone in the car or on a walk, list all your blessings and the positive things in your life. You can even express gratitude for the positive things that haven’t even happened yet, but that you are desiring.  Challenge yourself for one month to change from speaking about  lack and negativity to only expressing gratitude and positive words and see what happens. You might surprise yourself.

As part of your mindful meditation, focus on positive feelings, thoughts and energy.  If the negative slips in, stop your thought, and replace it with a positive thought of gratitude.

What does all of this have to do with beauty you might ask? Beauty starts inside.  Beauty is born from your physical well being and your mental and emotional health.  Start your beauty practice today. Ommmmm…..

You Will Have To Learn Zen Meditation Properly

Zen meditation techniques are quite technical. They include specific breathing methods and postures. For instance, in Zazen meditation, we use specific sitting positions and Cosmic mudra .  

Plus, there are numerous different types of Zen meditation techniques. For instance, Zazen .  

When you learn these methods, you will be empowered. As Katsuki Sekida says in the Zen Training: Methods And Philosophy, “Zen training is a means of enabling us to live our ordinary lives supremely well.”  

Let’s look at how to do Zen meditation techniques.

Meditation In Attention And Emotion Regulation

Meditation is the mental practice of increasing attention and calmly observing all experiences in the present moment. Zen meditation is similar to mindfulness meditation and both styles fall under the category of open monitoring meditation. In open monitoring meditation, the practitioner maintains consistent attention and does not focus on a precise thought or object . In the Japanese Soto Zen tradition, which first developed in the early thirteenth-century, meditation usually consists of seated meditation phases and are facing the wall. During Zazen, meditators keep their eyes half open and the gaze does not focus on any object .

The achievement of a readiness of mind, which is a smooth, imperturbable and effortless way of thinking, is described by spiritual Zen literature as an aim of meditation. Practitioners are supposed to be “ready for observing things, and to be ready for thinking”. Concentration should always be present in the meditators mind . In fact, meditation practice can facilitate practitioners’ ability to maintain focused attention . For example, expert meditators are able to slow down binocular rivalry switching after meditation and demonstrate a decrease of thought distraction and an increase of the present focus .

There Are Various Posture For Zen Meditation

There are two positions of seating like a full lotus position or a half-lotus position. But if anyone lacks the flexibility one can sit on a chair or sit on a  zazen kneeling position. Zafu, a thick and round cushion, is the best place. Practice the meditation on the Zafu. This cushion lifts the hips and keeps your knees rooted to the floor. This way is the more stable and comfortable way to sit for zazen. Before buying a zafu one can fold a thick blanket in a rectangular shape and sit on it.

Rather Several Short Units Than One Long One

Especially for beginners: Less is more. Start with short meditation sessions of about ten to a maximum of 15 minutes. If possible, you should meditate at least three times a week, even daily. Your body and mind need time to get used to this new form of relaxation. Don’t overload yourself with too long sessions. Keep it short and sweet.

Advanced practitioners, on the other hand, can meditate for 20 to 25 minutes. Over time, you can gradually lengthen your meditation sessions. However, you will find that as a beginner, even ten minutes of quiet sitting will seem quite long.

The Difference Between Zen And Mindfulness

While mindfulness and Zen are closely linked, they are nevertheless different things. Mindfulness does, however, have its roots in Zen meditation.

Mindfulness was proposed in the late 1970’s by American Dr. Jon Kabat-Zinn as a way to understand, describe, and study some of the effects and practices of Zen, yoga, and other Buddhist traditions. It is a process and method of bringing one’s thoughts to the present moment without judgement, and has measurable effects in the brain, breathing, and nervous system. While it is rooted in the Zen tradition, it’s also helpful to think of mindfulness as a phenomenon in itself.

One reason for this is because of the ‘aim’ of mindfulness. Most forms today have a goal in mind, be that improved happiness in one’s life or simply calming down for a short while. By contrast, meditation purposely avoids any goal or aim. If there is any goal in performing , it is to perform .

Mindfulness is also a way of understanding and analyzing the sometimes murky effects of . It’s said to help greatly in calming and relaxing oneself by providing a ‘reset’ of one’s thoughts. Neurological studies on the effects of mindfulness have also suggested that it can improve creativity, inspiration, and productivity. By separating, clarifying, and sometimes repackaging some of Zen’s concepts and effects, mindfulness has achieved widespread popularity among business leaders, artists, and many others.

#6 Acceptance Of Lifes Uncertainties/pains

Tied to the 5th benefit, this appeals to the negative benefit of Zen meditation. Just like Buddhism, the belief that our pain emanates from attachments is incorporated in this meditation process.

Using a similar example above , accepting life’s uncertainties and pains through Zen meditation is like having an . Letting go of attachments, especially to uncertain things, can bring inner peace. 

Instead of being caught up in what goes around and beyond you, this meditation practice allows you to re-calibrate yourself.

Thus, even when you’re faced with a pandemic, Zen meditation is more than enough to bring calmness within.

Zen Position: Sitting Kneeling Or Standing

Zen Meditation techniques use specific sitting positions and standing positions, like so.

Burmese Position: The legs are crossed with both knees flat on the floor. One ankle is in front of the other but not over.

Half Lotus : The left foot is positioned on the right thigh. This position takes time to do comfortably, but regular practice will help.

Kneeling Position : In this position, we kneel with the hips resting on the ankles.

Proper Zen posture requires a cushion/mat/pillow called a zafu. This is a particular type of cushion that helps us maintain proper posture and comfort. A zafu is essential for both body and mind because if you do not have a comfortable posture, you will find it difficult to focus. And without focus, Zen meditation techniques will not work. 

Manage Symptoms Of Some Certain Conditions

Meditation can help to improve illnesses that are worsened by stress.

Although more research is still required to establish the direct health benefits of meditation, some researchers suggest that it might help to manage symptoms of certain medical conditions like- asthma, heart problems, tension headaches, high blood pressure, etc.

Meditation cannot work as a replacement for traditional medical treatment, but there is strong evidence suggesting its benefits as an add-on option.

Step 2: Choose The Right Sitting Position

During Zen meditation you have to remain in your chosen sitting position for 10 to 20 minutes. For this to succeed, you should of course sit comfortably. The sitting position is crucial for the success of Zen meditation. Only when you feel comfortable will you achieve the desired inner relaxation. There are different ways of sitting:

1. heel seat: The heel seat is best suited for beginners. It is uncomplicated and requires no contortions. To make heel sitting even more comfortable, you can use a cushion if you wish or lean your back against a wall.

Second Burmese seat: The Burmese seat is a little more demanding than the heel seat. For this sitting position you need a meditation cushion. You rest your buttocks on the meditation cushion. You bend your legs and pull them in front of your body. However, you do not cross them.

Third chair seat: For those who suffer from joint problems, the chair seat is a good alternative. Sit on the front edge of the chair. Do not lean on it. Your body should hold itself upright. Make sure your feet are in firm contact with the floor. Place your legs parallel to each other.

4. the half lotus position: Cross your legs and gently pull them to your body.

5. the classic lotus position: The lotus position is the classic sitting position. However, you should be stretched and limber before assuming this position. Cross your legs and pull them close to your body. Place your feet on opposite thighs.

Zen Meditations Effect On The Human Brain

For years, scientists have studied how meditation affects the mind and therefore the body. Zen meditation practice has always been a topic of curiosity and the question of why it affects the brain the way it does naturally arise a lot. In a 2008 study, researchers compared twelve people who had more than three years of daily practice in Zen meditation with those who had never experienced meditation.

Everyone within the study was given a brain scan and asked to specialize in their breathing. Occasionally, they were asked to differentiate a true word from a nonsense word on a display screen. Then, they were instructed to specialize in their breathing again.

The results showed that Zen meditation triggered activity in a set of brain regions known as the “default network.” It is responsible for the phenomena of a wandering mind.

The volunteers who regularly practised Zen meditation also were ready to return to their breathing much faster than the novices after being interrupted.

The authors of the study concluded that meditation may enhance the capacity to remain focused, concentrate, and limit distractions—all of which may be a struggle for people in today’s digital world.

What Are The Benefits Of Daily Meditation

Meditation is a practice of habit. It cannot work effectively unless practiced regularly. Even 10 minutes of daily meditation is beneficial to the practitioner rather than doing different times haphazardly. Meditation is like a skill; the more you practice the better your results are.

Although there are many proven scientific benefits of meditation; we need to remember that it is not a panacea. The only way you can derive maximum benefits is through consistency, i.e., regular practice. Initially, it might take a little cut and try to discover the best technique for you; but the long-term benefits are worth toiling for. It is important that meditation does not become a burden in your life; you should not look it up as a chore. To improve mental health conditions via meditation, we need to implement the practice in a gentle and consistent manner into our day-to-day routine until it becomes sustaining and enjoyable.

Categories

Holistic And Alternative Health Practices

Using pressure from the fingers on points on the body to treat pain, tension, and other physical issues. Includes specific forms such as shiatsu.

Inserting needles into specific points on the body to increase flow and decrease pain and tension in various body parts and organs.

The use of essential oils derived from plants to treat physical and emotional ailments. Oils can be massaged into the skin, placed in bathwater, or used in an infuser for inhalation.

A 3,000-year old medical treatment philosophy originating in India that incorporates the concepts of life forces, interconnectedness and the body’s constitution. Consists of herbs, diet, exercise and lifestyle changes as prescribed by a qualified practitioner.

The application of glass or bamboo suction cups to troublesome spots on the body. Used to promote circulation and healing.

Using plants and plant-based derivatives to treat illness, physical discomfort, tension, stress, chronic conditions and more.

The use of water in the treatment of disease and pain. Includes the use of steam, ice, and hot and cold water.

Qualified practitioners of reiki use light hand touch on specific parts of the body to direct healing energy to treat emotional, physical and mental disharmony.

The use of applied and specific sounds to heal and align physical and mental disharmony, aid meditation, and reduce anxiety and stress.

Resources, Apps & Tools for Holistic Wellness at School

Part 1 Of 3:getting In The Right Position

Your space will grow naturally with time, so do not worry if it’s not perfect right away. You will figure out what does and does not work for you as you begin meditating regularly.

2Get into a stable position. The literal translation for zazen is “seated meditation”. How you sit is very important. What matters most is that you stay comfortable and keep your back straight. If you need to do something like cross your legs, or use pillows to prop up your back, do so.

If you are very flexible, try the half Lotus Position . The Half Lotus is done by placing the left foot onto the right thigh and tucking the right leg under your left thigh. The Full Lotus is done by placing each foot onto the opposite thigh. If either positions are painful, however, avoid using them as they can be distracting.

Tucking in your chin helps align your spine and neck.

4Relax your jaw and facial muscles. Before you begin meditating, pause and be aware of any tensions you’re feeling in your jaw and facial muscles. You may not notice the tension in your jaw until you pay attention to it specifically. Try to loosen your jaw and the muscles in your face in general before you begin meditating.

If your jaw feels very tense, use your fingers to lightly massage your face to loosen up the muscles.

When you sit to meditate, it’s most important that…

Want more quizzes?

It can help to count your breaths to regain focus.

What should you do with your eyes while you meditate?

Want more quizzes?

#3 Better Life Planning And Goal Setting

Apart from improving your focus, Zen meditation can also help you achieve internal clarity.

When we seek something in life, a lack of transparency can lead to confusion and half-baked efforts.

On top of the already confusing choices, having no clear goal can prevent you from achieving happiness and inner peace. 

For instance, we can see this in people who’ve spent a lifetime finding themselves. Trying out things is good, but the lack of life planning and goal setting will set us back a lifetime. 

However, if we took it upon ourselves to pause and reflect, just as what Zen meditation teaches us, we would have been able to clearly set goals in life.

This allows us to streamline our efforts and progressively build on what we have!

Zazen And The Practice Of Simply Sitting

Meditation and Mindfulness

Years ago, when I was in my 30s, I conducted a television interview with a Zen Buddhist priest about the transformative power of meditation. At the time, I’d dabbled with various types of meditation, but certainly didn’t practice it regularly and couldn’t attest to its benefits. While I really liked the priest and everything she had to say, I didn’t feel drawn to sitting in silence and watching my breath—I had other things to do.

Over a decade has passed since then. I still have “other things to do,” but age has taught me that there’s a correlation between my thoughts and my problems. I can see more clearly now that how I perceive myself, how I view others, and what I believe about my circumstances all have a rather substantial effect on my life experience.

When I’m not happy, the culprit often seems to be my thoughts. With this heightened awareness, instead of heading to the computer first thing in the morning to check e-mail, I’ve started working on my mind.

I’m practicing Zen meditation, or zazen, which means “sitting meditation” in Japanese. Every morning, I spend 10 or 15 minutes focusing on my breath as I sit in front of a blank wall. “We give you an environment clear of distractions so you can see where distractions originate—in your head,” says author Karen Maezen Miller, a Zen Buddhist priest and my latest Kripalu Perspectives guest.

Maezen suggests these simple steps to help beginners like me ease into zazen:

Meditation In Buddhism And Christianity

David Midgley is founding director of the Jamyang Buddhist Centre Leeds. Dr Susan Blackmore is Lecturer in Psychology at the University of the West of England and Bristol. They discuss meditation practices with Liz Watson, director of the London Christian Meditation Centre.

In order to see this content you need to have both Javascript enabled and installed. Visit BBC Webwise for full instructions

An Attitude Of Gratitude & Your Beauty

Developing an attitude of gratitude physically changes your brain and improves your mental and physical health.  In today’s society it is easy to fall into the trap of focusing on what you don’t have, that which is lacking in your life.  Social media also fosters negative comparisons, especially about one’s appearance.

Zen Positions For The Rest Of The Body

In Zen meditation technique the eyes are open. This stops you from daydreaming.

In the book Heart of Meditation, Lama Shenpen Hookham states that when we meditate with our eyes closed, we enter “a kind of inner world that you have to leave as soon as you stop meditating.” Meditating with the eyes open prevents this from happening.

You shouldn’t focus your eyes on anything in particular. Instead, guide your gaze to one meter in front of you on the floor. Your eyes should be half-open. You may choose to position yourself in front of a wall or some other object so that there are no distractions. Indeed, this is the traditional way that monks do Zen meditation technique in a hall .

Zen meditation position for the neck and head:

In Zen meditation technique, the position of your neck and head is critical. Poor neck positioning could lead to injury. To combat this, position your head and neck as described below.

Keep your neck straight.

Pull your chin in a little

Imagine that your head is gently rising towards the ceiling

Make sure that you are balanced and comfortable. You should be able to maintain the position without effort.

Your teeth should be together lightly

Let your tongue rest against the roof of your mouth

Hands and arms

Zen uses a specific mudra called the cosmic mudra. You can read about this in my guide to the different Buddhist mudras.

Separation Of Technique From Tradition

Some of the difficulty in precisely defining meditation has been in recognizing the particularities of the many various traditions; and theories and practice can differ within a tradition. Taylor noted that even within a faith such as “Hindu” or “Buddhist”, schools and individual teachers may teach distinct types of meditation.:2Ornstein noted that “Most techniques of meditation do not exist as solitary practices but are only artificially separable from an entire system of practice and belief.”:143 For instance, while monks meditate as part of their everyday lives, they also engage the codified rules and live together in monasteries in specific cultural settings that go along with their meditative practices.

What Is The Purpose Of Zen Meditation

A regular meditation practice re-energizes and trains your brain to support both your performance and productivity. You don’t need to be a Zen master to test out how the practice of meditation can work for you. Whether you experiment with a meditation class or try to find enlightenment with a Zen teacher elsewhere, here are seven other ways meditation benefits you at work:

Types And Methods Of Zazen Meditation

There are also different types of zazen in terms of practice. Practitioners from the Rinzai School do zazen by sitting while facing each other with their backs on the wall. In another school, zazen practitioners face the wall or curtain and sit silently. Zazen meditation is taught using three methods. This includes mastery on introspection, concentration and just sitting.

Concentration makes use of counted breathing. Some even uses repeatedly reciting mantras to substitute the counting. This method aims to achieve the one-pointedness of the mind. This allows us to subdue all negative thoughts present in the external world and helps us to remain focused on what is present in front of us. Introspection on the other hand, raises awareness. In this method, the practitioner develops interconnectedness with nature and his internal being. The individual then becomes attuned to his consciousness. This gives him to the intellectual processing of actualizing reality that transcends thought.

In the principle of Zazen meditation, concentration and introspection are better achieved with just sitting contentedly and quietly in comfortable space.

Benefits Of Zen Meditation Techniques

So now you know how to do Zen meditation technique like Zazen. But what are the benefits of Zen meditation? Beginners can expect to see most of the following benefits within two weeks of daily practice.

Improved focus

More peaceful mind with less negative thoughts

Improved intuition

Moves us towards enlightenment and oneness.

Is Zen Meditation Only For Buddhists

To get the answer right away: Zen meditation is suitable for everyone. In general, meditation is now firmly established and popular among us. To get started, we would like to recommend our free meditation challenge.

For five days you will receive a daily guided meditation each on a different thematic focus. All meditations have a length of six to a maximum of 20 minutes – the ideal length for beginners. Once registered, you get unlimited access to the content of the Meditation Challenge. So you can be inspired again and again.

Have you become curious? Then inform yourself in detail about the contents our meditation challenge and sign up today!

The Benefits Of Zen And Mindfulness

All human beings will necessarily undergo suffering and conflict within themselves. Zen allows us to face these feelings and move beyond them. Everyone, from artists to businesspeople, can benefit from this ability.

In an era where everything is at our fingertips and we find ourselves on the edge of sensory overload, Zen gives us a way to reconsider our ever-changing desires and think about the life we truly want to lead.

Zen and mindfulness may be different, but they share both the same root and the same destination.

Now you know a little of the theory, why not practice Zen meditation yourself? With Wabunka Experiences, you can experience online from a Buddhist monk, live from a temple in Kyoto.

How To Do Zen Meditation Techniques

Preparation

The entire meditative process is very simple, and it mainly focuses on stillness and posture. You should find a well-lit room with quite a comfortable temperature. Just take a meditation chair, also known as Zafu, traditionally, and place it on the floor or mat where you will sit on. The cushion makes sure that your hips are elevated above the floor or mat, and the knees should face downwards towards the floor. Make sure that you wear loose, comfortable, and airy clothing and then sit on the cushion in Half Lotus Pose or Full Lotus Pose called .

In the case of a Full Lotus pose, you should place both of the feet on your opposite thighs, on each side. In the case of the Half Lotus pose you can place any of your ankles on the opposite thigh. In case you are comfortable sitting, take a kneeling position or sit on a backless bench. However, the sitting position is often recommended. Ensure that your back is upright and erect. Keep your body duly balanced, and it shouldn’t be too much tensed or relaxed.

Hand Posture

In the case of Zen meditation, your eyes aren’t completely closed. Partially closed eyes actually assist you in staying alert as well as avoid drowsiness. You should keep your eyes half closed and then direct the gaze diagonally lower, that faces the ground. You don’t actually have to focus on anything. It is recommended that you sit in front of a wall in order to avoid distractions.

Correct Breathing

Setting Your Mind

Head Position During Zen Meditation

One point of advice worth mentioning often overlooked by those new to the practice of Zen Meditation is how important it is to position the head correctly. The spine should optimally align with the neck as if a straight line were running directly up it. Making sure there is nothing placing undue pressure or strain upon your body is very important for being able to create a steady rate of airflow and a peaceful state of mind. To achieve this, it’s commonly recommended for practitioners to tuck your head under the chin, as this helps maintain alignment between the spine and neck in a healthy and stable position.

Health Benefits Of Zazen Meditation

Zazen meditation is more than just sitting and gaining concentration out of it. There are long-term health benefits that we could get out of Zazen. Here are some of them.

Cognitive functioning and moods. Meditation is likened to a brain multivitamins if there is such. Thus, a daily dose of it would be suggested. Since zazen develops mindfulness through concentration, it also latently decreases occurrence of depression. Being akin to your own thoughts and harmoniously processing them with external stimuli increases cognitive alertness and the secretion of serotonin and dopamine. These hormones are called “happy hormones” and are the key players in preventing depressing thoughts and incidences of bipolar disorders.

Reduction of stress and anxiety. Being burnt out from work and other hassles of everyday living could produce stress and anxiety. These two are closely associated with the occurrence of depression and could lead to chronic heart diseases and even diabetes. Internal awareness gained through Zazen reduces the density of grey-matter in the brain which causes stress and anxiety.

When mastered, Zazen meditation could improve our well-being. Zazen meditation truly gives a piece of heaven in our stressful everyday endeavors. All the more, practicing Zazen will not only give us peace of mind but also long-term health benefits that we shall reap for a lifetime.

Zazen Is Not The Same As Meditation

If you haven’t already, join our mailing list to receive quarterly articles in your inbox.

These remarks are excerpted from course handouts given by Rev. Fujita at a workshop called “The Lived-Body Experience in Bud­dhist Meditation” he taught at BCBS in March, 2002.

There seems to be a common misunderstanding about zazen, which some people think of as a technique for reaching a state of “no thought.” Such an understanding of zazen assumes that a certain state of mind can be reached by manipulation, technique or method. In the West, zazen is usually trans­lated as “Zen meditation” or “sitting medi­tation.” More and more, in contempo­rary usage, zazen is considered one of the many methods from Eastern spiritual tra­ditions for attaining objectives such as mind/body health, skillful social behav­ior, a peaceful mind or the resolution of various problems in life.

It is true that many meditation prac­tices in the Buddhist tradition are helpful in achieving these objectives, and these may certainly be skillful uses of meditation tools. However zazen, as understood by Dogen Zenji, is something different, and cannot be categorized as meditation in the sense described above. It would there­fore be helpful to us to look at some of the differences between zazen and meditation.

“Just sitting with correct posture’’gets deepened infinitely.

In zazen we move from the head to the heart and into our Buddha-nature.

What Happens During Zen Meditation

Zen meditation is considered an “open-monitoring meditation,” where monitoring skills are used. These monitoring skills are transformed into a state of reflexive awareness with a broad scope of attention and without focusing on one specific object.

Zen meditation is similar to mindfulness in that it’s about focusing on the presence of mind. However, mindfulness focuses on a specific object, and Zen meditation involves a general awareness.

Unlike loving kindness and compassion meditation, which focuses on cultivating compassion, or mantra meditation, which involves the recitation of a mantra, Zen meditation involves increased awareness of the ongoing physical and self-referential processes.

Individuals who practice Zen meditation attempt to expand their attentional scope to incorporate the flow of perceptions, thoughts, emotions, and subjective awareness.

Zen meditation often involves keeping the eyes semi-open,?? which is different from most other forms of meditation that encourage closing the eyes. During Zen meditation, practitioners also dismiss any thoughts that pop into their minds and essentially think about nothing.

Over time, they learn how to keep their minds from wandering and may even be able to tap into their unconscious minds. Often, the goal is to become more aware of preconceived notions and gain insight into oneself.

What Are Zen Meditation Techniques

Zen meditation techniques are a variety of Buddhist meditation. Specifically, Zen is a school of Mahayana Buddhism that was heavily influenced by Taoism according to the BBC .    

The word “Zen” comes from “Chan”, a Chinese word derived from the Indian term “Dhyana”, which means “concentration”.

Concentration is the heart of Zen.

In the book Dogen’s Manuals of Zen Meditation, philosopher Carl Bielefeldt explains that the early stages of Zen meditation are all about cultivating concentration. For instance, by practising mindfulness.  

Mindfulness means to focus on the present moment without judgment. And this is crucial in all Zen meditation techniques. Indeed, the first benefit of Zen meditation beginners will experience is improved focus and mindfulness. 

Breathing Zen Meditation Technique

Below, we will look at the Zen Meditation technique called Zazen. For this method, proper breathing is critical. To breathe correctly, sit in the right posture . Then, breathe quietly in through the nose with your mouth closed.

The breath should be relaxed and should come in long, calm inhalation and exhalations that are never forced. The focus is on exhalation.

This is arguably the most important part of Zen mediation for beginners to get right. You must not force the breath. Just let it move as it will. 

Religious And Spiritual Meditation Padma-asanaPatanjali Yogpeeth

There are many schools and styles of meditation within . In pre-modern and traditional Hinduism, and are practised to realize union of one’s eternal self or , one’s dualistic Yoga school and , the Self is called , a pure consciousness separate from matter. Depending on the tradition, the liberative event is named , vimukti or .

The earliest clear references to meditation in literature are in the middle Upanishads and the Mahabharata within oneself”.

One of the most influential texts of classical Hindu Yoga is ‘s Yoga sutras , and finally .

Later developments in Hindu meditation include the compilation of Hatha Yoga compendiums like the Hatha Yoga Pradipika, the development of Bhakti yoga as a major form of meditation and . Another important Hindu yoga text is the Yoga Yajnavalkya, which makes use of Hatha Yoga and Vedanta Philosophy.

Jain meditation

Jain meditation and spiritual practices system were referred to as salvation-path. It has three parts called the Ratnatraya “Three Jewels”: right perception and faith, right knowledge and right conduct. Meditation in Jainism aims at realizing the self, attaining salvation, and taking the soul to complete freedom. It aims to reach and to remain in the pure state of soul which is believed to be pure consciousness, beyond any attachment or aversion. The practitioner strives to be just a knower-seer . Jain meditation can be broadly categorized to Dharmya Dhyana and Shukla Dhyana.

Bodhidharma

Improved And More Productive Sleep

Insomnia is often caused by gripping anxiety, racing thoughts and fear of the future. All these are reduced by regular meditative practices.

Mindfulness meditation has been proven to increase REM sleep by releasing tension points and increasing the duration of sleep due to induced calmness.

Better sleep eventually leads to better performance and more productivity the next day.

Make An Appointment With Yourself

Determine fixed times when you will devote yourself to Zen meditation. Put them in your diary and take the appointment with yourself seriously. Fixed appointments help you to create the necessary space. Otherwise, there is a danger that the desire to meditate will be lost in the hustle and bustle of everyday life.

Decreased Age Related Memory Loss

Increased attention and alertness combined with clarity of thought helps to keep the mind exercising and might help to keep it young.

Studies have shown that kirtan kriya improves the age related memory loss in older people and they perform better in neuropsychological tests.

One of the advantages of meditation in older people is that it has been shown to at least partially improve or decrease memory loss in patients with dementia.

Eat Mindfully: Clean Food Enjoyed

Like mindful movement, mindful eating can have perks beyond the physical. Along with potential benefits like fewer sick days, higher energy levels, clearer skin and better overall health, eating mindfully can connect students with their bodies as well as their environments.

Students looking for a healthy boost for their bodies and minds can check out some of these eating practices to see which best suit their lifestyles. Along with a rundown on different eating methods, students will find tips for eating mindfully on a budget and using their meal plans and campus resources to their advantage.

Part 3 Of 3:easing Into A Routine

Keep in mind, even people who meditate regularly never completely clear their minds. It’s normal to have to stop and redirect your thinking to your breathing once in awhile. Do not feel like getting distracted means you’re meditating incorrectly.

More advanced meditators may try to clear their minds completely but Buddha Shakyamuni warned against too obsessed with clearing the mind.World Parliament of Religions, held in Chicago in 1893, was the landmark event that increased Western awareness of meditation. This was the first time that Western audiences on American soil received Asian spiritual teachings from Asians themselves. Thereafter, Swami Vivekananda… various ashrams… Anagarika Dharmapala lectured at Harvard on Theravada Buddhist meditation in 1904; Abdul Baha … the US teaching the principles of , and Soyen Shaku toured in 1907 teaching Zen…:4

Madison Square ParkNew York City

The 2012 US National Health Interview Survey .

Effects of meditation

What Are The Types Of Meditation

The word acts as an umbrella term for various practices to attain a relaxed state of mind. There are different subtypes within each type of meditation and instructors often advice to blend them in order to discover the one practice that is unique to your needs.

Underlying is five of the most recommended types of meditative practices:

Top 3 Zen Meditation Techniques

Observation of the breath

Meditators should assume a comfortable posture such as the Burmese, half-lotus or Seiza pose during zazen. It’s best to sit on a padded mat or cushion; sitting on a chair is also acceptable. Awareness is directed towards a certain object of meditation, generally observation of the breath and more specifically the way it moves in and out of the belly area. This method fosters an abiding sense of presence and alertness.

Quiet awareness

This form of meditation does not repose on a focal point such as the breath. Here, meditators learn to allow thoughts to flow through their minds without judgment, grasping or rejection. The Japanese call this practice shikantaza, or “just sitting.” This Zen Buddhist meditation technique is practiced with no object of meditation, anchors or contents.

The teachings emphasize that there is no goal, per se. The meditator “just sits” and allows their mind to just be. It is important for practitioners to understand that zazen is not a means to an end: it is the end.

Intensive group meditation

Mindworks Meditation Courses feature Guided Meditations, Mind Talks and meditation programs to learn to meditate. We even have a Zen Roshi coming soon to our cast of incredible Mind Trainers.

Is Zen Meditation Right For You

When it comes to meditation, it’s important to find which type is best suited for you. Research shows that Zen meditation doesn’t always turn out to be a favorite. In fact, sometimes, it’s near the bottom of the list. 

In a 2012 study, college students spent seven days practicing a specific type of meditation over the course of four weeks. At the end of the study, they were asked to rank the meditation practices in order of personal preference.?? Significantly more participants ranked Vipassana and Mantra meditation as higher than Zen and Qigong Visualization.

Step 4: Concentration Downwards

In Zen meditation, the concentration is on the lower half of the body. It is assumed that the energy rises from the bottom upwards when meditating. The flow of energy can manifest itself, for example, through a slight, pleasant tingling sensation on the back. If you feel this, it is an unmistakable sign that your body and mind have connected and are now one.

What Is Included In The Program

There are some other resources included, which come together with the program when you make your purchase, to help you have an easy time working things out.

These resources are:

• The entire Zen 12 library – This comes with the 48 audio series, with all 4 styles for 12 months.

• User Manual – This helps you know more about the engineering behind zen 12, more about brainwave entrainment and how to make the most out of the program.

• Quick Start Guide – Helps you learn how to get started and proceed without any hiccups.

• Lifetime Support – You get a direct email address to get immediate assistance from the creators, and they are super fast in replying. Trust me on this.

The Benefits Of Zen Meditation

Did you know that the benefits of Zen meditation really are ? It’s true. So, what is Zen & how does it work?

Popularized by Gautama Buddha more than 2500 years ago, Zen meditation is highly acclaimed by many as the very best technique for mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual wellness.

Who can practice Zen meditation?

Zen meditation transcends all religious & cultural backgrounds, there are countless non-Buddhists practicing Zen meditation for the limitless array of mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual benefits. You don’t need to be a master or anything, beginners often report amazing, jaw-dropping benefits.

What are some of the benefits of practicing Zen meditation?

• Greatly improved health: lower stress, anxiety, depression, etc. • Deep, super restorative, restful sleep every night.• Powerful insights into the inner workings of the mind.• Powerful , accurately guiding you through life.• The correct mindset for personal and professional .• Quieting down of “mind chatter”, resulting in an “unshakable” inner peace.• Feeling more connected to all living things, with more love and compassion.• Enhanced brain power, memory, and cognitive recall.• Clear, lucid thought, with super levels of creativity.• Easy access to your super-powerful subconscious mind.• Incredible mental, emotional, and physical healing.• Super mental awareness.

[ontarioyoga]

Which Is Better Meditation Or Guided Meditation

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/which-is-better-meditation-or-guided-meditation/

Which Is Better Meditation Or Guided Meditation

The Potential Downside Of Guided Meditation Is That You’ll Be Pulled Out Of Whatever Meditative State You’re In Each Time You Receive A New Instruction From The Person Guiding You

This is great when your mind is chatty – the teacher’s voice reminds you to bring your attention back to the meditation – but if you’ve found a quieter state of mind, it can be really intrusive.

Most people find that there’s a point after they’ve learned how to meditate, and practiced with guidance, that they want less guidance and more silence.

Here’s what I recommend when students ask me how to get started with self-guided meditation:

Set an interval bell. Use a timer . Each time you hear the bell, you’ll be reminded to come back to this moment, if your mind has drifted. It’s much less intrusive than a voice, so if you’re in a deep meditative state, hearing the bell won’t bother you.

Start with a plan. Begin your session with a specific meditation technique that you’ve practiced with guidance, to help you get going. For example, you could count your breaths, repeat a mantra, or do a body scan. The technique will help you settle into a meditative state.

Once you’re feeling more still and connected, you can let go of the technique, and just keep bringing your attention back to the present moment each time it wanders. Use your breath, or sounds around you, or sensations in your body as your anchor – whatever you’ve discovered works well for you, when you’ve practiced with guidance from a teacher.

The Verdict: There’s Value In Both Silent And Vocal Meditation Techniques So Experiment And Choose The Style You Prefer

Asking if silent meditation is better than vocal meditation is like wondering if chunky peanut butter is better than smooth. You and I may have our own preferences, but neither is inherently better than the other.

Many people find the use of mantras is the most widely known. Every TM student is given a specific mantra to use for the entirety of their practice. Over the years, TM has become quite visible in the mainstream media due to such notable and devoted practitioners as David Lynch, Paul McCartney and Jerry Seinfeld.

At the opposite end of the meditative rainbow are the schools teaching silent meditation, the rules of which can range from silence during meditation sessions with discussion allowed afterwards, to absolute quiet for the duration of one-, 10-, 20- and 45-day retreats. Some have gone on multi-month or even multi-year silent retreats.

DiCapua agrees. “If the intention is to cultivate a mindfulness to notice things just as they are ,” he said, “then anything we add to the experience, like chanting or saying a mantra, is viewed as ‘extra.'” So what does that mean, exactly? “With this type of meditation, the practitioner simply pays attention to whatever is spontaneously arising in each moment. Anything added is superfluous and veils the bare suchness of how life is unfolding.”

What Are The Advantages Of Using Guided Meditation Vs Meditating On Your Own

The advantage to guided meditations is that the narrator or teacher walks you through how to meditate, what to expect from your mind and body, and how you can apply what you learned in the meditation to your life. If your mind tends to wander during meditation, the guidance of an experienced teacher can help you focus and bring you back to the present moment.

Meditations By Marcus Aurelius: Book Summary Key Lessons And Best Quotes

, , and More

Meditationsis perhaps the only document of its kind ever made. It is the private thoughts of the world’s most powerful man giving advice to himself on how to make good on the responsibilities and obligations of his positions. Trained in Stoic philosophy, Marcus Aurelius stopped almost every night to practice a series of spiritual exercises—reminders designed to make him humble, patient, empathetic, generous, and strong in the face of whatever he was dealing with. It is imminently readable and perfectly accessible. You cannot read this book and not come away with a phrase or a line that will be helpful to you the next time you are in trouble. Read it, it is practical philosophy embodied.

So, who was Marcus? A Roman emperor from 161 to 180 A.D., Marcus practiced and wrote about his own Stoic practice in his journals. It is worth remembering that Marcus is one of history’s most exemplary leaders and one worth emulating in our own lives. Matthew Arnold, the essayist, remarked in 1863, that in Marcus we find a man who held the highest and most powerful station in the world—and the universal verdict of the people around him was that he proved himself worthy of it. Machiavelli considers the time of rule under Marcus “golden time” and him the last of the “Five Good Emperors.” Machiavelli would also describe Marcus Aurelius as “unassuming, a lover of justice, hater of cruelty, sympathetic and kind”

The Guided Meditation Framework Method Of Guided Vs Unguided Meditation

In The Guided Meditation Framework™, we teach our facilitators how to integrate guided meditation & unguided meditation into the same meditation experience, because facilitating a transformative inner experience requires aspects of both types of meditation.

The guided portion of a meditation is undoubtedly critical.  Careful instruction from a well-trained facilitator ensures that we can shift our physiology from a cognitive to a meditative state.  And targeted inquiry & guided imagery help to create a focused, imagination activating environment, enabling deep goal-oriented contemplation.

However, it is the unguided portion of a meditation which is the most important.  During the moments in which the facilitator isn’t guiding the experience, we have the ability to explore our own creativity, discover our own insights & connect with our inner wisdom.  

In The Guided Meditation Framework™, our students learn the crucial art of balance between guidance & silence, because we understand that the most valuable part of a meditation is found in the moments of silent reflection.

Become A Spiritual Tour Guide With The Guided Meditation Framework

With the frenetic pace of modern life, it’s easy to get swept away by the incessant tides of stimulation.  The more outwardly distracted our society becomes the more ambivalent we become about such foundational questions, such as: what purpose do I wish to serve?

What we need are ways to strike a balance between what the world wants of us & what our soul demands of us.  Our society needs to relearn the art of meditative contemplation to create space between an encroaching outer world & the kingdom of our own thoughts, our own passions & our own decisions.

At The Guided Meditation Framework™, we are training coaches, therapists, practitioners, yoga teachers, counselors & many more to help our society recommit to ourselves through guided meditation.  In our 6-week online training & group coaching program, we teach personal development industry professionals how to lead insight-provoking immersive experiences in both 1-on-1 & group capacities.

Heather Hayward’s unique draws on her over 30 years of professional experience leading outcome-oriented guided meditations, designed to help people find clarity & peace, and take action toward achieving their goals.

If you would like to become a meditation facilitator & start guiding people back to what matters, Watch Our FREE DEMO& Apply for a Free Strategy Session with Heather Today!  

Frequently Asked Questions About Mindfulness Meditation Answered

When you’re new to meditation, it’s natural for questions to pop up often. These answers may ease your mind.

1) If I have an itch, can I scratch it? Yes—however, first try scratching it with your mind before using your fingers.

2) Should I breathe fast or slow or in between? Only worry if you’ve stopped breathing. Otherwise, you’re doing fine. Breath in whatever way feels comfortable to you.

3) Should my eyes be open or closed? No hard-and-fast rules. Try both. If open, not too wide, and with a soft, slightly downward gaze, not focusing on anything in particular. If closed, not too hard, and not imagining anything in particular in your mind’s eye.

4) Is it possible I’m someone who just CANNOT meditate? When you find yourself asking that question, your meditation has officially begun. Everyone wonders that. Notice it. Escort your attention back to your object of focus . When you’re lost and questioning again, come back to the breathe again. That’s the practice. There’s no limit to the number of times you can be distracted and come back to the breath. Meditating is not a race to perfection—It’s returning again and again to the breath.

5) Is it better to practice in a group or by myself? Both are great! It’s enormously supportive to meditate with others. And, practicing on your own builds discipline.

7) What if I get sexually . Repeat.

Guided Vs Unguided Meditation: What They Are And How They Help

Meditation is the practice of being present and mindful for a limited period of time and is linked to numerous benefits for physical and mental health. Meditation reduces stress, improves sleep, increases focus, raises mood and can even improve relationships. Through the calmness encouraged by meditation, people can discover clarity, contentment and compassion. Research on meditation is ongoing, but the benefits of meditation are well-established.

What is Guided Meditation?

Guided meditation is a type of meditation led by a teacher, which can be in person or via audio or video. When starting out, an expert guide can help make the difference between developing a habit that will stick and discarding a practice which has proven benefits.

In traditional meditation, students are taught the approach, the practice, and the integration of meditation. First, they are taught how to view their mind and how best to approach the different exercises they will be doing. Next, they are taught those exercises and trained in becoming more proficient at them. Finally, they learn how to bring the peace developed during meditation into everyday life.

A guided meditation is similar. In guided meditation, a narrator or a teacher explains how the mind is likely to behave during meditation. They may also explain meditation techniques. Then the teacher may explain how these techniques can be brought into daily life.

What is Unguided Meditation?

Guided vs Unguided Meditation

The Evil That Men Do Harms You Only If You Do Evil In Response

Marcus reminded himself to not be upset by the misdeeds of others and to correct them if possible, but if they were stubborn and would not change, to accept it. In reacting to such people, we must never allow our own principles to be violated. Moreover, we should never be surprised by the wicked deeds of others, and avoid wishing that men are not as they are because then we are wishing for the impossible. He believed that people do bad things out of ignorance of what is good and evil, and that we should forgive them for their errors, even when they harm us. Marcus stresses that social animals such as humans are meant to live in harmony.

He likened his relation to bad people to them being different body parts of the same person. Good and bad people are both part of the same universal nature and they are meant to interact and cooperate. Marcus Aurelius—and indeed all the Stoics—believed that we were part of an inner-connected organism. That you couldn’t hurt one person without hurting them all. “What injures the hive, injures the bee,” he said. “The best revenge,” he said, “is not to be like that.” Meaning: When you hurt others, you hurt the group and you hurt yourself.

“It is a ridiculous thing for a man not to fly from his own badness, which is indeed possible, but to fly from other men’s badness, which is impossible.”

Or as another translation would put it,

“It’s silly to try to escape other people’s faults. They are inescapable. Just try to escape your own.”

Okay Talk Me Through The Basics What Does Meditating Look Like

Good news: People often imagine there are a lot of rules around how to meditate properly, but meditation is meant to be flexible and personalized. “A lot of people think you have to sit in a certain way, like cross-legged on the floor, which is absolutely not true,” says Winston. “You can sit in a chair. You can sit on the couch. You can lie down. However you’re comfortable.” Winston notes that people also think they have to do it for a certain amount of time—often a time—but that’s another misconception. A few minutes is fine.

To give you an idea of what mindfulness meditation looks like in practice, consider this basic example: “A very simple way to meditate is to sit down in a comfortable place where you won’t be disturbed and bring your attention to your body,” says Winston. “See if you can notice your body . Maybe you feel your breath moving in your abdomen. Maybe you notice your chest moving up and down. Some people notice the air moving through their nose. Then, just pick a spot to focus your gaze on and then stay with it, feeling the breath rising and falling in and out. When you notice your mind wandering away, return your attention back to your breathing and the spot that you’re noticing. Then just do that again and again. If you just did that for five minutes a day, you’d be golden.” It may sound too easy, but that might be all you need to incorporate a fulfilling meditation routine into your life.

Health Differences Of Guided Meditation And Silent Meditation

You are probably already aware of the benefits of meditation. But what you might not know is that you will not get the same benefits of traditional meditation if you use guided meditations.

To understand why, we need to look at how meditation works.

The majority of the benefits of meditation come from two facts. Firstly, that meditation leads to calmness. And secondly, that meditation provides insight into the mind and makes us more conscious of mental processes. In turn, this makes us less reactive to mental phenomena .

Focusing the mind on one thing produces inner stillness because there is no movement of mind.

When we focus on one thing , we stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, and reduce activity of both the amygdala and the sympathetic nervous system. This leads to feelings of inner peace and enters the body into a restorative state that is incredibly effective for healing both the mind and body. .

Once we have entered this state of focused relaxation, we gain more conscious awareness of the mind. We can perceive our thoughts and other mental phenomena clearly for what they are.

Instead of getting lost in thoughts and feelings, and thereby reacting to them, we become conscious of those thoughts and feelings and are therefore non-reactive. This is essentially what Goenka has stated about Vipassana. And it has been proven through studies including

Guided Meditation Vs Silent Meditation: Whats The Difference

Recently, many of my students have asked me to do a comparison: Guided meditation VS silent meditation. And to explain the difference.

You might be surprised to hear that there is indeed a significant difference between guided meditation and silent meditation. And guided meditation is not as effective.

Ever since meditation became a billion-dollar-industry in 2019, companies have been jumping on the bandwagon. Mindfulness apps like Headspace, Insight Timer, and Calm have changed the way we think about meditation.

On the one hand, this is good because there are millions more people meditating today than ever before. But it has also led to confusion about the true nature of meditation. And it is definitely worth asking if guided meditation is as good as silent meditation.

The Rumor: You Can Only Really Meditate In Complete Silence

As if it isn’t difficult enough to find the time to meditate, some styles of meditation prescribe complete silence as their way of getting into the zone. Confusingly, other schools advocate the use of mantras or chants to go deeper. Then there’s guided meditations. Is one method really better than the others?

Which Is The Better Type Of Meditation: Unguided Or Guided

It really depends on your personal preference. For some people, unguided meditation is the best type of meditation because they can be more in tune with their thoughts and emotions and how they’re feeling at that moment.

On the other hand, guided mediation provides a lot more support for someone new to meditation and they might be more comfortable with being led through the process by someone else. It comes down to which type of person you are, but both types of meditation can offer several benefits.

No matter how many books you read or people you talk to, you will never know your inner reality until you try the practice. I have seen that if you have a busy mind, then silent meditation is more of an effective practice than guided meditation.

But no matter what you choose the important thing is that you start meditating and quieting your mind. When you do, you will start to notice that things are turning out for your own good.  Everything will start to work out for you even if you think they don’t, they do. Just be patient and meditate.

Be Yoloful! Decide to become happier now.

Difference Between Guided Meditation And Silent Meditation

The primary difference between guided meditation and silent meditation is that guided meditation involves listening to someone else’s voice to lead us through our practice.

This might not seem like a big deal at first. However, once you understand the true nature of meditation it does become significant.

When we meditate, we focus the mind on one thing. In traditional meditation, we focus on a meditative object such as the breath. We focus one-hundred per cent of the mind on this object. This reduces mental activity and creates one-pointed focus. When we do this, we are purely observing the object of meditation.

When we observe the mind, we start to clearly see the nature of mental phenomena . While focusing on the breath, for instance, it becomes much easier to see our thoughts and feelings as they exist in the present moment. Indeed, Vipassana master S. N. Goenka states that the ultimate purpose of meditation is to increase insight into how the mind works and thereby be less reactive to it.

We need 100% focus

To achieve this level of observation we need absolute focus. Hence why we focus the mind 100% on the breath or on another meditation object. Focusing 100% on one thing is imperative to produce mental calmness .

This is where guided meditation and silent meditation differ. Obviously, guided meditation is not as good as silent meditation when it comes to focusing because it involves listening to someone else’s voice. Therefore, we’re not focusing 100% on one thing.

So How Is Silent Meditation Different To Guided Meditation

When we practice guided meditation, the mind is never at a point of complete stillness because we are focusing on two things:. Firstly, the voice of the instructor. And secondly, the object of meditation. This produces a to-and-fro, the mind bouncing back and forth. The result is that we are never wholly focused on one thing.

Because of this, we do not achieve inner stillness. And therefore, we do not produce the same level of relaxation.

This is why guided meditation is not as effective as silent meditation. And this was proven in , which shows that meditation apps are not as useful as silent meditation.

Only through silent meditation do we gain emotional control.

How Do I Quiet My Thoughts And Keep My Mind From Wandering

nd here we have the most common misconception about meditation. Despite popular belief, the goal of meditation isn’t a completely blank mind. “Meditation isn’t turning off thoughts but rather learning to meet them with awareness and curiosity,” says Mattingly. The same goes for our wandering minds; you don’t have to keep absolute focus, either. In both cases, the key is .

“When our attention wanders away or other thoughts are coming up, we notice what’s happening and then bring our attention back to whatever it is we’re focusing on in our mindfulness meditation, such as our breath,” says Winston. “And then we do that over and over. What we learn to realize is that that’s not a problem. That’s part of the process.”

That doesn’t mean it’s easy, of course. Paying attention to our thoughts and emotions can set off anxiety, judgment, and other things that feel like they interfere with mindfulness. But with practice, you can learn not to get pulled down into that spiral and instead incorporate these moments into your meditation. “ allows us to take a step back and become the observer,” says Mattingly. “When we invite in curiosity, we’re able to notice the changing nature of all emotions and realize that these emotions rise and fall in everyone.”

Brain Science Mindfulness Meditation And Mental Wellbeing

While we all experience sadness or feel anxious from time to time, and medication can be important and useful in certain circumstances, medication does not build mental and emotional resilience, mindfulness meditation does.

To explain why mindfulness meditation is a wonderful practice to put into your mental health toolkit let’s have a brief look at how our minds work.

The most recent evolutionary part of our brain is the pre-frontal cortex . It is responsible for our higher executive functions and steering us toward living a life filled with meaning and purpose.

When your PFC is engaged it’s easier to step back and objectively witness what’s going on inside you, regulate your emotions, manage fears and urges, interrupt unhelpful habits, see the bigger picture and make decisions aligned with your core values.

Mindfulness meditation helps you to stay in the present moment longer and develops your ability to observe your own private inner experience with more perspective, curiosity, objectivity, and self-compassion. This makes it easier it is to unhook from unhelpful thoughts, emotions and habits that no longer serve you.

The more lost in thought and distracted we are, the easier it is to get hooked by unhelpful thoughts and to find ourselves looking for quick fixes and behaving in ways that take us away from who we really want to be.

The Benefits Of Guided Meditation Vs Unguided Meditation

The health benefits of guided meditation & unguided meditation are largely the same.  Some of these benefits include increases in heart rate variability , stress reduction, increase of the brain’s grey matter & much more.  However, while the health benefits are widely known & virtually identical, the unique benefits of these two types of meditation are found in their different applications.

What Technique Is Proven To Relieve Stress And Anxiety

According to Harvard Medical School, mindfulness meditation may ease anxiety and mental stress.

Researchers at John Hopkins University examined over 19,000 studies, 47 of which helped ease psychological stress like anxiety .

A study done by Dr. Elizabeth Hoge, a psychiatrist at the Center for Anxiety and Traumatic Stress Disorders at the Massachusetts General Hospital, also found that mindful meditation helped people quell anxiety symptoms for those with generalized anxiety disorder .

One technique that is beneficial for stress and anxiety is relaxed breathing. This technique involves deep breathing done at an even pace, breathing all the way down into the diaphragm. The overall goal of the practice is to slow your breathing down and take in more oxygen as you reduce the usage of your muscles and breathe more efficiently.

How Do I Choose Between Guided And Unguided Meditation

The short answer is that you don’t need to choose between guided and unguided meditation practices. Many meditators use both. You might begin your day with an unguided meditation — ten minutes of silent focus on the breath as part of a morning ritual. And then your wind-down practice for the evening may be a guided body scan or a guided sleep meditation. 

If you’re new to meditation, beginning with guided meditations can be a supportive way to learn what meditation practices you enjoy best .

How To Do Unguided Or Silent Meditation For Beginners

If you are interested in silently meditating, try this simple practice out:

Sit on the floor or a chair with your feet flat on the ground or in a cross-legged position.

Close your eyes and breathe deeply and slowly into your belly. Focus on how your breath moves through your body. Notice what it feels like as air enters and leaves the tip of your nose or mouth. You might also want to focus on how the area around your heart rate falls and rises with your breath.

If you find yourself thinking of something else or wanting to get up and do something, that’s okay! Just notice the thought or compulsion to leave and then . Simply come back to your breathing and focus on how it feels in your .

When you feel ready, slowly open your eyes.

Guided Vs Unguided Meditation: What’s The Difference

The first type of meditation is the guided meditation, which usually includes a spiritual leader such as a guru leading the meditation or a pre-recorded voice with background music. This type of meditation is not for everyone, because it can be difficult for someone new to meditation to follow everything that is being said.

The second type of meditation, unguided meditation, doesn’t require a spiritual leader. All you need to do is focus on your breath and practice breathing techniques to relax.

How Much Do Guided Meditation Classes Typically Cost

Many guided meditation classes that made it into our top picks are available for free, but services like Headspace and Calm offer memberships in addition to free trials and select meditation recordings.

The cost of in-person classes can range from $20 to $150, with an average of around $55 to $60 per class. This depends on the length of the meditation and experience of the instructor. You can also download meditation apps, which range from free to $15 per month. In general, this fee gives you access to guided meditations, deep breathing exercises, and self-guided recordings.

How To Meditate When You Have No Idea Where To Start

If you’re wondering how to meditate, there’s a good chance it’s because you’ve heard all sorts of things about how good it can be for you. People love to suggest meditation for a variety of reasons: to reduce and anxiety, to ease depression, to put you to sleep, to make you feel more present, to magically transform you into a better, more grounded human being. The claims go on and on. And while the benefits of meditation have been greatly exaggerated in a lot of ways, plenty of people find it to be a worthwhile practice and . With everything going on in the world, it’s a solid time to explore meditation and whether it might be useful for you too.

Meditation may seem simple—and in many ways, it is—but people are often unsure where to start and whether they’re doing it correctly. To help you learn how to meditate and integrate it into your life, SELF asked meditation experts some of your most common meditation questions.

Is Guided Meditation As Good As Silent Meditation

Meditation has always been a powerful practice for self-awareness and deep peace of mind. Your thoughts are your own, and you may find yourself coming up with answers to all the problems and worries you have without any help at all.

The question is, which type of meditation will best help you achieve your personal goals? For some, guided meditations are the perfect way to get started. However, there’s another option that many people overlook—silent meditation.

Managing Expectations While You Learn To Meditate

Sometimes when people first start experimenting with mindfulness meditation or guided meditation, they worry that they’re doing it wrong. I felt that was at first too! Like I would never be able to sit still enough to be good at meditating. 

When it comes to guided meditations, sometimes people reach out and say, “I don’t see anything in the guided meditations, is that normal?” 

My answer is, “Absolutely yes.” It’s really important for people to dial down their expectations. If your mind races and you get attached to thoughts, or if the imagery just isn’t coming to you, that’s ok. 

Some people are super visual, most people are not. Trust that if the meditation is helping you feel relaxed, it’s working. Even if you don’t let every thought float by like a leaf or even if you don’t see the image inside your head like it’s on a screen. 

Best Meditation Techniques For Beginners To Learn

There are many different kinds of meditation techniques and they can all be beneficial.

The beauty of meditation is that it can be done anywhere and at anytime.

Most meditation techniques are relatively simple, ranging from simple breathing meditations to more complex meditations.

Meditation is a very personal practice because what is relaxing for one person may be distracting for another. Some people find it quite difficult to turn the mind off so guided meditations are a wonderful option as well because they allow your mind to go on an incredible journey.

In this article, we will cover the basics of meditation from common meditation techniques to mindfulness techniques to help calm anger.

Meditation is a pleasing way to relieve stress and anxiety. If you have never tried meditating, it may be a little intimidating at first.

A beautiful meditation can transform you to another time and another place. A simple meditation practice can also help you shed painful emotional burdens and negative thoughts.

Meditation can help melt away the layers of stress and anxiety that build up over time. Those that engage in a regular meditation program can better manage stress and tension, ward off depression and even lower their blood pressure.

Meditation can help you cope better with life and help you get rid of the tensions of the day. A lot of benefits for such a simple practice.

Being Kind To Yourself And Practising Acceptance

Research shows that people who are kinder toward themselves are more satisfied with their lives, have better physical and mental health, and stronger relationships. Conversely when we judge ourselves harshly, we become more stressed, and the long-term impact can seriously harm our mental health.

Kindness and compassion don’t mean letting others step all over you, or not holding your ground. The key here is the absence of anger and judgment, and the presence of good will, the intention to support ourselves and others.

To be mindful is to be present and to accept life as it is. But acceptance should not be confused with resignation, tolerating, putting up with, and approving.

Acceptance from a mindfulness perspective, means recognizing that things are the way they are. This allows us to stop our argument with how things are and deal with things more objectively and wisely.

When we accept reality as it is, emotional brain is less triggered, and we have more access to our pre-frontal cortex. Then, when we do act, our meditation training allows us to act from an emotionally balanced place, so we are less likely to make the situation worse.

This is an active kind of acceptance that not only leads to more mental wellbeing, but also to wise action.

It’s not easy, but your life is worth it, you are worth it.

Wishing you happiness, mental health, and wellbeing.

Best Places For Guided Meditation Online In 2021 Marney A. White, PhD, MS

We include products we think are useful for our readers. If you buy through links on this page, we may earn a small commission. Here’s our process.

A national survey of more than 26,000 U.S. adults conducted by the Centers for Disease Control found that the use of meditation increased more than threefold between 2012 and 2017, from 4.2 percent to 14.2 percent, making it the second most used complementary health technique after yoga.

Now, amid the COVID-19 pandemic, depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress symptoms in the general population are on the rise globally. So it’s no surprise that meditation apps like Calm and Headspace — which offer a brief respite from chaotic news feeds — have seen subscriptions soar since the beginning of the pandemic.

While you can practice unguided, silent meditation on your own without any technology, many people find it helpful to have a facilitator to guide them, especially as a beginner.

Meditation And Sleep: Frequently Asked Questions

How do I meditate to sleep?

Many people who practice meditation find that they feel like falling asleep by the end of their meditation session anyway, so this makes it a great practice to induce sleep.

To meditate yourself to sleep, start with the outlined meditation practice listed above. You might also speak to your meditation instructor about using meditation specifically to improve your sleep. Even a short 25-minute session can make all the difference.

Additionally, practicing yoga nidra, which puts your consciousness right on the precipice of sleep, is another good option.

Will meditation help me sleep?

Yes! Meditation is an excellent way to help yourself get to sleep and stay asleep. That’s because it calms the mind and helps you focus on the present moment, instead of promoting rumination the future or the past. Meditation provided by our in-home meditation coaches also promotes the production of melatonin, a hormone that is produced right before sleep and that is linked with sleep in general.

Is it bad to meditate at night?

No. Meditation in the evening or right before you fall asleep at night is perfectly fine. In fact, if you struggle with falling asleep or staying asleep, meditation can be particularly useful and beneficial.

How long should I meditate before bed?

Learn How to Meditate for Better Sleep With an Anahana Meditation Coach

How To Meditate: Simple Meditation For Beginners

This meditation exercise is an excellent introduction to meditation techniques.

Sit or lie comfortably. You may even want to invest in a meditation chair or .

Close your eyes. We recommend using one of our Cooling Eye Masks or Restorative Eye Pillows if lying down. 

Make no effort to control the breath; simply breathe naturally.

Focus your attention on the breath and on how the body moves with each inhalation and exhalation. Notice the movement of your body as you breathe. Observe your chest, shoulders, rib cage, and belly. Simply focus your attention on your breath without controlling its pace or intensity. If your mind wanders, return your focus back to your breath.

Maintain this meditation practice for two to three minutes to start, and then try it for longer periods. 

After you have found an effective way to meditate, browse Gaiam’s Meditation Shop for all the necessary products to help perfect your meditation techniques. 

Is There A Recommended Technique For Depression

Another study done at Harvard found that mindful meditation may even change the brain in depressed patients.

An eight-week course in mindfulness-based cognitive therapy resulted in patients being able to disengage from negative thoughts much more quickly.

Brain scans also revealed that the changes in brain activity for those who learned to meditate held steady even when they weren’t actively meditating .

Whats The Difference Between Muse 2 And Muse S

There are several notable differences to point out. First of all is the headband. Muse S has a soft plush headband that wraps around the whole head while Muse 2 uses a plastic headband that covers the front of your forehead.

The metrics are nearly identical and the app is almost the same, but Muse S gives you access to Go-To-Sleep Journeys. These meditations are aimed at helping you sleep and the headband makes it much easier to sleep than with the Muse 2.

If you plan on meditating during the day, then these two are neck and neck. They both have good battery life and are comfortable while meditating. They also both measure the same metrics, though many consider the Muse S headband to be more accurate.

If you want all the bells and whistles, then Muse S is the better choice. If you’d rather save some money and get all the major features, then Muse 2 is a wonderful option.

Muse 2 Meditation Muse S Meditation

Guided Meditations Vs Mindfulness Meditations

Meditation is one of the best, proven methods we have for lowering stress levels and feeling more grounded and at ease in our lives. The benefits of meditation are seemingly endless… 

In our busy lives, we’re often caught up in fight, flight, or freeze mode – reacting to situations that trigger us or take us off of our center, and often keep us stuck there. Meditation is a practical tool that can help us deeply relax and calmly respond even to the most challenging situations. It isn’t about forgetting about the stressful parts of your life, nor bypassing them, it’s about reaching a place of calm neutrality so you can make clear decisions and respond with intention. 

A strong meditation practice makes everything in life feel more manageable. And learning to meditate can help give you a natural understanding of how to practice mindfulness in the rest of your life. 

Meditation has been an incredibly important part of my path and my healing journey  

I’ve been meditating pretty much every single day for 35 years, ever since I first discovered this practice in a treatment center for alcohol and drug addiction. 

Discovering The Different Types Of Meditation

When I first discovered meditation in the treatment center, they called it “relaxation time,” but it was actually a guided meditation. They took me through this mindfulness practice where I imagined I was listening to a babbling brook, and I was hooked.

I went from so uptight, tense and anxious to genuinely relaxed for the first time in forever. I felt this sense of drifting away and being able to quiet my mind. Sometimes when I first started experimenting with meditation, I felt like a failure. I was fidgety, my mind raced, and I felt like I didn’t do it right. I was questioning myself the whole time. But the meditations with guided imagery really worked for me. I loved them. 

After that, I became a bit of a meditation tourist… 

I did everything from meditating in the Unity Church, to taking classes at a Tibetan Temple, to Kundalini yoga, to getting swatted at the local Zen temple for fidgeting, to transcendental meditation ….I tried it all! 

Then I realized each form of meditation was just a different way in which I could connect to Spirit . And I had to find the one that worked for me! The one that felt the most magical and effective to me. 

One of the things I love about guided meditation is that it helps us bypass the subconscious mind. Not only does it quiet our thoughts, it helps us move into our unconscious, dreaming mind and out of the patterns and stories of our subconscious, which is the trained and conditioned mind. 

How Beginners Can Start A Meditation Practice

If you’re curious about adding mindfulness into your life and creating a meditation practice, the best way to start is small and with no grand expectations. 

Start with 5 minutes. Choose some music you really like to listen to in the background . Simply spend 5 minutes counting your breaths and ta-da – you’ve meditated! 

Don’t be worried if you sit there and start thinking about what you have to buy at the grocery store. Count your 5 minutes as a win and come back again tomorrow! With practice, you can increase the time and it will get easier. 

In the beginning, you also have to be willing to sit through the discomfort. It might feel fun and great for a day or two, and then you’ll hit some resistance! Some days will be easier than others, but consistency is key. Just sit each day for any amount of time you can manage.

If you’ve been under extra stress recently , or if you’re an empath and you tend to feel everyone else’s everything, a consistent meditation practice will change your life. This is a chance to sit down and get out of the stress of your daily life and remember that you have a spark of divinity in you. 

It’s a chance to come back to a place of neutrality, peace, and calm. To be more present in your life. 

Meditation goes beyond just regular self-care to what I like to call “soul-care.” If you’re looking for more ways to deeply care for yourself and tend to your inner-life, . 

Best For Deepening Your Practice: Tara Brach

 Tara Brach

Why We Chose It: Meditations guided by a clinical psychologist that are peaceful and cathartic.

Several categories to choose from

Meditations are free

Not the most user-friendly website

Not best for beginners

All of the meditations are free, but Brach asks for donations to make them as widely available as possible.

If you’re looking for a deeper practice that also feels like you’re getting a dose of therapy, then Tara Brach is for you.

With a Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology, Brach will guide you through a peaceful, yet cathartic, meditation that helps you discover how self-compassion can relieve emotional suffering.

There are four meditation categories to choose from: Basic, Heart, Open Awareness, and Special Meditations/Reflections. Pre-recorded meditations include Relaxing Back into Natural Awareness, A Calm Refuge, Touching Peace, Embracing Life with an Open Heart, and more.

Some meditations feature guidance with just a few silent pauses, while others feature gentle rain or birds singing in the background. They range from around 10 to 40 minutes, on average. All of the meditations are free, but Brach asks for donations to make them as widely available as possible.

Why We Chose It: User-friendly interface with 100s of guided meditations for beginners to experts.

Cues to cope with external sounds

100s of meditations to choose from

Membership is a bit expensive

Not great for the less tech-minded

Quick Meditation Techniques To Utilize Today

There are some quick techniques for those who don’t have a lot of extra time. Many of us find excuses or reasons for why we don’t have time to do something such as finding time for meditation.

These simple practices may be just what the doctor ordered if you fall into this category:

Quick Body Scan

Mindful Eating

Chore Meditation

A body scan meditation combined with some deep breathing can be very healing and restorative. You can do this quick practice by breathing deeply and imagining a warm soothing light filling your body. As you imagine the light, you can also scan your body and mentally release any strain or tension.

A 5 or 10-minute walk can be very refreshing and exhilarating as well. The next time you feel stressed, try walking and paying attention to those physical sensations, such as the sound of your feet touching the pavement or the feel of the air on your skin.

You can also meditate in the shower by immersing yourself in the experience. For example, you can notice the lovely aroma of the soap, enjoy the sensation of the warm water or imagine your stress and tension draining away.

Mindful eating is a practice where you eat mindfully and put everything else aside. You can focus on the texture of the food, how it tastes going into your mouth or simply take the time to immerse yourself in the process of eating as a beautiful experience.

Best Marcus Aurelius Quotes From Meditations

“If it is not right, do not do it, if it is not true, do not say it.”

“The mind adapts and converts to its own purposes the obstacle to our acting. The impediment to action advances action. What stands in the way becomes the way.”

“Concentrate every minute like a Roman—like a man—on doing what’s in front of you with precise and genuine seriousness, tenderly, willingly, with justice. And on freeing yourself from all other distractions. Yes, you can—if you do everything as if it were the last thing you were doing in your life, and stop being aimless, stop letting your emotions override what your mind tells you, stop being hypocritical, self-centered, irritable. You see how few things you have to do to live a satisfying and reverent life? If you can manage this, that’s all even the gods can ask of you.”

“We all love ourselves more than other people, but care more about their opinion than our own.”

“Not to feel exasperated, or defeated, or despondent because your days aren’t packed with wise and moral actions. But to get back up when you fail, to celebrate behaving like a human—however imperfectly—and fully embrace the pursuit that you’ve embarked on.”

“How easy it is to repel and to wipe away every impression which is troublesome or unsuitable, and immediately to be in all tranquility.”

“Ambition means tying your well-being to what other people say or do…Sanity means tying it to your own actions.”

Guided Meditation And The Awakened Mind App

The Awakened Mind app includes a range of guided meditations to stabilise and steady the mind. Once the mind is steadier, it is easier to see how and when you get hooked.

You cannot be caught up in a thought and emotion while observing it. Shifting to observer mode unhooks you from the natural pull of your thoughts and emotions. You begin to realise it’s okay to have difficult thoughts and emotions, they’re just thoughts or emotions. They don’t have to overwhelm you, nor do they need to define you.

Meditation as a practice encourages you to stop fighting, avoiding, obeying, and giving thoughts and emotions all your attention, which is extremely liberating! To get a taste of this, you might like to try out the ‘Returning from Thoughts’ meditation on the Awakened Mind app.

You’ve probably already noticed that desperately trying to get rid of uncomfortable thoughts and emotions just makes things worse. Then, self-judgment kicks in “what is wrong with me!?” When your life is dominated in this way, it’s really hard to reach your full potential.

Instead of letting our emotions own you and getting lost in stories like “I’m an anxious person, or I need to get rid of this anxiety” mindfulness meditation encourages you to practise the power of noticing and naming your emotions.

As we cultivate mindfulness, we build a precious inner resource to help us stay more balanced and accepting, even while experiencing difficult thoughts, urges and emotions.

Three Key Takeaway Lessons From Meditations

The most important lesson to take away from Meditations is that our minds have great power. We can choose how we perceive events and we can always choose to be virtuous. If we practice, we can instantly erase any bad impressions from our mind. We are completely in control of our thoughts and actions. Remember the two quotes: “You have power over your mind – not outside events. Realize this, and you will find strength.” “The impediment to action advances action. What stands in the way becomes the way.”

People will always do awful things and we are only responsible our own virtue. We can choose to be good even when we are surrounded by wrong. When another harms us, we can react with kindness, advising them of their errors if possible but being okay with it if they ignore this advice. When another angers us, we must immediately consider their point of view, remember that we have our own faults, and respond with positivity and indifference to any supposed harm done to us.

Your Rational Mind Is Your Greatest Asset

Marcus knew that our ability to reason is what sets us apart from the animals and is an important power that we must use to the fullest. He believed that our reason could be used to understand the universal reason present in nature, which would lead to agreement with it even if events seemed harmful. Our rational minds have complete power over our opinions and the mind only experiences suffering when it itself creates a desire for a specific outcome in life.

Marcus—who had more control over his environment than most—was also the pen behind these lines: “You have power over your mind – not outside events. Realize this, and you will find strength.”

Marcus teaches that our mind is a thing that controls itself completely and is separated from the world; it cannot be affected by events unless it makes itself be affected. Every appearance is the result of what the mind wills it to appear to be and the mind makes itself exactly what it is. Since this is so, there is no reason we should not agree with nature, since nature has provided us with the means to rationally accept the course of events no matter where they take us.

How We Chose The Best Guided Meditations

For starters, we looked at guided meditations only, which are led by a teacher via video, audio, or both. The overall pick and the best meditation for beginners scored high points in the guided department.

Our writer tried each meditation video and service and provided feedback based on her experience. Rounding out the criteria, we considered online reviews and YouTube comments posted below each meditation video. Tara Brach’s meditations have rave reviews on iTunes and the Honest Guys meditations have been viewed over 300 million times.

Of The Most Common Meditation Techniques

The purpose of meditation is to relax the mind and the body; it is not a complicated process but there are some simple steps you can follow to get started. If meditation has been challenging for you, then perhaps you have been trying too hard.

There are many techniques you can use to get started. Meditation is the opposite of what most of us engage in throughout the day so it can be difficult to learn how to turn off your mind if this is something you are not used to doing.

Ten of the most common meditation techniques include:

Breathing Meditations

Progressive Muscle Relaxation Meditation

Progressive Muscle Relaxation is a very classic type of meditation, which basically involves the tightening and loosening of various muscles up and down the body.

You could do a progressive muscle relaxation by squeezing and releasing the large muscles of the body, either starting at the top of the head or the bottoms of the feet.

This type of meditation can be very soothing and relaxing especially before bedtime and it’s a simple practice that even children can do.

Which Technique Is Best For Anger Issues

A study published by Fennell, Benau, and Atchley revealed that a single meditation session can reduce physiological indices of anger in both novice and experienced meditators.

The research examined 15 people who were new to meditation and 12 who were experienced meditators. The study measured their physical responses like blood pressure, rate of breathing and heart rate.

After only 20 minutes of meditation, those who were new to the practice had a much calmer and more relaxed physical response when they were asked to think about the anger again.

Those who were more experienced meditators found that they didn’t have much of a response at all when asked to re-experience the anger.

The Top 10 Guided Meditations From 2019

We’ve rounded up our most popular guided meditations from the past year to help deepen your practice and provide support for every aspect of your life.

Meditation

At Mindful, we aim to connect you with the resources you need to develop and strengthen your meditation practice. We know that meditation isn’t always easy—that’s why we’ve created step-by-step instructions to guide you through each practice. Whether you’re new to meditation or have been practicing for years, our resources give you the space to slow down, connect, and refresh. 

This year, we provided meditations on how to tame the inner critic, tune into the body, sleep better, sit with change, and practice loving-kindness. 

The Transcendental Meditation Technique

Transcendental meditation is a very specific type of meditation introduced by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, a spiritual guru. It is a trademarked meditation based on a form of mantra meditation.

The TM course teaches practitioners a special mantra that can be used to produce specific vibrations or sounds. To learn the specific technique, you would need to pay for the course as the secrets are closely guarded.

This type of meditation has been described as a kind of fourth state of awareness with the first three being the waking state, the dreaming state and the state of deep dreamless sleep. The purpose of this meditation is to transcend awareness and consciousness.

The Effectiveness Of Guided Meditations

If you meditate, I am sure that you would have used guided meditations to help you along at some point in your practice.  They are easy to follow and serve as a useful tool for cultivating regular practice.  Through guided meditation, practitioners are provided with guidance and instructions by a facilitator, either in person or audio recordings.  Like any meditation practice, guided meditations are designed to help practitioners develop awareness, relieve stress, and enter into a meditative state with proper guidance.  It is especially useful if one is new to meditation because a well-scripted and well-narrated session can provide clear directions on how to meditate based on a step-by-step method.  All the practitioner needs to do is to focus on the guiding voice of the facilitator.

Try Meditation For Better Sleep Tonight

Want to sleep better as soon as tonight? Here’s a short meditation practice to try this evening, right before you head to bed.

Step 1: Set the scene.

While this isn’t necessarily a step associated with meditation, it’s one that can be useful to facilitate better sleep on a regular basis. 

To set the scene for a good night’s sleep, start by dimming the lights in your bedroom. Make sure that all screens and technology are turned off, but set your alarm beforehand, if necessary. Put on your pajamas . Ensure you have clean sheets on your bed. 

At this point, you might consider spraying a calming room scent in the air or dabbing a few drops of essential oils on your pillow. Scents such as chamomile and lavender are good for promoting sleep. If you like to sleep with background noise, start a stream of white noise or water or wind sounds at a low level.

Now, climb into bed.

Step 2: Position yourself for meditation and a good night’s sleep.

To meditate in bed, lay on your back with your head on your pillow and your hands at your sides. Position your body, neck, and head in a neutral, relaxed position. You shouldn’t feel any tension or stress in your body. 

To ensure this, do a quick body scan, starting at the very top of your head and working your way all the way down your body to the tips of your toes. Make any adjustments that are necessary, including moving the covers so that they are over your body in the same way that you would normally sleep with them.

Fame And Desires Are Not Worth Pursuing

Marcus repeatedly explains why the pursuit of fame and praise is foolish and why we especially should not care about what others think of us after we die. He points out that so many famous men have been forgotten, that those who would praise one posthumously will themselves soon die. He explains that there are no immortal actions:

“Consider that as the heaps of sand piled on one another hide the former sands, so in life the events which go before are soon covered by those which come after.”

Fame, no matter how great, will always fade into oblivion and pursuit of it merely demonstrates one’s vanity.

He also explains that nothing is made better by praise, the beauty of things comes from the thing itself and not what people say about it. To think then that we are gaining something by being praised is a mistake.

Marcus would say,

“When you’ve done well and another has benefited by it, why like a fool do you look for a third thing on top— credit for the good deed or a favor in return?”

Marcus and the Stoics see doing good as the proper job of a human being. So why on earth do you need thanks or recognition for having done the right thing? It’s your job. Why would you need to be famous? Because you were talented? Because you were brilliant? Because you were successful? These things are part of the job too.

Guided Meditation Vs Silent Meditation

Let’s take a look at both of these practices and how they differ.

Guided meditation is any form of meditative exercise that is led by another person. When we perform guided meditation, we listen to another person’s voice while meditating. A guided meditation may be based on a traditional meditation technique, guided imagery or music.

What makes it a guided meditation is listening to someone else’s voice, which may be in-person or over media. Youtube and other sites have many guided meditations, as do mindfulness apps.

Traditional meditation is a health practice stemming from a combination of Hinduism, yoga, and Buddhism. It was first mentioned thousands of years ago in the Upanishads and subsequently evolved through the Buddhist text the Pali Canon.

Today, proper meditation is principally taught by experts like S.N Goenka, Jon Kabat Zinn, and Pema Chodron. Meditation involves focusing the mind on one or more elements of the present moment. This is done to produce what Buddhists call Samatha .

On paper, guided meditation and silent meditation sound similar. And you might even think that guided meditation is better than silent meditation if only because it is easier.

But when we dig a little deeper, we realise that there are in fact huge differences between guided meditation and meditation.

Separation Of Technique From Tradition

Some of the difficulty in precisely defining meditation has been in recognizing the particularities of the many various traditions; and theories and practice can differ within a tradition. Taylor noted that even within a faith such as “Hindu” or “Buddhist”, schools and individual teachers may teach distinct types of meditation.:2Ornstein noted that “Most techniques of meditation do not exist as solitary practices but are only artificially separable from an entire system of practice and belief.”:143 For instance, while monks meditate as part of their everyday lives, they also engage the codified rules and live together in monasteries in specific cultural settings that go along with their meditative practices.

Best For Relaxation: The Honest Guys

 The Honest Guys

Why We Chose It: Free, simply-guided meditation with a breathing technique to help quell anxiety.

Soothing guide and background sounds

Reassuring for anxious users

A bit generalized

: This meditation, as well as Clarke’s other offerings, are free and available on YouTube.

Like many others who swear by this guided meditation, Rick Clarke’s voice is alluring because it isn’t distracting. He begins with deep breathing and points out that thoughts of anxiety and stress are common.

The key to success with this guided meditation is to allow yourself to be in total peace with your surroundings. As you feel more relaxed, Clarke counts down from five to zero, and each number takes you deeper into relaxation. At the eight-minute mark, you’ll notice the addition of chimes and he stops talking. This allows you to focus on your breath while calming your body.

As the chimes fade out and the only sound you hear is the waves, you have the option of drifting off to sleep, continuing in this deeply relaxed state, or resuming your day.

This meditation and Clarke’s other offerings are free and available on YouTube.

[ontarioyoga]

Is There Such Thing As Baby Yoga

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/is-there-such-thing-as-baby-yoga/

Is There Such Thing As Baby Yoga

Learn The Art And Practice Of Prenatal And Postnatal Yoga Fertility Yoga Yoga For Menstruation And Menopause And Restorative Yoga

The signature Bliss Baby Yoga philosophy and methodology fuses scientific knowledge of safe practices with a holistic, spiritual understanding for a satisfying learning experience.

We offer an ever-growing array of specialised online yoga teacher training courses and classes, and professional development modules, taught by Ana Davis and her team of highly qualified and passionate women’s health experts.

Enjoy a softer, more feminine approach to yoga, embodying the sacred essence of Ahimsa , that will deepen your own practice and connection with your feminine body and soul, and enhance your teaching repertoire—from wherever you are in the world!

‘I have been using this book to help with postnatal depletion and my cycle and I can’t recommend Moving with the Moon enough! Ana is clearly passionate in her knowledge and understanding and has created a peer-reviewed educational resource that is easy to open and use at any section, depending on what you need help with at the time. There are treasures to be found for all woman; young, old, time poor, exhausted, trying for a baby, depleted from having a baby, menstrual disorders, all of us.

The classical women’s postures and restorative postures for women’s health are my go to sections, all beautifully illustrated. There’s even a Moving with the Moon playlists suggestions at the end of the book! Thank you, Ana, for your passion and the work that has gone into creating this resource. This will be passed down the family.’

In The First Few Months After Having A Baby The Last Thing Many People Want To Do Is Put On Some Work

Baby Yoga is a wonderful way to bond with your baby. Babies naturally love to be gently caressed and handled and practising Yoga is a perfect way to do this in a calm, relaxed environment.

There are many reasons why regular Yoga practice is beneficial to both parents and babies and here are our top five.

Issues To Watch For When Doing Or Teaching Yoga Is There Such Thing As Too Much Yoga Uncategorized

I have been doing yoga longer than I have been teaching it.  However, I have recently realized that in some cases anyway, there is such a thing as too much yoga.  Let me explain some issues that could hinder your yoga practice and why I say that.

Most of you that read my blog already know that my spine is fused from top to bottom.  But what you may not be aware of is that I am also hypermobile or “double jointed”.  Between the two, I finally figured out that I am doing too much yoga for ME.  Of course as I age, the hypermobility has decreased some, but it still has given me problems.

In a nutshell hypermobility is the looseness of the joints.  As a kid, this was a really cool thing.  Even as an adult I still manage to have some fun with it but in doing yoga, it can produce some issues for those with this condition.  For example, in doing down dog or any of the warrior poses, I have a bad tendency of locking my knees.  That means they bend a little backwards and create what I “thought” was stability.  It’s not a bad thing but in doing yoga, you really need to pay attention to the way your joints and bones move.  They all work together and if your joints are locking up it puts your whole posture out of whack.

mechanical problems

diseases and conditions resulting in joint damage

brain, nerve, and muscle disorders that damage nerves, tendons, and muscles

bone fusions

Are There Any Baby Health Conditions That Might Affect Its Use And Success

If your little one has any specific physical conditions such as ‘clicky’ hips, reflux or congenital disorders do consult your health visitor or GP before trying baby yoga. The great thing about baby yoga is that you can just take it to the level that both you and your baby feel comfortable with – it is not a competition! So just do the bits that work for your baby, stretching the parts of their body that are safe to be exercised. 

When your baby is or if they have recently had injections, be aware that they may be extra sensitive. In some instances baby yoga can be a good distraction for your baby, helping them to cope with these experiences. However, some babies may not enjoy doing baby yoga at this time. Your baby will make it clear if they are not enjoying it so always be aware and in tune with the signals they are giving off and react accordingly.  

Read more: How yoga can help keep pregnant woman and new mums stress-free

Baby Yoga Can Give You Better Rest Increased Flexibility And A Happy Baby

After nine long months, you’re delighted to have a sweet baby to cuddle and love. But a new baby means a new schedule, and you may find yourself with less time to focus on your health. It’s important to find an exercise regimen that is gentle enough for your body but is also challenging and exciting.

Whether you’re new to yoga or were a committed participant before you had your child, baby yoga is an excellent way to get you on a structured postnatal wellness path. “We recommend baby yoga for anyone who is looking for a healthy, playful bonding activity to do with a new baby,” says Lauren Chaitoff, co-owner of New York City children’s yoga studio Yogi Beans and contributor to .

Check out these nine reasons to do baby-centric yoga that will have you and baby feeling great in no time! 

It’s a Great Bonding Experience With Your BabyMom and baby programs focus on both of you. “We modify traditional yoga poses so that moms can practice yoga while holding and rocking their babies,” states Laura DeNino, baby yoga instructor at the Yoga House of Charleston. The result is time dedicated to bonding. 

You’ll Be Able to Ease Back Into YogaUnlike high-level adult yoga classes, child yoga acknowledges the changes that a new mom’s body has been through. You’ll work with your recovering and changing body instead of against it. 

So grab that yoga mat and find a baby yoga class near you. Your body and your baby will thank you! 

Care directory

What Is Container Baby Syndrome And Do I Really Have To Worry About It

All parents need a safe spot to put their babies down. But is there such a thing as too much time in a bouncer seat or activity centre?

July 7, 2021

Photo: iStock/Fly View Productions

The inverted metal V in the middle of my living room separated my life as a parent into two eras: the before-Jolly Jumper times, and after. Before-JJ, I bounced my colicky baby on a yoga ball for hours, cramming granola bars in my mouth with one hand. Post-JJ , I could sit and enjoy a whole sandwich while his delight at moving his own body beamed straight into my heart. These short breaks played a huge part in bolstering my mental health as a new mom.

Before long, though, guilt would start chipping away at my bliss. Yes, my friends and I cheekily called these types of products, especially Exersaucers or activity centres, “circles of neglect” . Despite the jokes, I knew I shouldn’t leave my son in the jumper for very long—it wasn’t good for his little body, I’d heard. But how long was too long? Would five more minutes spell disaster?

Stephanie So, a paediatric physiotherapist at Pediatric Physiotherapy Associates in Scarborough, Ont., who’s been advising parents on kids and healthy movement for more than 30 years, isn’t sure what to make of the label—“It sounds a bit negative,” she says—but she is aligned with the idea that parents need to be aware of the importance of offering infants safe opportunities to move freely and practise new skills, like rolling and crawling. 

Have You Ever Downplayed A Dream Did You Tell Your Friends Your Family

Here’s the thing: your dreams DO matter. How are they ever going to come true if you pretend they are not important?

In today’s episode, Rachel shares her own intimate dream. It is one that may not be possible for so many reasons, but by speaking her dream out loud, she just may be bringing herself one step closer to manifesting it.

Let today’s vulnerable sharing be a reminder that you can dream, too. You can get your hopes up. You can believe in the possibility of beautiful outcomes. You are a constituent of this universe, so you get a say in what happens!

Tune in to dream big and shout from the rooftops exactly what it is you want – the universe will be listening.

Baby Yoga: 10 Reasons You & Your Newborn Should Consider Practicing

Doing Yoga with your baby has a lot of health benefits, and there are many reasons why you should give it a try.

Yoga: the great mind, body, and spirit connective activity. Despite yoga being very popular, many are unaware that those invaluable connections can be explored outside of one’s inner self. In fact, mothers who practice yoga with their newborns can experience an entirely new type of connection among a variety of other great and positive benefits.

RELATED: 15 Moms Who Should’ve NEVER Worn Yoga Pants

In addition to getting comfortable in one’s new mom role, moms are often trying to get comfortable in their new mom’s body and get adjusted to their new mom hours. There is a pretty good chance yoga can help with all of that. Read on for more ways to get that mom and baby  on.

Top 5 Reasons Why Baby Yoga Is A Must Do For You And Your Baby

A lot of mums and dads think that baby yoga is mum and bub yoga. Well I’m here to dispel that myth and give you 5 very good reasons as to why it’s important for your baby.

A lot of yoga studios do mums and bubs yoga. Parents attend because they think it’s baby yoga and then are very disappointed because the emphasis is on the mum or dad. It’s just a yoga class that invites babies along and has nothing to do with true baby yoga. Yes it’s still very good for you as a parent but what does it do for your baby? Not very much.I can understand that disappointment. You were promised one thing and got something else entirely. And I’m all about the baby and the relationship building between parent and baby.

I’ve done my research, as always! And there are very few true Baby Yoga studio classes. One other that I know of is at Yoganic at Willoughby … http://www.birthlight.com/page/birthlight-australia-centre

They are the official Birthlight Yoga training affiliate where I did my Baby Yoga Diploma last year … http://www.birthlight.com/page/baby-yoga and https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1fBp3noYlyg

Babies are rocked and touched in utero and baby yoga looks at recreating that special bond and movement that was experienced previously. After birth, gentle movement and touch together are the basis of synesthesia . It is the way babies bring together their sensory experiences in a general way through an emotional interaction with their parents or carers. So what are the benefits of any yoga? 

Baby Neck Strengthening Exercises And Tummy Exercises

When it comes to baby exercises, neck strengthening and tummy time are key. “Babies spend so much time on their backs early in life that spending time on their belly is important to build strength in different positions,” says Sarah Johnson, PT, DPT, a pediatric physical therapist at Riley Children’s Health. “Developing the back, core and neck strength creates the building blocks babies will need to progress in their development of gross motor skills such as crawling, sitting up and eventually walking.” These allow baby to start supporting themselves and explore the world around them.

During tummy exercises and any baby exercises, also be sure to supervise at all times. When it comes to baby tummy exercises, don’t force baby. Start with just three to five minutes a day and gradually increase from there.

Is There Such Thing As Perfect Alignment In Asana

There isn’t, bodies are all different, but I do think there is a safe alignment and that is important to avoid injury. For ex if the pose asks you to bind and when you bind you get all twisted/bent in an unhealthy way, then modify by using a strap or skip the bind completely as long as you’re keeping the twisting motion, to the degree your body allows.

I also like to think of the “intention” of the pose, what I should aim I focus on . Here’s an example of breaking down a pose by its intentions https://www.yoganatomy.com/triangle-and-revolved-triangle-pose/

About The Instructor: Elizabeth Rudzki Green Ms

Elizabeth earned a Masters in Counseling Psychology from Loyola University of Maryland before returning to Pittsburgh, where she is thrilled to share her passion for yoga with her community. Elizabeth lives in Squirrel Hill and is married to her high school sweetheart. They welcomed Stella Marie into their lives in April 2013 and stay busy with 2 dogs, a cat and making their house a home. Elizabeth completed her 200 hour yoga certification through South Hills Power Yoga and is grateful to help others create flexibility of body and mind.

Hatha Yoga Guide: Science Benefits And Insights

In this comprehensive guide to the fundamentals of hatha yoga, yogi and mystic introduces us to this phenomenal science. In a series of articles, he corrects many misunderstandings about the process and explores how we can reap the maximum benefits hatha yoga has to offer.

The body is a very large part of who you are right now. The science of using the body to hasten your evolutionary process is hatha yoga. The body itself has its own attitudes, its own ego, its own nature. Let us say you decided, “Starting tomorrow, I will get up at five in the morning and go for a walk.” You set the alarm. The alarm rings. You want to get up, but your body says, “Shut up and sleep.” It has its own way, doesn’t it? Hatha yoga is a way of working with the body, a way of disciplining, purifying and preparing the body for higher levels of energy and possibilities.

Finding A Mother And Baby Yoga Class Near You

Baby yoga is really safe and easy to do in the comfort of your own home if you don’t feel like attending a class; all you need is a warm, safe and calm environment. Place a non-slip towel or yoga mat down on a clear space of floor and you and your little one are good to go! 

If you feel nervous about doing baby yoga for the first time on your own, then why not enrol in a local class to gain confidence. These will usually be run by baby yoga instructors. A quick Google search of mother and baby yoga classes near me will help you find one close by. 

However, if your baby is healthy and there are no known issues which could affect their enjoyment then you should feel empowered to go ahead!  This is a big workout for your little one, so go gently at first, reading your baby’s reaction and mood with every step. 

It Promotes Bonding Between You And Your Baby

The number one reason why baby yoga works so well for parents and their babies is that it strengthens the child-parent bond. After all, you’re in physical contact with your baby for most of the session. Given how busy modern schedules are, taking care of your baby can sometimes feel rushed because you’re juggling it with other items in your to-do list, but doing baby yoga allows you to slow down and spend time mindfully with your baby.

At the same time, babies need a lot of affectionate touch, especially from their parents and caregivers, and they can miss out on it when they’re always in strollers. Since baby yoga requires you to hold your baby a lot while paying careful attention, you deepen your bond and become more attuned to your baby’s body language and cues. After spending so much time in the womb, which is dark and enclosed, babies can become more comfortable with the outside world with the guided sensory stimulation from baby yoga.

It Gives You The Chance To Meet Other Parents

Baby yoga classes are only for parents and their babies, so you’ll be with people who can relate with what you’re going through. Some classes even encourage a certain theme or facilitate discussions about parenting, so it’s easy to start conversations and meet other parents. You can even hang around after the class to socialise.

Another great thing about baby yoga is that it provides a supportive, non-competitive environment where you won’t feel pressured and you can speak up about your concerns. In fact, it’s usually okay to stop or go out in the middle of the class to change your baby’s nappies, and you don’t have to feel self-conscious about your baby crying. Of course, your baby also gets to meet and interact with the other babies there!

Climbing Stairs For A Toddler Is No Mean Feat

To understand the full impact of how much effort a small child needs to exert to climb stairs imagine you, yourself, are a little toddler again and you want to climb your first stairs. Put the situation into proportion: those first steps you climbed were giant steps, reaching up as far as your thigh!

Could you do that today? Climbing thigh-high steps requires humongous effort from the thigh muscles. Try climbing stairs, three or four steps at a time!

Learning To Move Is Not That Easy For A Baby

From birth on, all humans embark upon a long and intense period of physical training comparable to the intensity of the training of an athlete. We all know and accept the fact that the movement vocabulary, fitness level, and endurance of children by far exceed the physical capabilities of adults, but why should this be so? In so-called “primitive” or non-urbanized societies this is not the case.

Baby Yoga What Is It And Why Should We Care

We explore the ins and outs of sharing a mat with your mini.

Melanie Dimmitt

When presented with the notion of yoga for babies, I scrutinized it as I would a designer diaper bag. A lovely idea, in theory, but do I really it? Amid the plethora of mommy-and-me offerings – music classes, French lessons, sign-language… even Salsa dancing – why choose yoga? Babies are naturally bendy, are they not? It isn’t called a ‘happy baby’ for nothing. However, on closer inspection, there’s more to baby yoga than child’s play .

First things first. What is it, exactly?

Baby yoga tends to mean one of two things – an adult yoga class that you bring baby along to, or yoga that is actually for your baby. In a parent-focused class, bub takes the role of spectator-slash-adorable-prop.

“The babies lie on a blanket in front of the parents’ yoga mat,” explains Neelu Shruti, of Love Child yoga studio in New York. “Throughout class, which includes upper body stretches and glute strengthening, we will include baby in poses such as ‘push-up kiss baby’, or hold baby while doing squats, lunges or abdominal exercises.”

Love Child studio’s Baby & Me Yoga class incorporates restorative poses and sequences well suited to new parents – so long as they’re okay with the occasional flow interruption and not-so-silent Savasana.

But there are, according to Neelu, ample reasons to abandon your landslide of laundry for a class such as this.

We’re listening.

Now… will a yoga mat fit in my new designer diaper bag?

Top Tips For Getting Started With Baby Yoga

Do your baby yoga routine when your baby appears active and is showing you they want to play and move. 

Do not do baby yoga if your baby is tired, hungry or has just been fed. Remember baby yoga is only beneficial for your baby if they are feeling happy and comfortable.

Don’t do baby yoga with your baby if you are feeling over-tired or uncomfortable yourself. Your baby may pick up on your signals and feel discouraged. 

Keep good eye contact with your baby as you do the moves. Really ‘tune in’ to your baby.  If you do this you can respond quickly to baby’s cues and check they are still enjoying themselves. 

Smile at your baby to give them reassurance.  

Never force the movements. If your baby is under five months they will have less range of movement at their shoulders, elbows, hips and knees compared with an older baby. Younger babies rely on this natural tightness to move, so it is important not to disrupt this. 

Start off with just a couple of repetitions, increasing length and duration as you learn together. 

Remember to show your baby how proud you are of their new skills! 

Ensure that your little one is wearing a well-fitting nappy such as Pampers Active Fit. This type of nappy will adapt to your baby’s movements because it has stretchier sides than ordinary nappies to help to keep your baby dry and protected no matter how much they move. 

Consult your health visitor or family GP if you have any specific concerns.

How To Learn Yoga From Your Baby Or Toddler

Juliette Kando is a dancer, choreologist, author on fitness and health, and Fellow of the Benesh Institute at the Royal Academy of Dance.

Happy-baby-pose also called Ananda balasana

Any parent who knows a little about yoga will agree that many of the movements made by babies and toddlers are very similar to yoga asanas. From a choreologist’s point of view this is not surprising since, upon analysis, yoga is very closely related to human movement development from birth onward.

This article explains the origins of human movement and demonstrates many naturally inborn baby and toddler yoga moves. While playing with your child you can copy those moves. Teat the child as your teacher. Together you can enjoy playing and discovering yoga as a fun and entertaining way to get fit.

Why Baby Yoga Classes Can Also Benefit Mom

Hopefully a little bit of a workout. Some yoga classes are gentle and/or focus a lot on playing games with the babies .

Classes at dedicated yoga studios tend to offer more workout and less playtime. There is often a focus on poses that help new moms relieve the strain of nursing and start to regain some abdominal strength.

Yoga Poses for Breastfeeding Moms

The ideal class from a mom’s perspective allows you to do as much yoga as possible while your baby isn’t upset. Because, let’s face it, your baby isn’t the one that needs this time and space to do yoga. You are.

You will also get out of the house to an environment that is not stressful where you will meet other new mothers. The value of connecting to this community should not be underestimated.

Is There Such A Thing As The Best Yoga Mat

Kate was looking for a new mat because hers was getting worn. The one she had was a lower quality, so it was beginning to tear in small areas. While it was nothing serious, she decided to begin looking for a better yoga mat. She was looking into many different websites and other resources to lean about how to find a good mat.

There are many different sizes and style of mats available nowadays, so Kate was having a little bit of a hard time deciding on just one. She wasn’t really sure where to go for the best prices, or best styles of many mats available.

So what are a few qualities that make a good mat?

•Shouldn’t be too hard or soft•Should have a side that is sticky•Length can vary •Price may be important to some people•Thickness should be at least 4 mm

Mats come in all sizes, designs and styles. Finding one that you think is the best is all up to you. There is no right or wrong mat. The first thing that you should look for in a yoga mat is comfort. Being comfortable with your mat is a big plus.

Mats usually have at least on sticky side. This helps to keep it in place and from sliding all over the place. As far as the length of the mat goes, this is another personal preference. Some prefer longer mats as you can move around more on them. These types are great for taller people.

Picking the best mat for you doesn’t need to be a chore. There are many sites that can help you find the best deals and mat just for you.

Limit Babys Activities To No More Than 15

Most yoga classes are between 45 minutes to an hour. That’s fine for mamas, but that length of time is too much for babies. While a baby is more than welcome to have some tummy time or sit and babble happily away while you perform additional, restorative or strength-building poses, your baby should only be actively doing yoga for 15 or 20 minutes. Anything more than that can overtax his/her already busy and developing body.

Why Do Children Love To Hang Upside Down

We always have a special treat at the end of a children’s ballet class. I, the teacher, pick up each child, by their ankles and hang them upside down; one at a time, of course. “Again, again!” they shout when they are upright again. Children often know instinctively what is good for their hard-working bodies.They love hanging upside down because it helps them stretch, relax and grow; it reverses gravity, takes the weight off their little growing bones.

How To Give A Mummy And Baby Yoga Class Charlie Stewart-Brown

Teaching a Mummy & Baby Yoga class is a joy for a yoga teacher, but more importantly for the mum and baby.  It’s a wonderful activity for them to do together and a lovely opportunity for them to bond in a different environment.  I set up the first ever class of this type in Switzerland and it’s become increasingly popular across the country.

The mums get to know other mums in their area which is especially nice if it’s their first child or they’re expats living in a country away from their family and home friends.  It can be an especially difficult and lonely time for mothers who work and are on maternity leave, who often struggle with their change in identity, productivity and even boredom.  Mummy & Baby Yoga classes are a great opportunity to socialize with other women in the same boat and do an activity for themselves, without having to pay for childcare.  More often than not the mums in my classes would go for a coffee together afterwards and the babies became friends too!  The babies are fascinated by one another and it’s beautiful to watch them develop more and more each week and start interacting together.

The Yoga Instructor Should Be Certified

Certifications and credentials are always a good thing to verify when trusting your well-being – and your baby’s – to someone else’s expertise. However, yoga certification should be an essential “prerequisite” before enrolling in a class. 

First and foremost, the instructor should be trained and experienced in teaching parent-and-baby classes, understanding which postures and holds are safe, and which aren’t, to keep your baby safe. Your safety is also a priority. Your connective tissue is still very elastic from the hormonal changes that took place to accommodate pregnancy, labor and delivery. Postnatal classes should support that, keeping you safe from stretches or postures that could lead to potential strain or injury. 

If you find out your baby isn’t as into the classes as you are and you opt to take a yoga class on your own, make sure to inform the instructor you are XX weeks postpartum as s/he will probably amend certain poses for you until you’re body is further along in its recovery.

Playing With Your Child At Ground Level

Instead of sweating it out at the gym, why not just play with your child at ground level in a physical conversation to discover three things:

Babies and little children can teach us the basics of yoga.

Children prove the benefits of hanging upside down.

Your body has done all this before.

As soon as you start learning yoga from your child the muscular system begins to remember long forgotten moves from the days you yourself were a baby, then a toddler, exploring the wonders of human movement capabilities. How blissful was this very short pre-school time, before you, like all other children in formal education, were told to “sit still and behave.” From then on we all became bound for life to chairs, tables, and desks. Here is a unique opportunity to re-live that wonderful youthful, carefree and happy time with your baby or toddler.

Benefits Of Postpartum Yoga For Mothers

It helps ease new parent jitters. Get started by attending a class taught by a trained instructor — it’s a safe and structured way to engage with your baby.

It’s a little TLC for your body. Any kind of yoga gives you an opportunity to nourish and care for your body through focused stretches and mindful breathing exercises, which is especially important after carrying a baby for nine months and then giving birth!

It stretches and strengthens the muscles that need the most TLC. The gentle movements and mindful breathing that are integral to yoga boost abdominal strength and activate the pelvic floor muscles, which aids recovery from giving birth, while classic poses — from upward facing dog to cobra — help open up the shoulders and chest you rely on for all of the rocking and cradling you do in the first few months with your baby.

It helps you meet new moms. After baby is born, you might not have as much time for socializing. But it’s reassuring to talk to other mothers who are going through the same experiences as you are. Yoga class provides a safe and nurturing environment for new parents to discuss worries and concerns. You’re not alone!  

It helps you and your new baby bond. Yoga is a healthy, playful activity you can enjoy together. 

Is There Such A Thing As A Yoga Expert

I was speaking recently with some yoga colleagues and interestingly, we had all shared a similar experience:

the experience of ‘discovering’ something in our practice and then at some point being in a class where the teacher taught ‘our’ discovery,

of realizing that we had actually been taught that so-called discovery a hundred times before, but just didn’t ‘hear’ it!

I found it quite amusing that this was such a common experience. When I reflected on why, the following 2 thoughts came to mind…

So much is conveyed in a class that I think because it means the learning never stops.

In my opinion, there is no such thing as a yoga expert. BKS Iyengar teaches to approach the mat each day ‘as a beginner’. I understand this to mean that no matter how much progress I’ve made, knowledge I’ve gained, classes I’ve taught, there is always the potential to learn more, to delve deeper. As the asanas penetrate, I change. And as a result of that change, I’m forever a beginner learning to understand my state of being . While not easily embraced, I believe this process to be humility at its best.

So why do I blog about yoga?

Despite not being a yoga expert, I blog. Should I? I don’t know, but upon reflection I think my intentions can be summed up in 4 main points:

I blog to share my passion for Iyengar Yoga with others and hopefully ignite a spark that might lead others to their own mat.

Is There Such A Thing As Too Much Yoga

I don’t know why I was surprised that there was two yoga classes a day, during my week long yoga retreat in Mexico. It was a friggin’ yoga retreat!! The classes were wonderful, but I was a little bored. Why did I go? Someone had put it on my to-do list. Oh, yeah, that was me. Once it’s on there, it’s on there.

Haramara Retreat has no electricity, no internet and you can’t flush your used toilet paper. Simply throw it in the wastepaper basket and call it a day. I found this curiously fun. It did take a couple of, “Oh, crap, I put it in the toilet.” I was afraid that the retreat police was going to knock on my hand-built, environmentally-conscious cabana door and put me in a time out. Or worse, make me fish the toilet paper out of the bowl.

We had fresh, local, organic food and fruit I’d never heard of. There were unpaved trails, a private beach with climbing rocks, an infinity pool overlooking the Pacific Ocean and really stupid sand crabs. The crabs would climb, or rather side shimmy, up the tropical hillside and then die. Weren’t they going in the wrong direction? Every night, walking back to our rustic and built without machinery, cabanas, we’d step over dead crabs in the path.

The ocean was rough and loud, which lulled me to sleep each night.

I loved the open air shower, with its unobstructed view of the ocean. I didn’t worry about my hair clogging the drain because there wasn’t a drain. My strands gracefully and peacefully became one with the jungle.

Baby Exercises To Get Your Baby Moving

When you think about exercise, you wouldn’t tell babies to drop and give you 20. But the Society of Health and Physical Educators recommends that all children up to age 5 do some kind of physical activity every day. And yes, that means babies too. Baby exercises are an important part of infant development. Infant exercise can help strengthen baby’s neck, help develop their hand-eye coordination and help baby learn to walk. So where do you start? From strengthening to baby yoga exercises, it’s time to get baby pumped to move with these baby exercises.

In this article:Baby hand-eye coordination exercises

What Does This Mean For Yoga Teachers

So here’s the big question: What does this mean for you when working with a student who has had a hip replacement?

Proper exercise after surgery can reduce stiffness and increase flexibility and muscle strength, so yoga is a good thing for this condition. But how much and how soon are dependent on many factors such as physical health before the surgery and presence of chronic conditions that may affect the speed of healing. In the past this surgery was reserved mostly for older patients, as artificial hips didn’t last as long as they do now, and having a repeat hip replacement is possible but not desirable. But as technology has improved, so has the number of years the prosthetic parts can be relied upon to serve their purpose. So now it is more common to see hip replacements in younger people, who may be in better overall physical condition and who will heal faster.

So what restrictions should students with THR follow and for how long? The answer is, it depends. The goal is to avoid disturbing the healing process after surgery, and once healed, to preserve the function and integrity of the artificial joint for as many years as possible. Total rehabilitation after surgery will take at least six months for most people.

So when a student tells you they have a hip replacement, first, ask how long ago the surgery was, and whether their procedure was the anterior or posterior approach.

Getting The Word Out About Your Class

Feel free to leave a comment or let me know how it goes if you set up your own Mummy & Baby Yoga classes.  For any question, please join and post your question on the Facebook group:  Yoga Teachers Advice Forum and you will get advice from myself and over 130 yoga teachers worldwide.

Take care and breathe deep.

Standing Walking Climbing And Running

Before a baby learns how to stand upright to walk, it has to perform thousands of deep squats, most of which fail and end up plonking their butt on the floor. A nine-month-old little athlete grunts and puffs for strength to get up and to find balance.

They never give up until they can walk, run, skip, and jump. Why does this drive for moving ever have to stop?

It Eases Tension And Gets You Moving

As a parent, baby yoga will also be beneficial for you! Baby yoga is still a type of yoga, so you’ll experience a lot of the usual perks associated with regular yoga classes. Through the modified poses and guided breathing, you’ll be able to relax more, sleep better, and let go of tension. If you’re consistently putting your baby’s needs first before your own, you have to practice self-care too so you won’t experience burnout. 

While both mums and dads can do baby yoga, some classes cater specifically to mums, offering postnatal exercises that put them back on track with their fitness. Since a mother’s body has gone through plenty of changes recently, these classes emphasise muscles such as the pelvic floor, back, and tummy. Aside from easing back pain and speeding up recovery, baby yoga can guide mums into building up strength and flexibility again.

It Helps With Your Babys Development

The most obvious impact of baby yoga is that your baby becomes more at ease with their body. Baby yoga serves as both exercise and play for them. Not only do babies love being lifted and stretched in the right way, they pick up better body coordination too with baby yoga. For example, when you lay your baby on their tummy, neck and upper body strength become enhanced, so it’s good to put your baby in different positions. Exercises where babies cross their arms or feet over the midline of their body can even contribute to brain development

Whatever stage of life we’re in, stimulation is necessary for us to grow and develop and it’s the same for babies. A baby yoga class offers variations in movement, visuals, and even sounds. Because they’re in a controlled environment, babies become better at processing different stimuli without being overwhelmed. Beyond body awareness, they also form a better sense of the physical space around them.

There Is No Such Thing As A Due Date

Us women are impatient creatures at times. The most frustrating part of pregnancy is probably the ‘due date’ wait. To be given a date of when to expect to be holding your baby in your arms, is asking for stress levels to rise and frustration to build! Imagine being told you’ll win the lottery on the 1st March, to then wake up and realise it ain’t happening. All of that excitement to get to this one date, and it came and went in a flash with no prize!

What we need to remember is that these ‘dates’ are based on every woman having 28 day cycles and conceiving their baby on the 14th day of that cycle. It’s also assuming that all women have the exact same length of pregnancies and all babies are ready on the exact day too. Basically, it’s an estimate. A very rough estimate. For labour to begin remember, our minds and our bodies need to feel calm, happy, safe and relaxed. Spend time doing things that make you feel wonderful – watching your wedding video, browsing old photos, going to your favourite restaurant, watching The Notebook… if your body sense stress of any kind , it’ll keep your baby in longer!

Breathe in, breathe out, and let your body do it’s thing. And if it’s not too late already, don’t tell people your ‘due date’! ?

Which Gravity Inversion Table To Get

I recommend the Teeter Inversion Table because after all these years of using cheaper models I have come to the conclusion that my current Teeter Inversion Table is the easiest to assemble and to use, with the most sensitivity for balance, without jerking as most of the others did. The Teeter is also the most comfortable on the ankles for prolonged use.

What Do We Wear And Take To A Class

Parents and babies should both wear loose, comfortable clothes that are easy to move around in. Jogging bottoms, loose t-shirts or vest tops are ideal.

For babies, I would recommend a sleepsuit with a short-sleeved vest underneath. Sleepsuits are comfortable and easy to whip off when needed.

During the baby massage you will have to take off the sleepsuit, hence the need for a vest. Some babies don’t mind being only in a nappy, whereas others hate it. Both of mine did when I took them to massage classes!

Most classes will tell you what to bring when you book a place, but a towel and/or a yoga mat will most likely be necessary. Some classes will provide the mat depending on where you go.

Many classes take place in a village hall or similar, where the floor can be cold and hard, so a mat is essential. Having somewhere warm and soft to lie your baby down is vital. Babies won’t relax if they’re not comfortable.

I’d also recommend bringing some water. It looks like gentle exercise and it can be taken slowly. However if you’re a newbie or trying to get in shape again, it’s going to take you a little while to get back into things!

Exploring The Benefits Of Baby Yoga

Beate ChungCertified Yoga Instructor

Beate has taught yoga as a certified instructor in the US for over 7 years then she moved to Taiwan in 2010 to open her first yoga studio.

Baby yoga doesn’t seem to be as familiar a term as yoga itself, but more and more parents are seeing the benefits of yoga as a form of exercise that can help them bond with their little one while promoting the development of their babies’ gross and fine motor skills. This practice comes with many physiological benefits. It also improves social interactions among new parents and their babies. Let’s have a look at the benefits of Baby Yoga!

What Are The Benefits Of Baby Yoga

Baby yoga mixes physical touch with emotional contact and movement. The meaningful touch and play used in baby yoga gently encourages your little ones to enjoy and explore their newfound skills as they start to progress and move in different ways. Even if you only do it for 5-10 minutes at a time you will really notice the benefits such as bond and communication.

For Your Baby Stretch Sense Sleep

Babies are extremely limber and this dexterity can help them perform basic yoga poses with ease. Obviously, the stretches are guided by an instructor or the parents. Yoga can help the baby sleep in more regular intervals, and the stretching and posing foster the baby’s gross and fine motor development. The practice has also been found to be effective in promoting better digestion, preventing constipation and relieving colic in infants.

For Yourself Touch Attach Connect

Aside from the physiological benefits, baby yoga fosters deeper emotional attachments between the parent and the baby. Throughout the exercises, the parent holds and touches the baby and the sedation of touch helps strengthen paternal or maternal bonds. The sensation of touch also promotes circulation, which gives both the parent and infant feelings of calm and relaxation. Parents who enroll in baby yoga classes are also given the opportunity to socialize with other mothers and fathers and discuss “new parents’ stuff”. The classes are also great places for babies to interact with other infants for the first time.

Is It Safe To Do Yoga With My Baby

There are so many reasons why doing yoga with your baby is a fantastic idea. In addition to getting you out of the house and into the world of mamas who are on the same journey as you, taking a Mommy-and-Me type yoga class is a sweet way to bond with your baby outside the confines of the normal daily routine. 

Additionally, yoga is a safe, healthy way to speed up your postpartum recovery. It strengthens core and pelvic muscles, and rebuilds strength, flexibility, and balance in your post-pregnancy body.

That said, safety is always always the top priority for you and your baby. Check in with your OB before signing up for a class. Most physicians recommend postpartum moms wait at least six to eight weeks before getting back into an exercise routine, and you may need to wait longer than that depending on your labor and postpartum recovery process.

Yoga safe and fun to do with your baby as long as you adhere to the following conditions:

Benefits For Both Baby And Parent

I noticed my daughter often has a great lunchtime nap after baby yoga practice. This used to happen after a baby massage class too so it didn’t surprise me to learn they share many of the same benefits, including promoting restful sleep through active play. I asked my baby yoga teacher Sam, from Vital Cores in London, what the other main benefits of baby yoga are:

Strengthening parent and baby bonding through interaction and touch

Mobilising the baby’s hip and shoulder joints

Activating and stimulating vestibular system

Strengthening the baby’s essential neck and core muscles

Developing the baby’s language skills through singing

Aiding digestion by relieving constipation and trapped wind

Toning the baby’s digestive system

For me, another huge benefit to attending baby yoga classes is the social aspect of meeting other Mums and babies. It also helps add some more structure to the day and gives me something different to do with my baby. In the classes I attended, each week there was a different theme so even with set routines to follow it still felt new and entertaining.

Baby yoga is suitable for 12-week old babies until they are pre-walking. We started them when my daughter was around four months old and have continued to do so every week since. The classes are currently moved online due to social distancing measures and this has worked just as well, giving us more positive things to do from the home.

Origin Of Human Movement Behavior

The development of human motion in a Darwinian sense began from

climbing trees to standing, to cave dwelling and

running upright to escape from predators

while carrying a baby or a weapon

Evolving this way, humans developed quite a unique and technically challenging vocabulary of movement. Re-learning kids moves helps to become agile and comfortable at all levels of action. Be it squatting, crawling, climbing or hanging, jumping or running. Coincidentally or possibly devised by really wise people, many yoga asanas represent basic positions needed to achieve such a rich movement vocabulary that small children possess naturally. The amazing thing is that kids do it automatically and with great ease. It may be time for us to find our physical inner child?

What a big heavy head the baby has to learn to carry!

What Age Can You Start Baby Yoga

The best time to start is probably after your baby is 6 weeks old, once you have had your check and the baby has better neck control to keep them safe. By then you will also likely have more confidence. Always look at your little one to check their reaction and to ensure you are doing things they enjoy, it is all about really simple yoga stretches, not complex moves. If you have any concerns at all then consult your health visitor or GP.

It Enhances Your Babys Wellbeing

The movements in a baby yoga class are specifically designed to enhance your baby’s wellbeing. Babies find repetitive movements soothing, and their cortisol levels—or the amount of stress hormone in their body—naturally go down, resulting in a stronger immune system. As a result, babies aren’t as prone to strong ups or downs and crying fits, and they can fall asleep more easily, meaning more time for you to rest! Some poses can even improve digestion, so you might notice that your baby has fewer issues with colic or wind after a baby yoga class.

When Should We Start Baby Yoga

You can start baby yoga as soon as you like. It really depends on when you feel ready, especially if you’re a mum who has just given birth.

Ideally wait until your six week check-up so your GP can give you the all clear for exercising. This is important if you’ve had a C-section, or have had any postnatal complications.

Dads can take their babies whenever they like – there’s no reason to wait. It can really help dads and their babies to bond, particularly if mum is breastfeeding.

Will Your Baby Like Yoga Class

This depends a lot on the personality of the baby. Some delight in the new sights and stimulation of the classroom environment and are perfectly content to look around and take it all in. Others are freaked out by the very same stimulations and may cry a lot at first. They may eventually get used to it, so don’t give up if the first class doesn’t go well. A few babies may snooze through the whole thing.

Is Baby Yoga Actually A Thing

Baby yoga is pretty much what it sounds like – yoga with our babies. It’s much gentler and slower compared to traditional yoga. A lot of the moves are adapted for, or to do with, babies.

You don’t need to know anything about yoga to take part in a baby yoga class – you just need a baby!

It can be a very relaxing experience for the two of you as doing gentle exercise, such as yoga, releases endorphins. These hormones encourage happiness and more love for your baby.

This can help with bonding, which is particularly great for dads. Attending a class can also help you to meet like-minded parents in your area – something which can be difficult when you’re a parent!

Try A Nearby Baby Yoga Class

Make sure to do baby yoga in a class with a trained and certified instructor rather than on your own. Keeping your baby safe and secure is a priority, and a proper baby yoga teacher will let you know about important body mechanics, such as keeping your baby’s head supported if they’re less than six months old.

Once you do find the right baby yoga class, you and your baby might enjoy it so much that you’ll be really excited for the next session! Baby yoga brings the benefits of yoga to both you and your baby, and you’ll feel the difference right after.

A Tutorial For Yoga Teachers

Have you ever had a student come to your class, having recently had a total hip replacement, and tell you her doctor gave her no restrictions in movement whatsoever, encouraging her to do whatever she likes? It can and does happen — and you’re right if you’re suspicious as to whether the doctor is giving correct advice.

But are you prepared to help such people participate in your class safely? I hope in this article to help you do exactly that.

Anatomy Of A Hip Replacement

First, I’d like to take you through some basic hip anatomy, and acquaint you with how the joint is actually replaced.

In recent years, there have been advances in the way total hip replacements are being done. A significantly different approach now coexists with the earlier approach, with the result that we yoga teachers need to know more about hip replacements than we used to need to know. In particular, we need to revise the precautions that we have been offering to yoga students who have undergone this orthopedic surgery.

The following illustration and explanation will help you understand what hip replacement is all about:

A total hip replacement is a cup-shaped indentation in the pelvis.

During hip replacement surgery, the head of the femur is removed and replaced with a metal ball set on a stem. The stem is inserted into the canal of the femur. It may be fixed in place with cement, or the stem may be designed for placement without bone cement. The socket is sanded down to healthy bone, and a plastic cup or socket is held in place with screws and/or bone cement.

Hatha Yoga Prepares The Body

Another aspect of hatha yoga, when one wants to move into deeper dimensions of meditation, is that it allows for a higher possibility of energy. If you want your energies to surge upwards, it is very important that the pipeline of the body is conducive. If it is blocked, it will not work, or else, something will burst. Preparing the body sufficiently before one goes into more intense forms of meditation is very important. Hatha yoga ensures that the body takes it gently and joyfully.

Today, the hatha yoga that people are learning is not in its classical form, not in its full depth and dimension. Largely the “studio yoga” that you are seeing today is unfortunately just the physical aspect of it. Just teaching the physical aspect of yoga is like having a stillborn baby. That is not only no good, it is a tragedy. If you want a live process, it needs to be taught in a certain way.

Hatha yoga does not mean twisting your body, standing on your head, or holding your breath. There was a time when I was personally teaching hatha yoga as a two-day program. People would burst with joy; tears of ecstasy would flow simply doing asanas. That is the way yoga needs to be done. Unfortunately, the hatha yoga in the world today brings peace for some, is healthful for others is and a painful circus for many.

More Energy While Parenting

Although it may not seem that way initially, additional exercise does actually provide the body with more energy. While getting your parenting on, get more energy to continue parenting later, because as we know, it is a 24-hour job by exploring poses and ways to alleviate stress through yoga.

The best part? You get to do it all with your little one. Mommy and me yoga helps mom prepare for the rest of her day and gives that added energetic boost she needs.

Yoga For Babies: Is It Safe

27 February 2012

They may not be able to walk or talk, but they have no problem arching their bodies into the downward dog pose. Yes, toddlers and babies are doing yoga — studios now offer classes for kids as young as 6 weeks old.

Yoga advocates say the classes can help parents and infants bond, and promote development of motor skills. And just as yoga helps adults become more aware of their bodies, yoga can help parents become attuned to their babies wants and needs, said Helen Garabedian, founder of the Itsy Bitsy Yoga, a yoga studio for babies and kids, and author of books by the same name.

Doctors say , like any movement, can be beneficial for babies, but parents need to take precautions to do it safely.

Yoga poses

Garabedian started her yoga practice for babies, toddlers and kids in 1999, as a way to share yoga with her own children and bring like-minded parents together. One pose called “baby planet” involves a parent lifting a baby’s arms to her side as the baby lies on her back, and then bringing her arms to her chest. A pose called corkscrew, which Garabedian says aids digestion, involves placing the baby on his back and slowly rotating his thighs with your forefingers.

Toddlers can try the “down dog” — in which the hands and feet remain on the floor while the hips are elevated. There is also the “up dog,” in which the child lies down on her belly, then lifts her head and chest by extending her arms out straight, and resting on her palms.

Yoga risks

Benefits Of Yoga For Babies

Helps develop motor and sensory skills. The simple stretches and poses can help your baby gain self and environmental awareness. Of course your baby doesn’t need to be running marathons right out of the womb — but experts believe that early activity can help your little one develop voluntary movements, which can build a strong foundation for sports, dance and exercise later on in adulthood.

Aids in digestion. Apanasana, or knees-to-chest pose, has been shown to alleviate constipation, gas pains and .  

Promotes better sleep. Although it’s not guaranteed, some parents report their babies sleep better after attending baby yoga classes.

The Science Of Hatha Yoga

Hatha yoga is not exercise. Understanding the mechanics of the body, creating a certain atmosphere, and then using body postures to drive your energy in specific directions is what hatha yoga or are about. “Asana” means a “posture.” That kind of posture which allows you to reach your higher nature is a yogasana. There are other dimensions to this, but to put it in the simplest way, just by observing the way someone is sitting, you can almost know what is happening with him, if you have known him long enough. If you have observed yourself, when you are angry, you sit one way; if you are happy, you sit another way; if you are depressed, you sit another way. For every different level of consciousness or mental and emotional situation that you go through, your body naturally tends to assume certain postures. The converse of this is the science of asanas. If you consciously get your body into different postures, you can elevate your consciousness.

There are thousands of people who have come out of spinal problems by doing simple asanas. Doctors had told them they would definitely have to go through a surgery, but they never had to. Your back can be restored to such an excellent condition that you will never need to go to a chiropractor. It is not only your spine that becomes flexible; you also become flexible. Once you are flexible, you are willing to listen, not just to someone’s talk; you are willing to listen to life. Learning to listen is the essence of a sensible life.

Details Of The Procedure

Want to get a look at how this procedure is done? Well, don’t get your own hip replaced unless you need to. Instead, go to the following website to try your hand at being a virtual surgeon by replacing a hip with the traditional “posterior” approach: www.edheads.org/activities/hip/

It is quite a fun and enlightening exercise. Don’t worry if you are squeamish; it is animated so there’s minimal blood and guts. The best thing is, nobody gets hurt even if you mess up!

In traditional hip replacement surgery, surgeons access the joint area through the upper thigh, either through the lateral , this is called posterior hip replacement.

Contrast that with a newer surgical approach: anterior hip replacement, which is gaining popularity because it spares the muscles and allows quicker recovery time. This procedure is performed with the patient lying on his or her back on a specially designed surgical table. This position lets the surgeon access the joint from the front of the hip area without surgically detaching any muscles. Instead, the hip joint is reached through naturally occurring openings between the muscles.

Photo of hana® Orthopedic Surgical Table is from mizuhosi.com/profx.cfm, used with permission from the manufacturer

As you can see from the above photo of positioning on the special table used for the anterior approach, the hip is placed in extension for the procedure.

[ontarioyoga]

Does Yoga Help Lose Weight

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/does-yoga-help-lose-weight/

Does Yoga Help Lose Weight

Yoga Instructors Are Tailoring Specific Programmes To Aid Weight Loss While Promoting Healthy Habits Amongst Young Indians

Fashion strategist Jasleen Chopra, 41, used to lead a hectic life, had made poor lifestyle choices and didn’t have the best of eating habits back in 2017. That was the year when she walked up to Mumbai-based celebrity yoga instructor Abhishek Sharma with the goal of weight loss. Chopra, who now lives in Chandigarh, used to go to the gym but no matter what she did, she found it very difficult to lose weight.

Yoga Is Not Just About A Few Poses That Strengthen You It Has More Benefits To Offer Such As:

Increased flexibility

Weight reduction

Stress management

Stress can have a devastating effect on your body and mind. It can reveal itself in the form of pain, anxiety, insomnia, and the inability to concentrate. Most times, stress is the main cause of weight gain. Yoga can help you cope with . Physical benefits of Yoga, combined with stress management, help a person to lose weight and maintain good physical and mental health.

Experts Agree: Yoga Can Help You Lose Weight Especially If You Do This Type Of Practice Maggie Ryan

Losing weight through yoga sounds almost too good to be true. On the surface, yoga seems like the polar opposite of a fast-paced high-intensity interval training circuit or a weightlifting workout, the two kinds of exercise usually recommended for weight loss. A yoga class leaves your body feeling totally different: refreshed instead of wiped out, loose and flexible instead of tight. It’s even good for your mental health, helping you deal with stress and anxiety.

HIIT, weightlifting, and cardio are fun and effective for weight loss, but they’re also not for everyone. If yoga sounds more appealing and weight loss is your goal, it’s natural to wonder if your daily practice can help you shed pounds.

Yoga To Lose Weight In 10 Days: Nothing But A Yoga Mat And Your Own Body Weight

Are you thinking of starting yoga to lose weight in 10 days? Here is a scoop on the best tips to help you attain your weight loss goals with yoga in such a short space of time.

Yoga is an ancient art that has taken the fitness industry by storm. Its numerous benefits drive more and more people to give this mind-body practice a try. Additionally, it is also loved due to its relaxing effect. It is one of the best forms of exercise to engage in when you are stressed, anxious, or restless. Another reason why yoga is gaining so much momentum is due to its link to weight loss. 

There have been numerous debates about if and how yoga can help with weight loss. The truth is that yoga is considered an effective weight-loss tool. However, the problem lies in the pace of weight loss. More often than not, people want to see incredible results in too little time. For example, one may want to lose 10 pounds in 10 days or less. Is it possible with yoga? We have compiled the latest research in this post. Read on as we explore how you can use yoga to lose weight in 10 days. 

How Many Calories Should You Expect To Burn After An Ashtanga Yoga Practice

The number of calories you burn during the yoga practice depends on the intensity of your workout. 

And your weight also matters to some extent…

If you are willing to drastically decrease your weight, it is advised to practice strenuous Ashtanga yoga thrice or four times a week.  

Remember that the quantity of calories you can expect to burn in a ashtanga yoga session depends on several factors like your sex, your age, your weight and morphology, and the duration of your practice. 

In this table, you will find how many calories you can burn on average during an ashtanga workout:

How Does Yoga Help In Weight Loss 10 Yoga Poses That Burn Fat And Calories

Yoga has gradually become a lifestyle trend. In a chaotic world dominated by tech-leveraged rat races, peace of mind is an absolute requirement. Yoga studios around the country provides about 60-90 minutes of mental and physical balance which is essential for achieving peace of mind. But the question that riddles us day and night is, can yoga help with weight loss and toning? Research shows that a minute of yoga helps you lose about 3-6 calories. So a 90 minute session will help you lose about 80-360 calories only. But compared to other forms of exercises yoga has a higher success rate for keeping off the extra pounds while strengthening your core muscles.

Today we will extensively discuss about the benefits of weight loss through yoga. Globalization of yoga has helped it to evolve according to the different needs of people. In the past years we have seen the rising trend of hot yoga, power yoga and vinyasa which combine a number of other styles with yoga to increase the intensity of the activities per session which stimulate rapid weight loss.

Indirect ways in which yoga helps in weight management-

1. Practicing yoga regularly helps in lowering stress levels, this in turn reduces binge eating, over eating and stress eating which are the major reasons people put on weight in modern society.

2. Research also shows that people who practice yoga are more tuned to the necessities of their bodies and are better able to manage hunger.

Weight loss through yoga-

1. Power yoga

I Lost 85 Pounds With Nothing But A Yoga Mathere’s How It Happened I Lost 85 Pounds With Nothing But A Yoga Mat—Here’s How It Happened

The debate over whether yoga is an effective tool for weight loss has been discussed for years. Many believe that yoga is not fast-paced enough to burn the number of calories required for true weight loss. Others swear by yoga and say it’s an extremely effective way to shed pounds.

While everyone is different, I believe yoga is effective when it comes to lasting weight loss.

When I first rolled out the mat seven years ago, I was 85 pounds overweight. I was unhealthy, unhappy, and fueled by a passion for binge-drinking and pizza. When I first announced my mission to lose weight through yoga, I remember people laughing at me. “Yoga doesn’t help with weight loss! You have to bust your butt in the gym to get results,” people told me.

Less than one year after practicing yoga six to seven days per week, I lost those 85 pounds. Here’s how it happened.

The Best Power Yoga Poses For Weight Loss Include The Following:

Pawanmuktasana or the Wind releasing pose help you drop those extra fat from the stomach and the stomach region.

Trikonasana or the Intense side stretch pose helps to reduce the fat from the sides. It raises your heartbeat and burns calories.

Dhanurasana or the Bow pose helps you drop the excess fat from the arms and legs. It is very helpful to tone your body.

Garudasana or the Eagle pose is a perfect weight loss choice for those who want thinner thighs, legs, arms, and hands.

Eka Pada Adho Mukha Svanasana or One-legged downward facing dog- when combined with breathing, helps you tone your arms, hands, legs, thighs, and your abdominal muscles.

Bhujangasana or the Cobra pose is a great choice if you want to solidify your buttocks and to tone your abdominal muscles.

Navasana or the boat pose is the simplest Power Yoga pose for weight loss. It concentrates all the major muscles of your body.

Savasana or Corpse pose is the most important pose to end your Power Yoga workout session. Savasana helps your muscles relax and prevents muscle damage.

There are several other Power Yoga asanas that are very important for weight loss such as the Uttanpadasana or the Raised feet pose, Veerbhadrasana, the warrior pose, Ardha Chandrasana or the Half-moon pose, Paschimottasana or the Seated forward bend among others. Power Yoga is considered an appropriate intervention for weight loss and to prevent obesity.

Tips For Those Who Want To Transform Their Bodies With Hot Yoga

• Practice regularly, at least 3-5 times a week if you want to see noticeable results, especially in a shorter span of time.• Try not to eat anything 2-3 hours before hot yoga practice, or at least keep it to something light. If I’m feeling a little hungry before practice, I’ll eat some crackers or a handful of almonds to avoid feeling lightheaded in the hot room.• Drink lots of water – before, during and after practice.• Listen to your body. If you need a break, rest in child’s pose until you feel ready to continue . Obviously this will vary from studio to studio, so ask at yours to see what facilities they have and products/services they provide.

Overall, I’ve found hot yoga to be an exercise I enjoy and one that has surprised me with its swiftness in helping me reach my body goals. While I cannot say how effective it will be for everyone in terms of weight loss, with consistent practice I think it would be hard not to undergo at least some kind of body transformation and to experience many of the positive benefits I’ve listed in this post.

Have you tried hot yoga? What has your experience been like? Do/have you struggled with your weight and/or body image? What has helped you?

Power Yoga Gives You The Benefit Of Yoga And More Including:

Helps burn calories, a little more than yoga for beginners

It boosts your metabolism

It boosts your general well-being

Useful to build strength, stamina, flexibility, and tone your body.

It helps increase your concentration

It helps you relax as tension and stress are considerably reduced.

The most reliable form of Power Yoga begins with Surya Namaskara or Sun Salutation. You can perform the Surya Namaskara as a warm-up before you start your Power Yoga workout session, or Surya Namaskara in itself can be done as Power Yoga. Surya Namaskara has immense benefits as it concentrates on all the core muscles of your body.

Restorative Yoga Practices Have A Place In Weight Loss Too

Yoga can help you open up, stretch and recover from intense workouts, which is also an important part of reaching your fitness goals and losing weight. “Even the less intense, more stretch-focused yoga practices can help promote active recovery if done to counteract a more strenuous other forms of movement such as running or weight lifting,” Turner says. For yoga classes with a restorative approach, Turner recommends looking for classes labeled “deep stretch,” “restorative” or Hatha yoga.

Another, often overlooked, factor in weight loss is sleep and stress. Research shows that lack of quality sleep can sabotage your weight loss goals. Yoga can help you sleep better by helping you relax, reduce tension and keep stress in check. Not to mention that reducing stress and anxiety makes it easier to follow through with your healthy commitments. 

“Yoga can have a profound impact on a person’s mental state by reducing stress and anxiety. That peace of mind can lead to making better decisions when it comes to food choices and diet, which can obviously affect your success,” Turner says.

The information contained in this article is for educational and informational purposes only and is not intended as health or medical advice. Always consult a physician or other qualified health provider regarding any questions you may have about a medical condition or health objectives.

Yoga To Lose Weight In 10 Days: Evaluating The Best Poses

There are several poses you can try to fast-track weight loss. To make sure that you lose at least several pounds within 10 days, it is best if you try the poses described below. Additionally, it is best if you incorporate these poses into a workout routine. But always remember that diet is 90% of weight loss. Without further ado, here are the best yoga poses to consider for weight loss within 10 days:

How Often Should I Practice Yoga In Order To Lose Weight

Yoga should be practiced just like any other conventional weight loss exercise.

Normally, you perform between 45 minutes to one hour of physical training with cardiovascular exercises, abdominal exercises, push-ups, among others. The same should be done with the practice of yoga.

meditationweightlossyoga poses

Last update:25 January, 2020

Can I Combine Other Types Of Exercise With Ashtanga Yoga

Combining Ashtanga yoga with other exercises and making a comprehensive plan to target your weight is essential in achieving desired results.

Mixing alternative fitness training with Ashtanga can give a quicker result in terms of weight loss. 

If you are practicing Ashtanga yoga twice a week, then keep one day for cardio, and experience the miraculous outcome yourself.

You can also add a Yin yoga practice to your weekly routine, another great yoga style that can help you in your weight loss journey.

Still curious? ? Here we discuss whether or not exercise is more effective for weight loss than eating healthy. Check it out!

The Right Kind Of Yoga Gives You A Great Cardio Workout

Put simply, in order to burn fat, you need to be in a calorie deficit, and adding cardio into your routine can help you achieve this. But, the key here is the right of yoga. There are multiple types of yoga, but not all are the most beneficial for weight loss or building lean muscle.

In order to achieve a great cardio workout from yoga, you need to practice fast flowing types of yoga such as Vinyasa or Ashtanga that involve strength building poses. Below I will break down which types of yoga are best for weight loss.

Yoga For Weight Loss: 9 Asanas To Help You Lose Weight

A five-thousand-year-old transcription by the Indus valley civilization on fragile palm leaves has paved the way to an innovative weight loss therapy. Yoga was mentioned in the Indian collection of Vedic Sanskrit hymns, the Rigveda. Researchers have traced yoga to over a thousand years ago, and its rich history is divided into periods of innovation, practice, and development. Yoga was refined and developed by the Rishis and Brahmans who documented their training in the Upanishads. This practice was later developed over several years to what now is practiced as Yoga. The discipline has 5 basic principles:

Frequently Asked Questions

Yoga For Weight Loss Can Actually Be An Effective Tool

Along with helping you lose weight, yoga raises your awareness and the way you relate to your body.

There are many factors that contribute to maintaining a healthy weight. When people practice yoga regularly, they become more in tune with themselves on a mental and physical level, which often results in a positive ripple effect in every aspect of their lives.

This includes making healthier food and lifestyle choices to ultimately reach their goal of weight loss.

Does nothing work for you? 3 Surprising Reasons Why You May Be Having A Hard Time Losing Weight

So to answer the question does yoga help you lose weight? you have to consider all the evidence. Yoga certainly help you lose weight and if you practice effectively and train your mind along with your body, yoga can be a powerful tool in your weight-loss journey.

All included information is not intended to treat or diagnose. The views expressed are those of the author and should be attributed solely to the author. For medical questions, please consult your healthcare provider.

Know The Difference Between Weight Loss And Inch Loss:

Keeping your best friend’s wedding in your sights, you start working out a month in advance so that you are picture-perfect on the wedding day. You are happy that you lost an inch here and there and are now ready to go. Once the wedding is over, you notice that those inches are back, thanks to all the binging at the wedding.

Those looking at weight loss should chalk out a proper plan and set small achievable goals for themselves. When achieved, these goals give a lot of confidence and act as fuel to achieve the next set of goals.

Key Factors That Play A Role In Weight Loss With Yoga

So regardless of all this information you have just learned, in order to lose weight, it really comes down to 5 things:

Consistency: In order to see any type of results practicing yoga, whether it be muscle gain or weight loss, you need to be consistent. You cannot decide to practice 5 days one week then skip two weeks and expect to see results. You need to consistently train your muscles and burn calories in order to create a deficit and lose fat. 

A good starting point is practicing 3 times a week. Try to get in at least 30 minutes every time you practice and build up from there. 

This in my opinion is one of the most important factors. Even if you practicing consistently, if you are barely putting in any effort, it’s as if you aren’t practicing at all. When you practice yoga, need need to put your all into it. If you aren’t feeling your muscles activating, your heart rate increasing, or breaking a sweat, you either are

not practicing the right type of yoga

not trying hard enough

No matter what you may have heard, yoga is not easy, but it is effective if you push yourself to put the work in.

Eating Habits: That whole “80% of weight loss happens in the kitchen” is actually true. You cannot decide to eat 2,000 calories worth of junk food while practicing yoga consistently and still be surprised you are not seeing results. 

For some more needed motivation and information on losing weight with yoga, check out these articles:

It Helped Me Burn Calories While Gaining Lean Muscle

Although all types of yoga are effective when it comes to burning calories, improving flexibility and muscle tone, calming the mind, and providing a feeling of inner peace, if your goal is to lose weight, certain practices are more effective than others.

In order to burn fat and keep it off, I focused on power yoga and vinyasa flow.

These are both fast-paced flows that provide the perfect mixture of cardio and strength-training. The dual combination is a potent cocktail geared toward effective fat burning and increased lean muscle mass. These two types of yoga enable the body to burn anywhere from 400 to 600 calories per hour. This is equivalent to the number of calories burned during a typical hour in the gym!

Is Ashtanga Yoga Enough Exercise To Shed Some Weight

To get the right answer, we need to understand what exactly we need to lose weight. 

Ashtanga yoga offers numerous physical, spiritual, and mental benefits. 

But here we will focus on Ashtanga Yoga’s role in shedding weight:

Ashtanga yoga poses create internal heat and burns a lot of calories, sufficient enough to lose weight.

Ashtanga Yoga emphasizes muscle training and helps in proper weight management.

It relieves tension and reduces stress. Thus stops you from overeating.

It balances hormone production.

Best Yoga Poses For Weight Loss According To A Yogi

Although an ancient practice, yoga has many modern applications.

In the last century, the physical practice of yoga evolved into a popular form of exercise that benefits the body, mind, and spirit .

When practiced regularly, yoga may be an effective tool to help you lose weight, especially its more active style.

However, even the gentler forms of yoga help to reduce stress and increase mindfulness– both important factors in weight loss.

No matter the style, it is well known that yoga offers many health benefits.

Below we will explore how yoga can help you achieve and maintain a healthy body weight.

Does Yoga Help You Lose Weight Types Poses And More

For many years, people have used yoga as an effective tool to enhance their mental, physical, and spiritual development to obtain the best version of themselves. 

No doubt, it has many health benefits. But, does yoga help you lose weight?

Fortunately, if you’re a yoga lover, we’ve got good news for you. Yoga can be an effective weight-loss strategy.

The more active forms of yoga have been found to help people shed weight, and have been backed by many experts as well. 

So, it is totally possible to slim down with yoga, based on the ways that it strengthens, stretches, and calms your body.

Without further ado, let’s break down how it can help you achieve your body goals and what are the best yoga poses for weight loss.

What Happens To Your Body When You Start Doing Yoga

A lot of things happen to your body when you start doing yoga, including: 

1. You Will Become Mindful of The Type of Food You Eat.

When you start your weight loss journey, you need to make some adjustments in your diet plan.

The newfound awareness of your body as well as the detoxing exercise of yoga, you will suddenly realize you don’t want to fill up your body with junk foods.

And, this is the first step to a healthy weight loss.

2. You Will Get in Shape.

As we have already covered, yoga can help you lose weight. The moment you start stretching you will start burning calories.

Doing it daily will make you lose weight faster and get that toned body you always desire.

Unlike other types of exercises, yoga helps and allows you to manage your weight easily. 

Daily yoga improves your metabolic system, which will increase the rate of fat burning. Thus, resulting in significant weight loss.

Yoga also promotes hormonal balance, making it easier to maintain a healthy body weight.

3. You Will Reduce Your Stress Level.

Aside from the physical benefits, one of the best benefits of yoga is how it helps a person manage stress that has many negative effects on the body and mind.

The incorporation of meditation and breathing can help improve a person’s mental well-being.

Yoga Can Help Improve Your Flexibility And Mobility

And in addition to the mental health benefits with yoga, you can also increase your flexibility, strengthen your muscles, and enhance your mobility. 

“Many regular exercisers also don’t take adequate time to stretch so adding yoga can be a great way to increase flexibility while improving balance and strengthening those smaller muscles that you are likely not focusing on in typical workouts,” says Wilson.

What Were My Results After Three Months Of Hot Yoga

I only measured and weighed myself twice during this three-month experiment – on day 1 and on day 90. The reason being that I didn’t want to obsess over numbers, but focus on my physical and mental transformation as I was experiencing it.

My goal was to feel better about the way I looked and improve my own self-confidence, and this was never tied to a number for me. However, I did want to be able to track my progress in some way, and to be able to share my results with you in a measurable way.

The numbers ended up telling a very dramatic story.

In 3 months, I lost 4.3cm off the widest part of my waist and 6.2cm off the smallest part of my waist.

I lost 1.7cm off the widest part of my hips and a whopping 8.4cm off the smallest part.

My arms stayed exactly the same numerically, but they look totally different. They are more toned and muscular, and I feel so much stronger.

To tell the truth, I am actually no lighter now than I was when I started. However, my shape has completely changed.

I have burned a lot of fat into muscle and its distribution is now more flattering and in proportion to the rest of my body. As muscle is heavier than fat and I’m still the same weight as when I started, we can conclude that I actually did “lose weight” in the process.

I have also observed a number of other benefits from doing hot yoga:

• Overall strength – not just in my arms• Better balance• No pain or stiffness the day after

What Kind Of Muscle Can Be Built With Ashtanga Yoga

Ashtanga poses are generally performed in a flow, and your whole body, individual body parts, start taking shape with time. 

A yogi needs to be clear about his or her goal, and depending on that, a yoga teacher can recommend the Ashtanga poses. 

Poses like tree pose, warrior pose, chair pose, and bridge pose are well known for toning the muscles. 

Ashtanga yoga helps you gain lean muscles and evenly distribute weight. 

But if your role model is Arnold Schwarzenegger, then practicing Ashtanga will not be enough for you…

How Soon Did I Start Seeing Results With Hot Yoga

I started seeing noticeable results, including a significant decrease in my belly bulge, more toned arms and general improved strength, within 1-2 weeks of starting hot yoga. This was at a pace of 5 lessons a week and doing no other exercise or making any dietary changes.

Motivated by my quick results and how much better I felt about myself, I started to crave hot yoga. I found myself checking the time just to see if it was time for class yet.

The results just got better from there – my husband noticed it and my instructors noticed it – my recently purchased yoga tops already fitting more loosely around my middle.

Towards the end of my three-month experiment, I felt that changes to the naked eye had plateaued or at least slowed down, but I think this is only natural in any weight loss or body transformation journey. And despite my belly looking basically the same for a few weeks, it felt very different. When I touched it, I could feel the hardening muscles underneath and I knew they would show themselves with some more time and hard work.

In 12 weeks, I did a total of 45 lessons . That’s an average of 3.75 lessons a week.

How Much Weight Can You Lose In A Month With Yoga

You will lose around 3-4 kgs per month with yoga. Yoga is holistic affair. You need to do it long term but that does not mean that the results you will achieve will be late. The results are very fast. Also, you do not need to do all of this exercise in one day in order to learn how Yoga helps in weight loss. You can do this type of exercise every day . You can spend 30 -40 mins per day but make sure that you are consistent in the practice.And, if you do this, you will find that you will be very excited about being able to enjoy the new changes in your life and that you will not feel like you are starving yourself.

Yoga Can Help You Burn Calories And Build Muscle

One common misconception about yoga is that it’s not a “real” workout. While yoga has a reputation for helping reduce stress and tension, certain forms of yoga can be an intense workout that helps challenge your muscles and get your heart rate up. 

“Yoga can be an incredible complement in a person’s quest to lose weight. From a physiological standpoint, yoga is exercise, and certain types of yoga can have an excellent cardiovascular and strength building effect in the body,” says Turner. 

Yoga can challenge your muscles and help you build strength. 

If you’re looking for yoga classes that can help you get your heart rate up to burn calories and help strengthen your muscles, look out for specific types of yoga that focus on those areas. 

Some examples include:

Hot yoga classes are practiced in a heated room or studio. The actual temperature varies, but typically the room is heated to at least 90 degrees or more.

Power yoga:Power yoga is a fitness-based approach to practicing yoga. These classes will focus on strength and flexibility. 

Yoga sculpt, or any yoga class that includes “sculpt” in its description can vary in the exact technique, but will often include light handheld dumbbells or other tools to add resistance. Some yoga sculpt classes will also add bursts of intense cardio.

: This style of yoga follows the same set of poses in the same order. The class is usually fast-paced and physically challenging. 

Weight Loss With Yoga Starts From The Mind First

When a yoga journey begins, everything begins to appear in a different light, from a different perspective. Yoga starts by transforming you from the inside out. Thanks to yoga, we become more conscious about the environment, actions, and habits, and eating habits change. Realizing how they feel after eating certain foods, the individual wonders about the effects of nutrition on the body and tends to a more plant-based diet and reduce processed foods. So, it causes a healthier lifestyle and directs you to choose healthier food options. Thus, the answer to the question of whether yoga weakens begins to emerge.

Can Yoga Help Trim My Waist And Reduce Belly Fat Alyssa DodsonTeacher and Writer

Yoga teacher, world explorer, writer, recent San Franciscan, and part of the DoYou Editorial Team

Ever wonder if yoga can help trim your waist and reduce belly fat? One of our readers was curious on the topic, and she’s not alone.

Lots of yogis take their first yoga class as a compliment to their regular exercise routine, only to find out later what an amazing addition yoga is to every facet of their life.

Yoga is a great way to change things up, tone your entire body, and lose weight. If you are looking to focus on your waist and belly, even better! Yoga is the perfect way to trim down.

Here are my best tips for using yoga to reduce belly fat and trim your waist, including a few practice tips.

How Often Should I Practice Yoga To Lose Weight

Last update:25 January, 2020

Many who want to achieve an ideal weight search for the perfect physical activity to help. Of that sounds like you, we recommend that you practice yoga in order to try to lose weight in a different way.

To see results, the important thing is perseverance and discipline. All physical activities require a minimum daily or weekly commitment in order for the body to change and the person to begin to look and feel better. Yoga is not the exception; it also requires perseverance and effort.

However, don’t think that this discipline is only good for meditation and stretching the muscles; in fact, it also helps you lose weight.

But Which Type Of Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

If weight loss is the overall goal, then the type of yoga you’re doing is super important.

“A more relaxing type, such as one of the forms of Hatha, may not crank up the internal furnace that much,” says Jonathan Amato, C.S.C.S. “In comparison, Bikram or could lead to a great calorie burn over a single class.”

17 Yoga Moves That Will Help You Sculpt Abs

Bikram and hot yoga involve increasingly difficult positions that cause your heart rate to soar. Add that to the stress of a heated room, and class-goers will burn more calories. In comparison, Hatha yoga—gentle poses and stretching exercises—requires much less physical exertion, making it great for all fitness levels. Hatha is also done in a non-heated room.

You also want to look for a class that incorporates “poses that focus on large muscle groups,” Pacheco says, in order to up the calorie burn. Think: lunge-like poses such as warriors one and two.

Yoga To Lose Weight By Strengthening Your Body

Yoga offers lots of asanas in countless flows or sequences. All poses provide different benefits both physical and mental. Also, more or less each poses provide a level of detoxification. While detoxification promotes body and mind gets purified, it directly causes weight loss. Although there are different types of yoga that are very effective when it comes to purifying, losing weight, enhancing flexibility, improving muscular posture, providing peace of mind, there are some other poses that do much better than others if your goal is burning calories losing weight.

Vinyasa yoga and power yoga flow movements, which burn more amount of fat and are referred to as slimming yoga in some sources, are known as the most effective yoga movements that lose weight. These two yoga streams provide a great mixture of both cardio exercise and strength exercises. This combination acts as a powerful cocktail for fat burning and gaining muscle. They keep the body burning up to 400 to 600 calories in every region of it. This equates to a typical hour exercise.

Urdhva Mukha Svanasana/ Upward Facing Dog Pose

This asana is also usually a part of Surya Namaskar. Begin with lying down on the floor on your stomach. Stretch your legs backward and keep your elbows beside your waist. The front of your feet and the inside of your hand shall touch the floor. Then slowly raise your upper body, higher by balancing it over your palm, up to the waist.

Stretch your forelimbs completely by putting the pressure on your palm and hold your pose. This posture helps to strengthen your spine and tone your arms. It is because, during this exercise, your upper body rests over your arms.

Running Routine To Lose Weight

Experts Answer: Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight

Each week, MyHealthNewsDaily asks the experts to answer questions about your health.

This week, we asked exercise researchers and nutrition specialists: Does yoga help with weight loss?

Beth A. Lewis, Associate Professor at the University of Minnesota School of Kinesiology in Minneapolis

“Regular yoga practice can influence weight loss, but not in the “traditional” sense of how we link physical activity to weight loss. Typically, weight loss occurs when a person’s calorie intake .

“Most individuals need to change both their energy intake and energy expenditure to lose weight.

Many yoga practices burn fewer calories than traditional exercise ; however, yoga can increase one’s mindfulness and the way one relates to their body. So, individuals will become more aware of what they are eating and make better food choices.

“Individuals may avoid foods that make them feel sluggish and lethargic . Instead,individuals will seek out foods that are healthier, which then may lead to weight loss.

“Additionally, many individuals eat more when they are feeling stressed and yoga can help combat stress, which can influence one’s energy intake.”

Dr. Lewis Maharam, fellow of the American College of Sports Medicine:

“Yes, and actually it’s become in vogue with a lot of celebrities like Madonna, Halle Berry and Jennifer Aniston. Yoga is a sophisticated tradition with physical, relaxation and breathing exercises. aerobic exercise is what helps you lose weight.

How Many Calories Does Each Type Of Yoga Burn

So of course there is no way to tell exactly, as it all depends on the amount of effort you are putting in. But as a reference, below are the general calories burned from Health Status per 60 minutes of practice based on a 150 pound person:

Vinyasa Yoga: 594 calories

Bikram/ Hot Yoga: 477 calories

Ashtanga/ Power Yoga: 351 calories

Hatha Yoga: 189 calories

Please keep in mind this if if you are using your MAX EFFORT. I know there are definitely times when I go to hot vinyasa yoga and not putting my all in that day, or the class is just slower, and I definitely do not burn anywhere near this amount of calories. 

Also keep in mind your weight plays a huge role on how many calories you burn per hour. I suggest checking out healthstatus.com to use their calculator with your specific weight to check. 

How Often Should You Do Yoga To Lose Weight

Practice yoga as often as possible in order to lose weight. You can do a more active, intense practice at least three to five times per week for at least one hour.

On the other days, balance out your practice with a more relaxing, gentle class. Hatha, yin, and restorative yoga classes are great options.

If you’re a beginner, start slowly and gradually build up your practice. This allows you to build up your strength and flexibility and prevent injuries. If you don’t have time for a full class on certain days, do a self-practice for at least 20 minutes. Allow yourself one full day of rest each week.

Combine your yoga practice with activities such as walking, cycling, or swimming for added cardiovascular benefits.

As part of your routine, avoid weighing yourself directly after a yoga class, especially if it’s a hot yoga class, since you may lose water weight during the class. Instead, weigh yourself at the same time each day.

Here are a few yoga poses you can do at home if you don’t have time for a full session.

Control Your Weight Before It Controls You:

Age plays an important role in weight loss too. If you are young, then the chances of you getting into the shape with minimal efforts are high, but it is tougher for those who are on the other side of thirty. Once you cross your thirties, special attention needs to be given to eating habits. Fats, carbohydrates, and proteins are the main contents of any meal.

Choosing them wisely over the different meals of the day will help you go a long way in achieving your goals. Complex carbohydrates and healthy fats can be a part of your breakfast but including the same for your supper might not be a great idea.

Also, tracking your diet can give you an idea of where your macronutrients are coming from. Remember to track each and everything that goes in. This will make you aware of what you are having throughout the day and will make you think twice the next time you reach out for your favorite cupcake. The more you educate yourself with food labels, the more you become cautious and make healthier choices. It’s all about awareness.

Surprising Ways Yoga Helps You Lose Weight

This post may contain affiliate links. Please read our disclosure for more info.

The practice of yoga being an effective use for weight loss has been questioned for years. Can you really lose weight with yoga? The answer is YES, and with a lot less effort than you think. In this article we will discuss the science backed effects yoga has on the body that will help you meet your weight loss goals. 

V The Posture Of Liberation From The Winds

This posture helps cure lower back pain while controlling the acidity level of the stomach. It helps tone the abdomen and hips.

Lie down on your back,

Curve your knees and bring them back to your chest while breathing out,

Apply pressure to the abdomen with your thighs,

On an exhale, raise your head to try to touch your knees with your chin, without straining the cervical, it is the upper back that works,

Breathe deeply and maintain the pose for two full breaths,

Back to the original position on an exhalation,

Repeat 5 times with a 15-second pause between each repetition.

With a regular practice of these five postures, the results should not be long in being felt!

Which Type Of Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

Almost all form help in weight loss but power yoga is best. Yoga helps in many ways, but one of the things that can be used to help with weight loss is the practice of yoga poses.While the physical benefits of yoga are quite amazing, there are also mental benefits that can help a person lose weight and feel healthier. This is why yoga is often used to help people lose weight. can yoga help you lose weight ?Yes,with yoga, it’s much easier to achieve these goals.

In order to lose weight, it is important that a person is able to burn more calories than they take in each day. By using different types of exercises and other yoga poses, a person can burn calories and learn to manage their diet better. This can then help a person to lose weight and feel healthier.

Yoga is a way of life for many people and they have a passion for it. Yoga can help to strengthen muscles, reduce stress, and helps to keep you fit, it is a holistic approach to health.

can yoga help you lose weight and tone? If you want to lose weight, yoga can be the answer. This type of workout is an all around good thing to do. It can be done by everyone at anytime of the day and will not interfere with your daily schedule.

Can Yoga Help In Weightloss1500×2250

What Type Of Yoga Is Best For Weight Loss

There are various types of yoga—and some are relaxing while others are pretty intense. if you’re looking for more of a calorie-burning experience, Young recommends Vinyasa because it’s more athletic.

“It’s strenuous. It’s cardio-based. It’s literally moving constantly,” says instructor Olivia Young, founder of Box + Flow in New York.

You may have also heard this referred to as “flow” because the movements run together. Within Vinyasa, there are various other subsets, like power yoga.

In comparison, Hatha focuses on one pose at a time and includes breaks between movements.

You should become acquainted with movements like the downward dog, high plank, and low push up, commonly found in a flow sequence, says Young.

How Often Should I Do Yoga To Lose Weight

For the best weight-loss results, Liza recommended doing yoga three times a week. Continue to stay active and get your heart rate up on the other three to four days as well, whether through , weightlifting, or HIIT workouts of 45 minutes to an hour. And keep your nutrition in mind, too. “Exercise alone without dieting makes losing weight hard,” Jorianne said. “Weight loss occurs when you burn more calories than you consume.”

If you eat healthy and burn calories, though, the results will come, and yoga has a place in the process. Start with this 30-minute power flow to relax, rejuvenate, and work up a sweat.

Image Source: Getty / Thomas Barwick

/8setu Bandha Sarvangasana Or Bridge Pose

Step 1: Lie on your back with your knees bent and feet placed firmly on the ground. Your legs should be slightly apart and arms resting by your side.

Step 2: Press the feet into the floor, inhale and lift your hips up rolling the spine off the floor.

Step 4: Press your shoulders and arms on the ground to lift your chest.

Step 5: Engage your legs and butt muscles to lift your hips higher.

Step 6: Hold this position for 4-8 breaths, then return to the starting position.

How Much Yoga Do You Need For Weight Loss

You cannot expect a huge amount of weight loss from Yoga as soon as you begin doing it. Many people start doing Yoga and expect to achieve results within a week. They get disappointed and quit doing it just after one or two weeks. It doesn’t work like that. Yoga needs as much time and effort as any other exercise. It requires regular practice.

It would be best if you were patient to achieve visible results. For weight loss, you need to practice Yoga as much as you can. But that doesn’t mean you will keep doing excessive Yoga. It needs to be in a limited and balanced amount. Excessive Yoga can lead to physical or muscular injuries.

You might experience pain in your joints. Perform gentle and relaxing exercises for your daily routine. You can try longer sessions and intense exercises 2-3 times a week. A regular practice can give you the answer to Can I Lose Weight With Yoga after a certain period.

Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight Answer Here

Yoga is an ancient practice that can amplify the positive connection between your mind and body. While there are many yoga styles, some focus more on strenuous movements and strength, and others focus on meditation and mental preparedness.

As part of a workout routine, yoga for weight loss is a no-brainer because it burns calories. And potentially, the most significant benefit of yoga is the opportunity to reinforce mental stability, which can relieve stress, especially in this pandemic, and introduce you to a better and healthier lifestyle.

Bottom Line

Which Practices Are Best For Weight Loss

If you’re looking for pure calorie burn, our experts agreed that fast-paced Vinyasa yoga is the practice to choose. “A good Vinyasa class will take you through a variety of movements, with a focus on integrating your core and weight-bearing on your hands and feet,” Lara explained. Imagine a classic flow from plank to triceps push-up to Upward Facing Dog — you’re getting a core burn, working your triceps, then using your arms to hold up your bodyweight as you stretch. This kind of weight-bearing move “increases heart rate and builds muscle,” Liza told POPSUGAR. The more muscle you build, the more calories you’ll burn even after you’re done exercising.

Power yoga is another good choice, Jorianne told POPSUGAR, though it’s more intense and better suited for people who are already in good shape. “In power yoga, there is less meditation and more of a focus on standing poses and faster-paced movement,” she explained. Your heart will pump even harder than in a Vinyasa class, which is good news for losing weight; Liza recommended aiming for a heart rate that’s 55 to 85 percent of your maximum to get the most calories burned out of a class.

I Teach Yoga and Do CrossFit, and These Are the 18 Core-Carving Yoga Poses I’m Obsessed With

A more gentle yoga class, such as Hatha, won’t burn as many calories. But it can benefit your mental health and decrease stress levels while helping you be more mindful, all of which have weight-loss benefits as well.

What Kind Of Yoga Helps With Weight Loss

If you’ve never done yoga before, be sure to start with beginner-level classes. You’ll burn the most calories in athletic  classes.?? These styles usually start with a fast-paced series of poses called sun salutations, followed by a flow of standing poses which will keep you moving. Once you are warmed up, deeper stretches and backbends are introduced. Vinyasa includes many popular, sweaty yoga styles, such as:

: Ashtanga yoga is a very vigorous style of practice and its practitioners are among the most dedicated of yogis. Beginners are often encouraged to sign up for a series of classes, which will help with motivation. Since Ashtanga follows the same series of poses each time, once you learn the sequence, you can practice anytime at home or join a Mysore-style group, in which there is a teacher present but each student goes at their own pace.

Power Yoga: Power yoga is extremely popular at gyms and health clubs, though it is widely available at dedicated yoga studios as well.?? Power yoga is based on building the heat and intensity of Ashtanga while dispensing with a fixed series of poses.

: Vinyasa yoga done in a hot room ups the ante by guaranteeing you’ll sweat buckets. Be aware that Bikram and hot yoga are not synonymous. Bikram is a pioneering style of hot yoga, which includes a set series of poses and, indeed, a script developed by founder Bikram Choudhury.?? These days, there are many other styles of hot yoga that make use of the hot room but not the Bikram series.

How Much Weight Can You Lose Doing Yoga

Weight loss varies by person and is dependent on a variety of factors including your beginning weight, overall activity level, and diet. The number of calories burned doing it also depends on what type of yoga you do, for how long, and what your current weight is. To have yoga help you lose weight, Young recommends practicing yoga four times a week and pairing it with extra cardio, like shadow boxing or running.

How Men Can Get Started Doing Yoga

It’s natural to want fast results, but the most successful dieters lose weight slowly. recommends losing no more than one to two pounds per week.

Thinking Of Trying Yoga For Weight Loss

If you are serious about losing weight and getting fit, you might want to implement a 60-minute power yoga and/or vinyasa flow practice at least five to six days per week. If you want to follow my example, think about coupling your practice with a whole foods diet for optimal results.

So roll out the mat. Connect with your breath. Detach from that destructive inner voice. Tune in to your spiritual nature that connects every cell of your body to the universe. Liberate the soul. And get ready to bask in the glory of all the positive changes that are coming.

Adho Mukha Svanasana Downward Dog Pose

Adho Mukha Svanasana tones your whole body with a little extra attention to specific muscles. It helps to strengthen your arms, thighs, hamstring and back. Holding this pose and concentrating on your breathing engages your muscles and tones them, as well as improves your concentration and blood circulation.

Chaturanga Dandasana/ Limbed Staff Pose

Chaturanga Dandasana is one of the exercises performed during Surya Namaskar. To perform this asana, start with your legs and arms stretched in a plank position. Keep your spine and hip in a straight line. Now, tighten your core by sucking your belly inside.

Bring your body towards the floor without losing the straight posture. Balance your body with the engaged core and hold the pose. This pose helps to strengthen your core and maintain your balance. It can be beneficial to reduce and tone your belly. Chaturanga Dandasana helps to build your muscle strength. 

Can Beginners Yoga Help You Lose Weight

The question of how can you loose weight with the help of yoga might arise if you are just beginning your weight loss or trying to keep it off.

If you are planning to go on a very strict weight loss program, then it might be a good idea to join a yoga class to learn more about the benefits of yoga and how to maintain a good weight loss program.

Yoga is also a great way to maintain your new weight and will help you get into better shape so that you can lose weight and look great.

If you do decide to join a class, make sure that you find a teacher that you will get along well with and who will make you feel comfortable with. Yoga is also a good way to learn new skills so that you will feel more in control of your body and can enjoy what you are doing.

If you do decide to join a class, make sure that you find a teacher that you will get along well with and who will make you feel comfortable with. Yoga is also a good way to learn new skills so that you will feel more in control of your body and can enjoy what you are doing.

Things To Take Care Of While Doing Yoga

Your should also be considered, because you need to make sure that it is healthy and balanced. If you aren’t, then you may want to talk to your doctor or dietitian to make sure that you are following a proper diet.

·2. If you’re going to start doing yoga, make sure that you choose a yoga class that is going to suit your level of physical ability. If you have a lot of experience, you might want to try classes that are a little more advanced, so that you can get the most out of the workout.

When you have lost weight with yoga, you’ll notice that your energy levels are up and your confidence is higher. Your weight will probably decrease as well, because you are burning more calories than you normally do. But, you still want to make sure that you keep up your weight loss. Even though you may have lost a few pounds, you should keep at it and never quit.

The thing to remember is that you have to maintain your weight loss. If you stop your weight loss after a few weeks, you may find yourself gaining all of the weight back. You need to continue working on it, and staying motivated.

Once you have lost weight with yoga, you can always get back on it by doing another class or trying another one. This is a great form of exercise for anyone and it really does have a lot of benefits. It has proven to be beneficial to a lot of people.

If So How Does Yoga Help To Lose Weight

There are many therapeutic to intensive yoga styles, reinforcing your central cores, including your overall muscle groups, increasing your flexibility, stability, and mobility.

Each yoga style offers unique benefits, so if your goal is to lose weight, concentrating on a fast-paced strength-based exercise is best. Yoga done in this manner has four main benefits that you should know.

Yoga strengthens your core and self-awareness.

While there is no cheat to lose weight in a day, strengthening your core is one major step to help you shed weight in the long run.

Your core is the home of all muscle groups necessary to stabilize your spine, keep your posture in the best shape, and improve your balance.

Therefore, by reinforcing your core, you are increasing your movements’ foundation to be more concise, which, in turn, makes you exercise more effectively without the risk of bodily discomforts.

Yoga is also useful in this matter because it also increases your self-awareness. You’ll learn how to use your muscles to precisely regulate your movements to achieve safer body fitness.

Yoga can help cut cravings for unhealthy foods and sugar.

One of the fantastic benefits of yoga is installing a sense of mindfulness. More mindful people are less stressed and less likely to seek comfort in food to binge eat.

Yoga can help protect yourself from stress, more-so, manage stress.

Yoga introduces you to a healthy lifestyle with better decisions.

Guest Post By Marilyn From Ink & Coffee

I’m very happy to collaborate with Marilyn from Ink & Coffee and share her blog post about yoga and weight loss. Marilyn is training to be a yoga teacher and health and wellness coach so she knows her stuff. As a self-confessed yogi I find it really helps me to tone, stay fit and improve flexibility. But does it really help us to lose weight? Here’s Marilyn to answer that for you ?.

Does Ashtanga Yoga Help You Lose Weight

Ashtanga yoga has been gaining popularity for the last few decades. Here in this article, we will help you answer one of the most asked questions: Does Ashtanga yoga help lose weight?

Last month I met Suzanne for the first time at a house-warming party. We started talking and liked each other’s company. 

Amid a conversation, I passed her a compliment about her physique. She noticed how intrigued I was, so she took me to the side and showed me an old photograph of her. 

Looking at the picture, I was astounded. In the photo, she was barely recognizable. 

I quickly asked her the secret recipe of the drastic transformation, and she answered- Ashtanga Yoga.

Ashtanga yoga, also known as eight-limbed yoga, is mentioned in the Yoga Sutras by the sage Patanjali. It includes various asanas, which should be practiced with utmost patience and dedication.

Ashtanga Yoga includes a full-body workout. Intense asanas are done in this yoga practice that covers all your muscle areas, and therefore it makes for a great partner in the weight loss journey. You can expect to burn on average around 450 to 550 calories per 1h Ashtanga yoga session. 

The vigorous workout improves your strength, flexibility, tones, endurance, and overall health, besides contributing to weight loss. It is a fast-paced yoga practice that enhances energy levels and overall physique. 

But, how does Ashtanga yoga help in weight loss? Read further to find out.

Yoga Stimulates And Improves Digestion

Even though yoga has a positive and stimulating effect on all of the different systems within your body, including your cardiovascular, respiratory, lymphatic and endocrine systems, it has a very strong focus on the stimulation of your digestive system.

Your digestive system plays a key role in the breakdown, absorption and elimination of food and waste from your body. A sluggish and slow digestive system will hinder your weight loss goals by reducing your body’s ability to appropriately absorb nutrients and discard unwanted waste.

Sethu Bandha Sarvangasana Bridge Pose

Yet another asana with multiple benefits is the Sethu Bandha Sarvangasana or Bridge pose. It is excellent for glutes, thyroid as well as weight loss. The Bridge pose improves muscle tone, digestion, regulates hormones, and improves thyroid levels. It also strengthens your back muscles and reduces back pain.

/8here Are 7 Yoga Asanas You Should Do

When it comes to weight loss, yoga is not favoured by many as an effective workout to shed kilos. The low-impact exercise has undoubtedly gained popularity across the globe but is known mostly to increase flexibility and calm your mind. Contrary to popular belief, yoga can help to burn tons of calories and drop a considerable amount of weight. All you need to do is choose the right kind of yoga asanas and perform it correctly. Here are 7 yoga asanas that may help you lose more weight than any intense workout.

Proper Technique Is The Key To Success

It would be best if you were very careful while doing any of these yoga poses or any other exercises. Please give enough time to know how to perform these yoga postures and learn them properly. Before trying, know all the techniques of performing any exercise.

It would be best if you were very precise while doing these poses, or else you might end up hurting yourself. Many of the yoga poses require specific timings like morning or evening. Some of them must be done with an empty stomach. Everybody cannot do many postures. They are prohibited to people having any muscle injury or spinal problem.

An example being the Dhanurasana mentioned above. So please make sure to check all of the techniques to perform the yoga posture. Otherwise, you might end up hurting yourself, or you might not see visible results even after efforts. Once you grasp the technique, it can be a piece of cake for you.

Learn More About Weight Loss Fitness

Can Yoga Help You Lose Weight And Tone

In order to start using yoga for weight loss, you need to make sure that you are healthy enough to do it. You should always keep in mind to eat a balanced diet, get plenty of exercise and use a positive attitude.

can yoga help you lose weight and tone?YesYoga can help you get the results that you are looking for. It is an easy way to get into shape and get in good form so that you do not feel stressed out when you take your next step.

There are many things that go into learning how to lose weight. Yoga can give you the knowledge and skills that you need to have sure to lose weight. You will not feel depressed or stressed about how you look or what you feel about yourself.

can yoga help you lose weight? Weight loss is a big concern and one that many people have. The best way to lose weight is to start the right exercise.

[ontarioyoga]

Is Yoga Bad For Seniors

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/is-yoga-bad-for-seniors/

Is Yoga Bad For Seniors

While Age Does Affect You In Various Ways Theres A Lot You Can Do To Limit Its Impact On Your Body Yoga Is An Excellent Anti

July 31, 2017

Along with the smile lines and gray hair, aging brings changes that are harder to see but very easy to feel, especially during movement. As you age, you’ll encounter general physiological changes in elasticity, stability, speed, strength, and endurance, as well as a different perspective on physical goals. Specific health problems emerge as we age, and these age-related illnesses might affect your yoga practice. Here, we offer our thoughts on how to modify your practice for these common ailments, and we detail the ways that yoga can actually relieve symptoms or has been proven to improve medical outcomes. From heart issues to less lung capacity, decreased bone density to hormonal changes, and to artificial knees, physical changes will affect and dictate the needs of a yoga asana practice, but in all cases, doing yoga will make you feel better.

From Chair Yoga To Hatha To Vinyasa Heres Your Guide To Eight Popular Yoga Types Every Older Adult Should Know

There are countless reasons to add yoga to your routine. Research shows a regular practice not only improves balance and mobility in older adults, but it may also help ease back pain, relieve depression, and even reduce blood pressure for people with hypertension.

“Yoga can help keep the body agile,” says Terry Cockburn, a yoga instructor and owner of Freeport Yoga Company in Freeport, Maine. “It can also help you maintain proprioception, or the awareness of where your body is in relation to everything else,” she says.

That translates to a reduced risk of falls—which is especially compelling, considering falls are the leading cause of injuries in adults older than 65.

So, if you’ve considered trying yoga, now is the time to do it! You don’t have to be flexible or experienced to get started. To help you find the best class for your fitness level and personality, we break down eight of the most popular yoga types.

Common Poses Most Likely To Trigger Yoga Injuries Plus How To Overcome & Avoid Them

November 5, 2016

Healthiest Yoga Poses

According to estimates, more than 30 million people now regularly practice yoga worldwide. And 14 million of those include Americans who received a prescription for yoga from a physician or other therapist. People have practiced yoga for thousands of years. During that time, the practice has earned a strong reputation for promoting well-being in both body and mind.

However, something many practitioners may not realize is that a number of commonly taught yoga poses can also be risky. Particularly yoga injuries are a real threat. So are the healing benefits of yoga worth the risk?

Yoga injuries — including back pains, popped ribs and strained necks — are not necessarily a rare occurrence, especially among those brand new to yoga who push themselves too hard or too quickly. Yoga poses such as handstands, inversions and back-bends might quality yoga as moderate exercise, but these tougher poses also can be cause for concern if you’re not ready for them.

Given all of the proven benefits of yoga, but also the potential risks, what’s a yogi to do? The solution to avoiding yoga injuries seems to be a combination of taking your time to ease into the practice, listening to your body, never pushing yourself past the point of comfort when stretching, and also mixing yoga with other exercises to strengthen weak areas and reduce compensations. It’s also wise to find an instructor who is well-qualified.

Do Yoga Asanas Increase The Efficiency Of The Immune System For The Elderly

Here, again, the Yoga Sutras provide us with insight. Sutra 2.16 states “dukham anaagatam,” which translates into “so that we can avoid the misery that has not yet come.” As we age, the efficiency of our bodies and the immune system’s defenses deteriorate, increasing the risk of sickness. Regular practice of yoga for seniors can lower stress hormones and inflammation, boost the immune system, and decrease the chance of sickness.

So whether you are 65 or 105, lay down your yoga mat, grab a chair, and get started with your yoga practice today!

While a regular yoga practice can result in improved health, know that it is not a substitute for medical treatment. It is important to learn and practice yoga under the supervision of a trained teacher. In the case of a medical condition, practice yoga after consulting a doctor. Do you need information on courses? Contact us at [email protected] to find a Sri Sri Yoga course at an Art of Living Center near you.

We would also like to invite you to attend a free breath and meditation online session to learn about SKY Breath Meditation, the perfect accompaniment to any yoga practice.

Improving Balance To Prevent Falls And Increase Stability In The Senior Age

Falls can occur due to a variety of reasons including home hazards like low lighting, low blood pressure, trips due to footwear, etc. However, one of the major reasons behind the occurrence of falls lies in one simple thing: balance.In today’s post, we explain to you the huge role that balance plays in fall prevention and ways of improving balance to ensure the safety of our beloved seniors.

Balance Exercises For Seniors: Improve Your Balance With These Yoga Poses

Quick Navigation

5 Get Back On Your Feet

When a fall could easily result in a trip to the doctor, or even require surgery, staying upright on your own two feet becomes a rather pressing issue. Unfortunately, there are a lot of factors working against our balance system as we age – from our vision to the muscles which support our bodies, everything takes a hit.

But there’s also good news: and improving your quality of life.

More Older People Are Doing Yoga But They Are Also Racking Up Injuries

Yoga may hold a key to aging well, suggests a growing body of research into its potential benefits for body and mind — benefits that include reducing heart rate and blood pressure, relieving anxiety and depression, and easing back pain. One recent study even raised the possibility of positive changes in biological markers of aging and stress in people who do yoga.

So it’s no surprise that the number of yoga practitioners in the United States has more than doubled to 36.7 million over the last decade, with health benefits the main reason people practice, according to the Yoga in America Study conducted last year on behalf of Yoga Journal and the Yoga Alliance.

While yoga enthusiasts are often pictured as young and bendy, the reality, according to the Yoga in America study, is that 17 percent are in their 50s and 21 percent are age 60 and older.

Along with this upsurge of interest has been an upsurge in injuries, particularly among older practitioners. “Participants aged 65 years and older have a greater rate of injury from practicing yoga when compared with other age groups,” researchers wrote last year in a study of nearly 30,000 yoga-related injuries seen in U.S. hospital emergency departments from 2001 to 2014. “While there are many health benefits to practicing yoga, participants and those wishing to become participants should confer with a physician prior to engaging in physical activity and practice only under the guidance of certified instructors.”

The Heat Of Hot Yoga Can Be Very Good But Also Risky For Some People

Brian Tracy first heard about Bikram yoga in 2005, when a graduate student approached the exercise scientist with an idea for studying the classes, which last for 90 minutes in a room heated to about 105 degrees.

To investigate, Tracy tried it. More than a decade later, the researcher still practices Bikram yoga sometimes — and not always for science. “It’s one of the things I do for exercise, and it makes me feel really good,” says Tracy, who studies neuromuscular physiology at Colorado State University in Fort Collins.

Casey Mace Firebaugh had the opposite reaction. A public health researcher at Central Washington University in Ellensburg, Mace Firebaugh has long practiced more-traditional forms of yoga. Although she gave hot yoga a chance, it often made her feel lightheaded.

“I’m a relatively fit and active person,” Mace Firebaugh says. “But hot yoga made me feel terrible when I did it.”

More than 36 million Americans practice yoga, according to a 2016 . And although there are no firm statistics on how many do their poses in heated spaces, anecdotal evidence suggests that hot yoga has grown in popularity since it was introduced to the United States in the 1970s.

Yoga For Older Adults: 5 Health Benefits Of The Practice For Post50s

Beginning a yoga practice as an older adult can be intimidating, especially if you’re out of shape or working with health conditions. Although you don’t want to jump into a 90-minute hot yoga class with a group of younger practitioners, starting a gentle practice for beginners can be an excellent way to stay active and lower stress levels. Yoga can have a number of benefits for people over 50, from healthy bones to flexibility to anxiety relief. Ninety-four-year-old yogi Tao Porchon-Lynch swears by yoga as a way to maintain a positive attitude, relieve stress and age gracefully.

Yoga is not only safe for older practitioners, but also effective in keeping the mind and body in good health. If you’re thinking about starting a yoga practice, make sure to find a class and instructor who can meet your needs.

“People can either find an individual teacher to work with when they first start out, or find a studio that works with beginner classes, and see if they tailor to people over 50,” Eva Norlyk Smith, yoga teacher and Managing Editor at YogaUOnline, tells Huff/Post50.

“There’s a lot to learn, and most people over 50 run into issues like tight hamstrings, which affects alignment in so many different postures,” Norlyk Smith says. “If you go in and have a 20-year-old doing it perfectly next to you, you’re going to push yourself more than you should.”

1. You Get The Benefits Of Movement — Without The Strain.

2. Increased Flexibility.

3. Yoga Can Relieve Menopausal Discomfort.

A Gentle Yoga Practice Allows Seniors To Move Without Straining

Exercise is a critical part of healthy aging, but it presents certain risks to seniors. High-intensity exercises – such as running, cycling, and weight-lifting – can put a strain on the body and lead to injuries. A gentle yoga practice is an excellent low-impact exercise option. Yoga is not only safe for older practitioners, but effective in maintaining mental and physical health.

You should contact yoga studios and gyms in your area to determine whether they offer yoga classes for beginners and/or seniors. Arrive early before your first class so that you have an opportunity to speak with your instructor about what to expect during class. Let your instructor know about any injuries or health issues you have. Never overextend yourself on your mat, and move into postures only as far as you can. Ask your instructor for help if you need it. New practitioners should also remember that they can take a seated position or child’s pose if they need to rest.

How Does Yoga For Seniors Differ From Yoga For Younger People

Täo Porchon-Lynch is a shining example of the way in which the terms “old” and “young” refer to the state of the body, rather than numerical age. In fact, many older adults have greater flexibility than sedentary young people. In general, though, cardio-heavy flow practices and asanas that require abdominal strength can be more challenging for seniors, as can holding postures for long periods of time.

Proper Form Is Especially Important For People With Back Pain

The main issue with yoga-related back injuries is that people don’t follow proper form and speed, says Dr. Lauren Elson, instructor in medicine at Harvard Medical School. “They quickly ‘drop’ into a yoga pose without gradually ‘lengthening’ into it.”

This is similar to jerking your body while lifting a dumbbell and doing fast reps instead of making a slow, controlled movement, or running on a treadmill at top speed without steadily increasing the tempo. The result is a greater chance of injury.

In yoga, you should use your muscles to first create a solid foundation for movement, and then follow proper form that slowly lengthens and stretches your body. For example, when I perform my seated twist, I have to remember that the point of the pose is not to rotate as fast and far as possible. Instead, I need to activate my core muscles and feel as though my spine is lengthening. Then I can twist slowly until I feel resistance, and hold for as long as it’s comfortable and the tension melts away.

Yoga Videos For Seniors: Sequences For Your Exercise Program

Below, we’ll share a few yoga videos designed specifically for older adults. If you’re new to the practice of yoga, try working these sequences into your routine: 

Gentle Chair Yoga for Beginners and Seniors This 15-minute chair yoga video is ideal for those with limited mobility or those recovering from an injury. 

30-Minute Restorative Yoga and MeditationThis restorative yoga practice is a slow-paced class suitable for seniors, focusing on the mental and meditative benefits of yoga. 

Full Length Gentle Yoga Class for Beginners and Seniors This 30-minute yoga flow is slow-paced, featuring a number of seated and standing poses. The instructor offers a number of modifications for beginners.

Gentle Yoga for Seniors 1 Hour Hatha Class This full, hour-long hatha class is taught by and designed for seniors. Since it’s a longer video, you may want to save this video until you’ve completed a shorter sequence.

Types Of Yoga Injuries: What Are The Causes & Riskiest Poses

As with any other form of physical practice, yoga should be practiced carefully under the guidance of a qualified instructor in order to reduce risk. If you’ve been injured in the past, or have been mostly sedentary, consider skipping some of the riskiest poses all together.

A high percentage of yoga-related injuries seem to be caused from the following more advanced poses:

Shoulder Stand

As the entire body applies pressure to the spine, injuries are possible that can radiate downward or out to the shoulders. can result, or worse a serious vertebrae or spinal disc problem.

It’s debatable whether shoulder stands should be performed at all, but for those who do teach the posture because it can be beneficial for things like decreasing the heart rate, they advise using a blanket under the shoulders/neck for support and extra lift.

Other tips for reducing strains in the neck and shoulders include not pushing the neck too far forward and remaining very still in the posture without turning the head.

The Immortal Formula: 5 Reasons Why Seniors Should Do Yoga Kristin McGeeYoga and Pilates Instructor

Kristin is a yoga and pilates instructor helping students and private clients on their path to wellness. She’s worked with celebrities including Tina Fey, Steve Martin and Leann Rimes, as well as nutritionists and other yoga/Pilates instructors.

In my yoga practice, I work with many older people. I remember taking a yoga class years ago from Tao Porchon-Lynch and just being amazed at her gracefulness, agility, mobility, posture and attitude for someone in her late 80’s or anyone for that matter.

One of my favorite yoga teachers when I first started teaching used to tell us that yoga makes you age in reverse. I have to believe that it’s kind of true. Here are some of the reasons why seniors should do yoga.

How Yoga Works And How It Can Help To Improve Your Balance

Yoga is a great way to increase your activity level, tone muscles and ease aching joints, all while working on your balance. Both enjoyable and gentle, yoga ??has emerged as the activity of choice for many older adults.

Yoga includes certain poses which are directly intended to target your sense of balance, these “proprioceptive exercises” train both your body and your brain – challenging your sensory and motor system to perform under specific conditions that can later be applied to everyday activities.

A study in Neuroscience Letters examined the role of proprioceptive exercises in improving balance in a group of subjects over the age of 60. The researchers found that these specialized activities produced the greatest effect when compared to other fitness routines.

The National Strength & Conditioning Association conducted a study looking into the effect of a short-term yoga program on balance in a group of young adults. They recorded a remarkable 228% improvement in balancing ability.

Chair Yoga For Seniors: The Best Yoga Exercise For Seniors

What is Chair Yoga?

Chair yoga is a term used for practices that modify poses so they can be done while seated in a chair. These modifications make yoga accessible to people who find it difficult to stand, aren’t able to move easily from standing to seated to lying down positions That’s why chair yoga is a great way for older adults to get the wonderful health benefits of yoga, loosening and stretching painful muscles, reducing stress and improving circulation. By remaining seated you can safely do the exercises.

Myofascial Tightening Stiffness Due To Decreased Collagen

As we age, we lose flexibility in our muscles and connective tissue, which results in stiffness, imbalance, and less confidence while balancing.How yoga can help: If you don’t use it, you lose it! A regular yoga practice can help reverse some of that acquired stiffness. Gentle, regular stretching can help keep your body fluid and flexible. We’re often as amazed as our yoga students when we see the changes that habitual stretching and movement can confer. You don’t have to touch your toes, but yoga might get you a little closer to them.

Are There Any Simple And Easy Yoga Poses For Seniors

Sukshma Yogais a practice that uses small motions to open up the subtle energy channels in the body. Sukshma Yoga techniques are incredibly simple and easy and lead to deep relaxation. People of every age can practice and receive the benefits of these exercises, which can be practiced alone or within a larger sequence. The routine includes gentle exercises for the eyes, tongue, jaw, neck, hands, feet, knees, ankles, and hips. Check out Sukshma Yoga Exercises to Relax You in 7 Minutes.

What Are The Different Benefits Of Yoga For Seniors

Yoga helps keep the joints steady and flexible.

Helps maintain healthy bones and muscles.

Improves digestion and clears bowel movements.

Regulates blood pressure.

Perhaps, one of the best things about yoga for seniors is the chance to mingle and bond with others. This priceless addition keeps the mind engaged and happy, alleviating depression and loneliness. Enjoy your yoga at any age. Just keep some guidelines in mind.

Worst Exercises For Seniors And Better Alternatives

Mark Norey, CPT

When you’re over 50, working out can easily lead to injury. So, avoid the worst exercises for seniors and try lighter versions instead.

Age might be just a number, but not when it comes to fitness and working out. The older you are, the more prone to injuries and complications your body is.

So even though some might be in top shape at the age of 50, they’re definitely not spared from any health issue and injury.

Below are the most dangerous exercises for seniors, including one trending workout that can lead to fatal complications if you’re over 50.

Importance Of Physical Activity To Prevent Dementia

Physical activity to prevent dementia In studies investigating the effect of various factors upon dementia, exercise and physical activity have consistently turned out to be the most effective.Even though the direct impact of exercise upon dementia is not properly established, the advantages of physical activity in terms of reducing the dementia risk factors are undeniable.

How Does Yoga For Seniors Differ From General Yoga

The yoga asanas suggested for an elderly person may be the same as those for a younger individual. The difference lies in the effort and time spent in a posture, and the flexibility involved. However, if you have high endurance levels, you will be able to perform the cardiovascular movements and abdominal exercises to satisfaction.

More Exercise Means More Independence For Seniors:

Seniors that exercise regularly are less likely to depend on others. According to Harvard Medical School, regular exercise promotes an older adults ability to walk, bathe, cook, eat, dress, and use the restroom. If self-reliance is a priority, exercise is one of the best ways to maintain independence for older adults.

Chair & Standing Routines: Ageless Yoga Volume 1

Led by Harvard University Center for Wellness instructor John Schlorholtz, this is a great chair yoga DVD for older adults who have difficulty getting down on the floor. It features a variety of routines that offer you a choice of either sitting in a chair or using a chair for stability while standing.

Reasons To Practice Yoga In Your 70s And Beyond

1. Improve balance

Yoga tones muscles and works on your proprioception — your sense of position in space. Practicing postures that emphasize standing and balance can help build strength and confidence, too. “About 80 percent of proprioception is in your ankles, so standing poses are important, particularly for people in their 70s,” explains Payne “As you get more sedentary, your sense of balance atrophies. ‘Use it or lose it’ really does apply.”

You can save on eye exams, prescription drugs, hearing aids and more

2. Sharpens your mind

Unfortunately, as we age, our thought processes aren’t as sharp as they once were. The upshot: A 2016 International Review of Psychiatry study reported that practicing yoga relaxation techniques for 30 minutes had immediate beneficial effects on brain function and performance among people with multiple sclerosis. “Focusing on the breath and synchronizing it with movement helps keep the mind clear and engaged,” Atkins says. Breathing exercises such as alternate-nostril breathing help harmonize the left and right hemispheres of the brain, which correlate to the logical and emotional sides of the personality.

3. Boosts mood

Yoga’s combination of breathing, meditation and movement creates an overall sense of well-being. In fact, studies show yoga has a greater impact on enhancing mood and reducing anxiety than other forms of exercise. The reason? Yoga boosts levels of the brain chemical GABA, which helps calm nerves.

Alternatives In The Practice Of Yoga For Seniors

There is a possibility that, if an older adult is very physically challenged, he or she can do yoga for seniors sitting down in a chair, simplifying some postures and avoiding others. The sequences can be regulated to the rhythm of each practitioner and can even be done in their own homes.

The best part of a yoga routine at home is that it’s easy to adapt to the skills of a senior, home workouts are 100% customizable. As long as there is desire, medical approval, knowledge of the discipline, and care of the body, any movement is a possibility.

Older adults may perform the traditional asanas, however, they’re likely to require more effort, take longer to move from one to another and achieve goals, and demand more caution, so that the priority is to keep you safe and comfortable.

Many times the spirit is there, but the physical and good health are not. The body becomes a limitation when there is energy but no physical possibility to perform as you would like. And that inevitably translates into suffering and the older adult becoming closed to the possibilities of activating their physical potential. They feel diminished and enter a labyrinth from which they can’t find the way out to feel better.

It’s true that older adults are more fragile as the body naturally wears out with the passage of time but well trained, we should be able to avoid suffering.Staying active and healthy can be achieved in many ways even for yoga beginners that have not been that active in their youth.

Strike A Pose: The Benefits Of Yoga For Seniors

Have you ever considered trying yoga? September is Yoga Month, so it might just be the perfect time to give it a go!

What is yoga?

Originating in India around 6 B.C., yoga is a mind, body, and spiritual practice that blends physical poses and breathing exercises to achieve peacefulness of body and mind, helping participants relax and manage stress and anxiety.

Also called postures, yoga poses are movements intended to increase flexibility and strength. From lying flat on the floor while completely relaxed to complex moves that require intense balance and practice, yoga poses can range from simple to challenging.

Because breath signifies your vital energy, controlled breathing is a key component of yoga. Yoga practitioners believe that controlling your breathing pattern can help you control your body and calm your mind.

There are many styles, forms, and intensities of yoga. A good choice for stress management, hatha yoga is one of the most common styles; its slower pace and easier movements also make it a good choice for beginners and for seniors.

Safe for older adults?

Older adults should be sure to talk to their healthcare provider before beginning yoga if they have any of the following:

A herniated disk

A risk of blood clots

Eye conditions, including glaucoma

There are several proven benefits for people who practice yoga regularly:

Stress reduction

Improved physical fitness

FREE Detailed Profile Reports on CCRCs/Life Plan Communities

Yoga For Seniors: Recommendations For Beginners

If you’re a senior who has never done yoga or are resuming it long after you’ve stopped, it’s ideal to start with a gentle routine because you may have lost muscle mass and stretching ability.

Here are some helpful tips to keep in mind before you dive into the world of yoga:

Don’t practice without prior medical consultation

Wear comfortable clothes that allow you to move freely

Prepare the body with a series of joint movements to warm it up.

Learn the exercises under the supervision of a professional to avoid getting hurt. Then you can continue to do them alone but once you know the guidelines.

Warn the instructor if you have injuries or previous surgeries and ask all your doubts.

Don’t eat large amounts of food before class. The lighter you feel, the more enjoyable the practice.

Don’t force your moves, don’t let anxiety win you over! Little by little you’ll evolve in your possibilities

So keep in mind that there is a yoga practice available for you that will do you good physically, psychologically, and socially. It’s never too late for you to start, on the contrary, it’s a great initiative to keep you lucid. Try to improve yourself but avoid overexertion.

The Health Benefits Of Exercise In Older Adults

Our biology changes as we get older, causing seniors to have different reasons for staying in shape than younger generations. Though physical fitness provides benefits at any age, the health perks physically fit seniors enjoy are more notable. Physicians and researchers say seniors should remain as active as possible, without overexerting one’s self. In older adults, exercise helps you live a longer, healthier, and more joyous life.

Some of the benefits of exercising later in life include:

An Introduction To Gentle Yoga For Older Adults Margaret ManningHealth and Fitness

When I ask the members of the Sixty and Me community what is holding them back from building their dream life after 60, poor health and excess stress are the two most common answers.

It sometimes feels like, by the time we reach our 60s, we have a lifetime of tension locked in our bodies. On the inside, we feel young and vibrant. On the outside, we feel more than a little stiff, tired and out of shape.

The problem is that, when we feel disconnected from our bodies, everything else in our lives suffers. We are more irritable around our friends and family, causing unnecessary tension. We are less likely to get out into the world and pursue our passions. We are limited in our travel options. Simply put, when our bodies are suffering, we suffer.

Exercise Helps Prevent And Counteract Disease:

Heart disease, osteoporosis, depression and diabetes are common diseases among older adults, and are often deadly. Fortunately, adopting a more active lifestyle can contribute to the prevention of these diseases, or reduce the unpleasant symptoms of these diseases if you already have them. If you are at-risk for disease, exercise may be the key to warding off an unpleasant condition.

Yoga Keeps The Mind Sharp And Reduces Anxiety

Yoga allows you to slow down your breathing and meditate, creating a quiet time for calm reflection. Giving your mind a break from the frantic pace of everyday life can relieve stress and keep you centered and organized. Many people who practice yoga regularly report improvement in their mood and sleep patterns.

To learn more about which yoga poses can help with a variety of health conditions facing seniors, .

Yoga For Seniors: Everything You Need To Know

More and more people in their later years are discovering the mental, physical, and emotional benefits of yoga for seniors.

Maybe you know someone who has started doing yoga, and you have become interested in starting yoga yourself. Maybe you are living with pain or ailments, and you are interested in if and how yoga can help you. In this article, you can read all about the benefits of yoga, how to start a yoga practice, which classes might be for you and you’ll get recommendations on resources to help you get started.

A lot of people feel intimidated by the postures shown when you google yoga and think that yoga is only for the already fit and flexible. Nothing could be further from the truth! All you have to do is make sure you are choosing yoga poses that suit you. If you are uncertain in any way about your physical abilities to start yoga, first speak with your doctor or healthcare professional. They will be able to guide you and also make sure that you are aware of any specific movements or breathing techniques that you should not be doing. 

Yoga is an easy practice to get into and there are classes and routines for all body types, fitness, and experience levels. You are never too old to start yoga!

Do Yoga Asanas Boost Immunity In The Elderly

Here again, the Patanjali Yoga Sutras provide a clue. “Heyam Dukham Anaagatam.” It means, ‘Avoid the misery that has not yet come.’ As we grow older, the efficiency of the immune system deteriorates, paving the way for various diseases. Regular practice of yoga techniques such as asanas, pranayama and meditationcan help avoid these conditions. So make your life happier and more fulfilling with yoga.

Yoga Is For Everyone Especially Older Adults

One of the biggest misconceptions about yoga is that it is designed primarily for younger people, who want to increase their flexibility. In reality, no group can benefit more from yoga than older adults.

In the introduction video, Cat talks about one of her students that came to her class with a challenging medical condition. This person was unable to twist or raise her hands above her shoulders, but, after just a few months of practice, she was able to work her way up to a handstand.

Of course, yoga is not a replacement for traditional medicine and you should always talk with your doctor before starting any new exercise program, but, the results that people see are often powerful and surprising.

Gentle yoga is perfect for older adults. It’s easy to get into. It’s a self-paced activity that we can do from the comfort of our own homes. Perhaps most importantly, it addresses many of the specific challenges that we face as we age including sore joints, stress, muscle tension, flexibility and balance.

Yoga For Seniors Promotes Your Overall Well

Yoga practice is a wonderful form of exercise at any age. Research shows yoga benefits your mental and physical health, helping to strengthen muscles, improve balance, lessen anxiety, improve depression, and decrease your risk of falls.

When beginning a yoga practice, find an in-person beginner’s class or follow along with online videos. Be sure to find a type of yoga that works best for you, looking for classes titled restorative, hatha, beginner, or chair yoga.

When starting any fitness routine, be sure to speak to your physical therapist or healthcare provider. In addition, be sure to schedule your daily Snug check-in so you’re not just healthy, but safe. If your family member or friend opted to receive your daily check-in, they know you safely completed your workout — and perhaps your newly-formed fitness routine will encourage them to start their own.

Chair Yoga For Seniors: A 30 Minute Routine

You might want to do this chair yoga routine along with your older adult so they can watch your movements.

It’s a fun activity to do together and you’ll get the health benefits too!

The only equipment that’s needed is a sturdy chair that allows your older adult’s feet to touch the floor.

An optional accessory is a belt, , or long hand towel to aid in stretching.

In case you want to skip around, we’ve noted the time markers for each section of the routine.

Warm up poses for heat and circulation This is a great way to warm up the body, improve flexibility, and reduce pain.

This section lasts 10 minutes and could be a nice short routine in itself.

Standing poses for balance and strength These yoga poses are done while holding on to the back of the chair.

If your older adult isn’t strong or balanced enough to do this section safely, it might be safer to skip it.

Lower body poses for flexibility In this section, a belt or strap helps with stretching – any long belt, , small towel, or sturdy rope will do.

Even if your older adult doesn’t use a belt, they can still benefit from the movements.

Shavasana is a restful pose usually done at the end of a yoga class. Just relax and focus on breathing slowly and deeply.

Instructor Sherry wraps up the class.

Exercise Improves Balance For Older Adults:

Falling down is a much bigger deal for older adults than younger ones. Every 11 seconds, an older adult is admitted to an emergency room for a fall-related injury, and every 19 minutes, a senior dies from a fall, according to the National Council of Aging. Though no two falls are alike, and preventing falls is very complex, regular exercise reduces the likelihood of falling by 23%.

Yoga For Seniors: Is It Right For Everyone

Lately I’ve seen more than a couple of very fit, good-looking senior men in dance, yoga, and Pilates studios. They may be trendsetters who are so secure in their masculinity that they’re not afraid to try out new moves.

Yoga studios have popped up everywhere, but what do seniors need to know about yoga as it is suitable for senior bodies?

The Best Types Of Yoga For Senior Citizens

Whether you’re aiming to get stronger and more flexible or you just want to decompress and still your mind, yoga can help. But with the dozens of different styles that exist, it can be tough to figure out which type is most appropriate for you. Remember that a key consideration is your physical condition and fitness level. Always consult your healthcare provider before beginning any new exercise regimen.

Here are eight types of yoga that may offer what you need:

Why Is Yoga For Seniors A Perfect Activity

You don’t need to be young or flexible to practice Yoga – it is a state of mind and not of body. That is why Yoga for Seniors is such a great activity. * Its can assist with regaining control and confidence * It can prevent falls * It can make your body stronger, improve and maintain their physical mobility Learn about the benefits of Yoga for seniors and the methods to practice Online #Yoga #Seniors #falls

What Is The Best Type Of Yoga For Seniors

What Is the Best Type of Yoga for Seniors? Center

has gained popularity for its positive effects on mind and body. It’s an ancient practice that has deep spiritual and philosophical roots, consisting of:

Yama: Abstinence from unhealthy food and practices

Asanas: Postures or movements

Ahaar: practices

When performed correctly, yoga is believed to balance “chakras” or points of energy in the body, helping to maintain optimal health and mental wellness.

What Are The Benefits Of Yoga For Seniors

Older adults who struggle with , joint , imbalance, osteoarthritis, and other physical limitations can benefit from incorporating a yoga practice into their daily routine. Strengthening the core muscles and improving balance also prevent the likelihood of falling, which can be a common concern as people get older. 

Physical and mental benefits of yoga include:

Building muscle strength

Enhancing balance, flexibility, and mobility

Alleviating aches and cause by bad posture

Promoting better breathing and helping with lung issues

Helping with weight loss

Benefits Seniors Can Gain From Doing Yoga

Movement is essential to keeping the body strong and functioning well, far into old age. This can be a bit tricky when our bodies decide to go against us as we age, causing stiffness, soreness, and loss of mobility.

Luckily, there are long-practiced exercises associated with benefiting seniors, such as water aerobics and lawn bowls. But what about yoga?

Yoga is something anyone can enjoy, no matter their age, size, or ability. Yes, some people are incredibly flexible and make it look completely impossible! But that’s only a goal and not a necessity. There’s no reason why seniors shouldn’t enjoy yoga, and there are many reasons why they should.

There are so many benefits the seniors can enjoy from practicing yoga. Here we have picked the top 6 that you should know about, and we’ll explore them together.

Regular Exercise Improves Brain Function:

One of the most remarkable developments in health science is the revelation that the mind and the body are much more closely linked. A healthy body likely means a healthy mind, and seniors that exercise on a regular basis have improved cognitive health, according to research from NCBI. More recently, a study from the Alzheimer’s Research & Prevention Foundation, regular exercise has been shown to reduce your risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease or dementia by nearly 50%.

Why Yoga For Older Adults Is So Important

Since good health is central to finding happiness after 60, I set out to find a solution to the problems of stress, tension and pain that many of you told me that you were dealing with.

After talking with experts in various fields, I settled on gentle yoga as the best place to start and set out to find an amazing teacher. Eventually, I had to send my team all the way to beautiful Bali to work with the amazing, Cat Kabira.

Cat is an amazing woman, filled with warmth, generosity and passion. She has also been teaching yoga for 14 years and has worked with thousands of people over the age of 60. We absolutely fell in love with her!

Before we filmed the actual yoga sequences, we sat down with Cat to film a short introduction to gentle yoga video that you can watch on this page. Our goal was to demystify some of the aspects of yoga and talk about its transformational potential. Even if you decide never to purchase a yoga video or attend a class, I hope that you will take the time to watch this introduction.

Here’s what I learned from Cat’s introduction to gentle yoga for older adults.

Yoga Doesnt Require Any Special Equipment

Another misconception about yoga is that it requires lots of expensive equipment to get started. It’s true that having a yoga mat can make your yoga journey more comfortable – especially if, like me, you have sore knees. But, the truth is that many of the yoga instructors I talked to said that they started without any equipment at all.

In the introduction to gentle yoga video at the end of this article, Cat explains some of the equipment that you might want to consider using. She also provides alternatives to some of the more popular items. For example, books can make an excellent substitution for a yoga block and pillows can replace a bolster.

The bottom line here is that money should never be a reason to avoid starting your yoga journey. Yes, yoga videos, mats, blocks and bolsters help. But, even if you just visit your local library and check out a book on yoga for free, that’s a great start too.

Yoga Can Be A Gateway To A Healthier Life

Perhaps the most important message that I took away from the introduction to gentle yoga for older adults video is that yoga is a gateway to a healthier life. Earlier, we talked about the negative spiral that we enter when our health prevents us from engaging in the world.

The opposite is also true.

As you begin your yoga journey, you will start to feel different in your body and your mind.

As you gain confidence and flexibility, you will be more likely to step out into the world and explore your passions. As you eliminate stress and tension from your body, your relationships with others will improve. As you learn to listen to your body, you will gain an appreciation and respect for the nutrients that it needs and will be more likely to make healthy eating choices.

If I have one wish for our gentle yoga video series, it’s this – I want as many people as possible to get on the path to a healthier life after 60. I want us to break the stereotypes about aging and show the world, and more importantly ourselves, that life after 60 can be filled with vitality, energy and passion.

Have you tried yoga before? What was your experience? What is the one thing that you would most like to get from your yoga practice? What is the one thing preventing you from getting started? Please add your thoughts in the comments below.

How To Start Practicing Yoga For Seniors

Yoga practice increased dramatically in popularity in recent years, with the number of yoga practitioners raising from 20.4 million to 36 million from 2012 to 2016 according to the Yoga Alliance. In addition, there are more older practitioners than ever before, with over 14 million practitioners over the age of 50.

These numbers tell you that yoga is for everyone — including older adults. With that said, you should always exercise caution when starting a new fitness program. Work directly with your doctor or physical therapist when devising an exercise plan, and work within your fitness level.

Here are a few yoga-for-beginners tips to help you get started: 

Find a yoga teacher: Check your local library, YMCA or YWCA, or Silver Sneakers clubs for a list of yoga classes. You may be surprised to find free or discounted classes for seniors. 

Follow along on YouTube: If you live in a rural area or somewhere that in-person classes are not available to you, follow along with yoga videos online. Below, we’ll share a few yoga videos for seniors. 

Find the type of yoga that works best for you: Hatha yoga, restorative yoga, and yoga with chair exercises are usually more suitable for older adults because they’re slower paced. They involve holding poses for longer periods of time. Vinyasa, ashtanga, and power yoga are fast-paced yoga practices, with inversions and other advanced movements.

Yoga Promotes Good Bone And Joint Health

As you age, your bones naturally lose density and joints become stiffer. A gentle yoga practice can be effective in preventing and slowing bone density loss, and is safe for those with osteoporosis. Whether you are looking to prevent osteoporosis or relieve painful symptoms caused by an existing bone condition or fracture, yoga postures and stretches can be extremely beneficial. Regularly moving your joints can help reduce stiffness and joint tenderness.

Tell your yoga instructor about any bone conditions you have. He or she may be able to provide you with props such as blocks, straps, and inflatable balls that can help you avoid further injuries.

What Are The Best Yoga Poses For Seniors

Yoga is great for older adults, but it’s important to attempt yoga poses only after consulting a doctor and only under the guidance of a trained professional. Those with conditions such as uterine prolapse, , disk herniation, or advanced may need to avoid certain yoga poses.

Standing yoga poses

Helps keep the spine straight, preventing slouching

Helps strengthen the arm and leg muscles, encouraging stability

Sitting yoga poses

Helps clear bowel movements, regulating

Stretches the thighs and knees, reducing joint and pain

Shishuasana

Relaxes the back and helps relieve backache

Marjariasana

Strengthens the back and shoulders

Shalabhasana

Tones the neck and back muscles, increasing flexibility

Tones the abdominal organs and improving digestion

Pawanmuktasana

Helps release and relieve digestive issues

Increases blood circulation to the hip joints, releasing tension in that area

Chair yoga poses

Also called desktop yoga poses, these are convenient because they can be performed while sitting on a chair. Neck roll, cow stretch, seated forward bend, eagle arms, seated spinal twist and temple rub are all chair yoga poses that have huge health benefits:

Relaxes the neck and back muscles

Helps alleviate body pain, tension, and

Increases flexibility

What Kind Of Asanas Are Best For Seniors

If you are easily fatigued, it is best to substitute warm-ups for walking and gentle joint movements, such as wrist and ankle rotations. 

Standing yoga postures such as Triangle Pose .

Yoga postures done while lying on the back or stomach, such as Cobra Pose can help to strengthen the back and increase flexibility in the spine.

Yoga Nidra, or , is by far the most essential part of any yoga practice, and with age, the pose becomes even more essential to help assimilate the effects of yoga practice into the body.

Tai Chi And Qigong Exercises For Seniors

Tai Chi! Qigong and Tai Chi are ancient Chinese exercises that have numerous proven benefits in users such as decreasing anxiety and mental depression, improving cognitive skills, strengthening muscles and bones, and many more besides. After spending ages researching the effects of these exercises, we bring to you today’s post: how can practice Qigong and Tai Chi positively affect the lives of many seniors?

Yoga Helps Seniors Become More Flexible

Yoga involves gentle, guided stretching, which can help seniors develop greater flexibility and improve their range of motion. A limited range of motion can make older adults predisposed to falls and get in the way of daily activities. Increased flexibility can help keep seniors safe and allow them to care for themselves more independently.

Many yoga postures help with spinal flexibility. Keeping the spine flexible reduces the likelihood of stiffness and pain in the back and neck, helping you feel younger and healthier.

Strengths And Limitations Of This Study

This is the first randomised controlled trial to explore the effects of yoga on well-being compared with a physically active and inactive control group among elderly adults.

Inclusion of both active and inactive control groups enables comparison of the effects on several levels, including indirect effects of the yoga intervention.

All exercise will be free of charge, instructor-led and undertaken at established fitness centres, decreasing the risk of adverse events.

Generalisability of study findings may be limited by a healthy entrant bias.

Subjective measurements of physical activity could overestimate activity levels.

How Should Seniors Practice Yoga Asanas

The Yoga Sutras define Asana as “sthira sukham asanam,” which translates into “that which is stable and comfortable is an asana.” In layman’s terms, any posture held with awareness in a stable and comfortable manner constitutes an asana. So don’t worry – twisting yourself into a pretzel is not the only way to practice yoga! As long as you move with awareness of your breath, body, and mind, you are practicing yoga.

Best Yoga Poses For Seniors And Adults

For many seniors, aging comes with inevitable health problems. Stiff joints, aching backs and less energy are just some of the things facing seniors, not to mention potential concerns like heart disease, obesity and mental health disorders.

Fortunately, there are plenty of ways to help older adults manage their health and well-being. A combination of healthy eating, routine medical care and exercise can help seniors feel healthier and stronger. Yoga offers a great way for seniors to get moving, practice mindfulness and improve their overall health.

Check out the infographic below to learn more about these great yoga poses for seniors.

Upward Salute

Eases back pain and stiffness

Supports those with low mobility

Safety And Comfort Is The Top Priority

The number one priority is to keep your older adult safe and comfortable.

None of these movements should hurt.

Make sure your older adult moves slowly and gently and pays attention to their body. It’s better to do a little less rather than risk injury.

Older adults should follow the instructor’s movements only as far as is comfortable.

Even if they only do a fraction of the range of motion or have to skip some movements, they’ll still benefit from the exercises.

Over time, their flexibility and strength will improve and they’ll be able to do more and more.

Getting Started Safely And Confidently

If you have a chronic condition, balance issues, or injuries, talk to your doctor about how you can exercise safely. For example, if you have osteoporosis, you can participate in yoga—but you may need to avoid forward bends and twists. But with proper medical guidance, even people who have previously fallen or been seriously injured can get stronger with yoga.

Then, keep in mind that teaching styles may vary between yoga classes and instructors, so it’s a good idea to call your local studio or fitness center before committing to a new class.

“Let them know what your concerns are, particularly if you have any health conditions,” says Sage Rountree, yoga instructor and coauthor of Lifelong Yoga. “They might steer you toward something that’s an even better fit for you than what you might choose for yourself.”

The Benefits Of Yoga For Older Adults

Yoga cultivates a mind-body connection, combining stretching and strengthening postures with deep breathing and relaxation. Despite its roots in Eastern philosophy, yoga as practiced in the West is generally focused on physical fitness. It still has a aspect, but it is not overtly religious. People of all faiths and belief systems can benefit from participating in yoga.

Because the poses

Here are some of the benefits of yoga for seniors:

Yoga Poses To Avoid With Osteoporosis

The National Osteoporosis Foundation estimated that osteoporosis affected 12 million people as of 2010. Osteoporosis puts your bones at risk for fracture, which can compromise the ability to do daily tasks, cause severe pain, negatively affect your posture and shorten your spine. Yoga can help people with osteoporosis by offering weight-bearing exercises to stimulate bone growth. The risks of certain poses outweigh the benefits when you have osteoporosis.

Copd Chronic Bronchitis And Emphysema

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease , chronic bronchitis, and emphysema make breathing very challenging and limit your ability to do cardiovascular activities.How yoga can help: Yoga is low impact. For this reason, it is a useful movement practice if you have COPD or similar respiratory problems. Additionally, a yoga practice often has pranayama, or breath practices. Focusing on inhaling and exhaling can be useful if you have a chronic breathing problem, since breathing exercises can potentially help strengthen muscles used in respiration. Time spent in mindful breathing can also help you have more awareness of your breath; noticing when you get breathless or when you feel short of breath can help you seek treatment quickly.

The Only Yoga Rule You Need To Follow

The Yoga Sutras contain bits of wisdom and yoga philosophy. This text is one of the earliest yoga books. Regarding yoga poses, the sutras don’t say much. Yoga sutra 2.46 tells us simply that yoga poses should be steady and comfortable. Knowing that this is the only prescription for the poses frees us from feeling like our yoga practice has to look a certain way. A yoga student can do a handstand, or not; a lunge, or not; a balance pose, or not. Your practice is your practice. Find strength and ease, and do what works for you.

Membership Spotlight

What Type Of Yoga Is Best For Seniors

The best type of yoga for seniors is one that can be done gently and in which you can take your time to perform the different poses. Within the several styles of yoga available are those specifically designed for the elderly that are practiced at a slower pace and allow you to stop as your body requires.

If you don’t find classes specifically designed for seniors, you can opt for a quiet style of yoga for beginners. Both Kripalu and Viniyoga are good alternatives since they fit the current need of each practitioner. Iyengar yoga is another option as it gives much prominence to the use of objects, which favor the construction of asanas.

Restorative yoga is a good option because it’s a meditative and gentle form of yoga, in which you release tension without stretching. However, the postures are usually maintained for a long time, so you must pay attention that this isn’t annoying or harmful for you.

There is also a type of yoga called Sukshma Yoga in which the whole body relaxes with easy exercises for the eyes, jaw, tongue, neck, hands, hips, knees, ankles, and feet. It’s well suited for seniors who want to perform simple movements with gentle stretches and combine them with breathing techniques.

What Kind Of Asanas Should Seniors Do

The types of asanas that seniors should do are those that are done standing up or those that can be done with some support, that means sitting, lying down, or in a chair since they’re best suited to their needs. In this way, you’ll be preserving your integrity if your balance fails, and you won’t be exposing yourself to the complications that investments can bring, for example, if you suffer from high blood pressure.

What happens with inverted asanas is that the legs are above the heart and the heart is above the head, and that tends to raise the blood pressure and even the eye pressure. In addition, the throat can be squeezed and cause breathing to be difficult, which also causes blood pressure to rise.

In kneeling asanas or sitting on a chair or mat you can roll your neck, bend forward and twist your body. You can also adapt asanas such as the cat-cow by curving the back and lifting the chest, and conversely, by hollowing out the back and dropping the head forward. Or by putting your arms in an eagle pose: you stretch both arms forward, cross your right arm over your left one, bend your elbows and meanwhile bring your palms of your hands together in front of your nose. This asana is perfect for pain relief if you have carpal tunnel syndrome.

Yoga For Seniors With Lower Back Pain

You can adapt your yoga for senior sessions if you have lower pain back whenever you have a contracture or discomfort. You’ll need to strengthen your core, give flexibility to your spine, and focus on maintaining an overall correct posture because you may be compensating for a bad postural habit with your lower back.

This condition is very common and usually has a mechanical origin. In many cases, it can be due to the fact that we spend a lot of time from our days sitting in front of a computer, stressed out, and not caring about alignment. It’s also due to the fact that we lead a sedentary life, don’t exercise, and our abdominal muscles are weak. This has repercussions on our lower back, causing pain, which limits you.

If you suffer from any pathology that requires medical attention, make sure that your doctor/physio approves your yoga sessions. That way, you’re ready to recover on the mat! Or why not in the chair? Many times, when we have back pain, our legs become rigid and it’s convenient to work sitting down to restore mobility to both the lower back and the extremities.

There are some details that we can take care of during our yoga class, such as gently disarming the forward bending postures with your knees slightly bent. You can also use accessories, which assist you in the movements and poses. Making conscious movements using abdominal strength, and not the lumbar, is key to avoiding discomfort in the area.

Yoga For Seniors: How To Get Started

You’re never too old to reap the rewards of yoga. For seniors who are looking for a safe, effective way to enhance their physical health and overall wellness, the stretching, breathing, and meditation practices of yoga can be a great solution. In fact, as you will see, doing yoga regularly can result in a host of benefits for older adults, from greater flexibility and improved balance to lower stress and better sleep.

It’s no wonder, then, that yoga is becoming increasingly popular among seniors. The 2016 Yoga in America Study found that nearly 14 million Americans over the age of 50 practiced yoga that year. That was a significant jump from the four million who did so in 2012.

This article outlines the many benefits of senior yoga and describes several of the best types of yoga for older men and women . It also offers information about basic poses and explains what you should do before you begin any yoga routine. And it even provides examples of helpful books, videos, and DVDs as well as tips on how to find appropriate classes.

Reasons To Practice Yoga In Your 50s

1. Minimize hypertension

“Yoga has a powerful effect on stress and hypertension and can help people reduce the amount of medication they need,” says Amy Wheeler, yoga professor at California State University at San Bernardino. In a review of 17 studies published in Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine, researchers reported significant reductions in blood pressure for interventions incorporating three basic elements of yoga practice: postures, meditation, and breathing. Researchers speculate that the slow, controlled breathing inherent in yoga practice decreases nervous system activity, which helps manage blood pressure levels.

2. Strengthen bones

“People in their 50s often develop the beginning stages of osteoporosis and low bone density,” notes Melinda Atkins, a yoga teacher in Miami. Studies consistently show that the weight-bearing activity of yoga helps slow bone thinning, reducing the risks of osteoporosis, particularly among postmenopausal women.3. Keep excess pounds at bay

Reasons To Practice Yoga In Your 60s

1. Reduce anxiety

Yoga induces the relaxation response, an alpha state between awake and asleep that helps modulate the way the body responds to stress. When faced with a potential threat , your heart beats faster, your muscles tense and you start to sweat. Yoga stops this process in its tracks, reducing your heart rate, lowering blood pressure and easing respiration. Case in point: A 2015 study published in the Journal of Complementary and Alternative Medicine reported that women who participated in a 60-minute yoga class twice a week reported greater reductions in anxiety after the 8-week study period compared to those who didn’t participate.

2. Protect your joints

During your late 50s and early 60s, you may begin to notice that your joints aren’t as fluid as they used to be. Practicing yoga regularly can help lubricate joints, staving off debilitating disorders like carpal tunnel syndrome and . “It’s important to start caring for your joints, to help maintain your independence and preserve your ability to perform daily activities as you get older — things like brushing your teeth, combing your hair, getting dressed,” says Wheeler. Yin yoga, a type of practice where poses are held for up to 20 minutes, may be especially beneficial for lubricating and nourishing the joints.

3. Build strength and balance

[ontarioyoga]

Is Sleep Meditation Real Meditation

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/is-sleep-meditation-real-meditation/

Is Sleep Meditation Real Meditation

Studies Say Meditation Can Help Prepare Us For A Great Nights Sleep But Put Into Practice In The Real World Alongside Stressful Days In The Office And A Never

It’s predicted that between 60% and 90% of people with insomnia also suffer with depression. Mental health and sleep go together like bed and breakfasts, so how do we ensure we’re getting the best quality sleep possible?

Studies show that the answer could be as simple as regular meditation before bed. Meditation has been proven to help people fall asleep twice as quickly, enhance rapid eye movement sleep states, and preserve deep sleep. In fact, it apparently works so well that by the end of one insomnia and meditation trial, 60% of participants no longer qualified as insomniacs.

So, the science has spoken. But what happens when we trial out these findings in the real world? And, given meditation is about being present in the moment, would having an expectation stop us from truly experiencing the positive effects?

asked two volunteers to meditate before bed each night for a week to see if introducing some calm into their nightly routine could help them get a good night’s rest. Here’s how they got on:

Listen To This Free Guided Sleep Meditation It Will Help You To Enjoy Relaxed Natural Sleep

Play this audio when you want to go to sleep. It’s a 34 minute long free guided meditation for deep sleep that will allow you to drift off and enjoy your rest. It is peaceful and soft, so if you go to sleep quickly, the guided meditation will not wake you back up.

There are no bells at the end, so you will not be jarred back awake. Instead, it will allow you go even deeper into restful, regenerative sleep. For many people, this meditation is so effective that they use it every night to relax into dreamland.

It also is effective for people who have no trouble initially falling asleep, but who wake up later in the middle of the night. Simply listen to it then , and it will guide you gently back into sleep.

For some people, it may help to use the sleep timer on your device to turn off the meditation even sooner

Still having trouble? Try this meditation for completely letting go.

More resources to help you get the rest you need –

Heres A Sample Of The Sleep Meditation Compassion For Friend Guided Meditation Script:

Welcome back to another guided sleep meditation.In today’s practice we’ll be focused on the cultivation of compassion.Sending care for those who are suffering or experiencing difficulty in their life.So, taking some time to get settled.Finding a comfortable position, perhaps on your back or on your side however feels most comfortable for you.Finding a place you can be relatively still.Softening the belly.And perhaps taking a few deep breaths just at your own pace.And allowing your breath return to its natural rhythm.Letting the body breathe itself.And for this practice of compassion today, starting with bringing to mind someone from your life who you care about and you know that they’re experiencing some difficulty.So, this might be a good friend or a relative or a teacher or a mentor.But you know that they’re experiencing some pain or difficulty, some emotional distress.

Here’s What Happened After A Month Of Listening To Soothing Bedtime Stories For Adults October 28, 2019

Meditation is nonnegotiable when it comes to my everyday routine. Most of the time, it means dragging my meditation cushion out from under my living room couch and onto the tiny bit of floor space I have in my New York City apartment. From there, I pull out my smartphone, launch the , and listen to the Daily Calm—a 10-minute guided meditation that changes every day.

I’ve been using this app for more than a year and have found that holding myself accountable for meditating 10 minutes a day is what’s realistic, and it has had a noticeable impact on my life. I can always count on learning something new and finding my center in 10 minutes flat. I feel more grounded, and I’m less likely to react to annoyances such as a pushy New Yorker or a late subway train.

 A Beginner’s Guide to Meditation

My energy level was a different story. I don’t often struggle to fall asleep, but even after a restful seven to eight hours of shuteye, fatigue would creep up on me throughout the day. I’d find myself fighting the urge to curl up for a 20-minute nap. Sometimes I’d go for a quick hit of energy—pounding a pint of water or dancing around my living room—after a long day of work and before teaching an evening yoga class. I started to wonder: Was my quality of slumber lacking? And could guided sleep meditation help?

Description Of Sleep Meditation For Calm Sleep By Wysa Software Latest Version

As mentioned above, devices cannot download Sleep Meditation for Calm sleep by Wysa 0.6.1 from the Google Play Store due to incompatibility or national restrictions. Therefore, loading a Sleep Meditation for Calm sleep by Wysa MOD APK file from a trusted source like sleep.app.relax.calm is considered the best option for you.

Before you get instructions on how to download it, clear the word “APK MOD”. By default, the Sleep Meditation for Calm sleep by Wysa MOD APK is a Sleep Meditation for Calm sleep by Wysa application package kit used on Android operating systems. The custom KST APK file is specially designed for Android users who cannot download this application from .

Week 2 Of Sleep Meditation: Building Intention And Awareness Around Sleep

After the first week, incorporating sleep meditation into my nightly routine became second nature. I would climb into bed, ignore any lingering texts, switch my phone to sleep mode, and turn on my sleep story. From the moment each sleep story began, my mind started to move with the story. However, my skepticism continued. Was this new practice helping my quality of sleep—or would I have gone to sleep just as easily without the guided meditation?

It wasn’t until I went a day without the sleep story that I realized how much of an impact it was having on me. On night No. 12, I skipped my sleep story—and I woke up every hour, on the hour.

Whether it was the intention behind setting myself up for sleep, or something about these sleep meditations that was improving my sleep quality, I realized that if I wanted to sleep well, I would have to make an effort to do so—not just let my head hit the pillow.

 The 9-Minute Meditation You Need to Create More Space in Life

Verhoog De Productiviteit In Omstandigheden Met Overmatige Efficintie

Een onderzoek dat in 2012 werd uitgevoerd, bracht individuen in een real-world multitasking-situatie. Ze moesten een aantal acties uitvoeren waarvoor in een typische werkomgeving verschillende soorten invoer nodig waren, ze moesten ze meestal allemaal binnen 20 minuten volzetten.

Een paar van de individuen kregen mindfulness-coaching en een paar niet. Daarna onderzochten ze ze allemaal nog een keer. “De enige personen die betovering aangaven”, meldden de onderzoekers, “zijn degenen die de mindfulness-coaching hadden gekregen.”

Een ander onderzoek bevestigde dat “elke dag meditatie-achtige gedachte frontale mind-oefening zou kunnen verschuiven naar een steekproef die gerelateerd is aan wat cognitieve wetenschappers constructieve, benaderingsgerichte emotionele toestanden noemen – toestanden die ons meer geneigd maken om met de wereld om te gaan dan om ons terug te trekken ervan.”

Omgaan met stressvolle, krachtige omstandigheden zoals een professional kan zeker een nuttig talent zijn om te hebben, en het is er een die meditatievoordelen je kunnen helpen te domesticeren. Als je extra motivatie wilt om de productiviteit te vergroten, bekijk dan de gratis informatie van Lifehack: Laatste werkblad voor onmiddellijke motivatieverbetering.

The Verdict: Meditation Isn’t Making You Tired Your Lack Of Sleep Is

Meditation is believed to improve memory, thwart depression, reduce our feelings of stress, make us smarter and even make us rich. Keep up the om-ing for years, found UCLA neurobiologists, and meditation may even cause some positive physical changes to the structure of our brains.

But if meditation is so beneficial, how come it’s hard for some people to stay alert whenever they give it a try?

“The only real way to not fall asleep during meditation is to get enough sleep,� says Jon Lieff, MD, a Harvard Medical School-trained neuropsychiatrist who specializes in the relationship between neurology, psychiatry and medicine. “Currently, almost everyone is deprived. Most people need more sleep than they’re getting.� In fact, nearly 70 million U.S. adults suffer from some sort of sleep disorder, according to recent research from the Centers for Disease Control.

Yet many of us don’t realize how tired we are until we attempt to meditate, says clinical psychologist Vickie Chang, Ph.D., a mindfulness meditation teacher in Menlo Park, California. “We may not notice our day to day because we habitually drink coffee or perk up with sugar,” she says. “So when we stop and tune in to our bodies in mindful meditation, we may discover that we are deeply tired.”

To begin a meditative practice:

Get those basics down and you’ll be well on your way to a steady — instead of sleepy — meditation practice. I’m om to that!

Week 4 Of Sleep Meditation: Absence Makes The Heart Grow Fonder

The final week of my 30-day sleep meditation challenge was filled with travel, holiday crazies, and pretty much zero normalcy when it came to my sleep. Which is why I went a few days without sleep stories each night.

The result? After a typical 7 hours of snoozing, I woke up feeling tired and sluggish—not well-rested, like I had been after falling asleep to my sleep meditation. Which is when it hit me: Just like my daily meditation practice keeps me energized and focused during the day, the quality of my sleep is determined by what happens right before I go to sleep.

My biggest realization at the end of this month-long challenge is that whether you have trouble falling asleep or staying asleep, how you set yourself up for sleep is critical.

Thanks to sleep meditation, I’ve seen a dramatic shift in my sleeping habits. Even when I don’t listen to a sleep story to help me drift off, I am way more conscious of the way I set myself up to go to sleep. And for those nights when I do feel like I could use a little help, I know a sweet bedtime tale read by Matthew McConaughey is just a click away.

 This One Simple Practice Will Change How You Feel About Yourself

About the AuthorBridget “Bee” Creel is the editorial producer for Yoga Journal. She works as a yoga teacher in NYC and is the co-founder of the wellness community, . 

Membership Spotlight

Whats The Difference Between Sleep Meditation And Normal Sleep

The difference between normal sleep and Yoga Nidra is that during sleep, your subconscious mind takes over, whereas with Yoga Nidra, your conscious mind is awake and alert. Another key difference is that during sleep, your subconscious mind cannot leave behind your worries and stress, but during Yoga Nidra, your conscious mind can, making it a form of sleep therapy.

‘Yoga Nidra can also offer tools to induce sleep organically, following the workings of your own mind’, explained Yoga Nidra teacher, Jennifer Piercy.

Mejorar La Productividad En Condiciones De Eficiencia Excesiva

Una investigación realizada en 2012 colocó a las personas en un estado de cosas multitarea del mundo real. Necesitaban realizar una serie de acciones que requerían numerosos tipos de entrada en un entorno de trabajo típico, por lo general, necesitaban completarlas todas en 20 minutos.

Algunas de las personas adquirieron coaching de atención plena y otras no. Luego, los examinaron a todos una vez más. “Los únicos individuos que indicaron mejora”, informaron los investigadores, “fueron aquellos que habían adquirido el entrenamiento de mindfulness”.

Otra investigación confirmó que “cada día el pensamiento similar a la meditación podría cambiar el ejercicio de la mente frontal hacia una muestra relacionada con lo que los científicos cognitivos denominan estados emocionales constructivos y orientados al enfoque, estados que nos hacen más propensos a interactuar con el mundo que a retraernos de eso.”

Tratar con condiciones de alto estrés y alto rendimiento como un profesional definitivamente podría ser un talento útil, y es una de las ventajas de la meditación que pueden ayudarte a domesticar. Si desea una motivación adicional para extender la productividad, eche un vistazo a la información gratuita de Lifehack: Hoja de trabajo final para mejorar la motivación inmediata.

Wait Whats The Difference Between Mindfulness And Meditation

Yes, there’s a difference. Mindfulness is a way of being in the present moment with a relatively non-judgmental or non-reactive mindset and meditation can be a way to practice mindfulness, explains Michael Goldstein, Ph.D., a research fellow in the Sleep and Inflammatory Systems Laboratory at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center and Harvard Medical School.

Klatt notes that you can incorporate small aspects of mindfulness into your daily activities, such as paying attention to the feel of the water, texture of the sponge, and smell of detergent while you wash dishes.

As for meditation, Ong likes to use the metaphor of trainspotting. “It’s the activity where people just observe trains, usually standing on the platform or even away from the train station,” he explains. Sometimes trainspotters take photos or write down notes; they are interested in the qualities of the train, rather than using them for a ride.

Understanding Different Types of Meditation

Now, imagine that your mind is like a train station. “Your thoughts and emotions are like trains coming in and out,” say Ong. “Most of us use those thoughts to analyze, judge, or do something—like people who use trains for transportation.”

How To Meditate Before Bed: Improve Sleep And Fight Insomnia

Florida Medical Clinic

When you turn off the lights and lay down in your bed at night, do you find your mind buzzing with thoughts of the day, and plans for tomorrow? If you struggle with “turning your brain off”, you may find yourself feeling restless and unable to sleep. Fortunately, meditation is one way to quiet your thoughts and fight insomnia.

Meditation has been shown to help people who struggle with insomnia and other sleep disturbances. But many don’t know how to meditate before bed, or aren’t aware of the different techniques and methods they can use. 

To help you on your path to restfulness, Dr. Anjum Kumbkarni shares some insights on how to use meditation to improve sleep quality and fight insomnia.

Mindfulness Meditation Helps Fight Insomnia Improves Sleep

If you’ve ever crawled under the covers worrying about a problem or a long to-do list, you know those racing thoughts may rob you of a good night’s sleep. Sleep disturbances, like having a hard time falling asleep or staying asleep, affect millions of Americans.

The daytime sleepiness that follows can leave you feeling lousy and sap your productivity, and it may even harm your health. Now, a small study suggests that mindfulness meditation — a mind-calming practice that focuses on breathing and awareness of the present moment — can help.

A study published a few years ago in JAMA Internal Medicine  included 49 middle-aged and older adults who had trouble sleeping. Half completed a mindfulness awareness program that taught them meditation and other exercises designed to help them focus on “moment-by-moment experiences, thoughts, and emotions.” The other half completed a sleep education class that taught them ways to improve their sleep habits.

Both groups met six times, once a week for two hours. Compared with the people in the sleep education group, those in the mindfulness group had less insomnia, fatigue, and depression at the end of the six sessions.

The findings come as no surprise to Dr. Herbert Benson, director emeritus of the Harvard-affiliated Benson-Henry Institute for Mind Body Medicine. “Mindfulness meditation is just one of a smorgasbord of techniques that evoke the relaxation response,” says Dr. Benson.

How Can Mindfulness Or Meditation Help Improve Your Sleep

Sleep tends to come a lot easier when you’re actually sleepy, but sometimes we hit the lights and get under the covers just because it’s “time for bed” without paying attention to whether that is the case—but mindfulness could change that.

“Our thinking is that by grounding yourself in the present moment and just being aware of what to look for, it gives you a better chance of reducing that fight or flight response,” says Ong. “A lot of people with insomnia go to bed because they’re tired of dealing with the day and they want to escape, but that’s not how the brain regulates sleep and wake. Meditation helps keep you from getting in your own way and it allows your brain to regulate sleep and wake based on how it naturally does.”

Six Free Apps For Meditation Breathing And Falling Asleep

It can be overwhelming to take in what’s currently going on in the world.

And it’s easy to let your worries – whether it be global or personal – build up and weigh you down.

Dedicating a small part of your day to self-care practices can be beneficial for your overall well-being and can help you create a better mindset to deal with what tomorrow will bring.

If you don’t know where to start – there are several mindful apps available to download for free that can lead you through a short, daily self-care practice.

From guided meditation to breathing exercises and practices that can help you fall asleep at night – there are plenty of ways your smartphone can help you to unwind.

Here’s our round up of six apps for relaxation that won’t cost you a penny.

What Are The Reasons Of Falling Asleep During Meditation

Here are some reasons for falling asleep while Meditation. What I understood in last 11 years:1. Meditation on bed2. Choosing your sleeping time as Meditation time3. Doing Meditation after a big meal4. Lying down while Meditation5. Choosing relaxation music such as River Sound with Flute6. Not taking proper sleep from many days7. Targetting the Meditation as relaxation8. Meditation in the night time9. Not setting up a goal for Meditation10. Overthinking11. Not being in the present moment12. Telling a lie to yourself that I am not feeling tired before start13. Losing the control of weight on shoulders14. Not straightening the spinal cord15. Looking downward-facing while start

Sleep Meditation: Whats Happening In Calm Sleep Stories

I started my month-long sleep meditation adventure using the Calm app, which has a feature called “Sleep Stories.” Essentially, it’s a library filled with soothing bedtime tales for grown-ups, narrated by the dreamiest of voices .

“We integrate mindfulness elements into sleep stories in a very deliberate way, giving the stories a grounding, calming quality,” says Christian Slomka, Calm’s community manager and a yoga and mediation instructor. “Instead of an elaborate buildup, Sleep Stories are a gradual unwind.”

There are three main elements of Calm’s sleep stories:

Find an AnchorSlomka says the sleep stories are geared to helping listeners focus their attention on an anchor—usually the breath—to quiet the mind and help shift the listener away from overactive thoughts. As the character in the story travels along her journey, she is fully immersed in the present moment. The thinking is that the listener will experience this immersion along with the sleep story’s character.

Practice Body Awareness and Relaxation TechniquesAnother mindfulness element that sleep stories touch on is body awareness and relaxation. When a story opens, the narrator walks the listener through a brief body scan exercise to help quiet the mind and relax the body. Throughout the story, the character also scans through her sensations, and the hope is that the listener does the same.

Back Up: What Happens In Your Body When You Cant Sleep

To understand what Ong means, it’s helpful to have a little background about our physiology. “When it comes to sleep problems, especially for people with chronic insomnia, oftentimes they’re so caught up in trying to make sleep happen that it creates a sense of pressure that makes sleep likely to happen,” says Ong. “Essentially, it activates the fight or flight response that is built in our body. When that gets activated, your body thinks that it needs to be on guard or vigilant and it tends to override the parts of your brain that regulate sleep and wake.”

This is why once you have that first thought of I just wish my brain would stop thinking and let me sleep, you’re pretty much doomed—you’re already stressing about not sleeping, which makes it even harder to doze off.

Lucha Contra Las Enfermedades Y Mantente Ms Saludable

Las ventajas de la meditación pueden ser útiles para la mente y el cuerpo. Tener la capacidad de lidiar con el estrés en mayor medida puede reducir su impacto en su cuerpo, lo que podría reducir los síntomas y el agravamiento de varios puntos de salud, junto con el dolor de cabeza.

Un investigador de uno de los hospitales instructores de Harvard Medical College señala que “El tipo de problemas que ocurren si meditas tienen resultados en todo el cuerpo, no simplemente en la mente”. Las ventajas para el bienestar abundan si se compromete a meditar.

Hagamos una descripción general rápida: la meditación puede ayudarlo a lidiar con el estrés en mayor medida, ayudarlo a reconocer a sí mismo más y mostrarle cómo reducir el nerviosismo y la melancolía.

Solo con estas ventajas de la meditación, parece bastante que podría dormir mejor por la noche. En cualquier caso, si puede dejar de pensar en las carreras y dejar que sus sentimientos se enfurezcan, será más probable que flote hacia los objetivos de los dulces. El análisis coincide:

“Las prácticas de meditación afectan las capacidades de la mente, inducen numerosas ocasiones de plasticidad neuronal intrínseca, modulan las capacidades autonómicas, metabólicas, endocrinas e inmunitarias y, por lo tanto, median los ajustes regulatorios internacionales en numerosos estados de comportamiento junto con el sueño”.

Las meditaciones guiadas, en particular, pueden ayudarlo a adormecerlo, así que inténtelo en este momento.

Use Critical Thinking To Find Out What Works For You

Meditation can be a powerful tool to help you get better sleep, but it isn’t a replacement for sleep, nor is it the only thing that can improve your sleep. Proper diet & exercise; a calm, cool, and quiet sleeping environment; set meal and bedtimes; reducing the amount of alcohol and caffeine consumed at night— all of these things can have big impacts on your sleep.

1.Britton, W. B., Lindahl, J. R., Cahn, B. R., Davis, J. H., & Goldman, R. E. . Awakening is not a metaphor: the effects of Buddhist meditation practices on basic wakefulness. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4054695/

2. Zielinski, M. R., McKenna, J. T., & McCarley, R. W. . Functions and Mechanisms of Sleep.  Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5390528/

3. Thorpe, M. . 12 Science Based Benefits of Meditation  Available at: https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/12-benefits-of-meditation#section1

4. Nagendra, R. P., Maruthai, N., & Kutty, B. M. . Meditation and its regulatory role on sleep. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3328970/

5.Pandi-Perumal, S., Trakht, I., Spence, D. . The roles of melatonin and light in the pathophysiology and treatment of circadian rhythm sleep disorders.  Available at: https://www.nature.com/articles/ncpneuro0847

6. Teplan, M. . Fundamentals of EEG.  Available at: http://www.edumed.org.br/cursos/neurociencia/MethodsEEGMeasurement.pdf

10. Walker, M. . Why We Sleep. The Sleep Cycle. pp 43-55.

Optimistische Resultaten Zelfs Als Je Niet Mediteert

Onderzoekers hebben ontdekt dat de manier waarop meditatie je geest helpt om hoger te werken constant is, niet alleen als je op een kussen zit met je ogen dicht, maar regelmatig bij je blijft. Op basis van de analyse zouden “de gevolgen van meditatiecoaching op emotionele verwerking mogelijk overschakelen naar niet-meditatieve staten.”

De onderzoekers stellen dat dit af en toe kan betekenen dat de voordelen van meditatie niet specifiek zijn voor een activiteit of bepaalde stimulus maar processpecifiek zijn, wat betekent dat ze “kunnen eindigen in blijvende aanpassingen in psychologische prestaties. .”

Reduzca El Aislamiento Y Sintase Realmente Vinculado

Es inusual que dentro de la era de la conectividad fija, el aislamiento y la soledad puedan sentirse mucho más conmovedores. Pero seguramente ocurre, y cuando desciende esa sensación de aislamiento, puede ser abrumador.

No obstante, se demostró que la meditación reduce las emociones de soledad en una investigación sobre adultos mayores, y aquellos que han estado practicando la meditación trascendental, incluso por un tiempo muy breve, dicen que el seguimiento de la meditación proporciona una sensación de estar relacionado y completo, un “Etapa básica de la unidad”.

Sleep Meditation Music I Can Actually Fall Asleep To

Do you have trouble falling asleep? I do! These sleep meditation playlists will help you fall asleep faster, guaranteed.

Is it weird that most sleepmeditation music gives me anxiety? There is nothing worse thantrying to fall asleep to “peaceful” music, but it only ends up giving you heartpalpitations .

After years of trial and error I finally found the perfect sleep meditation music that I can actually fall asleep to.

Is it weird that most sleepmeditation music gives me anxiety? There is nothing worse thantrying to fall asleep to “peaceful” music, but it only ends up giving you heartpalpitations .

After years of trial and error I finally found the perfect sleepmeditation music that I can actually fall asleep to.

Deep Sleep Meditation Tip #2 Deep Meditation Music

Sleep meditation works differently from one person to the next. Some may like to have a sleep meditation video track turned on, while others prefer to listen to a sleep meditation audio with music. Then, there are those who prefer listening to a meditation podcast as it helps them to focus, depending on what type of meditation they’re doing.

Clearing The System: Release Of Stress And Fatigue

Of course, sometimes we do fall asleep in meditation, but that’s fine. It’s important not to vigilantly guard against sleep during meditation. Instead, it’s better to think of sleep and dullness during meditation as the release of fatigue and stress. For some of us, it’ll be necessary to go through a lot of sleep and fatigue during meditation, and sometimes even after meditation. It would help to keep in mind that these signs indicate a very beneficial clearing process.

If you have an overwhelming urge to lie down and sleep during meditation, then do that . When you wake up, sit up and meditate for five or so additional minutes. Your system will have cleared a backlog of fatigue, so even a short meditation after waking will be very useful.

Increasing Feelings Of Stress Anxiety & Depression

Stress doesn’t go away on its own, and if left to its own devices it can spiral out of control quite fast.

If we don’t find a way of dealing with our stress, every new day just adds an extra layer on top of it, until we can no longer bear the weight of it.

Meditation can help deal with stress and resolve things that we need to go pretty deep within ourselves to figure out.

If we don’t have something similar to a meditation practice, our stress can just keep growing until it reaches a level we can’t deal with anymore. This can lead to nervous breakdowns and the like.

Week 1 Of Sleep Meditation: Am I Doing This Right

Imagine the quintessential New York City hustle—then, imagine me in it.

I wake up at 5 a.m. on the regular, teach yoga in the morning, work out, plow through a full work day, and sometimes even teach yoga again at night. So, you’d better believe that when my head hits the pillow at night, I’m out like a light. When I began this challenge, I decided to make a conscious effort to not only try to go to bed early, but to actually start winding down before leaping under the covers . Sounds dreamy, right?

The first week of my sleep meditation was extremely frustrating. Maybe it was because I’m impatient and didn’t notice a difference after a few days. Or maybe it’s because this sleep meditation challenge just felt like another task on my long to-do list at first. Also, I would fall asleep within the first 5 minutes of each 25-minute sleep story, which, looking back, was a good sign. But during the first few days, I was annoyed at my inability to stay awake and listen to more of the story.

But around day 5, I discovered that Calm’s sleep stories were designed to mimic the kind of bedtime stories most of us experienced when we were kids, which means the whole point of them was to lull me into a deep, restful sleep—keep me awake, on the edge of my seat.

At the end of my first week of sleep meditation, I stopped judging myself for whether or not I was doing it “correctly” and focused instead on how grateful I was to be able to fall asleep.

Deep Sleep Meditation For Healing & Regeneration

: 4.9 Stars

What they say “This ambient sleep meditation music was designed to help you fall asleep fast. Calming your mind, releasing tension and stress, and allowing you to drift into a deep and restorative delta sleep state. Produced in 528 Hz with the intention of stimulating rest, healing, and regeneration.”

Does it actually do all that? I have no clue, but it is really relaxing and does help me fall into a deep sleep. In fact, I just listened to it while writing this post to make sure it was still one of my favorites. I immediately started getting so tired I had to turn it off .

Letting Go Into Meditation For Deeper Cleansing

Gurudev Sri Sri Ravi Shankar tells us that there are two types of letting go. One is where everything drops and you sink into an unconscious state—this is sleep, a state, where knowledge is not available. The other type of letting go allows you to completely relax, but with slight intention or feeling that very subtly continues—that’s meditation.

Meditation and sleep are both hypometabolic states, where breathing and other body activities decline. Both release stresses, but the rest that meditation gives is much deeper than the rest that comes from sleep. Therefore, deeper rooted impressions, or , leave the system.

Yet meditation is completely beyond sleep. It’s consciousness, knowingly becoming conscious of itself. That same consciousness is present during waking, dreaming, and sleep, and witnesses all of them.

Although in sleep the consciousness is not active in any of its “modes,” it’s still present as the witness to sleep. This is how you know that you had a “good sleep.”

As Gurudev Sri Sri Ravi Shankar beautifully says, “Wakefulness and sleep are like sunrise and darkness, while dreams are like the twilight in between. Meditation is like the flight to outer space, where there is no sunset, no sunrise—nothing!“

Meditatievoordelen Die U Succesvol Zullen Maken

Laatste update op 17 februari 2021

Wat kan heel goed hoger zijn dan het bereiken van uw enorme doelstellingen? Het lijkt erop dat meditatie – één ding dat je mogelijk elke dag zou kunnen doen, gratis en met weinig moeite – voordelen biedt die succes niet kan overbrengen. Meditatievoordelen kunnen in elke ruimte van je leven doordringen en je algemene welzijn op de lange termijn verbeteren.

Meditation Connects Us With Inner Peace And Joy

One of the most profound benefits of meditation is its power to connect us with inner peace, joy, wisdom, and freedom—that is wholly independent of external circumstances. Being rooted in this unconditioned and durable peace and freedom dramatically enhances our ability to navigate our lives skillfully.

The bright, awake awareness fully unveiled via meditation is the witness of the waking, dreaming, and deep-sleep states. It’s what remains constant throughout our nighttime and daytime experiences.

Beneficios De La Meditacin Que Te Harn Triunfar

Final actualizado el 17 de febrero de 2021

¿Qué puede ser más alto que alcanzar sus objetivos masivos? Bien, parece que la meditación, una cosa que posiblemente podría estar haciendo todos los días, sin cargo y con poco esfuerzo, ofrece ventajas que el éxito no puede transmitir. Las ventajas de la meditación pueden filtrarse en cada espacio de su vida y mejorar su bienestar general a largo plazo.

Mejore La Forma En Que Sus Capacidades Mentales

Una investigación de 2012 confirmó un proceso mental conocido como girificación que ocurre más en las personas que meditan.

La girificación es “el ‘plegamiento’ de la corteza cerebral debido al progreso, que a su vez podría permitir que la mente transmita información antes. Aunque el análisis no mostró esto de inmediato, los científicos sospechan que la girificación es responsable de mejorar la mente en el procesamiento de información, tomar decisiones, formar recuerdos y mejorar la consideración “.

Si eso no es suficiente, puede haber pruebas adicionales a partir de resonancias magnéticas de que la meditación puede reforzar las conexiones entre las células de la mente. Una investigación confirmó que la meditación “también podría estar relacionada con ajustes estructurales en áreas de la mente que podrían ser necesarias para el procesamiento sensorial, cognitivo y emocional. La información adicional recomienda que la meditación podría reflejar las disminuciones asociadas con la edad en la construcción cortical “.

En otras palabras, la meditación no solo puede hacer que su mente funcione más alto, sino que también puede desacelerar el proceso de envejecimiento de la mente.

Will Meditation Before Bed Help Me Sleep Better

There’s strong evidence to suggest that regular meditation can help improve your quality of sleep. Similarly to how exercise promotes physical health, exercising your mind is equally essential for our mental health. Some guided meditations can walk you through simple techniques to relax before bed; however, starting the simple habit of daily meditation can profoundly affect your sleep quality.

How Do Meditation And Mindfulness Affect Sleep

Mindfulness and meditation help bring about a relaxed state of mind that is conducive to falling asleep. This reaction is often described as the relaxation response, or the opposite of the stress response.

Whereas falling asleep involves a gradual reduction in , is often defined as a state of hyper-arousal. When we are stressed, depressed, or anxious, our brain stays “wired” and we find it more difficult to fall asleep. Over the long term, we perpetuate this tension as we start to associate bedtime with worries about not being able to fall asleep.

The state of acceptance and awareness invoked by meditation helps reduce psychological distress and improve rumination and emotion regulation. Studies on people with fibromyalgia have found that mindfulness helps patients manage anger, worry, anxiety, and depression. These researchers theorized that mindfulness may improve sleep quality by supplying patients with the mental resources to calm down the nervous system in preparation for sleep.

At a biological level, meditation slows the heart rate and breathing and lowers levels of , the stress hormone. Over the long term, the relaxation response reduces stress-related inflammation and oxidative stress and improves insulin resistance.

What To Expect When Meditating To Fall Asleep

Meditation for sleep should be approached the same way we approach meditation in the daytime: gently, with a relaxed focus. When we allow the body , and allow the mind to drift off, we do so in a soft, gentle way, not trying to force sleep, otherwise we encourage more thoughts and, possibly, some tension. As much as possible, allow yourself to be led by the guidance, not thinking too much about the technique or instructions.

Before you begin your sleep meditation: lie flat on your back on the bed, take a few deep breaths, and close your eyes, allowing the body to begin powering down. If you’re using a guided meditation, follow the instructions. If practicing unguided meditation, progress at your own pace. The more you practice this type of meditation, the more likely you are to build a quiet and restful mind that can sleep at ease.

The Benefits Of A Regular Meditation Practice

A great meditation practice increases all the benefits that come with a good night’s sleep. There are some benefits that you won’t get just by sleeping though.

These are some beneficial things that come out of having a regular meditating session:

Increased sense of calm

Increased awareness of your body

Increased awareness of other people’s emotions

More rational decision-making

Getting Good Sleep Is Crucial For Good Health

Most of us understand that getting a good night’s sleep is a good thing, but it may be much more important than you think. Research is showing that getting eight hours of natural, restful sleep per night is crucial for health and wellbeing. Specifically, not getting enough sleep can:

Make you more likely to gain weight. In fact, not getting enough sleep is a reliable predictor for obesity.

Put you at greater risk for heart disease and stroke.

Increase your risk for diabetes. In fact, in studies, healthy young people getting 4 hours of sleep for 6 nights in a row, showed symptoms of pre-diabetes.

Make you depressed. Short sleep and poor sleep quality are even linked to suicide.

Drastically increase your level of inflammation.

educe your ability to interact with people socially, and understand others.

These are just a few of the negative effects of not getting enough sleep. Obviously, getting good rest is incredibly important for your health and wellbeing. So how can you do that?

“The best cure for insomnia is to get a lot of sleep.”

~ W.C. Fields

Deep Sleep Meditation Tip #1 Prepare For Bed

For sleep meditation to work, you will need to prepare yourself first. You should turn off your lights and put away your electronic devices.

If it helps, take a shower first so your body will feel more relaxed. Lie down on your bed afterward. Make sure you start your bedtime routine early enough to get plenty of sleep.

Meditation For Quality Sleep During The Day

falls into a unique category in that good quality Zzzs require much more than doing a simple meditation in bed. Restful sleep largely depends on having a rested mind, and so the preparation can begin with your mindset … during the day. More often than not, our issues around sleep are rooted in our thinking processes.

Headspace’s 30-day Sleep course , for example, isn’t designed to send you to sleep in the moment; it’s designed to change your relationship with sleep. By gradually training the mind in a specific way — day by day, for a month — you gradually create an environment conducive to a good night’s rest.

It’s recommended that the 30-day Sleep course be used during the day, in conjunction with the single sleep meditation at bedtime. The course trains the mind for long-term, sustainable change; the single meditation is a specific exercise to send you to sleep.

Verminder Isolatie En Voel Je Echt Verbonden

Het is ongebruikelijk dat binnen het tijdperk van vaste connectiviteit, isolement en eenzaamheid echt veel schrijnender kunnen voelen. Maar het komt zeker voor, en wanneer dat gevoel van isolement afdaalt, kan het overweldigend zijn.

Desalniettemin is bewezen dat meditatie emoties van eenzaamheid vermindert in een onderzoek bij oudere volwassenen, en degenen die transcendentale meditatie hebben beoefend, zelfs voor een heel korte tijd, zeggen dat het volgen van meditatie een gevoel van verbondenheid en volledigheid geeft, een “basisstadium van eenheid”.

Getting Started With Guided Sleep Meditation

Sleep Hygiene

Guided sleep meditation is a method for helping you to let go of worrying thoughts and relax your body before bed. Like other forms of meditation, this practice involves moving your focus away from your thoughts to sensations in your body. Regular practice of guided sleep meditation has been shown to improve sleep, meaning that this method is an important strategy that you can use to help reduce problems falling and staying asleep.

According to the American Sleep Association, around 30 percent of adults have short-term problems with insomnia, and about 10 percent have chronic difficulties with falling and/or staying asleep.?? What’s more, around a third of adults report typically getting less than 7 hours of sleep per night. Given that adults need 7 to 9 hours of sleep to function best, and teenagers need even more , it’s not surprising that methods for improving sleep are becoming more well-known.

Better sleep can contribute to lowering stress and an improved immune system. However, achieving restful sleep can be hard if you are battling stress and anxiety—it can be simply hard to quiet your mind. Many issues around sleep begin with your thinking processes at night. This is where guided sleep meditation can help.

What Types Of Meditation Work Best For Sleep

Meditation techniques for insomnia tend to incorporate breathing and mindfulness components, with a significant amount of overlap between methods. If you’re new to meditation, you can start by talking to a licensed practitioner, downloading an app, or looking up videos online to find a relaxation exercise that works for you. Some common meditation methods for sleep include:

Mindfulness Meditation: Most of the research on meditation for insomnia has been done on mindfulness meditation. Mindfulness involves focusing on the present and welcoming thoughts and emotions in an open-minded, non-judgmental manner.

Guided Imagery and Music: Guided meditation for insomnia promotes relaxation by asking the meditator to imagine themselves in a calming place, such as a white sandy beach or a forest. This is often accomplished with the help of a video recording or audio clip.

Body Scan Meditation: In body scan meditation, participants are instructed to focus on different parts of the body and note any sensations of pain or tension. This is closely tied to progressive muscle relaxation, in which participants actively tense and then relax each successive muscle.

Deep Breathing: Deep breathing while engaging the diaphragm is often used in combination with other meditation techniques to enhance relaxation. An example of this is the 4-7-8 breathing method, in which you breathe in for four seconds, hold your breath for seven seconds, then breathe out for eight seconds.

Sleep As An Autoregulatory Global Phenomenon

Sleep is reported to be associated with reduced heart rate, blood pressure, respiratory rate, and rhythm, oxygen consumption, anxiety or arousal, and an overall decrease in basal metabolic levels leading to a hypometabolic state. This phenomenon of sleep induced hypometabolic state is a natural and spontaneous outcome necessary for biological survival .

Meditation also brings a sustained hypometabolic state termed as relaxation response by Herbert Benson and helps in sleep initiation .

It has been hypothesized that meditation practices activate prefrontal cortex, fronto-limbic, fronto-parietal neural networks and limbic and paralimbic cortices associated with sympathetic arousal. Meditation practices activate structures like insula, anterior cingulate, and hypothalamus and bring about autonomic and humoral changes . Meditation thus produces a continuum of global regulatory changes at various behavioral levels favoring quality sleep.

The Difference Between Meditation And Sleep

Admit it, sometimes when you’re meditating you think to yourself, “Why don’t I just go to sleep instead?”There’s no shame in that! In fact, that’s part of the point of meditation—to rest and relax the mind—but sleep and meditation don’t affect the mind in the same way.

Here’s a more in-depth look at what happens to the brain during sleep vs a meditative state.

Meditation And Sleep Are Mutually Enhancing

Does this mean we should forego sleep entirely, in favor of meditation? Not at all! A good night’s sleep and deep meditation practice—while they’re not interchangeable—are mutually enhancing.

Being well-rested from a good night’s sleep lessens the chances of falling asleep during your meditation session. And one of the benefits of regular meditation practice is how it enhances your sleep.

So we might consider meditation and sleep to be akin to our right and left hands: while they’re not identical, they do work together beautifully.

What Happens In The Brain During Meditation

The biggest difference between meditation and sleep is that while meditating, you’re consciously focusing your mind on something.

What you’re focusing on doesn’t matter for the purpose of this article, but what does matter is the fact that your brain is active during this process.

Your Brain Waves Change

Beta waves are the brainwaves that are usually around when the brain is processing information.

When you meditate, these waves decrease, showing that the analytical, reasoning, and planning part of our brain takes a backseat.

and theta waves are most active during meditation, and they’re usually sleepy-waves.

This means that your brain activity is mimicking that of a sleeping brain. No wonder meditation has a reputation of being amazing for relaxation!

The Grey Matter Increases

Meditation is kind of like giving your brain a workout. The more you do it, the more your brain responds to it, and grows just like your biceps would when doing bicep curls.

It would seem that comparing brains of meditators and non-meditators indicates an increase in grey matter for those who do partake.

Grey matter occurs in certain parts of the brain, mainly in the hippocampus , but also in areas that are responsible for emotion regulation, reflection, mental flexibility, and self-awareness.

Rewiring of Neural Pathways

Rewiring of neural pathways is something that happens if you meditate regularly.

This Is The Best App By Far For Mindfulness

It’s almost embarrassing to say this, but I have been a “meditator” for about 30 years and I have to say that I never really got very much out of doing it. I tried so hard, but I’m finding out I never truly understood that “trying” to be a good meditator or mindful person, was missing what doing this was about. What I’m learning through this app is that “mindfulness” is about me – understanding myself first, and it’s a lot about acceptance. So with that understanding and acceptance I can begin to see “things” so much more clearly and why previous ways of thinking, particularly about myself, were holding me back from living my life and loving myself. And I’m finding that the more I practice self acceptance, the fears about living fully and going after what I want out of my life, are disappearing. The previous version of myself is rapidly becoming someone I only used to know, and this new ME is much more in line with who I’d always wanted to be. I’m able to try and do so much more, all while in the comfort that I am lovable, even if I fail at something. I simply dust myself off and try some more.This app has completely changed me and the way I’m able to appreciate all the good that’s in my life. And I’m worthy of going after the things I want for my life, while freeing me up to share my gifts with others and society in general.If this is where you find your life stalling out, this app will bring you back to yourself.

How To Control Sleep During The Meditation

Here is what I did for controlling my sleep during Meditation:Usually, I always did my Meditation at night time, because I found that night time is more peaceful and mind is so quiet this time. But the problem was that I was always tired by night time and my mind always gave the order to the body to sleep. But I changed my to control my mind. First of all, I did not take any heavy meal and I took more and more water every day. Just before the Meditation, I used to walk for some steps fastly, and after sometimes I splashed the face with cold water. Meditation gives us more than what is not in the list of our desires so I always gave more priority to Meditation. I separated my place of Meditation from the bed. For some days, before Meditation, I chewed some cardamom that helped me to do more meditation. I kept my eyelids straight while doing Meditation because if the direction of is downwards, you may sleep. I focused on my third eye and prayed to God that I am doing something for awareness, so, please bless me with amazing results.I to myself when I was dozing off or snoring and said to myself that I am not on the earth for sleeping, I am here to awakening. The mind needs practice, so It took some time but in the end, I overcame.

Related Articles

Verminder Tekenen Van Angst En Melancholie

Meditatie kan je helpen om je verwant te voelen en met stress om te gaan, maar hoe zit het met een aanhoudende nervositeitsstoornis? Hoe zit het met overweldigende ongunstige emoties of dat slopende gevoel van melancholie?

Goed, een onderzoek onder middelbare scholieren bevestigde dat een voordelen van mindfulness en meditatie veel bij elk zouden kunnen helpen: studenten die met een mindfulness-programma werden betrapt, “vertoonden verminderde tekenen van stress, nervositeit en melancholie, elk onmiddellijk na en 6 maanden daarna systeem”.

How Often Should You Meditate For Insomnia

Meditation is a skill, and those who practice it more often tend to see more meaningful benefits. Studies on the relaxation response have found that it produces immediate psychological and physical effects, suggesting that daily practice is optimal in order to see effects on that night’s sleep.

While factors such as the minutes spent meditating and the quality of meditation are difficult to quantify, the benefits of meditation have been found to be enhanced in long-term practitioners.

Similarly, a study on the benefits of meditation for insomnia in breast cancer patients found that these benefits disappeared after 12 months. These results suggest that the greatest benefits are derived from consistent meditation over a long period of time.

What Are Some Other Benefits Of Meditation

Meditation is perhaps best known for its ability to reduce anxiety, depression, and pain.

Along the same lines, emerging research is uncovering potential benefits on quality of life for patients with fibromyalgia, , breast cancer, and irritable bowel syndrome. Preliminary evidence indicates that meditation may also play a role in preventing cognitive decline, quitting smoking, and lowering blood pressure.

Was this article helpful?

Reducir Los Signos De Ansiedad Y Melancola

La meditación puede ayudarlo a sentirse relacionado y lidiar con el estrés, pero ¿qué pasa con una disfunción de nerviosismo en curso? ¿Qué pasa con las abrumadoras emociones desfavorables o esa debilitante sensación de melancolía?

Correctamente, una investigación realizada en estudiantes universitarios de secundaria confirmó que a las ventajas de la atención plena y la meditación podrían ser de gran ayuda para cada uno: los estudiantes universitarios que participaron en un programa de atención plena “mostraron una disminución de los signos de estrés, nerviosismo y melancolía instantáneamente después y 6 meses después de esto sistema”.

What Happens In The Body During Meditation

Don’t be fooled into thinking that meditation only affects the mind. Even though it’s not quite the same thing as having a nap, there are things that happen in the body too when you meditate properly.

Cortisol Levels Drop

Just like when you’re asleep, the stress hormones in your body decrease when you meditate effectively.

This is highly useful as you’re now replicating the very thing that gives your body space to heal when it’s sleeping. It follows naturally from there, then, that your body’s healing ability is increased when you meditate.

Heart Rate & Breathing Slow Down

Along with the reduction in stress-hormone comes a relaxation in your body’s fight-or-flight response.

Your heart rate slows and breathing is regulated naturally, and your body can enter a state of rest.

Will Meditation Improve Your Sleep Tonight

“People will commonly try a meditation practice for a night or a few nights, and not notice a difference, but sleep naturally varies night to night,” says Goldstein.

He suggests keeping a daily log of things like sleep quality; meditation; naps; exercise; substances like alcohol, caffeine, or medications you take; time you get into bed; time you turn off the lights; middle-of-the-night wake-ups; how long it takes to fall asleep; and what time you get up in the morning. Try to notice patterns in how certain behaviors affect your sleep over time and give any new changes a week before judging if they’re helpful.

“Mindfulness meditation is not a one and done thing—it’s a continual practice.”

It’s also crucial to see your doctor for a sleep assessment if you’re really struggling. If an underlying condition like sleep apnea is the root of your tossing and turning, then meditation isn’t going to be your fix. An evaluation can help determine what’s really interfering with your shuteye and help you and your physician come up with an individualized treatment plan, says Goldstein.

If that plans includes mindfulness or meditation, patience and consistency are crucial. “People want to do it once and have it just work,” says Klatt. “Mindfulness meditation is a practice that you have to really bring to your whole life. It’s not a one and done thing—it’s a continual practice.”

Go here to join Prevention Premium , subscribe to the magazine, or get digital-only access.

How Meditation Helps With Emotional Health

Scientific research has found a positive correlation between meditation and a host of fantastic benefits. Everything from sleep and concentration, to memory and learning can be improved by implementing a steady meditation practice. It can even help with depression1.

Here’s a look at how you can start a meditation practice and begin taking advantage of these wonderful benefits.

But first — let’s better define what exactly meditation is.

Meditation Can Be More Restful Than Sleep

What may surprise you to learn is that in deep meditation, the level of rest that the body receives can be two to five times deeper than what it receives in the deepest part of sleep.

That’s right—meditation can be relaxing and therapeutic than sleep!

And when the body is resting deeply, the mind also can more easily come to sleep, and release long-held anxiety, stress, clutter, and mental fatigue. And this leads to feeling more calm and relaxed when we rise after a meditation session.

Resultados Optimistas Incluso Sin Meditar

Los investigadores han descubierto que la forma en que la meditación ayuda a tu mente a trabajar más alto es constante, permaneciendo contigo no solo si estás sentado en un cojín con los ojos cerrados, sino de forma regular. Según el análisis, “las consecuencias del entrenamiento de meditación sobre el procesamiento emocional posiblemente cambiarían a estados no meditativos”.

Los investigadores señalan que esto puede implicar ocasionalmente que las ventajas de la meditación no deben ser específicas de una actividad o estímulo seguro , sino que son específicas del proceso, lo que significa que “podrían terminar en ajustes duraderos en el desempeño psicológico”. . “

Step #1: Setting Up The Right Environment

The first step of meditating before bed is preparing the right environment. The ideal environment should be calm, quiet, and free of distractions. It may be helpful to create a set nightly routine to make the process easier.

Here are some tips for creating a relaxing setting:

Remove distractions. Turn off the TV, make sure the kids are in bed, and put down your recreational electronic devices. Make sure your meditation space is quiet and dark .

Get comfortable. Wear whatever you find most comfortable. Choose a posture that limits fidgeting and discomfort; you may either lay down in bed or sit up.

Set up your meditation tools. If you’re using your phone or another device to listen to a guided meditation program, turn down the screen brightness and close all other apps or windows. If you use a white noise machine, turn it on at a comfortable volume. It’s important to keep your meditative time free of distractions, so ensure your environment is set up with everything you’ll need before getting started.

Some find that candles are helpful when creating a soothing setting. If you want to use candles, make sure you blow them out before falling asleep.

Differences Between Sleep And Meditation

After a few regular meditations, meditators usually realize that sleep and meditation are quite distinct states. Coming out of sleep, one feels a little dull. But emerging from the deeply settled “no mind” state, one basks in clarity, and feels peaceful and often joyous.

Also, the breathing patterns during deep sleep and meditation are quite different. Deeper states of meditation are associated with very feeble breath or even suspension of breath, whereas in sleep, respiration does reduce, but less.

During your meditations, please don’t try to figure out whether you were sleeping or deeply meditating at certain times. Doing so could interfere with the innocence of the meditation process. The statement, “whatever happens is fine,” shows the best attitude.

The key distinction between meditation and sleep is alertness in meditation and non-alertness during sleep. But meditative alertness has a different quality than that of the waking state. To understand that distinction, and also how meditation and sleep are different, we need to consider how the four modes of consciousness—mind, intellect, memory, and ego—operate in the waking, dreaming, and sleeping states and also in the fourth state of consciousness, which is experienced in meditation, traditionally called the state.

Week 3 Of Sleep Meditation: Appreciation

On Day 16, my appreciation for sleep meditation hit an all-time high. A few minutes in to my sleep story, I noticed my attention effortlessly shifted from what had happened that day and what I had to do the next day to the story. It was almost like the person leading the sleep story gave me the permission I needed to let go of the day and let my mind and body go to sleep—instantly. I started looking forward to my sleep meditations—a sign any seasoned meditator will tell you is one that means your new meditation habit will likely stick.

 7 Simple Ways to Call in More Joy—and Feel Less Stressed

Meditation Autonomic Activity And Sleep

Changes in autonomic activity had been reported with respect to specific sleep states with predominant parasympathetic activity in SWS and sympathetic activity during REM sleep . Vipassana meditation practices would have activated the anterior cingulate cortex and hence modulated the parasympathetic activity during sleep. These reports are suggestive of a positive modulatory role of meditation in sleep through autonomic functions.

Why Do I Fall Asleep During Meditation

Sleeping while doing Meditation is one of the common errors or obstacle occur when a beginner yogi starts the Meditation Practices in life. Does this happen with you that you are doing a Meditation listening to the beautiful music or and after 20 minutes you wake up when the music is already finished and some drool is spread on your face and you remember that you just now? If yes, it is a very common obstacle while a yogi starts the Meditation practice. I remember while doing Meditation in 2009, my mother used to give me a glass of milk after dinner, and I kept it aside to cool. After that, I wrote something in the diary, took some sips of Milk, and decided to meditate with music. Immediately after 20 Minutes listening to the beautiful Indian Flute and Sitar meditation music I was sleeping sitting in meditation pose. After some time, I snored and so on, suddenly I realize that I have to meditate, I woke up, Meditate for some time and again the same. Finally, I decided to sleep well and I took the same milk in Morning when I wake up.

Verbeter De Mogelijkheden Van Uw Geest

Een onderzoek uit 2012 bevestigde dat een geestesloop bekend als gyrificatie extra plaatsvindt bij mensen die mediteren.

Gyrificatie is ‘het ‘vouwen’ van de hersenschors vanwege vooruitgang, wat op zijn beurt de geest in staat zou kunnen stellen sneller informatie te verwerken. Hoewel de analyse dit niet onmiddellijk aantoonde, vermoeden wetenschappers dat gyrificatie ten laste wordt gelegd omdat het de geest hoger maakt in het verwerken van informatie, het maken van keuzes, het vormen van herinneringen en het verbeteren van overweging.

Als dat niet voldoende is, kan er aanvullend bewijs zijn van MRI-scans dat meditatie verbindingen tussen hersencellen kan versterken. Eén onderzoek bevestigde dat meditatie “ook te maken kan hebben met structurele aanpassingen in gebieden van de geest die nodig kunnen zijn voor zintuiglijke, cognitieve en emotionele verwerking. De aanvullende informatie suggereert dat meditatie een indruk kan maken van leeftijdsgerelateerde achteruitgang in corticale constructie.

Met andere woorden, meditatie kan niet alleen je geest hoger laten werken, maar het kan ook het ouder worden in de hele geest vertragen.

[ontarioyoga]

Is Mindfulness Meditation Bad

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/is-mindfulness-meditation-bad/

Is Mindfulness Meditation Bad

Weve Had An Overwhelming Number Of People Contacting The Lab And Saying I Can’t Feel Anything I Don’t Feel Any Love For My Family What Do I Do Willoughby Britton

Take the effects of body scan, with the heightened activity in the insular cortex. “It’s like somebody turned up the volume knob, and the intensity of all your emotions is going to be louder,” says Britton, whose recent paper reviewed the potential ways that meditation could backfire. Eventually, your sensitivity to every slight change could become overwhelming. The result could be full-on panic attacks, as, indeed, around 14% meditators reported in a Portuguese study.

Other meditators might have the opposite problem. Studies have shown that meditation can increase activity in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex, for instance, which in turn regulates the limbic system, and the amygdala, another region where emotional salience is processed. In the right amount, prefrontal control over the limbic system can result in better focus and less emotional reactivity, says Britton. But when that’s taken beyond optimal levels, it can blunt all emotions, both negative and positive, so that they no longer feel extreme joy or happiness. In extreme cases, this can result in the unsettling sense of “dissociation” from their life – which affected around 8% of meditators in the Portuguese study.

Through Cheetah House, Britton has heard from many people experiencing this sense of numbness. “We’ve had an overwhelming number of people contacting the lab and saying, ‘I can’t feel anything, I don’t feel any love for my family. What do I do?’”

The bigger picture

Looking outward?

One Study Showed That At Least 25% Of Regular Meditators Have Experienced Adverse Events From Panic Attacks And Depression To An Unsettling Sense Of Dissociation

For those who still like the idea of contemplation, it may be time to consider a broader range of techniques. Certain religious traditions encourage practitioners to focus on things outside your body, for instance – such as a bunch of flowers on your desk or even a passage from a poem. These may be better at calming overwhelming feelings of anxiety, or coaxing yourself out of those feelings of dissociation than observing your body or your breathing, says Britton. There’s also a growing interest in meditative techniques that encourage you to think about others’ perspectives and to cultivate feeling of compassion – strategies that are especially effective against feelings of loneliness.

At the moment, some people may feel like they have to stick with one particular strategy – like mindful breathing or the body scan – without considering the alternatives. But this is a mistake, says Britton. “We should really honour the diversity of contemplative practices that are available, because they all do different things, and people would have a much better chance of matching what they need, if they had a bigger buffet of choices.” Each person should choose the best technique – and the correct “dose” – for their particular situation, rather than doggedly pursuing a plan that is not working.

And as I discovered myself with my own ill-fated attempts to gain mindfulness, this may sometimes include the decision that enough is enough.

Mindfulness Is The Ability To Be Aware Of Where We Are What We Are Doing And Directing Our Entire Focus In The Present Moment

A 2016 study by psychologists at Australian Catholic University found that practicing mindfulness by meditating, performing yoga, and breathing exercises reduce our stress, reduce depressive symptoms if experienced, improves sleep, and brightens our mood. Apart from boosting our mental health, practicing mindfulness also benefits our body, with a reduced risk of heart diseases, better digestion, and reduced chronic pain.

Guided meditation is the practice of meditating under the guidance of a trained yogi or meditation expert, thereby listening and following their instructions in a meditative state. Medical and psychological experts have recommended meditation throughout the world for better mental and physical well-being. However, unguided meditation, which is the practice of meditating by yourself, can take a negative route if not performed carefully or without training. 

However, is too much mindfulness bad? 

Mindfulness can be a life-changing experience and has innumerable benefits to the mind, body, and soul; however, it should be either practiced under an expert or after sufficient training and should not be overdone.

Importance of Professional Counseling: A friend or family member may listen to you, but they aren’t professionally, technically qualified or experienced to offer you professional advice. If you wish you can contact us at MindTribe to receive help from our team of expert psychologists.

Mindfulness Meditation May Spark Neuroplastic Renovations In The Brains Function And Structure

Neuroscientists have studied the physical effects of mindfulness meditation using functional magnetic resonance imaging and other techniques for the last two decades. Progress has followed on the growing recognition that the human brain is capable of physical changes throughout adulthood, even into old age – forming new connections and growing new neurons when someone learns a new skill, challenges themselves mentally or even just exercises. The emerging view of a brain that can be continually shaped through experience, dubbed neuroplasticity, replaced the long-held idea that after the first few decades of life, the brain’s physiological trajectory was basically one of decline. A number of brain studies suggest that mindfulness meditation may spark neuroplastic renovations in the brain’s function and structure.

Meditation activates brain regions associated with compassion and self-awareness, but it isn’t clear if these changes continue after meditation has stopped

Looking under the hood with fMRI, scientists have found that mindfulness meditation activates a network of brain regions that includes the insula .

It’s uncertain, however, whether these changes in brain activity can be sustained when the individual is not actively meditating, and if so how much people need to meditate for that to happen.

Brain wave

Meditation activates the amygdala, the same part of the brain that lights up when a mother responds to her baby’s face

Making Mindfulness Meditation More Helpful Starts With Understanding How It Can Be Harmful

A study led by Willoughby Britton, an associate professor of psychiatry and human behavior at Brown, shows the importance of defining and measuring the adverse effects of mindfulness.

PROVIDENCE, R.I. — Mindfulness-based meditation programs have emerged as a promising treatment for conditions ranging from stress to sleeplessness to depression. In some cases, they’re even offered to people — schoolkids or employees, for example — who aren’t actively seeking help or who haven’t been screened for suitability. Yet most research and discourse about these programs focuses only on their benefits, with little investigation of the risks or the potential for adverse effects.

A recent review of nearly 7,000 studies of meditation practices found that less than 1% of them measured adverse effects. Willoughby Britton, an associate professor of psychiatry and human behavior at Brown University, said that this is largely because assessing adverse effects in non-pharmacological treatments like mindfulness-based meditation programs is difficult to do well.

To address that gap, Britton conducted a new study on adverse effects in mindfulness-based programs that identified common obstacles to harms monitoring and, importantly, showed how to address them. The study also found that the rates of adverse effects from mindfulness were similar to those found in other psychological treatments.

The study was published on May 18 in Clinical Psychological Science.

A Minority Of People Experience Negative Effects From Meditation A New Report Has Found

Everyone has been feeling more stressed than usual lately with the relentless news about the virus, uncertainty around the future, financial or professional worries, and the constant back and forth from the government on what exactly we should or shouldn’t be doing.

One way people have been dealing with this stress and anxiety during lockdown is by turning to meditation and mindfulness which can help with both mental and physical health. Headspace, one of the world’s largest meditation apps, reported that daily downloads of the app between mid-March and the end of May. The number of monthly downloads for meditation app Ten Percent Happier also between mid-March and April.

However, meditation might not be the best solution for everyone. A new report has found that one in 12 people who try meditation experience negative effects, usually a worsening of anxiety or depression. These numbers come from a systematic review of evidence by Dr Miguel Farias, a reader in cognitive and biological psychology at Coventry University. Dr Farias and his team combed through 55 relevant studies in medical journals and, after excluding those that had deliberately set out to find negative effects, found that on average about 8 per cent people who try meditation experience an unwanted effect.

A new report has found that one in 12 people who try meditation experience negative effects

A New Study Investigates Whether Mindfulness May Have Bad Side Effects For Some People

Potential side effects are often front and center when considering taking medicine for physical or mental conditions, but information is less clear with treatments like meditation that don’t come in pill form.

Popular media and case studies have recently highlighted negative side effects from meditation—increases in depression, anxiety, and even psychosis or mania—but few studies have looked at the issue in depth across large numbers of people.

Side Effects to Meditation?

At Brown University, the Varieties of Contemplative Experience research project studies meditation experiences that are “unexpected, challenging, difficult, distressing, or impairing of functioning.” They describe these challenges in a 2017 study.

Read “The Dark Knight of the Soul” in The Atlantic.

In a recent paper featured in the journal Psychological Medicine, researchers at the Center for Healthy Minds at the University of Wisconsin–Madison found that people who took part in the most common and widely available secular mindfulness program did not experience psychological harm at a rate higher than people in control groups who did not take part in the program.

From the GGSC to your bookshelf: 30 science-backed tools for well-being.

As meditation joins a growing list of treatment options for stress, depression, and substance abuse, so does the need to understand when it’s effective and when it may pose risks.

Greater Good wants to know: Do you think this article will influence your opinions or behavior?

New Research Suggests That Mindfulness Can Change Our Brains And Help With Our Short

I’m of a certain age when things seem to disappear a lot. Keys, glasses, my cell phone, a favorite sweater. I put them down somewhere, and, hours later, I can’t remember where that somewhere is.

My memory—in particular, my short-term or “working” memory—is not at its peak. This is likely due in part to what researchers call “proactive interference,” where prior memories interfere with your ability to retrieve more recent information from your memory banks.

Short-term memory can be a particular challenge for older people and people suffering from mental illness. But a recent study found a simple way to potentially reduce the impact of proactive interference: mindfulness training.

From the GGSC to your bookshelf: 30 science-backed tools for well-being.

Participants were randomly assigned to either a four-week online mindfulness course or a creative writing course. The mindfulness group spent two weeks learning to focus on their breath or body sensations and two weeks learning “open monitoring,” being aware of what was happening around them and gently redirecting their attention when their minds wandered. The creative writing group wrote short essays in response to photos or text, practicing two weeks of journalistic-style writing and two weeks of academic writing.

Results of the analyses found that the mindfulness group had significantly less proactive interference during the memory test compared to the writing group, indicating an improvement in short-term memory.

Mindfulness Meditation Found To Relieve The Stress Of Waiting For Bad News

Popular music and clichés aren’t the only evidence that the waiting is the hardest part. Research backs it up as well; waiting for potentially bad news can be at least as difficult as receiving the news.

People try lots of things to mitigate the suffering that comes with waiting for exam scores, hospital test results, or the outcome of a job interview. They try to distract themselves. They try to stay positive. They brace for the worst.

Past research by UC Riverside “worry and waiting” expert Kate Sweeny has studied the effectiveness of those techniques. None of it works, her research has found. Those tactics not only fail to reduce distress – they can even backfire and make it worse.

But now, Sweeny’s research finds something that can help: supplementing those ineffective strategies with “mindfulness” meditation. That is, focusing on the present using meditation.

In the journal Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, research funded by the National Science Foundation asserts that mindfulness is a sort of antidote to the “curse” of waiting. That curse is a focus on the past or future, represented by questions such as “Why did I say that?” and “What if things don’t go my way?”

Better to focus on the present, Sweeny said, and accept your thoughts and feelings as they arise rather than engage in tactics to avoid them. It means you’ll process your emotions differently and – Sweeny argues – more effectively.

Explore further

Mindfulness Meditation May Alleviate Symptoms Of General Anxiety Disorder

Nevertheless, mindfulness meditation may alleviate symptoms of general anxiety disorder by increasing connectivity between the amygdala and the prefrontal cortex, thereby increasing a patient’s ability to regulate emotions. Meditation may also lessen the perception of pain by reducing pain-related activation of the somatosensory cortex and increasing activation of areas involved in the cognitive regulation of pain.

Work ahead

Fundamentally, mindfulness is an elusive quality to study. It’s an internally generated experience, not a drug that scientists can give to a patient. That creates a question when comparing mindfulness between individuals and especially between distinct studies.

What’s more, there is no universally accepted definition of mindfulness or agreement among researchers on the details of what it entails, Lazar and her colleagues note in the Perspectives on Psychological Science article.

There is no universally accepted definition of mindfulness, which makes it difficult to study, but scientists think it is a useful supplement to other therapies

In the context of PTSD, King says it’s likely that mindfulness meditation will continue to supplement more conventional psychiatric treatments. “I would never recommend for people to go to a mindfulness class at the YMCA or the local health centre and think that that’s going to be the same as psychotherapy, because it is not. It really is not,” King says.

Join 800,000+ Future fans by liking us on 

Heres A Sample Of The Rewriting Your Bad Day Guided Meditation Script:

Having a Bad Day

We all have those days where nothing seems to be going our way.

You may be feeling under the weather, emotionally exhausted, or overwhelmed withresponsibilities.

Labeling the day as a “bad day” may feel right, but it is often inaccurate—

no day is 100 percent bad;

there is almost always something good, however small.

You can train the mind to recognize both the good and the bad,

helping you see clearly that there are likely also pleasant and enjoyable moments during the day and that none of these moments is permanent.

When you do have painful moments, you can respond with compassion and rewrite the story of the day.

This practice works well when you are in the midst of a difficult day.

Find a quiet place and a few minutes to sit in silence.

Closing the eyes, begin by settling into the body.

Feel yourself sitting still, the connection of the body with the chair or cushion,and the movement in the body related to breathing.Bring to mind something difficult you have experienced today.Use a specific event, a general feeling, or whatever arises naturally in the mind.As the feeling of your “bad day” arises, pay attention to what that experience is like.Notice if there is a feeling in the body or any thought processes in the mind.Steer clear of picking it apart too much; instead, tune in to the overall experience and emotion.Ask yourself how it feels to be having a tough time today.

With awareness of how this feels, begin offering yourself some compassion.

What Does The Current Literature On Mindfulness For Psychosis Show

There have been at least a dozen randomised trials of mindfulness-based interventions for psychosis, with a combined sample size of over 1300, as well as several other trials of interventions in which mindfulness exercises are used . A recent meta-analyses of trial results indicated that interventions including mindfulness as a primary component show beneficial effects in various symptom dimensions, compared with treatment-as-usual and waiting-list conditions.Reference Jansen, Gleeson, Bendall, Rice and Alvarez-Jimenez5 This indicates that, on average, mindfulness is more likely to be beneficial than harmful in psychosis. Furthermore, examination of reports of study withdrawals showed no evidence of withdrawals arising from psychotic exacerbation during therapy, and trials have consistently shown a similar rate of withdrawals between mindfulness and control arms. Studies have also shown rates of treatment drop-out from mindfulness-based interventions to be no greater than for compared treatments. A series of studies have additionally tracked hospital admissions following mindfulness integrated with psychoeducation and found that mindfulness was associated with similar or lower hospital admission rates during and following therapy compared with control groups.

Like Many Other Desirable Practices Mindfulness Has Its Drawbacks

Find a therapist near me

Mindfulness is hugely popular these days. Once an esoteric topic only familiar to people with interests in Eastern traditions, today mindfulness is commonplace, with , magazines, videos, podcasts, and training programs readily available for consumption.

However, the popularity of mindfulness may have outstripped the science. Media portrayals generally lead people to believe that the effects of practicing mindfulness are inevitably positive, and it is safe to say that people usually practice mindfulness because they think it will improve their lives. Unfortunately, research reveals that this is not always the case. Mindfulness can be bad for you.

Mindfulness is often considered to have two main components, awareness and acceptance. Awareness involves monitoring your experiences, and acceptance refers to monitoring those experiences with an attitude of non-judgmental , making no attempt to change or avoid anything that pops up in your mind. Implementing both components, by being a non-judgmental observer of experience, is necessary to derive benefits from mindfulness.

The second , which looked at both meditators and non-meditators, found similar results. Compared to people with other mindfulness profiles, those with the “judgmentally observing” profile suffered more depression, rumination, worry, and distress intolerance.

Is Mindfulness Useful Or Dangerous For Individuals With Psychosis

Tania Lecomte, PhD, RPsych, and Alicia Spidel, MA, PhD Candidate

Reprinted from the Mindfulness issue of Visions Journal, 2016, 12 , p. 10

Mindfulness and cognitive-behavioural therapies such as acceptance and commitment therapy or meditating, to name a few.

Are mindfulness-based treatments dangerous?

For a long time, practising meditation—one of the strategies used in mindfulness-based interventions—was considered dangerous for people with mental illness, especially individuals with psychosis . Clinicians believed that meditation could trigger a psychotic episode by creating a mental state in which the person was no longer connected to reality and would let his or her mind take over. This belief was not entirely unfounded. In fact, unguided meditation practices can be harmful for people with a diagnosis of a psychotic disorder and have indeed been documented as worsening the psychotic symptoms of some individuals.4 Yet not all mindfulness practice includes meditation, and mindfulness interventions are being recommended more commonly for people with psychosis, as can be seen by the number of publications on the subject in recent years.

What does this mean?

How mindfulness-based interventions work

Most mindfulness treatments for psychosis aim to help the individual incorporate the following into his or her daily routine:

Acceptance

Taking a step back

Compassion

Mindfulness

Important adaptations to mindfulness practice

About the author

Footnotes:

Should You Be Concerned About Having Bad Meditation Experiences

Meditation is generally a safe practice that produces many scientifically documented healthful effects, especially for those with mood or anxiety disorders. It has positive impact even for many without mood or anxiety disorders. Meditation also has been associated with some negative experiences, many of which were documented in the recent study. However, based on what we know about meditation and its effects, you are more likely to experience the healthful effects of meditation than to be have negative meditation experiences described in the study.

– Mindfulness meditation resources

To learn more about mindfulness meditation in New York, contact the Mindfulness Collaborative. Outside the New York area, consider finding a class in Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction or reading the work of Jon Kabat-Zinn or other authors .

Subscribe to the Manhattan Center for Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy blog!

How To Transform Negative Thoughts With Mindfulness Meditation

At the core of each person is a space that knows pure peace. But as we grow, we start to be drawn away from this deep sense of self as a result of social conditioning, trauma, time, and a host of other personal factors. It becomes easy for us to feel detached and to start making choices based on external factors as opposed to being true to ourselves.

As a psychotherapist, my work is to help clients peel back these layers and uncover their inner selves — the “You” that lives inside and promotes a sense of stillness and connection. Through my work, I’ve learned one of the most effective ways of accomplishing this is Mindfulness Meditation.

What To Do When You Experience Negative Effects In Meditation

The very first thing you should do is to reduce the amount of practice you do.

As the likeliness of adverse effects increases with more meditation, reducing the amount of meditation time will decrease the negative effects almost immediately.

Once the negative effect have subsided, you can then again increase the amount of time spent in meditation. It might even be needed to stop your practice altogether for some time. Just to give your body and mind some time to recover.

However, if this does not solve your problem, you really need to consult with a qualified teacher. And also a psychologist.

There are people that unfortunately get severe panic attacks from doing extended periods of meditation.

I would recommend seeking out a psychologist that has experience with mindfulness as it is difficult to treat a problem that you are not familiar with. They might try to talk you out of meditation not because it is best for you, but out of a lack of understanding of what is really happening.

Mindfulness Backlash: Could Meditation Be Bad For Your Health

A cure-all for everything from stress to anger, or a load of marketing hype that could making you more anxious? Anna Hart gets to grips with the growing mindfulness backlash

I have a confession: meditation seriously stresses me out. I’ve downloaded apps like , and . I’ve been to meditation seminars. I’ve attended retreats.

The outcome is always the same: when I try to zone out, my brain zones in… on hopes, dreams, or things I haven’t done. Within minutes, I’m making to-do lists in my head, daydreaming about writing a trashy spy thriller, or wondering what type of boyfriend Headspace’s founder Andy would be.

I inevitably wind up cursing my brain and its runaway thoughts, because 20 minutes of fidgeting won’t deliver the promised fruits of meditative labours: a serene disposition, increased mental clarity and a compassionate soul. By the time I crossly tear off my headphones or shove the yoga mat in the corner, these rewards have never felt further from my reach.

I’ve wasted precious time that could have been spent on something I love, and I’ve failed, again, at something seemingly everyone else finds both effortless and effective. I’ve given it my best shot, but mindfulness and me are not working out.

And 2015 is a lonely time for dropouts like me, when my friends are Headspacing happily on the tube to work, celebrities rave about meditation in interviews, and mindfulness-based training is being rolled out in offices, and the emergency services.

Mindfulness And Meditation Can Worsen Depression And Anxiety

Mindfulness involves paying close attention to your own thoughts

Mindfulness and other types of meditation are usually seen as simple stress-relievers – but they can sometimes leave people worse off.

About one in 12 people who try meditation experience an unwanted negative effect, usually a worsening in depression or anxiety, or even the onset of these conditions for the first time, according to the first systematic review of the evidence. “For most people it works fine but it has undoubtedly been overhyped and it’s not universally benevolent,” says Miguel Farias at Coventry University in the UK, one of the researchers behind the work.

There are many types of meditation, but one of the most popular is mindfulness, in which people pay attention to the present moment, focusing on either their own thoughts and feelings or external sensations. It is recommended by several National Health Service bodies in the UK as a way of reducing depression relapses in people who have experienced the condition several times.

Enthusiasm for meditation may partly stem from a growing awareness of the side effects of antidepressant medicines and the difficulties some people report in stopping taking them. There have been some reports of people experiencing worse mental health after starting meditation but it is unclear how often this happens.

Read more: Lost in meditation: Two books argue over mindfulness

Journal reference: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, DOI: 10.1111/acps.13225

There Are Negative Side Effects That No One Ever Talks About

Mindfulness as a psychological aid is very much in fashion. Recent reports on the latest finding suggested that mindfulness-based cognitive therapy is as effective as antidepressants in preventing the relapse of recurrent depression.

arrow-right

While the authors of interpreted their results in a slightly less positive light, stating that mindfulness was no more effective than medication, the meaning inferred by many in the media was that mindfulness was superior to medication.

Mindfulness is a technique extracted from Buddhism in which one tries to notice present thoughts, feeling and sensations without judgment. The aim is to create a state of “bare awareness.” What was once a tool for spiritual exploration has been turned into a panacea for the modern age — a cure-all for common human problems, from stress, to anxiety, to depression. By taking this “natural pill” every day, we open ourselves up to the potential for myriad benefits and no ill effects, unlike synthetic pills, such as antidepressants, with their potential for negative side effects.

We don’t know how it works

The few available meta-analyses report moderate evidence that meditation affects us in various ways, such as reducing anxiety and increasing positive emotions. However, it is less clear how powerful and long-lasting these changes are — does it work better than physical relaxation, for example? Or than a placebo? The evidence on this is contradictory and inconclusive.

Side effects

Why No One Wants To Talk About Meditations Adverse Effects

The adverse effects of mindfulness-based meditation programs are often an unpleasant topic for providers and participants alike, Britton said. For the study, she and her colleagues reviewed the most current harms monitoring best practices from regulatory agencies like the World Health Organization, the National Institutes of Health and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. In the paper, they outlined the key considerations around assessing adverse effects, including hesitancy of participants to report negative reactions to treatment because of feelings of shame or a desire to please the researcher or instructor.

Researchers and mindfulness teachers are understandably more focused on the help they can provide than any harm they could cause. As a result, a lack of negative feedback from participants is often interpreted as evidence of absence of harm. “It’s very easy for our enthusiasm and desire to help to become a kind of blindness,” Britton explained.

Another complicating factor, she said, is the lack of knowledge of proper harms assessment.

“ In order to address risks and modify treatment accordingly, you need thorough and detailed knowledge about potential harms.”

Finally, she highlighted the fact that term “adverse” is a highly subjective judgment that can vary across people and even across the same person in different contexts.

Is Mindfulness For Psychosis Harmful Deconstructing A Myth

Kerem Böge

Affiliation:Department of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy, Campus Benjamin Franklin, Charité – Universitätsmedizin Berlin; and Freie Universität Berlin; and Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin; and Berlin Institute of Health, Germany

Neil Thomas

Centre for Mental Health, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

Pamela Jacobsen

Department of Psychology, University of Bath, UK

Corresponding

Rights & Permissions

The Capacity To Be Mindful Is Associated With Higher Well

“In contrast, the capacity to be mindful is associated with higher well-being in daily life,” Creswell wrote in the 2017 Annual Review of Psychology. He cites a 2003 study showing a correlation between mindfulness and a number of indicators of well-being.

One study finds that the more mindfulness we practice, the better we feel

When people who meditate say they are paying attention to the present moment, they may be focused on their breathing, but maybe also on an emotion that surfaces and then passes, a mental image, inner chatter or a sensation in the body. “Adopting an attitude of openness and acceptance toward one’s experience is critical” to becoming more mindful, Creswell says. The idea is to be view these moments with a detached and non-judgmental curiosity.

Creswell first became interested in mindfulness meditation when he took courses on psychology and Buddhism in high school. Later, in graduate school, he began studying meditation in connection with reducing stress and improving overall health.

“As a scientist, I’m never convinced. I’ve been trained to be sceptical,” Creswell says. “Nonetheless, I do think that there were a number of experiences I had while on meditation retreats that really struck me as very foundational.”

Meditation is often associated with Buddhism, which holds that the practice leads to spiritual fulfilment and peace

But the scientific evidence for its benefits is still lacking.

Mindfulness Meditation Develops A Godless Spirituality

Mindfulness and transcendental meditation seek to develop spirituality. However, this spirituality is bound to the worldview of the practitioner. By practicing meditation in a secular context, we develop a secular version of spirituality. Though you might be inclined to think that someone who doesn’t believe in the supernatural rejects the notion of spirituality, this is no longer clear, as is evident from the rise of secular churches, complete with a liturgy.

Under Buddhism, the spiritual experience meditation seeks to create is mystical. Mystical theory assumes man needs to ascent into or toward God and regards the physical world as inherently evil. The spirituality we find in scripture considers the world as something good that is corrupted, but which will one day be purified and redeemed.

Regardless of whether your version of spirituality is Buddhist or atheistic, developing a spirituality that is devoid of God is a godless spirituality. If you’re a Christian, shouldn’t you be concerned about what God says about your life and respond accordingly? By rejecting a biblical approach to change and spiritual growth, we treat God as something to tag onto the side of our life for some moralistic therapy. That is not Christianity.Developing a spirituality that is devoid of God is a godless spirituality

Can Mindfulness Be Dangerous If You Are Not Depressed

Unfortunately, even if not depressed, you could experience some adverse effect from mindfulness.

A recent study found that up to 25% of people that reported to them experienced some transient adverse effects from practicing mindfulness.

Although this number is high, a few things should be kept in mind:

The severity of the unwanted effects varied greatly. Most of them were very mild, for instance an increased boredom or feeling that the time not spent meditating is wasted.

The effect were transient and mostly disappeared quickly

Most people experiencing unwanted effect learned the technique on their own. So seeking the help of a qualified teacher will improve you situation

The researchers acknowledge that is there is no proof that the adverse effect were caused by the practice since these symptoms also occur in people who are not practicing meditation.

They also acknowledge the fact that there are adverse effect to standard psychological treatments and that these are also poorly understood. The same applies here: many people have great benefit from these interventions, but some have negative effects.

It is also interesting to note that traditional Buddhist text also acknowledge the possibility of adverse effects when practicing meditation.

There, they are sometimes called and are transient somatic effects that can be both positive or negative. The advice given here is also to consult with a qualified teacher.

Why Specific Concerns About Mindfulness For Psychosis

Historical concerns about use of mindfulness in psychosis can perhaps be linked to the over-reliance on early uncontrolled case study evidence which suggested that people developed psychotic episodes after taking part in meditation retreats.Reference Dyga and Stupak1 For example, Walsh & RocheReference Walsh and Roche4 report three cases of apparent psychotic relapse in people diagnosed with schizophrenia who had taken part in intensive meditation retreats. The retreats were described as involving ‘many hours each day of sitting and walking meditation and total silence, without communication of any kind ’ and up to ‘18 hours of meditation a day’ over the course of a 2-week retreat. This bears little resemblance to the intensity and mode of delivery that would be typical of mindfulness-based interventions in mental healthcare settings. Furthermore, we know that sensory deprivation, social isolation, fasting and sleep deprivation are themselves risk factors for relapse in psychosis, and so these are likely to have been the riskiest aspects of the retreat rather than the meditation itself.

Definitions Arising In Modern Teaching Of Meditation

Since the 1970s, most books on meditation use definitions of mindfulness similar to Jon Kabat-Zinn‘s definition as “present moment awareness”. However, recently a number of teachers of meditation have proposed quite different definitions of mindfulness. Shinzen Young says a person is mindful when they have mindful awareness, and defines that to be when “concentration power, sensory clarity, and equanimity working together.” John Yates defines mindfulness to be “the optimal interaction between attention and peripheral awareness”, where he distinguishes attention and peripheral awareness as two distinct modes in which one may be conscious of things.

Why Do These Negative Effects Occur When Meditating

The traditional view is that your are experiencing these because you are dredging, and at the same time cleansing, your subconscious mind.

You are bringing forth what was already there. Meditation only brings them forth a little sooner.

The good part of this is that although meditation brings forth the problem, it is also the cure for the problem. So continuing with a lower pace will generally solve the issue.

Congratulations. Download your copy of mindfulness exercises for beginners ebook

seriykotik1970

Practices For Improving Emotional And Physical Well

It’s a busy world. You fold the laundry while keeping one eye on the kids and another on the television. You plan your day while listening to the radio and commuting to work, and then plan your weekend. But in the rush to accomplish necessary tasks, you may find yourself losing your connection with the present moment—missing out on what you’re doing and how you’re feeling. Did you notice whether you felt well-rested this morning or that forsythia is in bloom along your route to work?

Mindfulness is the practice of purposely focusing your attention on the present moment—and accepting it without judgment. Mindfulness is now being examined scientifically and has been found to be a key element in stress reduction and overall happiness.

How To Break Bad Habits With Mindfulness Meditation

Bad habits can be difficult to break and may seem nearly impossible to overcome.  Perhaps you grab candy or chips every time you walk by the kitchen.  Maybe you swear every time a person cuts you off in your daily commute.  Whatever the habit may be, bad habits can be overcome through mindfulness practice.

The following steps can be practiced daily to overcome bad habits that are impeding you from living your best life.

Create time for meditation daily

Live in the present moment

Find a better way to deal with stress

Find motivation

Pause before reacting

Have better willpower

Before learning the intricacies of meditation, it can be helpful to learn how to meditate.  It does not require a fancy robe, becoming a mute, or removing to a remote village in India.  Just follow the steps below.

Once seated in the proper physical state, you can turn your attention towards achieving the proper mental state of being.

Mindfulness Has Some Potentially Serious Pitfalls

Find a mindfulness-based therapist

As I pointed out , mindfulness practice has entered the mainstream of Western culture to such an extent that 2014 was proclaimed as “The Year of Mindfulness” by the New Republic, and futurists see “mindful living” as a top trend that will influence consumers in the years to come.

Most readers may know this already, but here’s a quick refresher. Mindfulness practice refers to a set of activities and exercises that concentrate an individual’s mind on experiencing the present moment and excluding the stream of diverse thoughts and mind-wandering that happens normally. Mindfulness practice usually involves some form of meditation, with or without a locus. Its goal is to create and maintain a nonjudgmental and nonreactive state of awareness.

To capture and keep one’s concentration in the present, the practitioner continuously focuses on a single concept for a period of time ranging from a few minutes to hours. During the practice, he may pay attention to his own breathing, counting breaths, monitoring and regulating each cycle of inhalation and exhalation. Alternatively, she may listen to a soothing, mellifluous sound or recite a chant, over and over, maintaining complete attention on the chosen stimulus, and bringing it back each time it drifts.

So let’s shine the spotlight on these findings here, so as to have a balanced understanding of the pros and cons of practicing mindfulness.

Forming False Memories

Mindfulness Meditation Treats Symptoms Not Causes

Studies indicate there are many benefits of mindfulness meditation. These include improved health, happiness, social life, self-control, productivity, and improved mood. Even though the empirical results support the practice, this doesn’t mean that meditation is the only or even the best way to achieve these results.

While there is little doubt that our mental state affects our health, happiness, social life, self-control, productivity and mood, mindfulness is more about a solution than identifying the problem. In fact, it is difficult to find psychological documentation providing a theory of why meditation is effective. Thus, while many now regard the practice as secular, it still rests primarily on Buddhist theory.

You Might Experience Some Physical Side Effects

Although some view it as a mental and emotional tool, meditation has proven physical effects on the body. Subjects in the 2017 study say they felt negative changes all throughout their systems, including pain, pressure, involuntary movements, headaches, fatigue, weakness, gastrointestinal problems, and dizziness.

Concerns About Negative Meditation Experiences

With its increased popularity have come concerns: what about unpleasant or scary meditation experiences? Does it , or cause other psychiatric problems? In some Christian quarters there are even worries about opening the door for demonic influence. These fears were often based on anecdotal evidence.

To provide a more scientific understanding of the negative effects of meditation, noted meditation researcher Dr. Willoughby Britton of Brown University and her colleagues conducted  that was published in PLOS One in 2017. The media have the study as a cautionary tale about previously unreported dangers. The study interviewed sixty experienced meditators about their unpleasant meditation experiences. These experiences were quite diverse, and included agitation, depression, changes in perception, and even hallucinations.

Ways Meditation Can Actually Change The Brain

The meditation-and-the-brain research has been rolling in steadily for a number of years now, with new studies coming out just about every week to illustrate some new benefit of meditation. Or, rather, some ancient benefit that is just now being confirmed with fMRI or EEG. The practice appears to have an amazing variety of neurological benefits – from changes in grey matter volume to reduced activity in the “me” centers of the brain to enhanced connectivity between brain regions. Below are some of the most exciting studies to come out in the last few years and show that meditation really does produce measurable changes in our most important organ. Skeptics, of course, may ask what good are a few brain changes if the psychological effects aren’t simultaneously being illustrated? Luckily, there’s good evidence for those as well, with studies reporting that meditation helps relieve our subjective levels of anxiety and depression, and improve attention, concentration, and overall psychological well-being.

Meditation Helps Preserve the Aging Brain

Meditation Reduces Activity in the Brain’s “Me Center”

Its Effects Rival Antidepressants for Depression, Anxiety

Meditation May Lead to Volume Changes in Key Areas of the Brain

Just a Few Days of Training Improves Concentration and Attention 

Meditation Reduces Anxiety — and Social Anxiety

Meditation Can Help with Addiction

Short Meditation Breaks Can Help Kids in School

Worth a Try?

How Do I Practice Mindfulness And Meditation

Mindfulness is available to us in every moment, whether through meditations and body scans, or mindful moment practices like taking time to pause and breathe when the phone rings instead of rushing to answer it.

sign up for our newsletter

Get mindfulness meditation practices, research, and special offers from our Mindful community delivered to you.

Effects And Efficacy Of Mindfulness Practice

Mindfulness has gained increasing empirical attention since 1970 and has been studied often as an intervention for stress reduction. Meta analyses indicate its beneficial effects for healthy adults, for adolescents and children, as well as for different health-related outcomes including weight management, psychiatric conditions, heart disease, sleep disorders, cancer care, adult autism treatment, and other health-related conditions. An often-cited meta-analysis on meditation research published in JAMA in 2014, found insufficient evidence of any effect of meditation programs on positive mood, attention, substance use, eating habits, sleep, and weight, but found that there is moderate evidence that meditation reduces anxiety, depression, and pain. However, this study included a highly heterogeneous group of meditation styles , which is a significant limitation of this study.

Further, mindfulness meditation also appears to lead to increased telomere length, which is an important finding considering that short telomeres can be a risk factor for the development of several chronic health conditions. Research has also investigated mindful movements and mindful exercises for different patient populations. Mindfulness-based approaches are a major subject of increasing research interest, 52 papers were published in 2003, rising to 477 by 2012. Nearly 100 randomized controlled trials had been published by early 2014.

Why Are People Experiencing These Reactions

To understand why people are experiencing short- or long-term adverse reactions to meditation and mindfulness, Britton says more research is needed. However, there are some theories.

Britton says that the 6% who reported long-term negative side effects tended to meditate more. Duration as a risk factor for “unpleasant” meditation experiences has been previously reported in people who go on retreats, where meditation is done 12 to 15 hours a day.

In addition to duration, context and culture should be considered. When Britton presented her research to Dalai Lama, the spiritual leader of Tibetan Buddhism, in 2012, he suggested that harm could be brought on by meditation due to “the lack of fuller knowledge, a fuller picture.”

Mental Health Professionals Are Adjusting to Pandemic Demand

Although research about the possible adverse effects of meditation and mindfulness is rare, Britton notes that her study is in no way the first of its kind.

“Suddenly, we’re actually talking about it and measuring it, and it seems like it’s everywhere,” Britton says. “It seems like it just emerged and it’s happening more, but it’s not.”

What Is Languishing, and What Can We Do About It?

It’s also been documented outside of academia. ” were documented in Buddhist textual sources that are hundreds and hundreds of years old,” Britton adds, “So this is not news. It’s just that the market value of mindfulness is so high that it’s not convenient .”

Potentially Adverse Effects Of Mindfulness

We have recently reviewed some of the evidence for what we call the ‘dark side of meditation’, which includes evidence of somatic, psychological and neurological problems associated with meditation practice. This is a surprisingly under-researched area, mostly consisting of case studies, but not exclusively. A cross-sectional study on the effects of intensive and long-term meditation reported that over 60% of individuals had at least one negative effect, which varied from increased anxiety to depression and full-blown psychosis. Qualitative research on mindfulness meditation shows that it may increase the awareness of difficult feelings and exacerbate psychological problems. One individual reported being suddenly confronted with material relating to a forgotten childhood trauma during his mindfulness practice:

‘I saw the depth of the pain that is buried things that have happened to me that have not been dealt with properly. It can be very scary to know there’s that very strong thing in there’ p. 853.

Tips To Practice Mindfulness In Daily Life

As you practice mindfulness meditation, it helps to find ways to bring mindfulness into your everyday life—especially on those days when life is too busy to carve out a minute alone. Mindfulness meditation is one technique, but everyday activities and tasks provide plenty of opportunities for mindfulness practice.

Brushing your teeth: Feel your feet on the floor, the brush in your hand, and your arm moving up and down.

Doing dishes: Savor the feeling of the warm water on your hands, the look of the bubbles, and the sounds of the pans clunking on the bottom of the sink.

Doing laundry: Pay attention to the smell of the clean clothes and the feel of the fabric. Add a focus element and count your breaths as you fold laundry.

: Turn off the radio—or put on something soothing, like classical music. Imagine your spine growing tall, find the half-way point between relaxing your hands and gripping the wheel too tightly. Whenever you notice your mind wandering, bring your attention back to where you and your car are in space.

Exercising: Instead of watching television while on the treadmill, try focusing on your breathing and where your feet are as you move.

Getting kids ready for bed: Get down to the same level as your kids, look in their eyes, listen more than you talk, and savor any snuggles. When you relax, they will too.

Mindfulness Meditation And Other Practices

Mindfulness can be cultivated through mindfulness meditation, a systematic method of focusing your attention. You can learn to meditate on your own, following instructions in books or on tape. However, you may benefit from the support of an instructor or group to answer questions and help you stay motivated. Look for someone using meditation in a way compatible with your beliefs and goals.

If you have a medical condition, you may prefer a medically oriented program that incorporates meditation. Ask your physician or hospital about local groups. Insurance companies increasingly cover the cost of meditation instruction.

The 11 ‘dangers’ Of Mindfulness Meditation

Mindfulness meditation is a wonderful tool, supported by a growing wealth of evidence which demonstrates the many benefits of the practice. However, recently there have been a few articles in the press which have highlighted the ‘dangers’ of meditation. Therefore, it seems a good time to look deeper into what could be considered meditation dangers, and how we can not only address them but also learn from them.

On our mindfulness journeys as practitioners and teachers, we have certainly all encountered hurdles to our practice. Some of us might have unconsciously used mindfulness to force positive feelings, others might have used the technique to avoid certain situations .

Most of us, however, would probably not say that by doing so we’ve put ourselves in ‘danger’. On the contrary: If we have, for example, used mindfulness to feel good, we might have brought to awareness our tendency to chase happiness instead of trying to be with whatever presents itself to us in this very moment. Bringing this to light through practising mindfulness will then help us break free from this pattern. This potential ‘danger’ that we encounter during our practice might turn out to be a wonderful gift that helps us deepen our practice, and understand ourselves better, thus helping us grow.

Here is a list of some of the common ‘dangers’ that we might encounter in our practice. They might help to shine a light on some mindfulness meditators patterns.

1. Abandoning All Other Coping Mechanisms

Can Mindfulness And Meditation Be Harmful

Meditation has escaped both the religious cells of monks and nuns and the labs of scientists. An increasing number of people are using meditation apps to deal with mental health problems, such as depression and anxiety. Although there is no clear estimate of how many people are practising meditation, last year one single app had close to 40 million downloads.

But now my new study, which reviews over 40 years of the science of meditation and mindfulness-based therapies, suggests that these practices can also lead to negative effects in about 8 per cent of individuals — from increases in anxiety, depression and stress, to unusual experiences like hallucinations.

This sounds counterintuitive, given the thousands of scientific studies exploring the positive effects of meditation. But this study also indicates that scientists have been aware of these problems for a long time.

In 1977, the American Psychiatric Association published a statement recommending that research on meditation should evaluate both its usefulness and its dangers. And ancient meditation manuals, like the Buddhist Dharmatr?ta Meditation Scripture, likewise indicate that if meditation is not carried out properly, the mind can become unstable, restless or confused.

Read more about meditation

Michael Mosley investigates… mindfulness

What Do We Know About Harm In Mindfulness

Psychological therapy is one of the key pillars in the treatment of a wide range of mental illnesses, but the potential adverse effects of psychotherapies still remain less systematically studied than those of medications and medical devices and the field lacks agreed terminology. In this context, decisions about what to provide to whom may be more influenced by presumptions about what may happen than informed by the available data. A variety of outcomes have been identified as potential adverse effects of psychotherapy, such as a lack of clinical improvement, symptom deterioration, development of new symptoms, fear of seeking future treatment and maladaptive dependence on therapists.Reference Duggan, Parry, McMurran, Davidson and Dennis2

Duggan et al have defined harm as any ‘sustained deterioration that is caused directly by the psychological intervention’.Reference Duggan, Parry, McMurran, Davidson and Dennis2 Using this definition, it is therefore important to distinguish between short-term discomfort, which can be considered part of therapeutic growth, and serious or long-term harms and not found to be directly attributable to the mindfulness intervention.Reference Baer, Crane, Miller and Kuyken3 The review’s authors therefore concluded that mindfulness can be uncomfortable without being harmful.

Mindfulness Meditation Is Reductionistic

Mindfulness and transcendental meditation regard people as less than what the Bible says it means to be human. Part of the original concept of transcendental meditation was that the practitioner was to eliminate their desires and to enter a state of non-existence. By contrast, the Bible teaches that God made man in His image with desires and emotions. Certainly, corrupt desires lead to bad circumstances but the problem is not the affections per se, but their corruption. Desires, emotions, and feelings enable meaning and are a gift of God.

Mindfulness it’s ultimate goal. It does this by encouraging short meditation, enough to grow in self-awareness. But even mindfulness is reductionistic because it fails to provide a moral framework for our feelings. Without a moral framework, there is no framework for transcendent meaning. Without God’s objective and transcendent meaning, we lose the definition of meaning and reduce it to something less than it is. If we reduce meaning, we lessen the significance of humanity and by extension, our own lives. Mindfulness is itself devoid of a moral framework, reducing meaning to a poor self-articulated alternative. Therefore, mindfulness is reductionistic.Without a moral framework, there is no framework for transcendent meaning.

The Enthusiasm Is Ahead Of The Evidence

Contrary to popular opinion, the evidence for even the most ‘well-founded’ benefits of mindfulness is not consistent or conclusive. A recent comprehensive meta-analysis of randomised clinical trials showed that mindfulness interventions only led to moderate improvements in depression, anxiety and pain, and very small improvements in stress reduction and quality of life. There was no evidence that mindfulness had an effect on other variables, such as positive mood, attention, sleep or substance use. Further, when mindfulness was compared with other interventions, such as physical exercise or relaxation, it was not more effective. This confirms the result of an earlier meta-analysis, which found that mindfulness-based interventions did not lead to medium- or long-term better clinical outcomes compared with relaxation or psychoeducation.

The enthusiasm surrounding mindfulness easily leads to reporting the evidence in a different way. Let us again take the case of mindfulness in the treatment of recurrent depression. Its last major trial was published with great media fanfare: ‘mindfulness is as effective as drugs for treating depression’ reported the Daily Mail . What the media did not pick up on was that the study had in fact failed, as its hypothesis was that MBCT would be superior to antidepressant medication in preventing depression relapse.

Background: Meditations Health Benefits

Meditation and mindfulness practices have become more accepted in Western cultures since the late 1990’s. There are several reasons for this. A primary one is the research and writing of Jon Kabat-Zinn, a scientist who adapted a Southeast Asian Buddhist meditation practice for a Western audience. 

His work focuses on a practice called mindfulness meditation. Kabat-Zinn initially, in the late 1970s, focused on patients suffering from chronic pain. His research showed promising results for these patients. His work led to an expansion in research on what other conditions improve with mindfulness meditation. In the following years, studies showed that mindfulness and meditation produce benefit for those suffering from other conditions as well. These include hypertension, insomnia, as well as various anxiety and mood disorders.

These scientific advancements, along with more open societal attitudes toward meditation, led to an explosion in meditation and mindfulness-based practice. People understood that these practices were an effective way to maintain emotional health and to manage stress. Around the same time, yoga also became much more accepted as a healthy habit.

People came to see meditation as analogous to physical exercise — challenging to undertake, but leading to continued benefits with regular practice.

Motivation May Go Right Out The Window Kinga Cichewicz/Unsplash

If you already have trouble with procrastinating and getting work done, meditation could be bad news: The 2017 study revealed it can cause a serious lack of motivation.

And this potential change doesn’t only apply to obligations like work. According to the 2017 study, meditation can also lead to you losing interest in activities that you previously enjoyed, akin to the effects of depression.

This lack of interest could come as a result of non-attachment, a common skill many meditators strive for, according to Psychology Today. 

Christianity Provides Greater Benefits

The word of God reminds us that our greatest command is to “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, mind, and strength” . Jesus affirms this numerous times. One significant affirmation is Matt 6:33, “Seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness and all these things will be added to you.” The priority for a Christian is not “these things” but “the kingdom of God and His righteousness.”

The way we walk with the Lord is more important than what we have. Paul learned to be content in whatever situation he was in because He recognized that how we relate to and respond to the holy and righteous Creator was more important than the circumstances we go through.If all we want is a better life or life on our terms without the Lord, we probably aren’t Christian.

Separation Of Technique From Tradition

Some of the difficulty in precisely defining meditation has been in recognizing the particularities of the many various traditions; and theories and practice can differ within a tradition. Taylor noted that even within a faith such as “Hindu” or “Buddhist”, schools and individual teachers may teach distinct types of meditation.:2Ornstein noted that “Most techniques of meditation do not exist as solitary practices but are only artificially separable from an entire system of practice and belief.”:143 For instance, while monks meditate as part of their everyday lives, they also engage the codified rules and live together in monasteries in specific cultural settings that go along with their meditative practices.

Dangers Of Mindfulness When Depressed

It is not that mindfulness is necessarily dangerous when you are depressed. All to the contrary, study after study finds that mindfulness helps patients that have recurring depression.

So why do everybody always warn against mindfulness when you have depression?

The simpe reason is that most MBSR or MBCT trainers are either not psychologists, or take on a variety of clients in their groups.

This is to the detriment of patients with depression as they might see everybody have great results and they themselves not. This might strengthen their feelings of unworthiness.

So if you have a depression, I would recommend finding an MBCT program run by a psychologist, or finding a psychiatrist that also teaches mindfulness. They will be able to guide you through the exercises and keep a close eye on your well being. Something that cannot be accomplished in a regular MBCT group.

Eddi van W.

Congratulations. Download your copy of mindfulness exercises for beginners ebook

How To Practice Mindfulness On The Go

Nearly every task we perform in a day—be it brushing our teeth, eating lunch, talking with friends or exercising—can be done more mindfully.

When we are mindful of our actions, we pay more attention to what we are doing. It’s the opposite of going through the motions—instead, you are tuned into your senses, noticing your thoughts and emotions.

How To Sit For Mindfulness Meditation

Take your seat. Whatever you’re sitting on—a chair, a meditation cushion, a park bench—find a spot that gives you a stable, solid seat, not perching or hanging back.

Notice what your legs are doing. If on a cushion on the floor, cross your legs comfortably in front of you. If on a chair, it’s good if the bottoms of your feet are touching the floor.

Straighten—but don’t stiffen—your upper body. The spine has natural curvature. Let it be there. Your head and shoulders can comfortably rest on top of your vertebrae.

Situate your upper arms parallel to your upper body. Then let your hands drop onto the tops of your legs. With your upper arms at your sides, your hands will land in the right spot. Too far forward will make you hunch. Too far back will make you stiff. You’re tuning the strings of your body—not too tight and not too loose.

Drop your chin a little and let your gaze fall gently downward. You may let your eyelids lower. If you feel the need, you may lower them completely, but it’s not necessary to close your eyes when meditating. You can simply let what appears before your eyes be there without focusing on it.

Be there for a few moments. Relax. Bring your attention to your breath or the sensations in your body.

Practice pausing before making any physical adjustments, such as moving your body or scratching an itch. With intention, shift at a moment you choose, allowing space between what you experience and what you choose to do.

[ontarioyoga]

How To Become Ayurvedic Doctor After Engineering

New Post has been published on https://www.ontarioyoga.net/how-to-become-ayurvedic-doctor-after-engineering/

How To Become Ayurvedic Doctor After Engineering

What Advice Would You Give To Doctors Who Have Interests To Become An Ayurvedic Doctor And What Do They Have To Understand Before Embarking In Your Field

The opportunity for a medical doctor to become specialised in Ayurveda is unfortunately very minimal. There are universities in India that have bridging courses for doctors to train in Ayurveda. Banaras Hindu University and Jamnagar University are two famous ones that do such courses.

You have the opportunity to take short courses even in the UK to help you start applying the basic principle on yourself or you could also take short diplomas in Kerala to practice the nutritional aspect of it.

The clinical practice would ideally require a university degree with a year-long internship in a full-fledged Ayurvedic Hospital.

If you are interested in a Holistic concept that has endured the test of time and can help in the treatment of chronic illnesses that has multiple causative factors and pathologies at the same time, then Ayurveda definitely has something for you.

Get in touch with Dr. Mathew via his  website here.

Is There Any Way To Become Doctor After Doing Btech And Mtech In Electrical Field

Related Questions:

12th December 2011, 12:23 PM imira Join Date: May 2010Posts: 15,774

Re: Is there any way to become doctor after doing B.Tech and M.tech in electrical field?3

 # 12th December 2011, 04:44 PM Manigandan.ma Join Date: Aug 2011Posts: 65

Re: Is there any way to become doctor after doing B.Tech and M.tech in electrical field?4

 # 12th December 2011, 05:13 PM saasmari Location: chennaiPosts: 1,107

Re: Is there any way to become doctor after doing B.Tech and M.tech in electrical field?5

 # 

Join Date: Feb 2010Posts: 3,215

Re: Is there any way to become doctor after doing B.Tech and M.tech in electrical field?NEET Eligibility10

 # 

A Career In Ayurveda Know All About Courses Colleges Job Profile Top Recruiters

A Career in Ayurveda – Have you ever wondered how these natural soaps are made? What are the real ingredients in them, and how does a maker of these products know about their formulation process? Well, the answer to the question is Ayurveda. Since Vedic times, Ayurveda has been used, and it is based on the curative properties of herbs. The field has gained significant importance with the recognition of Ayurveda by the AYUSH Ministry in India.

There is an increase in demand for ayurvedic resources and pioneers in holistic health, etc. If you wish to be part of natural healthcare, you can build a good career in Ayurveda. 

To know which course can be pursued, which colleges provide education on Ayurveda and how to be a doctor or an expert, read the complete article below with detailed information about the same. 

Describe One Thing You Find Fulfilling About Working In Ayurvedic Medicine

The best thing I enjoy about being an ayurvedic doctor is the places and people that it has taken me to. I was fortunate to be working in the pristine land on banks of the Ganges river, at the Ananda in the Himalayas for about 5 years, and in England since 2016. Working at Ananda has given me the opportunity to travel to Russia and I’m planning to go to Germany next month.

Also, seeing that when people given proper guidance to initiate a proactive role in taking care of their own health rather than looking for someone else to fix it for them is a joyful experience.

What Inspired You To The Practice Of Ayurveda And How Did You Discover It

I was born and brought up in a family with traditional Ayurvedic roots in a place called Alleppey in Kerala, South India. My grandfather’s younger brother was a traditional Ayurvedic eye doctor, known as “salakya tantra” in the Sanskrit language in Kerala. He tried to teach someone interested in the next generation, but unfortunately, none were. So, no one was actively practicing Ayurveda for a while in our family.

After finishing school, when I had the opportunity to decide what to study further, I chose to be an instrumentation engineer! Long story short, three months into learning complex mathematics and welding stuffs, I got a letter from the university entrance commission in Kerala, saying that since I had studied Sanskrit language in school , I could switch my course to Ayurveda if I wished to.

So, in 2003, I joined the bachelor of Ayurvedic medicine and surgery course, in the University of Calicut in Kerala which is where my 16 year-long journeys with Ayurveda started.

Ayurveda Practitioner: Job Description And Education Requirements

Apr 06, 2021

View 10 Popular Schools »

Ayurvedic medicine is an ancient Indian medicine practice that uses massage and lifestyle changes that promote balance of the body, mind and spirit. While there are no formal training requirements for ayurvedic practitioners, most suggest at least 1 to 2 years of training. Certification is available following a Certified Ayurvedic Educator program and you can obtain licensure for completing the CAE and the CAP programs.

Career Options After Bachelor Of Ayurvedic Medicine And Surgery MD , PhD, E-mail: moc.liamg@raktipauCopyright

In the past, there was only one option available for freshly graduated doctors , and that was to start one’s own practice. However, today there are many promising opportunities available for BAMS graduates. The areas which are available for a BAMS graduate to build a career successfully can be broadly classified into the following five categories:

Clinical practice

Management and administration

Drug manufacturing

The present article discusses some of these options in detail. While selecting a career, a student should try to match his or her own interest, basic qualities as well as specific qualities, which a specific field may demand , and the resources available to him/her with the requirement of the career option.

Career In Ayurveda: Popular Ways To Build A Career In Ayurveda

Become an Ayurvedic health & wellness expert

A candidate after studying Ayurveda can set the three standards of Ayurveda which are health counsellor, practitioner and doctor. Each of these professional jobs has a unique scope of practice for clients. 

As a health counsellor one can analyze client constitutions and also provide lifestyle and nutritional guidance to support clients in managing health imbalances. 

As a practitioner or doctor, one can begin to analyze the stages of the disease, offering more targeted guidelines for your clients in managing imbalances and providing proper medical guidance. 

Apply Ayurveda to the healing practice

One can be a yoga teacher, massage therapist, physical therapist, acupuncturist, herbalist, etc. These all roles provide alternative health solutions. The universal nature of Ayurveda makes it complementary to every one of these modalities which can enhance the existing practice. Applying the client-customized solutions can alter the services from exceptional to truly life-changing. 

Build or join an integrative medical practice

Ayurveda pairs beautifully with conservative medicine and gratifies the rising requirement for personalization in the medical industry. All the positions of the medical industry which includes physicians, nurse practitioners, pharmacists and health aids can find the new solutions via ayurvedic knowledge. 

Personalize guidelines as a nutritionist or dietician

Add Ayurvedic cooking and nutrition to the catering business

Step 3: Become An Ayurveda Practitioner In The United States

As of January 2015, the U.S. does not have national standards for licensure, certification or training of Ayurvedic practitioners. There are colleges in the U.S. that have state approval to operate and offer training for practitioners. You would study the fundamentals and practical application of Ayurvedic medicine, such as the three doshas, or energies, in the body. The National Ayurvedic Medical Association recognizes, though does not endorse, Ayurveda education programs in the U.S.

What Is The Typical Day In The Life Of An Ayurvedic Doctor

Ayurveda is a lifestyle and most of the recommendations an Ayurvedic doctor makes are for supporting the body to heal better and faster naturally. I follow a dosha or body-type based routine that helps me in healing and supporting my body better. I start my day early, by about 05.30 am, with a glass of warm ginger water followed by a 30 minutes’ walk, and some simple yogic stretches. After routine ablutions and healthy breakfast, the work day starts.

After my son is put to bed, it’s time for me to do some gentle reading before hitting the bed myself at around 09.30-10pm.

Career In Ayurveda: Where To Start A Career In Ayurveda

Over the years the requirement for Ayurveda has increased and so is the change in Ayurveda studies. There has been an increase in the new specializations. To start a career in Ayurveda, a candidate will need to get a degree first. Candidates can pursue degrees like BAMS MD, MS.Also, candidates can select Ayurveda specializations in which they want to make a career. Here is a list of specializations for the reference of candidates. 

Specializations: 

Shalya – Kshar Evum Anushastra Karma

Roganidan Evum Vikriti Vigyan

Shalakya Netra Roga Shalakya – Danta Evum Mukha Roga

Shalakya- Shiro-Nasa-Karna Evum Kantha Roga

Asa Shastra & Bhaishajya Kalpana

How To Become An Ayurvedic Doctor: Subject Combination

There are two paths that a student can pursue to become an Ayurvedic Doctor.

In Path I, students have to complete their class 10th with Sanskrit then they can pursue a Pre Ayurvedic Certificate Course, followed by a BAMS degree . They can also pursue a PG degree in Ayurvedic Medicine or in a related field. In the second Path, students must have to complete their 10+2 with Biology as a subject, followed by a BAMS degree . 

Career In Bhms: Admission Eligibility Career & Salary

BHMS is an undergraduate degree programme in medical field. This degree covers the medical knowledge of the homeopathic system. After completing this degree you are eligible to become a doctor in the homeopathic medical field. The degree holder is eligible to have the prefix as a doctor, the abbreviation is Dr.

Homeopathy is the system of alternative medicines. The patients are taken care by enhancing the natural healing power of the human body. The concept of homeopathy is that the body rejuvenates itself because of its self-healing power. We just need to help it by enhancing the natural healing power.

“Homeopathy is the holistic medical system which is involved in the treatment of patients with the high dilutions of the homeopathic medicines mainly in liquid and tablet form, which enhance the body’s natural healing system”.

Homeopathy is the third popular medication system in India, after the allopathic and the ayurvedic system. According to this system the emotions, mind and body are interlinked and remedies which effect on them will seem to fit for the patient. The person got sick or have a disorder if he is out of the harmony of the above three.

The homeopathic medicines are given to the patient as per their physical symptoms, emotional problems and their lifestyle. And the best part of this medication system which makes it valuable among the others that there is no side effect on the body with these medicines.

Education Requirements Of An Ayurvedic Practitioner

There are no standard requirements in the U.S. to become an ayurvedic practitioner; however, formal training and certification is highly recommended by most employers. The education requirements for certification depend on what area of specialty is chosen including massage, herbal skincare and nutrition. The National Ayurvedic Medical Association provides a list of programs that meet the 500-hour practitioner NAMA requirements , as well as other programs and seminars.

Many of the programs that meet the 500-hour practitioner requirements offer certification to become a Certified Ayurvedic Educator or a Certified Ayurvedic Practitioner . CAE certification programs are often one-year programs that focus on teaching the basics of ayurveda and prepare the student to teach ayurvedic fundamentals. Some students may stop after they complete the CAE program, but if interested in becoming a licensed practitioner one must also complete the CAP program.

The CAP certification program is an additional year of study and includes an internship, which is 650 hours. Once certified, the practitioner is then ready to open a private practice or pursue employment opportunities within holistic centers. Often those certified as ayurvedic practitioners will go on to pursue a bachelor’s, master’s, or doctorate degree in alternative medicine and surgery.

How Long Does It Take To Become An Ayurvedic Doctor

Because Ayurvedic medicine originated in India, you will find more options for study there. You can pursue undergraduate work by earning a Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery . Or, you can earn a graduate degree, such as a Doctor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery . Training may take five years.

IT IS INTERESTING: How many hours should we sleep according to Ayurveda?

Dev Bhoomi Medical College Of Ayurveda And Hospital

Dev Bhoomi Medical College of Ayurveda and Hospital established in 2017 is an institute that is dedicated to transforming human conciseness by providing the highest quality education, health care, and research in the field of Ayurveda. The institute being one amidst the top Ayurvedic College in Dehradun, Uttarakhand aims to generate professionals who can help in promoting public awareness about the potential of Ayurveda in disease, prevention, and health promotion on a global scale.

DBMCAH offers both diploma and undergraduate courses, namely, Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery , Diploma in Panchkarma,Diploma in Ayurveda Nursing, Diploma in Ayurveda Pharmacy. The courses provide students with extensive practical training along with balanced theoretical knowledge to train students to become future Ayurvedic doctors and practitioners who can understand people whole physically, emotionally, and spiritually. Institute furthermore endeavors to instill in students a healthy cultural rootedness that combines the best of traditional values with modern and progressive sensibilities.

DBMCAH, along with providing students with a unique educational pattern, also provides well-equipped laboratories, an on-campus herbal garden, and hospital facilities, pharmacies, clinics, dedicated faculty, and a holistic development approach. Along with offering on-campus hospital services, the institute also extends its medical services to off-campus DBMCAH clinics.

Books & Study Material To Become Ayurvedic Doctor

Practical Prescriber for Ayurvedic Pysicians – by  DR. Abrar Multani 

Hand Book of Ayurvedic Medicines with Formulations – Publisher: Engineers India Research In

A Guide to Ayurvedic Clinical Practice – by Vaidya Vasant Patil

Clinical Diagnosis in Ayurveda – by M. Srinivasulu

Practice of Ayurvedic Medicine – by Arun Kumari Tripathi

Employment Sector/industry For Ayurvedic Doctor

For those wondering ‘What does an Ayurvedic Doctor do?’, here are the tasks and responsibilities that one deals with during her/ his professional life. 

To diagnose ailments and prescribe medication to patients

Examining individuals with any health problem by feeling pulse rate, interrogation and checking physical condition. 

To prescribe medication for general health improvement and disease prevention. 

Specialising in treating disorders and diseases like tuberculosis, diabetes, mental or nervous disorders, diseases that are peculiar to children, women or men.

Evaluating and monitoring implications of treatments.

Preparing and selling patents, tonics and indigenous medicines like bhasms, etc. 

Career In Bams: Admission Career Scope & Salary

Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery is an integrated Indian Degree in the medical field. This degree programme is conferred to those students who studied the modern medicines and traditional Ayurveda.

Ayurveda is one of the ancient medical systems of the world. It traces its roots to the Vedic period. It is not only providing the cure but also prevent the recurrence of diseases. According to the Ayurvedic, there are only three kinds of dysfunctions or disorders in human body Kapha, Pitta and Vata.

These dysfunctions are commonly called as the Dosha in Ayurvedic terminology. Kapha meant Phlegm , Pitta meant Bile and Vata meant Wind . Ayurvedic says that a person got ill when he gets out of the harmony of said three doshas.

The Ayurvedic system of medical care is based on the concept where the natural healing capacity of the body is being enhanced by the Ayurvedic therapy. The Ayurvedic treatment includes the reducing symptoms, eliminating impurities, reducing worry, increasing resistance of disease and increasing harmony of patient’s life.

The Ayurvedic system is a trustful medical system in order to the cure, prevent and rejuvenate. Yes, it takes more time to make the patient fit as before, but once the patient has been treated through this medical system, he will find him better than before he was.

In short…….

BAMS is the opening degree in Ayurvedic medicine and surgery system, treating the humanity since long past.

Job Description Of An Ayurvedic Practitioner

An ayurvedic practitioner uses holistic techniques from India to help patients maintain a healthy life, eliminate impurities, reduce stress, and fight disease. Through observation techniques that focus on the interconnectedness between body, mind, and spirit, practitioners assess the entire well-being of the patient. Ayurvedic practitioners assess dietary habits, lifestyle choices, and mental states.

Once the cause of imbalance is analyzed, the practitioner draws from numerous treatments to find the best remedy. Each diagnosis is tailored to the individual and treatment can range from diet and lifestyle advice, massages, yoga, and meditation to herbal supplements, counseling, or specialized therapies. Practitioners may be self-employed, as well as work in a practice, wellness center, or hospital.

Step 2: Earn A Degree In Ayurvedic Medicine

Because Ayurvedic medicine originated in India, you will find more options for study there. You can pursue undergraduate work by earning a Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery . Or, you can earn a graduate degree, such as a Doctor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery . Training may take five years.

Planets Important For Yoga To Become Doctor

Sun- According to Varahamihira, Sun signifies Doctor. It is representative of one’s soul. It should be in a good situation for the person to be a Doctor.

Jupiter- Jupiter represents knowledge and wisdom. It will provide the knowledge to cure. Jupiter’s situation should be good in the horoscope.

Moon-? ?Moon represents emotions. To become a doctor one should not be emotional . Moon should be placed such that the person is not soft heart.

Venus – Venus is thought to have Sanjeevni Vidya which is the knowledge to cure Dead Persons. Hence Venus too plays a role in one’s becoming a Doctor according to Astrology.

Mars – Mars is the representative of Blood , and during surgery the surgeons need to handle blood hence Mars also plays an important role.

Bachelor Of Ayurvedic Medicine And Surgery

It is a five and a half year-long course along with a one-year internship to train students to get familiar with the concept of Toxicology, Pharmacology, Pathology, Gynecology, Physiology, Principles of Medicine, and Principles of Surgery.

The essential qualification required to pursue a career in dental surgery is 12th with science stream.

Step 1: Consider Your Educational Options

There are multiple routes to becoming an Ayurveda practitioner. You could carry out your studies in the United States through Ayurveda training and certificate programs. In addition, you might attend medical school and become a doctor; additional training in Ayurvedic medicine can lend to medical work specializing in complementary and alternative medicine. To receive more comprehensive and authentic training, you can go to Ayurveda school in India.

What Are Some Related Alternative Careers

If you’re unsure that becoming an Ayurveda practitioner is right for you, but are still interested in holistic medical treatment, you may want to consider becoming a massage therapist or a naturopathic physician. Massage therapists can usually obtain a position after vocational school training or after receiving an associate’s degree. To become a naturopathic physician, you will be required to earn a Doctor of Naturopathic Medicine degree. Both massage therapists and naturopathic physicians require licensing in order to practice and focus on providing therapeutic and natural remedies for their clients’ health.

An Engineers Journey To Ayurveda And Yoga Mayank Garg

INTRODUCTION

I, a computer science engineer by profession who graduated from Georgia Institute of Technology , have been working in the Technology industry for past 12 years, both in United States and India. I worked with DELL, and a California based startup called ‘Perspica Inc.’ as a Cloud Computing and Big Data Analytics Engineer. Recently I relocated to India and, given my inclination towards alternative medicine as well as my family’s experience in herbal medicines since 1892, I quit my engineering job to start Matsya-Veda Herbals, an Alternative & Holistic health service.

BACKGROUND

My connection with Yoga and Ayurveda began in 2004 when I sustained a spine injury, where the L4-L5 disc in my spine slipped from its position. This led to lower back pain and triggered sciatica pain in the right leg. I couldn’t walk or sit for a long duration and was on bed rest for three months. I got an X-Ray & MRI and consulted numerous orthopaedic surgeons both in India and U.S. Each one proposed spine surgery given the dislocation of the disc. They also mentioned, I would need to maintain life-long precautions, such as no heavy lifting, bending forward, etc. At the age of 21, it was disturbing to realize the future of my lifestyle would be restricted.

ENTREPRENEURIAL JOURNEY

Mayank Garg

Terms of ServicePrivacy Policy

Bachelor Of Ayurveda Medicine And Surgery

Zemima Khan

BAMS, the short name for Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery course, is an undergraduate degree program designed in such a way that it makes students familiar with the integrated concept of Modern Medical Science and Traditional Medicines, i.e. it is focussed on Ayurveda. The duration of this course is 5.5 years including Internships.

A Worldwide forum has been provided by the World Health Organisation for promoting traditional medicine systems such as Ayurveda. BAMS is one of the most popular courses in the field of medical science apart from the MBBS. Colleges such as: Dr D Y Patil Navi Mumbai, GGSIPU Delhi, BVP Pune are India’s top colleges that are popular for offering BAMS.

The areas of employment for the BAMS Graduates includes Ayurvedic Resort, Clinical Trials, Dispensaries, Government/Private Hospitals, Healthcare Community and Healthcare IT.

The top recruiters of the BAMS Graduates are Patanjali Ayurveda Limited, Dabur, The Himalaya Drug Company, Emami Limited, Baidyanath, and Zandu Pharmaceuticals Works Limited. The annual salary of BAMS Graduates ranges from INR 3,00,000 to INR 8,00,000.

NEET, KEAM, IPU CET, BVP CET etc. Examination Type Passed 10+2 with a minimum aggregate of 50%-60% and PCB as compulsory subjects Admission Process Average course fee ranges between INR 20,000 to INR 2,00,000 Average Salary Govt./Pvt Hospitals, Clinics, Healthcare community, Life science industries, Pharmaceutical industries, Dispensaries, Colleges etc.

All About Career As An Ayurvedic Doctor

Ayurvedic Doctors are doctors who have their expertise in the practice of drugs from a natural health care system originating from India. Ayurvedic Doctors are required in different sectors, such as the Health Care Sector, Ayurvedic Resorts, Research Institutions, Dispensaries, Panchakarma Ashram, Government/ Private Hospitals etc. 

M D In Rasashastra & Bhaishajya Kalpana

Doctor of Medicine in Rasashastra & Bhaishajya Kalpana is Non – Clinical course. Keeping with tradition, the course prepares students to an Ayurvedic physician who is capable of formulating and preparing medicines according to the specific needs of a patient. The program provides training in medicinal chemistry and preparation of highly potent medicines from minerals and metals.

The course also deals with the principles and practice of Ayurvedic…

Eligibility To Become Ayurvedic Doctor

Candidates who are wondering ‘How to become an Ayurvedic Doctor?’ must check out the eligibility criteria mentioned below. 

It is important for candidates to hold at least a BAMS degree to become an Ayurvedic Doctor. 

Some candidates also pursue PG courses which help them become better at their profession. 

Here two different paths that candidates can follow to achieve the desired goal. 

Path I

Class X ? Pre Ayurvedic Certificate Course ? BAMS Entrance Exam ? BAMS Programme ? Ayurvedic Doctor

Path II

Class XII ?BAMS Entrance Exam ? BAMS Course ? PG in Ayurvedic Medicine ? Ayurvedic Doctor

Types Of Job Roles Of Ayurvedic Doctor

Career or job prospects for Ayurvedic doctors can be found in the following fields:

Dispensaries of the State Research Center

Hospitals run by the government

CCRAS is a network of general hospitals with Indigenous Medicine

Department Centre Research Centres.

Centres for PanchaKarma

Spas and Resorts

They can also look into jobs with the Union Public Service Commission , the Uttar Pradesh Public Service Commission , and other government agencies.

How Do You Apply Ayurveda In Your Life

We are fortunate to have access to ayurvedic herbs and an elaborate spice rack in our kitchen. Whenever anyone falls ill, we rarely had to go beyond what we have already got in our hand, like ginger or turmeric or ghee, and the effect most of the time is as quick or sometimes quicker than the standard pills. Once recovered, our immunity also naturally gains the ability to fight effectively any further attacks. Ayurveda slowly ceased to be a job that I was trained in and became instead, a way of living that I’ve enjoyed thoroughly for about two decades and that was ingrained into me by nature.

A Career In Ayurveda: What Is Ayurveda

Ayurveda in literal terms means ‘science of life. The Ayurveda is a five-millennium old therapy of medicine that is often said to be the precursor to all modern medicine. As methodically recorded in the Vedic texts, Ayurveda is centralized around healing, prevention of illness and anti-ageing.

An Ayurvedic practitioner uses holistic techniques to help patients. The natural therapies are tailored to the needs of each individual to eliminate impurities, reduce stress and fight disease. The treatment ranges from the lifestyle advice, diet to massages, yoga and mediation. 

What Does An Ayurveda Practitioner Do

Ayurveda is an ancient holistic medical treatment style that was founded in India. These practitioners adopt an individualistic approach that combines the uses of herbs and natural medicines with diet and lifestyle recommendations to treat their patients. While licensing is not required for employment, there are several Ayurveda practitioners who are licensed in other health care fields.

The following table will give you an overview about this career:

Education Required Certificate or Bachelor’s Education Field of Study Ayurveda training and certificate program OR Bachelor of Science in Ayurvedic Medicine & Surgery OR medical degree Key Responsibilities Incorporate the mind, body and spirit into patient treatment, utilize holistic medicine, unique treatment approach for each patient Licensure & Certification 11% * Median Salary $73,960 *

Specialist Bachelor’s Master’s Doctor

  This module is applicable to Specialist, Expert, Bachelor’s, Master’s & Ph.D. Degree Programs. This academic program is designed at the postgraduate level . This module may also be adapted to complete the course requirements of Specialist, Expert Diploma or Bachelor’s Degree. A further option is the enrollment into each of the courses listed within this specialization module. This module may be combined or completed with other modules from this faculty. For example: Gerontology – Health Care Administration – Herbology & Phytotherapy – Homeopathy – Human Biology – Iridology – Microbiology & Immunology – Natural Health Science – Naturopathy – Oriental Therapies – Public Health – TCM Traditional Chinese Medicine – Toxicology – Wellness & Health .

  Tuition Fee: 1.050 Euros … 1.470 Euros . Specialist – Expert Diploma Online: 15 … 21 Academic credits required for this distance learning degree program. More info… Composition: Ayurveda via distance learning = 36 Academic credits – Select 5 courses for the online diploma of Specialist or 7 courses for the Expert Diploma from the total of courses from the specialization module.

        Payment plans are available upon request up to 36 monthly installments. More info…

    BIU adapts each Distance Learning Higher Education degree program to the needs of each student. More info…

  Ayurveda Online Via Distance Learning

Recommended Professional References.Joining the proper association is the best way to become an updated professional.

  Bircham International University graduates may join many professional associations. Membership requirements for each association may vary depending on the degree program, specialization and graduate resume en each occasion. BIU can not guarantee membership in all instances. BIU does not intermediate in these procedures. Bircham International University provides a list of available memberships and professional references from each faculty where some BIU graduates may belong. Contact directly the ones you select. More info…

  AAA – Australasian Association of AyurvedaAAPNA – Association of Ayurvedic Professionals of North AmericaABRA – Associação Brasileira de AyurvedaAIYA – Asociación Internacional de Yoga y AyurvedaALBA – Associação Luso-Brasileira de AyurvédicaAMAI – Ayurveda Medical Association of IndiaAPA – Associação Portuguesa de AyurvedaAPA – Association des Professionnels de l’Ayurveda APA – Ayurvedic Practitioners Association APYTA – Asociación Pachamama de Yoga Terapéutico y AyurvedaBAAAP – British Association of Accredited Ayurvedic PractitionersEAYYA – European Association of Yoga, Yogatherapy & AyurvedaEUAA – European Ayurveda AssociationEURAMA – European Ayurveda Medical AssociationISAH – International Society for Ayurveda and HealthNAMA – National Ayurvedic Medical Association

      Pros Of Becoming A Ayurvedic Doctor

Job Security: This is one of the few professions where a professional would always be in demand irrespective of the economic situation of a country as there will always be the demand for doctors. 

Remuneration: The income of Ayurvedic doctors is really high and it increases with more experience. 

Getting Opportunity to Help Others: The profession of a doctor is considered very highly due to the service they provide. Doctors offer a meaningful service through which they get to help others. 

Prestige: It goes without saying that an Ayurvedic doctor gains a lot of respect in community. 

Cons Of Becoming A Ayurvedic Doctor

Long Training Route: It takes at least 7 years of higher education in the specialised area for one to become an Ayurvedic doctor. The entire process is very long and may make one to lose interest. 

Longer Establishing Period: Since Ayurveda is not as widely known as the other kind of medicine, it is growing slowly. The demand for it in the market is increasing at a slow pace. 

High Fees: The BAMS degree takes 5 years to complete. After that candidates are required to also pursue a postgraduate degree. This may cost some students studying in private institutions fortune. 

Long Working Hours: The job of a doctor is demanding and working hours may extend without any prior notice. This may cause physical and mental fatique to professionals at work.

Career In Ayurveda: Salary In India

A candidate with a B.A.M.S degree can get appointed in government and private hospitals as an ayurvedic doctor. In the case of the government sector, the gross salary varies between Rs.20,000 – Rs.50,000 per month. In the private sector, the earning is better and depends on the effort put into action. Private sector hospitals and nursing homes have tremendous openings for Ayurveda professionals who offer excellent pay-packages.

Ayurveda is also quite in demand across foreign countries, so a candidate after gaining good experience can also try for an overseas job.  

Medical Courses After 12th In 2021 Pallavi GoelNEET

Accepting Colleges

Medical courses after 12th – Pursuing a career in the field of medicine is a dream for many class 12 students. Candidates who have studied Physics, Chemistry, and Biology can pursue a variety of medical courses after class 12 which offer a lucrative career.

Latest Updates for NEET

Get Updates

Apart from MBBS and BDS, which are the topmost priority of the majority of candidates, there are other medical courses after 12th such as Nursing, Paramedics, Physiotherapy, Veterinary, and AYUSH which candidates can pursue. While admission to a majority of medical courses after class 12 are through NEET-UG, there are courses that accept other national and state-level entrance tests too.

The following article mentions the list of courses that both NEET 2021 qualified and not qualified candidates can pursue. Read the article below to check medical courses after 12th, exams accepted, eligibility, and career opportunities offered.

How To Become An Ayurvedic Doctor

One has to follow below given steps for becoming an Ayurvedic Doctor-

Step 1

Interested candidate has to appear in an entrance tests conducted by the various state and Independent bodies like PMT, taken by Punjab Government and boards to admit candidates in various medical institutions like J B Roy State Ayurvedic Medical College, Kolkata, Govt. Ayurved College, Kerala, Tilak Ayurved Mahavidyalaya, Maharashtra Dayanad  Govt Ayurved College, Punjab, attached with it according to the rank of the candidate in the entrance exam. These exams are generally held in the month of May-June and consist of Objective type questions on the subject of English, Physics, Chemistry; Biology through a number of questions and pattern may vary from test to test.

The results of these exams are generally out by June/July

Step 2

After completing this four and half years of Degree course in which one has to study (subjects which include anatomy, biochemistry, physiology, dermatology, obstetrics and gynaecology, forensic medicine and toxicology, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, anaesthesiology, community medicine, medicine, ophthalmology, orthopaedics, paediatrics, psychiatry and surgery and subject related to Ayurvedic Medicines and  and six months compulsory training one can opt. for some job in private or state run hospitals as a junior doctor, go for privates practice after obtaining the necessary affiliation with respective medical councils or go for higher specialized studies.

  M S In Prasuti Tantra & Streeroga

The M. S. in Prasuti Tantra & Streeroga provides training in Ayurvedic Gynecology, Obstetrics and Pediatrics. Prasuti tantra deals with pregnancy, labour and puerperium and Streeroga deals with management of diseases manifesting specially in women. The program offers theoretical and practical knowledge in Gynecology and Obstetrics, management of antenatal and postnatal care, common gynecological problems and menopausal syndrome to utilize the techniques of female health care and to…

Career In Ayurveda: Job Prospects

There were very few options available in India for graduated doctors in Ayurveda in the past. But today, the scenario has changed not only in India but in other countries. Here are some areas where a candidate can build a career.  

Research

National Rural Health Mission

Medical Tourism

Management and administration

Government jobs in Hospitals Dispensaries

Government and private Hospitals

Drug manufacturing

Drug control

Clinical Trials

Academic

Ayurveda Specialty Centers

National Ayush Mission

What Is An Ayurveda Practitioner

As an Ayurveda practitioner, you would utilize an ancient Indian form of holistic medicine to heal disease and promote wellness in the mind, body and spirit. You would treat each patient differently, taking into account diet, behavior, lifestyle practices and recent illnesses. Treatment focuses on removing impurities from the body, reducing bothersome symptoms and increasing immunity to disease.

Job Profile Of Ayurvedic Doctor

The key responsibility of an ayurvedic doctor is to give treat the patients and serve the society to the fullest.

The key responsibility of an ayurvedic doctor is to examine the patient and his potential to withstand shock.

The key responsibility of an ayurvedic doctor is to work on new techniques and strategies of treating patients.

The key responsibility of an ayurvedic doctor is to work in various government and private hospitals.

The key responsibility of an ayurvedic doctor is to work on wider varieties of subjects and concepts and should posses excellent spirit to do serve the country.

The key responsibility of an ayurvedic doctor is to work on the course details on Samhita.

Career Opportunities After Bams

Pharmacist: Candidates can also opt for a career in Ayurvedic Pharmacy. He or she can become a pharmacist after successfully completing a BAMS programme. A pharmacist develops ayurveda medicines in accurate composition.

Teacher: A BAMS graduate candidate can opt for a career as a teacher. He or she can opt for a postgraduate programme and after successful completion of postgraduate programme aspiring candidates can enroll in a Ph.d. programme. After successful completion of a Ph.D. programme, he or she can opt for a professor role in any Ayurveda college.

Counselor: BAMS graduates can opt for a role as Ayurveda Counselor. He or she promotes preventive healthcare methods through traditional Ayurvedic medical science.

Dietician: An expert in dietetics is known as dietitian or dietician. Dietetics is a study of human nutrition and the regular diet. A dietician alters his or her patients’ nutrition depending on their medical conditions and requirements. He or she diagnoses, assesses and treats nutritional problems.

Panchkarma Practitioner: A Panchkarma Practitioner is a professional who provides panchakarma treatment and remedies to various human diseases, disorders and illnesses. Panchkarma generally means five procedures. It involves ayurvedic treatment methods of purification to release stress and prepare the human body tissues to accept the benefits of food, nutrition and exercise.

How To Apply For The Neet Exam

If you aspire to become an ayurvedic doctor and want to give NEET examination, the below-mentioned procedures will help you to apply for the same: 

Go to the official website of NTA NEET 

Register and provide the details to generate the NEET Registration No. and Password

Use the registration and password on the official website and give your academic details, test centre as per your choice. 

Upload the documents and pay the application fee

Salary Info And Career Outlook

Although the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics does not report data specific to ayurvedic practitioners, it does categorize such holistic health providers among specialized types of health diagnosing and treating practitioners who do not fall into the more common categories. It was reported by the BLS in May 2020 that these practitioners earned a median annual salary of $82,420, although salaries vary greatly by specialty, location, education, and experience. Employment among health diagnosing and treating practitioners is projected to grow 9.7% between 2019 and 2029, per the BLS.

Since it is an ancient healing and medicine practice that predates many forms of modern medicine, ayurveda does not have the same licensure, certification and formal education requirements as some of its counterparts. However, ayurvedic falls under the umbrella of alternative medicine and thus is a great practice for anyone who ascribes to this form of medical thought.

Ayurveda Via Distance Learning

  Ayurveda is a traditional system of Indian medicine. It means the science of life and youth. It is a combination of science and philosophy that treats the physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual components necessary for a holistic health. Ayurveda fundamentally believes that everything within the universe, including ourselves, is composed of vibrating energy. We are to live in a way that encourages a balance of energies. This program explores the multiple components of detoxification, diet, exercise, herbs, and techniques that work together and contribute to a healthy and balanced lifestyle.

  More information about this academic supervisor at Bircham University Human Network. More info…

  Ayurveda Online via distance learning

Positive Impact Of The Career

Remuneration: Doctor’s income Ayurvedic is very high and increases with more experience.

Get the chance to help others: The profession of the doctor is considered very high because of the services they provide. Doctors offer meaningful services where they can help others.

Prestige: It doesn’t need to be said that Doctor Ayurvedic gets a lot of respect in the community.

Step 2: Professional Program

After earning a bachelor’s degree, students may pursue professional training in the medical specialty of their choice. Possibilities include Doctor of Medicine , Doctor of Chiropractic , Doctor of Naturopathy and acupuncture programs, among others. Regardless of the medical discipline chosen, all of these programs incorporate lecture-based courses and extensive clinical practice.

Step 5: Continuing Education

For Ayurveda practitioners who are also licensed medical professionals, participation in continuing education coursework on a regular basis is required. Completion of some Ayurveda training programs may count toward continuing education requirements.

Join NAMA as a Practitioner

Students who complete a 500-hour NAMA-approved Ayurveda program qualify for practitioner membership. Practitioners are listed in the organization’s online referral directory and have access to practitioner-only events. In some cases, graduates of non-approved programs may also qualify for practitioner membership if their programs meet NAMA’s standards.

Let’s review. Ayurveda practitioners take into consideration the physical, mental and spiritual aspects of individuals and use alternative treatments such as herbal supplements and oils, massage and yoga to heal patients. Practitioners who are also medical professionals must go to medical school and qualify for a license.

Becoming An Ayurvedic Doctor

We catch up with Ayurvedic doctor, Dr. Shijoe Mathew, most notable for his contributions and experience at Ananda in the Himalayas.

In Sanskrit, Ayurveda means “The Science of Life.” Scholars have considered this ancient medicine to be the oldest healing science. It is a lifestyle, based on the idea of balance in bodily systems, and uses diet, herbal treatment, and yogic breathing.

Curious about what it’s like to be in this career and want to know more information before you embark in this field?

We briefly catch up with Dr Shijoe Mathew, an Ayurvedic doctor for more than a decade, most notable for his contributions and experience at Ananda in the Himalayas. He is also the founder of Ayurvedic Life With Dr. Mathew.

Life Of An Ayurvedic Doctor

After being graduated, students usually go for further studies like post-graduation or research to have themselves trained well. Great job opportunities are available for Ayurvedic doctors in both government and the private sector. Some well-trained doctors may develop their clinics for research and treatments.

Advantages Of Pursuing Bams

First of all, getting admission in a BAMS college is relatively easier, when compared to other medicine course like MBBS! When it comes to MBBS seats, the competition is cut throat and there are limited number of Government College seats available.

  In case of BAMS, the competition is not too high. So, even above average students may get admission in a Government College and thus pursue this medicine course without having to spend much money! Sure, BAMS is not as valuable as MBBS. But please read the next paragraph to get a glimpse of the changing trend!

  BAMS, as a medical system, is approved in India and is recognized all over the World. It has gained much popularity in the recent times. As a branch of alternative medicine, Ayurveda treatment is well known for its lack of side effects. Thanks to this lack of side effects, it has become quite popular in the west! More and more people are taking resort of Ayurveda to cure diseases. Especially people suffering from lifestyle diseases such as diabetes are making use of Ayurveda to cure their illnesses! This has resulted in a huge rise in the demand for trained BAMS Doctors! Not only in India, BAMS Doctors are in demand in Western Countries too! You may also check –Medical entrance tests in India.

  Prepare For Entrance Exams

The next step would require you to prepare for the NEET-UG examination. You can take up some coaching classes or you can also prepare on your own. A student must have to clear this exam before taking admission in the BAMS degree. 

The NEET-UG basically comprises of the questions from the 10+2 level. For preparation, you can follow the following methods

Revise class 10+2 syllabus thoroughly.

Solve past 10 years’ question papers.

Understand the exam pattern of NEET-UG. 

Practice using mock tests

These are some top college which offers BAMS course in India :

Institute of Medical Sciences Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi

Shree Guru Gobind Singh Tricentenary University, Gurgaon

Tilak Ayurved Mahavidyalaya, Pune

State Ayurvedic college and Hospital, Lucknow

KG Mittal Ayurvedic College, Mumbai

Government Ayurved College and Hospital, Nagpur

Career Options In Ayurveda

https://vidyarthimitra.org/blog/Career-options-in-Ayurveda

Despite the mad rush for engineering and medical, Ayurveda can be  a good career option for the students after class 12. Ayurveda deals with the study of healthcare covering a broad area of good living & wellness. It is not only a medical science but a ‘Way of Living’!

Ayurveda which literally means ‘Knowledge of Life’ is India’s traditional holistic system of medicine. It’s practice dates back from more than 5,000 years. It is world’s oldest known medical science and is believed to be the source of all system of modern medicine.

Branches of Ayurveda

Ayurveda has 8 branches in it.

Kaya-Chikitsa : Cure of diseases affecting the body.

Kaumara-Bhritya and Bala Roga: Deals with the treatment of children.

Shalya-Tantra: Deals with surgical techniques.

Shalakya-Tantra : Deals with the diseases of the teeth, eye, nose, ear etc.

Bhuta-Vidya or Griha-Chikitsa : Deals with the diseases caused by affliction of external factors such as evil sprits and ghosts. In other words it may be known as the branch that deals with the treatment of psychosomatic diseases.

Agada-Tantra: Deals with antidotes to poison.

Rasayana-Tantra : Deals with rejuvenation.

Vajikarana-Tantra : Deals with healthy and desired progeny.

The balance between these elements keeps one healthy. An imbalance and disorder in these naturally brings forth several diseases.

Why Ayurveda as a career option after class 12?

Colleges for Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery

Medical Courses After 12th

Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery – MBBS

MBBS is a 5.5 year long undergraduate degree. Candidates are taught Pre-Clinical, Para-Clinical and Clinical subjects during MBBS course. After pursuing the MBBS course, candidates are employed as doctors. Candidates who have studied PCB in class 12 are eligible to pursue MBBS course. Students should have attained at least 17 years of age for pursuing MBBS. Admission to MBBS in India is granted on the basis of National Eligibility cum Entrance Test .

National Testing Agency is the authority to conduct NEET-UG. On the basis of NEET admission to 80,055 MBBS seats in government medical colleges, deemed/central universities, ESIC and AFMS is granted. By qualifying NTA NEET candidates can get admission to top MBBS colleges of the country such as AIIMS, JIPMER, MAMC, AMU, BHU, and many more. Fees of MBBS course varies according to the respective institution. The MBBS course fee in government colleges is much lower in comparison to deemed and private universities.

Top Bams Colleges In India

According to the reports of the Central Council of Indian Medicine website, the total number of BAMS Colleges in India is 247.

Among the 247 BAMS colleges, 38 colleges are the government colleges that provide BAMS courses in India.

The fees of the Government Colleges are quite less than that of the Private Colleges.

Some of the TOP BAMS Colleges in India located in Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata, Bangalore and Pune are as follows:

Who Are Ayurvedic Doctors

Ayurvedic Doctors help people to assess dietary habits and change lifestyle choices for their betterment. The Ayurvedic Doctor helps people in achieving the following:

Know the mind-body balance

Know the history of the body

Know how to solve the imbalances of Agni, Dosha, and Stotras based on the Ayurvedic Principles.

Can bring changes in food and lifestyle based on the Ayurvedic Constitution

Suggest Ayurvedic herbs, spices, drugs, and Ayurvedic herbal supplements

List out Ayurvedic bodywork techniques to work on

Explain the connection between Body and Mind.

Step 1: Bachelor’s Degree

While Ayurvedic practitioners don’t need to be licensed medical professionals, many of them have prior medical training. Aspiring practitioners who plan to pursue professional medical training must first complete an undergraduate program. A specific type of bachelor’s degree isn’t necessary for admission to medical school. However, most medical programs have admission prerequisites, including lecture and lab-based classes in human anatomy, biology, chemistry and physics.

Choose a Medical Specialty

Some Ayurveda practitioners specialize in osteopathy, naturopathy or Chinese medicine and acupuncture. Medical disciplines that focus on holistic healing techniques may be more compatible with Ayurveda. However, practitioners in any medical field can apply Ayurvedic techniques when diagnosing and treating patients.

Future Scopes Of Ayurveda

The demands for Ayurvedic doctors are nowadays heavy, and thus the scope is vast. The main thing that differentiates Ayurveda from all other medical branches is the lack of side effects after treatment. This has resulted in a massive rise in the demand of Ayurvedic doctor not only in India but also in foreign countries.

One can quickly get a high paid job after doing courses in ayurvedic medicine. Nowadays, Ayurveda has expanded to surgical fields too, thus giving rise in Ayurveda job vacancy. There are a huge demand and jobs for BAMS doctors abroad.

M D In Dravyaguna Vigyana

Doctor of  Medicine in Dravyaguna Vigyan   is a Non- Clinical Course. It provides the principles of Ayurvedic pharmacognosy and pharmacology with a special focus on identification of controversial drugs, adulterants and substitutes used in Ayurvedic practice. Dravyaguna deals knowledge of nomenclature , pharmacognosy , pharmacology and pharmacotherapeutics . 

The course prepares student to be  a research scholar,…

Step 4: Ayurveda Program

In Ayurveda training programs, students learn about doshas, yoga techniques, herbal therapies and healthy dietary practices. Clinical internships are often required. Schools may offer basic and advanced program levels, and each level can take 3-6 months to complete. In some cases, students may need to take a college-level anatomy and physiology course prior to enrollment.

Enroll in an Approved Program

Students should look for programs that are approved by the National Ayurvedic Medical Association . Approved programs cover core Ayurveda topics. They also include clinical experiences and direct contact with an instructor. In addition, approved programs are provided by legally operating schools.

M D In Ayurveda Samhita

The M. D. in Ayurveda Samhita is a Non – Clinical course provides research training in the study of classical texts of Ayurveda, their scientific exploration and validation. The aim of the course is to provide orientation of specialties and super specialties of Ayurveda and to produce experts and specialist who can be competent and efficient teachers, physicians in various field of Ayurveda.

M S In Shalakya Tantra

The M. S. in Shalakya Tantra , is a Shalakya Tantra discipline in the Ayurveda deal with integration of knowledge of Ayurveda and resent medical researches in the field of ophthalmology. Special training is given on management of certain eye diseases. The program prepares to manage many diseases that affect the eye like diabetic retinopathy, glaucoma, macular degeneration and cataract.

The aim of the course is to produce experts and specialist who can be competent…

Is Bams Hard To Study

You will have to follow the syllabus and gradually over a period of 5.5 years, you will have good knowledge. The syllabus of BAMS is very well designed. Do not think too much ahead. Just concentrate on passing the first year.

IT IS INTERESTING: Question: Is there any medicine for anxiety in Ayurveda?

Who Should Do Bams

Students who are interested in the integrated study of Medical Science and Traditional Ayurveda can pursue BAMS degree course to grow in the field.

Students should have completed their !0+2 with Physics, Chemistry and Biology from a recognised board.

Students who are interested in finding alternative methods for the treatment of diseases.

What Is Ayurveda

Ayurveda is one of the world’s oldest healing systems for the entire body that was developed and used more than 3,000 years ago in India. The basis of this process is the belief that health along with wellness depends on the right balance between the mind, body, and spirit. The main goal of Ayurveda is to promote good health. Nowadays, the treatments are specific to health problems. People who practice Ayurveda believe in the five basic elements found in the universe: space, air, fire, water, and earth. They believe that these five elements form three life energies, called doshas, which control how the body works. The 3 types of doshas are:

Vata dosha

Pitta dosha

Kapha dosha

Celebrating World Hypertension Day 2021

What After Bams

After completing the five and a half year long course, Graduates may either start practicing or may study further. They may pursue PG courses or may even go for research after graduation.

  Here’s a list of popular BAMS colleges in India–

Ayurveda College, Pariyaram, Kannur, Kerala

Vaidyaratnam PS Varier Ayurveda College, Malappuram, Kerala

Vaidyaratnam Ayurveda College, Thrissur, Kerala

Ayurveda College, Ernakulam, Kerala

Government Ayurveda Medical College, Bangalore, Karnataka

Indian Institute of Ayurvedic Medicine and Research, Bangalore, Karnataka

Government Akhandanand Ayurveda College, Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Netra Chikitsa Ayurveda College, Amreli, Gujarat

Institute of Medical Sciences, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh

Bundelkhand University, Jhansi, Uttar Pradesh

State Ayurvedic College and Hospital, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Ayurvedic College and Hospital, Sampurnanand Sanskrit Vishwa Vidyalaya, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh

Gopabandhu Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Puri, Odisha

KATS Ayurveda College, Berhampur, Odisha

Government Ayurveda College, Bolangir, Odisha

Mayurbhanj Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Mayurbhanj, Odisha

  When To Do Bams

Just after the 12th Board Examinations, with the subjects: Physics, Chemistry and Biology from any recognised board, students can apply for the BAMS Course.

After appearing in the NEET exam and getting the required cut-off marks, students can apply in the Government Colleges of India offering the BAMS course.

Some private colleges do not consider NEET as an important exam for getting students admitted in the BAMS Course, while some conduct their own entrance tests or consider selecting candidates on the merit-based scores.

Is BAMS Better than MBBS?

This is to be considered because pursuing MBBS will open up more career options by specializing and treating patients in multiple ailments or even specializing in one. On the other hand, if you pursue BAMS, you will only be able to treat with Ayurveda, and only at a preliminary level.

Who Earns More MBBS or BAMS?

BAMS doctors can earn up to Rs.50,000 per month after gaining experience. Salary after completing an MBBS It can range from 30,000 per month for a new doctor to as much as 2-3 lakh per day for a highly accomplished super-specialist.

What Is Bams

BAMS stands for Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery. BAMS is one of the medical degrees in Ayurveda courses offered by the different institution in India. The course duration is five and a half years long with a one-year internship.

As the name says, it is the study of Ayurveda in conjunction with other vital subjects such as Toxicology, Pharmacology, Pathology, Gynecology, Physiology, Principles of Medicine, and Principles of Surgery.

Those who have taken science stream for 12th are eligible to receive this degree. After completing Ayurveda courses, one can have Ayurveda certification and can apply for various Ayurveda jobs offered by Government and private organisation. So if you too want to learn Ayurveda, then it is the right time to get enrolled in the ayurvedic institute.

Admission in Abroad MBBS Colleges is open for the 2021-22 Winter Intake fill your form.

Why Bams

The course of BAMS is accepted worldwide. Doctors and Scientists are interested in finding the alternative and traditional medicines for curing the diseases and ailments of the patients.

Ayurveda is one of the ancient and Traditional ways for the treatment. Therefore, there are a number of scopes in this field.